en_tn/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv

1	Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
2	LUK	front	intro	uk55			0		Introduction to the Gospel of Luke Part 1: General Introduction Outline of the Book of Luke Dedication to Theophilus (1:1-4) Prologue The birth of John the Baptist (1:5-80) The birth and youth of Jesus (2:1-51) The ministry of John the Baptist (3:1-20) The baptism, genealogy, and temptation of Jesus (3:21-4:13) The teaching and healing ministry of Jesus in Galilee (4:14-9:50) Jesus teaches along his journey to Jerusalem Judgment by God, and people’s judgments about Jesus (9:51-13:21) Who will be part of the kingdom of God (13:22-17:10) Responding to Jesus by welcoming or rejecting him (17:11-19:27) Jesus in Jerusalem Jesus’ entry into Jerusalem (19:28-44) Jesus teaches in the temple: conflict over his identity and authority (19:45-21:38) Jesus’ death, burial, and resurrection (22:1-24:53) What is the Gospel of Luke about? The Gospel of Luke is one of four books in the New Testament that describe the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Luke wrote his gospel for a person named Theophilus and dedicated it to him. Luke wrote an accurate description of the life and teachings of Jesus so that Theophilus would be certain that what he had been taught about Jesus was true. However, Luke expected that what he wrote would encourage all followers of Jesus. How should the title of this book be translated? Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Luke” or “The Gospel according to Luke.” Or they may choose a different title, such as “The Good News about Jesus that Luke Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Who wrote the Book of Luke? This book does not give the name of its author. However, the same person who wrote this book also wrote the Book of Acts, which is also dedicated to Theophilus. In parts of the book of Acts, the author uses the word “we.” This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person traveling with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have recognized Luke as the author of both the Gospel of Luke and the book of Acts. Luke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. Luke himself probably did not witness what Jesus said and did. But he tells Theophilus in his dedication that he talked to many people who did. Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts The kingdom of God “The kingdom of God” is a major concept in the Gospel of Luke. It is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of God ruling and of people embracing God’s rule over their lives. Wherever the expression “the kingdom of God” occurs, translation notes will suggest communicating the idea behind the abstract noun “kingdom” with some phrase that uses the verb “rule.” UST models this approach consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) Why does Luke write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life? Luke wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) What are the roles of women in the Gospel of Luke? Luke described women in a very positive way in his gospel. For example, he often showed women being more faithful to God than most men. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) Part 3: Important Translation Issues What are the Synoptic Gospels? The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they tell the story of many of the same events. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.” Passages are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible. Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”? In the gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever. Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]]) Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title. Major issues in the text of the Book of Luke ULT follows the readings of the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. However, there may already be older versions of the Bible in the translators’ regions that follow the readings of other manuscripts. In the most significant cases, the General Notes to the chapters in which these differences occur will discuss them and recommend approaches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3	LUK	1	intro	f1b5			0		Luke 1 General Notes Structure and formatting Dedication to Theophilus (1:1-4) The angel Gabriel announces to Zechariah that his wife Elizabeth is going to bear a son, John the Baptist (1:5-25) The angel Gabriel announces to Mary that she is going to become the mother of Jesus (1:26-38) Mary goes to visit Elizabeth (1:39-56) John the Baptist is born (1:57-80) Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in Mary’s song about becoming the mother of Jesus in 1:46-55 and Zechariah’s song about the birth of his son John the Baptist in 1:68-79. Special concepts in this chapter “He will be called John” Most people in the ancient Near East would give a child the same name as someone in their families. People were surprised that Elizabeth and Zechariah named their son John because there was no one else in their family with that name.
4	LUK	1	1	qhd9	figs-activepassive	περὶ τῶν πεπληροφορημένων ἐν ἡμῖν πραγμάτων	1	concerning the things that have been fulfilled among us	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “about those things that have happened among us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5	LUK	1	1	hyp6	figs-exclusive	ἐν ἡμῖν	1	among us	Luke dedicates this book to a man named Theophilus. It is no longer known exactly who he was. But since Luke says in 1:4 that he wants Theophilus to know that the things he has been taught are reliable, it appears that he was a follower of Jesus. So here the word us would include him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
6	LUK	1	2	hud2	figs-metonymy	οἱ…αὐτόπται…γενόμενοι	1	who … were eyewitnesses	The term eyewitness describes someone who saw something happen personally, “with their own eyes.” The term describes such a person figuratively by reference to something associated with sight, the eye. Alternate translation: “who … saw these things personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7	LUK	1	2	z9dq	figs-metonymy	ὑπηρέται…τοῦ λόγου	1	servants of the word	Here, word figuratively describes the things that the people who brought the message conveyed by using words. Alternate translation: “servants of the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8	LUK	1	2	l000	figs-metaphor	ὑπηρέται…τοῦ λόγου	1	servants of the word	The people who brought this message were actually serving God by doing that. But Luke describes them figuratively as servants of the word, as if they were serving the message from God. Alternate translation: “served God by telling people his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9	LUK	1	3	fud1	writing-background	παρηκολουθηκότι ἄνωθεν πᾶσιν ἀκριβῶς	1	having carefully investigated everything from the beginning	Luke provides this background information to explain that he was careful to find out exactly what happened. He probably talked to different people who saw what happened to make sure that what he wrote down about these events was correct. Alternate translation: “because I have conducted careful research and interviews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
10	LUK	1	3	l001	figs-youformal	σοι…κράτιστε Θεόφιλε	1	you … most excellent Theophilus	If your language has a formal form of you that it uses to address a superior respectfully, it would be appropriate to use that form here. There are many other places in the book of Luke where your language might use formal you, and these notes will not address all of them. Rather, as you translate, use formal and informal you in the way that would be most natural in your language. The notes will address a few cases where a careful decision should be made between the two forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
11	LUK	1	3	nr63		κράτιστε Θεόφιλε	1	most excellent Theophilus	Luke is dedicating this work to Theophilus, and within his dedication, this is the conventional personal greeting. If it would be more customary in your language and culture, you could put this greeting in 1:1 at the start of the dedication, at the very beginning of the book. Alternate translation: “To most excellent Theophilus”
12	LUK	1	3	vhj8		κράτιστε	1	most excellent	Luke uses the term most excellent to address Theophilus in a way that shows honor and respect. This may mean that Theophilus was an important government official. In your translation, it would be appropriate to use the form of address that your culture uses for people of high status. Alternate translation: “Honorable”
13	LUK	1	3	h7q1	translate-names	Θεόφιλε	1	Theophilus	This name means “friend of God.” It may describe this man’s character, or it may have been his actual name. Most translations treat it as a name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
14	LUK	1	4	l002	figs-activepassive	ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων	1	the things that you have been taught	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “what people have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
15	LUK	1	4	l003	figs-explicit	ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων	1	the things that you have been taught	Luke assumes that Theophilus will know that he means what he has been taught about Jesus. Alternate translation: “what people have taught you about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
16	LUK	1	5	gb16	writing-newevent	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου βασιλέως τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1	In the days of Herod, king of Judea	This time reference introduces a new event. Alternate translation: “During the time when King Herod ruled over Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
17	LUK	1	5	l004	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	In the days of	Here, Luke uses the term days figuratively to refer to a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “During the time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
18	LUK	1	5	l005	translate-names	Ἡρῴδου	1	Herod	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19	LUK	1	5	l006	translate-names	Ἰουδαίας	1	Judea	Judea is the name of a kingdom. (It was not an independent kingdom at this time. Herod ruled it as a vassal of the Roman Empire.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
20	LUK	1	5	a4q9	writing-participants	ἐγένετο…ἱερεύς τις	1	there was a certain priest	This phrase introduces a new character in a story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
21	LUK	1	5	l007	translate-names	Ζαχαρίας	1	Zechariah	Zechariah is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
22	LUK	1	5	l228	figs-explicit	ἐξ ἐφημερίας Ἀβιά	1	from the division of Abijah	Luke assumes that his readers will know that this expression refers one of the different groups of priests who each served in the temple for a certain number of days at a time, and that the name of the group means that Abijah was the ancestor of these priests. Alternate translation: “who belonged to the group of priests who were descended from Abijah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23	LUK	1	5	gzw1	translate-names	Ἀβιά	1	Abijah	Abijah is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
24	LUK	1	5	d3ua	figs-metaphor	γυνὴ αὐτῷ ἐκ τῶν θυγατέρων Ἀαρών	1	his wife was from the daughters of Aaron	Here, the word daughters figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “his wife was a descendant of Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
25	LUK	1	5	nnu9	figs-explicit	ἐκ τῶν θυγατέρων Ἀαρών	1	from the daughters of Aaron	This means implicitly that she, like Zechariah, was descended from the line of priests going back to Aaron, the first high priest. Alternate translation: “his wife also came from the line of priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26	LUK	1	5	l008	translate-names	Ἐλεισάβετ	1	Elizabeth	Elizabeth is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
27	LUK	1	6	uu87	figs-metaphor	ἐναντίον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	in front of God	Luke uses this expression to mean “where God could see them.” Seeing, in turn, figuratively means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “in God’s judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
28	LUK	1	6	l009	figs-metaphor	πορευόμενοι ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐντολαῖς καὶ δικαιώμασιν τοῦ Κυρίου	1	walking … in all the commandments and statutes of the Lord	The term walking figuratively means “obeying.” Alternate translation: “obeying … everything that the Lord had commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
29	LUK	1	6	csc9	figs-doublet	πάσαις ταῖς ἐντολαῖς καὶ δικαιώμασιν τοῦ Κυρίου	1	in all the commandments and statutes of the Lord	The words commandments and statutes mean similar things. Luke uses the two terms together to make a comprehensive statement. You do not need to repeat both words in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “everything that the Lord had commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
30	LUK	1	7	c7cj	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	But	This word indicates a contrast, showing that what follows is the opposite of what would be expected. People expected that if they did what was right, God would allow them to have children. Although this couple did what was right, they did not have any children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
31	LUK	1	7	l010	figs-idiom	ἀμφότεροι προβεβηκότες ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῶν	1	they had both advanced in their days	To have moved forward or to have advanced means figuratively to have aged. Alternate translation: “they had both grown old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
32	LUK	1	7	l011	figs-idiom	ἀμφότεροι προβεβηκότες ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῶν	1	they had both advanced in their days	Here, Luke uses the term days figuratively to refer to a particular time, the lifetimes of Zechariah and Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “they had both grown old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
33	LUK	1	8	jr7f	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	This phrase marks a shift from the background information that Luke has been providing about the participants to the first event in their story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses to introduce an event, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
34	LUK	1	8	l012	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν, ἐν τῇ τάξει τῆς ἐφημερίας αὐτοῦ	1	in his performing as priest in the order of his division	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the results that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because it was his group’s turn, Zechariah was serving as a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
35	LUK	1	8	vyl8	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν…ἔναντι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	in his performing as priest before God	The expression before God, that is, “in front of God,” means that Zechariah was offering his service as a priest in the presence of God. Alternate translation: “while Zechariah was serving God as a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
36	LUK	1	8	abc1	writing-pronouns	ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν	1	in his performing as priest	The pronoun his refers to Zechariah. Alternate translation: “while Zechariah was serving as a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
37	LUK	1	8	wed9	writing-background	ἐν τῇ τάξει τῆς ἐφημερίας αὐτοῦ	1	in the order of his division	This is background information that explains why Zechariah was serving as a priest at this time. Alternate translation: “because it was his group’s turn to serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
38	LUK	1	9	vq5g	writing-background	κατὰ τὸ ἔθος τῆς ἱερατείας, ἔλαχε	1	according to the custom of the priesthood, he came up by lot	Luke is providing background information about how the priests selected members of their group to perform specific duties. Alternate translation: “The priests chose him in their customary way, by casting a lot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
39	LUK	1	9	pa9c	translate-unknown	ἔλαχε	1	came up by lot	A lot was a marked stone that was thrown or rolled on the ground in order to help decide something. The priests believed that God would guide the lot and show them which priest he wanted them to choose for a particular duty. If your culture has a similar object, you can use the word for that in your language here. Alternate translation: “by casting a marked stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
40	LUK	1	9	l013	grammar-connect-logic-result	τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Κυρίου	1	to enter into the temple of the Lord to burn incense	ULT puts these phrases in the chronological order of what Zechariah needed to do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put them in logical order instead. Alternate translation: “to burn incense, and so he went into the temple to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
41	LUK	1	9	ph9z	translate-unknown	τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι	1	to burn incense	The word incense describes a substance that gives off a sweet smell when it is burned. The priests were to burn it as an offering to God each morning and evening on a special altar inside the temple. If your language has a word for this substance, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “to burn a substance that would create a sweet smell as an offering to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
42	LUK	1	10	bjl6	figs-hyperbole	πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος…τοῦ λαοῦ	1	the whole crowd of the people	This expression, if taken literally, could mean every single one of the Jews, but it is actually a generalization that Luke is using to emphasize how big this crowd was. Alternate translation: “A large number of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
43	LUK	1	10	ntl8	figs-explicit	ἔξω	1	outside	This word refers implicitly to the enclosed area or courtyard that surrounded the temple. Alternate translation: “in the courtyard outside the temple building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
44	LUK	1	10	uwu7	figs-metaphor	τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ θυμιάματος	1	at the hour of the incense offering	The word hour figuratively means “time.” This could mean either the morning or evening time for the incense offering. Alternate translation: “when it was time to offer the incense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
45	LUK	1	11	b8b7	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	δὲ	1	Then	This word indicates that the event it introduces took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “right at that time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
46	LUK	1	11	c8ss	figs-idiom	ὤφθη…αὐτῷ	1	appeared to him	When Luke says that the angel appeared, this does not mean that Zechariah simply saw the angel in a vision. Rather, this expression indicates that the angel was actually present with Zechariah. Alternate translation: “suddenly was there with Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
47	LUK	1	12	r3aa	figs-parallelism	ἐταράχθη Ζαχαρίας…φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	Zechariah was troubled … fear fell on him	These two phrases mean similar things. Luke is using them together to emphasize how afraid Zechariah was. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Zechariah became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
48	LUK	1	12	d1zm	figs-explicit	ἰδών	1	when he saw him	The implication is that Zechariah was afraid because the angel appeared glorious and powerful. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. (Luke has just said that Zechariah was righteous and blameless, so it would be good not to leave your readers with the impression that he had done something wrong and was afraid that the angel was going to punish him for it.) Alternate translation: “when he saw how glorious and powerful the angel was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
49	LUK	1	12	l014	figs-metaphor	φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	fear fell upon him	Luke is using the expression fell upon figuratively to speak of fear as if it attacked and overcame Zechariah. Alternate translation: “this made him very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
50	LUK	1	12	sfb1	figs-personification	φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	fear fell upon him	Luke describes Zechariah’s fear figuratively as if it were something that could actively attack and overpower him. Alternate translation: “this made him very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
51	LUK	1	13	ki8l	figs-imperative	μὴ φοβοῦ	1	Do not be afraid	While the angel speaks these words in the form of a command, he is actually telling Zechariah something to help and encourage him. Alternate translation: “You do not need to be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
52	LUK	1	13	es4l	figs-activepassive	εἰσηκούσθη ἡ δέησίς σου	1	your prayer has been heard	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has heard your prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
53	LUK	1	13	l015	figs-idiom	εἰσηκούσθη ἡ δέησίς σου	1	your prayer has been heard	This is an idiom that means that God is going to give Zechariah what he has been asking for. Alternate translation: “God is going to give you what you have been asking for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
54	LUK	1	13	l016	figs-declarative	καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην	1	you will call his name John	The angel is using a statement as a command in order to tell Zechariah what to do. Alternate translation: “and you are to name him John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
55	LUK	1	13	l017	figs-idiom	καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην	1	call his name John	The expression call his name is an idiom that means to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “name him John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
56	LUK	1	13	l018	translate-names	Ἰωάννην	1	John	John is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
57	LUK	1	14	n654	figs-doublet	ἔσται χαρά σοι καὶ ἀγαλλίασις	1	there will be joy and gladness to you	The words joy and gladness mean the same thing. The angel uses them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “you will be very happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
58	LUK	1	14	q1p8	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐπὶ τῇ γενέσει αὐτοῦ	1	at his birth	The word at introduces the reason why many people will rejoice. Alternate translation: “because he has been born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
59	LUK	1	15	td57	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἔσται γὰρ μέγας	1	For he will be great	The word for introduces the reason why people will rejoice at John's birth. Alternate translation: “This will be because they will be able to tell that he is going to be a great man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
60	LUK	1	15	sz79	figs-metaphor	ἔσται γὰρ μέγας ἐνώπιον τοῦ Κυρίου	1	For he will be great before the Lord	This expression means “in front of the Lord,” that is, “where the Lord can see him.” Sight, in turn, figuratively represents attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “God will consider him to be very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
61	LUK	1	15	abc2	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ πίῃ	1	he must never drink	The phrase must never translates two negative words in Greek. The angel uses them together to emphasize how important it is that the child not drink wine or strong drink. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
62	LUK	1	15	hgb9	figs-activepassive	Πνεύματος Ἁγίου πλησθήσεται	1	he will be filled with the Holy Spirit	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will fill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
63	LUK	1	15	l019	figs-metaphor	Πνεύματος Ἁγίου πλησθήσεται	1	he will be filled with the Holy Spirit	The angel speaks figuratively as if John would be a container that the Holy Spirit would fill. He means that the Holy Spirit will empower and influence John. Be sure that in your translation, this does not sound similar to what an evil spirit might do to in taking control of a person. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will empower him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
64	LUK	1	15	ie95		ἔτι ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	even from his mother’s womb	Alternate translation: “while he is still in his mother’s womb”
65	LUK	1	16	x36x	figs-metaphor	πολλοὺς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἐπιστρέψει ἐπὶ Κύριον	1	he will turn many of the sons of Israel back to the Lord	To turn a person back figuratively means to lead them to repent and obey the Lord once again. Alternate translation: “he will cause many of the people of Israel to repent and obey the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
66	LUK	1	16	l020	figs-metaphor	πολλοὺς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ	1	many of the sons of Israel	Here, the word sons figuratively means “descendants.” This expression envisions all of the Israelites as if they were their ancestor Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “many of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
67	LUK	1	16	l021	translate-names	Ἰσραὴλ	1	Israel	Israel is the name of a man. Luke uses it many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
68	LUK	1	17	c52s	figs-idiom	αὐτὸς προελεύσεται ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ	1	he will go before him	To go before is an idiom that indicates that before the Lord comes, John will announce to the people that the Lord is going to come to them. Alternate translation: “John will announce that the Lord is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
69	LUK	1	17	p472	figs-doublet	ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει Ἠλεία	1	in the spirit and power of Elijah	In this context, the words spirit and power mean similar things. The angel may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “with the same great power that Elijah had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
70	LUK	1	17	l022	figs-hendiadys	ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει Ἠλεία	1	in the spirit and power of Elijah	Alternatively, the angel may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with and. The term power may tell what kind of spirit Elijah had. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “in the powerful spirit of Elijah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
71	LUK	1	17	l023	translate-names	Ἠλεία	1	Elijah	Elijah is the name of a man, a great prophet of Israel. It occurs several times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
72	LUK	1	17	w32h	figs-personification	ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα	1	to turn the hearts of fathers back to their children	The angel speaks of hearts as if they were living things that could be turned to go in a different direction. This expression figuratively means to change someone’s attitude toward something. Alternate translation: “to make fathers care about their children once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
73	LUK	1	17	qe48	figs-synecdoche	ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα	1	to turn the hearts of fathers back to their children	The angel uses the relationship between fathers and children figuratively to represent all relationships. Luke relates in 3:10-14 how John encouraged reconciliation in a variety of different relationships. Alternate translation: “to restore broken relationships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
74	LUK	1	17	l024	figs-explicit	ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα	1	to turn the hearts of fathers back to their children	It is assumed that readers will know that this is what the prophet Malachi had said Elijah would do before the Lord came. The implication in context is that John will fulfill this prophecy by using the same empowerment that Elijah had. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to restore broken relationships, just as the prophet Malachi said Elijah would do before the Lord came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
75	LUK	1	17	l025	figs-explicit	ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων	1	to turn … the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous	Gabriel is using the term wisdom in the Old Testament sense as a moral term that refers to choosing the way in life that God has shown to be best. The people who make this choice are righteous, meaning that God considers them to be living in the right way. Alternate translation: “to lead people who are disobeying God to choose his ways and become people who live right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
76	LUK	1	17	j49j	figs-nominaladj	ἀπειθεῖς…δικαίων	1	the disobedient … of the righteous	Gabriel is using the adjectives disobedient and righteous as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are disobeying God … people who live right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
77	LUK	1	17	ujs1	figs-explicit	λαὸν κατεσκευασμένον	1	a people prepared	You could state explicitly in your translation what the people will be prepared to do. Alternate translation: “a people who will be prepared to believe his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
78	LUK	1	18	asn2	figs-explicit	κατὰ τί γνώσομαι τοῦτο	1	How will I know this	Zechariah is implicitly asking for a sign as proof. Alternate translation: “What sign can you show me to prove that this will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
79	LUK	1	18	l026	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1	For	This word introduces the reason why Zechariah wants a sign. He and his wife are both too old to have children, so he is finding it hard to believe what the angel has told him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
80	LUK	1	18	l027	figs-idiom	προβεβηκυῖα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῆς	1	my wife is advanced in her days	Zechariah is using two idioms. As in 1:7, to be advanced means figuratively to have aged, and days figuratively refers a particular period of time, in this case the lifetime of Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “my wife has also grown old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
81	LUK	1	19	l028	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ἄγγελος εἶπεν	1	answering the angel said	Together the words answering and said mean that the angel responded to the question that Zechariah asked. Alternate translation: “the angel responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
82	LUK	1	19	p3jn	figs-declarative	ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριὴλ, ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	I am Gabriel, the one standing before God	Gabriel says this in the form of a statement, but he means it as a rebuke to Zechariah. The presence of an angel coming directly from God should be enough proof for him. Alternate translation: “You should have believed me, Gabriel, coming to you straight from God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
83	LUK	1	19	l029	translate-names	Γαβριὴλ	1	Gabriel	Gabriel is the name of an angel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
84	LUK	1	19	yp6z	figs-metaphor	ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the one standing before God	To stand before or “in front of” a master, that is, in the presence of that master, figuratively means to be available to serve them at all times in any capacity. Alternate translation: “I serve God personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
85	LUK	1	19	pd7h	figs-activepassive	ἀπεστάλην λαλῆσαι πρὸς σὲ	1	I was sent to speak to you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God sent me to speak to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
86	LUK	1	20	x9qk	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	and behold	The term behold focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case seeing figuratively means giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Pay attention!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
87	LUK	1	20	l030	figs-explicit	ἔσῃ σιωπῶν καὶ μὴ δυνάμενος λαλῆσαι	1	you will be silent, and not able to speak	The implication is that God will make this happen, to show that Zechariah should have believed what Gabriel told him. Alternate translation: “God will make you completely unable to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
88	LUK	1	20	g5t1	figs-doublet	σιωπῶν καὶ μὴ δυνάμενος λαλῆσαι	1	silent, and not able to speak	These two phrases mean the same thing. Gabriel uses the repetition to emphasize how complete the silence of Zechariah will be. Alternate translation: “completely unable to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
89	LUK	1	20	q6y3	figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἐπίστευσας τοῖς λόγοις μου	1	you did not believe my words	Gabriel uses the term words figuratively to describe the content of his message by reference to something associated with it, the words he used to communicate it. Alternate translation: “you did not believe what I told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
90	LUK	1	20	l031	figs-activepassive	οἵτινες πληρωθήσονται	1	which will be fulfilled	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
91	LUK	1	20	hgu3	figs-idiom	εἰς τὸν καιρὸν αὐτῶν	1	in their time	This is an idiom that means “the time that pertains to them.” Alternate translation: “at the appointed time” or “at the time that God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
92	LUK	1	21	e14e	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	καὶ	1	And	This word marks a shift in the story from what happened inside the temple to what happened outside. Alternate translation: “While that was happening” or “While the angel and Zechariah were talking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
93	LUK	1	22	h6vt	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐπέγνωσαν ὅτι ὀπτασίαν ἑώρακεν ἐν τῷ ναῷ. καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν διανεύων αὐτοῖς, καὶ διέμενεν κωφός	1	they concluded that he had seen a vision in the temple; and he was making signs to them, and remained unable to speak	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “He kept on making signs to them but said nothing. So they concluded that he must have seen a vision while he was in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
94	LUK	1	22	r2ak	figs-explicit	ἐπέγνωσαν ὅτι ὀπτασίαν ἑώρακεν ἐν τῷ ναῷ	1	they perceived that he had seen a vision	Gabriel was actually present with Zechariah in the temple. He explains in 1:19 that God sent him there. The people, not knowing this, assumed that Zechariah had seen a vision. While the Greek says that they “perceived” this, it means that they thought they recognized what had happened. Alternate translation: “they thought that he had seen a vision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
95	LUK	1	23	duy9	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
96	LUK	1	23	l032	figs-activepassive	ὡς ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τῆς λειτουργίας αὐτοῦ	1	when the days of his priestly service were fulfilled	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “when Zechariah had finished his time of service at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
97	LUK	1	23	l033	figs-idiom	αἱ ἡμέραι τῆς λειτουργίας αὐτοῦ	1	the days of his priestly service	Here, Luke uses the term days figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “his time of service at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
98	LUK	1	23	sa5y	figs-explicit	ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ	1	he went away to his home	This expression indicates implicitly that Zechariah did not live in Jerusalem, where the temple was located. Luke indicates in 1:39 that Zechariah and Elizabeth lived instead in a city in the hill country of Judah, the area to the south of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “he traveled back to his hometown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
99	LUK	1	24	l034	grammar-connect-time-sequential	δὲ	1	And	This word indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
100	LUK	1	24	cda2	figs-idiom	μετὰ δὲ ταύτας τὰς ἡμέρας	1	after these days	Here, Luke uses the term days to refer figuratively to a particular period of time, specifically, the time when Zechariah was serving in the temple. Alternate translation: “after Zechariah had finished serving at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
101	LUK	1	24	kpw1	figs-explicit	περιέκρυβεν ἑαυτὴν μῆνας πέντε	1	she hid herself for five months	This expression means that Elizabeth did not leave her house during that time. She seems to state the reason for this in the next verse. She had felt disgraced because she was not able to have children. But if she stayed in her house for five months, the next time people saw her, her pregnancy would show, and it would be clear that she was able to have children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “She did not leave her house for five months so that by the next time people saw her, it would be clear that she was going to have a baby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
102	LUK	1	25	w8yq	figs-exclamations	οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν Κύριος	1	Thus the Lord has done for me	This is a positive exclamation. Elizabeth is very happy with what the Lord has done for her. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this by making it a separate sentence and indicating with the conventions of your language that it is an exclamation. Alternate translation: “What a marvelous thing the Lord has done for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
103	LUK	1	25	z1xr	figs-explicit	οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν Κύριος	1	Thus the Lord has done for me	It is implicit that Elizabeth is referring to the fact that the Lord has allowed her to become pregnant. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “What a marvelous thing the Lord has done for me by allowing me to become pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
104	LUK	1	25	pn2a	figs-idiom	ἐπεῖδεν	1	he looked upon me	Here, the expression looked upon is an idiom that means “shown regard for” or “treated well.” Alternate translation: “he treated me kindly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
105	LUK	1	25	lx3p	figs-explicit	ἀφελεῖν ὄνειδός μου ἐν ἀνθρώποις	1	to take away my disgrace among people	By disgrace, Elizabeth means the shame she felt because she was not able to have children. Alternate translation: “so that I no longer have to feel ashamed when I am around other people because I cannot have children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
106	LUK	1	26	v9w2	figs-explicit	ἐν…τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ	1	in the sixth month	Luke assumes that readers will recognize that this does not mean the sixth month of the year, but the sixth month of Elizabeth’s pregnancy. If you think there could be some confusion about this, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after Elizabeth had been pregnant for six months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
107	LUK	1	26	l035	translate-ordinal	τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ	1	the sixth month	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “month 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
108	LUK	1	26	rl4c	figs-activepassive	ἀπεστάλη ὁ ἄγγελος Γαβριὴλ ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the angel Gabriel was sent from God	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God sent the angel Gabriel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
109	LUK	1	26	l036	translate-names	Γαλιλαίας	1	Galilee	Galilee is the name of a region. It occurs many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
110	LUK	1	26	l037	translate-names	Ναζαρὲτ	1	Nazareth	Nazareth is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
111	LUK	1	27	l038	writing-participants	ἀνδρὶ, ᾧ ὄνομα Ἰωσὴφ	1	a man whose name was Joseph	This introduces Joseph as a new character in the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
112	LUK	1	27	l039	translate-names	Ἰωσὴφ	1	Joseph	Joseph is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
113	LUK	1	27	tzh2	figs-metaphor	ἐξ οἴκου Δαυεὶδ	1	of the house of David	In this expression, the word house describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants figuratively as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “who was a descendant of King David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
114	LUK	1	27	l040	writing-background	ἐξ οἴκου Δαυεὶδ	1	of the house of David	This is background information that helps identify Joseph further. It is important for readers to know because it means that as 1:32 indicates, Jesus, as the adoptive son of Joseph, will be an eligible successor to King David as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who came from the royal line of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
115	LUK	1	27	w9tm	writing-participants	τὸ ὄνομα τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ	1	the name of the virgin was Mary	This introduces Mary as a new character in the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
116	LUK	1	27	l041	translate-names	Μαριάμ	1	Mary	Mary is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
117	LUK	1	28	i7h4	figs-idiom	χαῖρε	1	Rejoice	This word was used as a greeting. Alternate translation: “Greetings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
118	LUK	1	28	bp2n		κεχαριτωμένη	1	favored one	Alternate translation: “you who have received great grace” or “you who have received special kindness”
119	LUK	1	28	jmq9	figs-idiom	ὁ Κύριος μετὰ σοῦ	1	The Lord is with you	The expression with you is an idiom that indicates favor and acceptance. Alternate translation: “The Lord is pleased with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
120	LUK	1	29	l042	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ	1	by his words	Luke is using the term words figuratively to mean what Gabriel said by using words. Alternate translation: “by what he said” or “when he said this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
121	LUK	1	29	ytx7		διελογίζετο ποταπὸς εἴη ὁ ἀσπασμὸς οὗτος	1	she was considering what kind of greeting this might be	Alternate translation: “she wondered why an angel would greet her in this way”
122	LUK	1	30	l043	grammar-connect-logic-result	μὴ φοβοῦ, Μαριάμ; εὗρες γὰρ χάριν παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ	1	Do not be afraid, Mary, for you have found favor with God	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “God is showing you his kindness, Mary, so you do not need to be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
123	LUK	1	30	d3rx	figs-imperative	μὴ φοβοῦ	1	Do not be afraid	While the angel speaks these words in the form of a command, he is actually telling Mary something that he thinks will help and encourage her. Alternate translation: “You do not need to be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
124	LUK	1	30	a3eb	figs-activepassive	εὗρες…χάριν παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ	1	you have found favor with God	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is showing you his kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
125	LUK	1	31	l044	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	And behold	As in 1:20, behold is a term that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
126	LUK	1	31	fi5q	figs-explicitinfo	συνλήμψῃ ἐν γαστρὶ, καὶ τέξῃ υἱόν	1	you will conceive in your womb and bear a son	The phrase conceive in your womb might seem to express unnecessary extra information, and so if you represent all of it in your language, that might not seem natural. However, the details are important here. The expression emphasizes that Jesus was a human son born of a human mother. So be sure to translate this expression in a way that conveys that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
127	LUK	1	31	l045	figs-declarative	καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν	1	you will call his name Jesus	As in 1:13, Gabriel is using a statement as a command in order to tell Mary what to do. Alternate translation: “you are to name him Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
128	LUK	1	31	l046	figs-idiom	καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν	1	call his name Jesus	As in 1:13, call his name is an idiom that means to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “name him Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
129	LUK	1	31	l047	translate-names	Ἰησοῦν	1	Jesus	This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
130	LUK	1	32	l048	figs-idiom	Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται	1	He … will be called the Son of the Most High	To be called is an idiom that means “to be.” (This idiom occurs three times in this episode and in a few other places in the book, such as 1:76, 2:23, and 15:19.) Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
131	LUK	1	32	hl55	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται	1	He … will be called the Son of the Most High	Gabriel is not saying only that Son of the Most High is a title by which Jesus will be known. Instead, just as the previous verse described how Jesus was a human son born of a human mother, his statement here indicates that Jesus was also the divine Son of a divine Father. You may want to show this by employing capitalization or whatever other convention your language uses to indicate divinity. Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
132	LUK	1	32	ip26	figs-activepassive	Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται	1	He … will be called the Son of the Most High	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
133	LUK	1	32	z74z	figs-idiom	Ὑψίστου	1	the Most High	This is an idiomatic way of referring to God, as the fuller expression “the Most High God” in 8:38 shows. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the phrase that way in order to explain its meaning. Or, you could simply reproduce the phrase in the simpler form in which it occurs here in order to show your readers one of the ways in which the people of this time referred to God. Alternate translation: “the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
134	LUK	1	32	lwd9	figs-metonymy	δώσει αὐτῷ…τὸν θρόνον Δαυεὶδ, τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	will give to him the throne of his father David	The throne figuratively represents a king’s authority to rule. Alternate translation: “will give him authority to rule as king as his ancestor David did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
135	LUK	1	32	l049	figs-metaphor	δώσει αὐτῷ…τὸν θρόνον Δαυεὶδ, τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	will give to him the throne of his father David	Here, the term father figuratively means “ancestor,” but since a line of kings is in view, it also indicates that Jesus will be a successor to David. Alternate translation: “will give him authority to rule as a successor to his ancestor David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
136	LUK	1	33	l050	figs-parallelism	βασιλεύσει…εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας; καὶ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἔσται τέλος	1	he will reign … to the ages, and there will be no end of his kingdom	These two phrases mean similar things. Gabriel uses them together to emphasize how certain it is that Jesus will always rule. Because Gabriel is making a proclamation, he is speaking in a form much like poetry. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and, in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “he will rule … forever, yes, his kingship will always continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
137	LUK	1	33	l051	figs-metaphor	τὸν οἶκον Ἰακὼβ	1	the house of Jacob	In this expression, the word house figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person, in this case Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the people descended from Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
138	LUK	1	33	l052	translate-names	Ἰακὼβ	1	Jacob	Jacob is the name of a man. Luke uses it a few more times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
139	LUK	1	33	l053	figs-idiom	εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας	1	to the ages	This is an idiom. The term ages means long periods of time. Alternate translation: “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
140	LUK	1	33	q516	figs-litotes	τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἔσται τέλος	1	there will be no end of his kingship	This is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “his kingship will always continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
141	LUK	1	33	l054	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἔσται τέλος	1	there will be no end of his kingship	The abstract noun kingship refers to the action of a king reigning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind this word with a verb such as “reign.” Alternate translation: “he will always reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
142	LUK	1	34	cf3b	figs-explicit	πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο	1	How will this be	The implication is that even though Mary did not understand how this could happen, she did not doubt that it would happen. This is clear from the way that Gabriel responds positively and encouragingly to her, by contrast to the way he rebuked Zechariah in 1:18 for his similar-sounding question. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I believe you, though I do not understand how this could happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
143	LUK	1	34	fqt7	figs-euphemism	ἄνδρα οὐ γινώσκω	1	I have not known a man	Mary uses a polite expression to say that she had not engaged in sexual activity. Alternate translation: “I have never had sexual relations with a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
144	LUK	1	35	l055	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ἄγγελος εἶπεν	1	answering the angel said	Together the words answering and said mean that the angel responded to the question that Mary asked. Alternate translation: “the angel responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
145	LUK	1	35	l056	figs-parallelism	Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἐπελεύσεται ἐπὶ σέ, καὶ δύναμις Ὑψίστου ἐπισκιάσει σοι	1	The Holy Spirit will come upon you, and the power of the Most High will overshadow you	These two phrases mean similar things. Once again Gabriel is speaking in a form much like Hebrew poetry. It would be good here as well to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a term other than and, in order to show that the second phrase is repeating and clarifying the meaning of the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit will come to you, yes, the power of God will cover you like a shadow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
146	LUK	1	35	x53s	figs-metaphor	δύναμις Ὑψίστου ἐπισκιάσει σοι	1	the power of the Most High will overshadow you	It was the power of God that would supernaturally cause Mary to become pregnant even while she still remained a virgin. It is not clear exactly how this happened, since Gabriel speaks figuratively as if God’s power had a shadow in order to describe it. But make sure that your translation does not imply that there was any physical or sexual union involved. This was a miracle. It might work well to retain Gabriel’s language and change the metaphor to a simile. Alternate translation: “the power of the Most High will cover you like a shadow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
147	LUK	1	35	l057	figs-idiom	Ὑψίστου	1	the Most High	See how you translated the expression the Most High in 1:32. Alternate translation: “the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
148	LUK	1	35	l058	figs-idiom	διὸ καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ	1	Therefore, the holy one who will be born will be called the Son of God	As in 1:32, to be called is an idiom that means “to be.” Alternate translation: “Therefore, this holy baby will be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
149	LUK	1	35	k866	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	διὸ καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ	1	Therefore, the holy one who will be born will be called the Son of God	Gabriel is not saying only that Son of God is a title by which Jesus will be known. Instead, this is a further statement that Jesus would be the divine Son of a divine Father. (Gabriel says therefore, indicating that this will be the result of the process he has just described.) You may want to show this by employing capitalization or whatever other convention your language uses to indicate divinity. Alternate translation: “Therefore, this holy baby will be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
150	LUK	1	35	vrz6	figs-activepassive	τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ	1	the holy one who will be born will be called the Son of God	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “this holy baby will be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
151	LUK	1	35	l059	figs-parallelism	τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ	1	the holy one who will be born will be called the Son of God	Depending on how the Greek is understood, this could be another parallel statement. Alternate translation: “The one who will be born will be holy. Yes, he will be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
152	LUK	1	36	lx9k	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Behold focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Consider this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
153	LUK	1	36	f88l		καὶ αὐτὴ συνείληφεν υἱὸν ἐν γήρει αὐτῆς	1	she also has conceived a son in her old age	Make sure that your translation does not make it does not sound as if both Mary and Elizabeth were old when they conceived. Alternate translation: “she has also become pregnant with a son, even though she is already very old”
154	LUK	1	36	hck2	figs-idiom	οὗτος μὴν ἕκτος ἐστὶν αὐτῇ	1	this is the sixth month for her	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “she is now in the sixth month of her pregnancy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
155	LUK	1	36	l060	figs-idiom	τῇ καλουμένῃ στείρᾳ	1	who was called barren	This is a further use of the idiom also found in 1:32 and 1:35 in which “to be called” means “to be.” Alternate translation: “who was not able to have children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
156	LUK	1	37	v42f	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	For	This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reason for what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “This shows that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
157	LUK	1	37	g7yt	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἀδυνατήσει παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ πᾶν ῥῆμα	1	every word will not be impossible for God	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “God is able to do anything he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
158	LUK	1	37	l061	figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἀδυνατήσει παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ πᾶν ῥῆμα	1	every word will not be impossible for God	Here, the term word could mean: (1) since Mary uses the same term figuratively in the next verse to describe the message that Gabriel has brought from God, Gabriel may be using it to mean that message as well. Alternate translation: “God is able to do anything he says” (2) Gabriel may be using the term in a general sense to mean “thing.” Alternate translation: “everything is possible with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
159	LUK	1	38	tef1	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Here, behold means more literally “look,” that is, “Look at me,” by which Mary means, “This is who I am.” Alternate translation (not followed by a comma): “I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
160	LUK	1	38	kw3g	figs-metaphor	ἡ δούλη Κυρίου	1	the female servant of the Lord	By describing herself as a servant, Mary is responding humbly and willingly. She is not boasting about being in the Lord’s service. Choose an expression in your language that will show her humility and obedience to the Lord. Alternate translation: “someone who will gladly serve the Lord in any way he wishes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
161	LUK	1	38	b9ax		γένοιτό μοι	1	May it happen to me	Once again Mary is expressing her willingness for the things to happen that the angel has told her about. Alternative translation: “I am willing for these things to happen to me”
162	LUK	1	38	l062	figs-metonymy	κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου	1	according to your word	Here, the term word figuratively describes the message that Gabriel has brought. Alternate translation: “just as you have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
163	LUK	1	39	ka5b	writing-newevent	δὲ…ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις	1	Then … in those days	This time reference sets the stage for a new episode in the story. Alternate translation: “Around that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
164	LUK	1	39	l063	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις	1	in those days	Here, Luke uses the term days figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “Around that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
165	LUK	1	39	wj5i	figs-idiom	ἀναστᾶσα	1	arose	This is an idiom that means not just that Mary stood up, but that she took action to get an enterprise under way. Alternate translation: “started out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
166	LUK	1	39	sii5	figs-explicit	τὴν ὀρινὴν	1	the hill country	This was an area of high hills extending south from the Jerusalem area to the Negev desert. Alternate translation: “the hilly area south of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
167	LUK	1	40	ee51	figs-explicit	εἰσῆλθεν εἰς	1	entered into	The implication is that Mary finished her journey before she went into Zechariah’s house. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “Once she arrived, she went inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
168	LUK	1	41	bx82	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. One method that is natural in some languages is to introduce this event without such a phrase. UST often models this approach. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
169	LUK	1	41	v99g	writing-pronouns	ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ αὐτῆς	1	in her womb	The pronoun her refers to Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “in Elizabeth’s womb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
170	LUK	1	41	ya5v	figs-metaphor	ἐσκίρτησεν	1	leaped	Luke says that Elizabeth’s baby leaped, but this was not literally possible. The expression refers figuratively to the baby making a sudden movement in response to the sound of Mary’s voice. Alternate translation: “moved suddenly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
171	LUK	1	41	l064	figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου ἡ Ἐλεισάβετ	1	Elizabeth was filled with the Holy Spirit	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit filled Elizabeth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
172	LUK	1	41	l065	figs-metaphor	ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου ἡ Ἐλεισάβετ	1	Elizabeth was filled with the Holy Spirit	Luke speaks figuratively as if Elizabeth was a container that the Holy Spirit filled. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit empowered Elizabeth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
173	LUK	1	42	r4ka	figs-hendiadys	ἀνεφώνησεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ καὶ εἶπεν	1	she exclaimed in a loud voice and said	The expression exclaimed … and said expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The word exclaimed indicates that what was said was an exclamation. Alternate translation: “she said loudly and excitedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
174	LUK	1	42	f69c	figs-idiom	φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1	in a loud voice	This is an idiom that means Elizabeth raised the volume of her voice. Alternate translation: “loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
175	LUK	1	42	t5e8	figs-idiom	ἐν γυναιξίν	1	among women	The expression among women is an idiom that means “more than any other woman.” You could say that as an alternate translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
176	LUK	1	42	bnl2	figs-metaphor	ὁ καρπὸς τῆς κοιλίας σου	1	the fruit of your womb	Elizabeth speaks figuratively of Mary’s baby as if he were the fruit that a plant or tree produces. Alternate translation: “the baby you are carrying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
177	LUK	1	43	k63f	figs-rquestion	καὶ πόθεν μοι τοῦτο, ἵνα ἔλθῃ ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Κυρίου μου πρὸς ἐμέ?	1	And whence is this to me, that the mother of my Lord should come to me?	Elizabeth is not asking for information. She is using a question form to show how surprised and happy she is that Mary has come to visit her. Alternate translation: “How wonderful it is that the mother of my Lord has come to visit me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
178	LUK	1	43	l066	figs-idiom	πόθεν μοι τοῦτο	1	whence is this to me	The expression whence is this to me means “where did this come from to me.” It is an idiom for describing something as wonderful and unexpected. Alternate translation (not followed by a comma): “how wonderful it is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
179	LUK	1	43	tiu4	figs-123person	ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Κυρίου μου	1	the mother of my Lord	Elizabeth is referring to Mary in the third person. You could make this clear by adding the word “you” in your translation, as UST does. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
180	LUK	1	44	uq3j	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ γὰρ	1	For behold	The term behold focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. This phrase alerts Mary to pay attention to Elizabeth’s surprising statement that follows. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
181	LUK	1	44	h54t	figs-metaphor	ὡς ἐγένετο ἡ φωνὴ τοῦ ἀσπασμοῦ σου εἰς τὰ ὦτά μου	1	as soon as the sound of your greeting was in my ears	Elizabeth is using the term ears to mean hearing, and hearing figuratively means recognition. Alternate translation: “as soon as I heard your voice and realized that it was you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
182	LUK	1	44	u9db	figs-metaphor	ἐσκίρτησεν ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει	1	leaped for joy	As in 1:41, leaped is a figurative way of referring to sudden movement. Alternate translation: “moved suddenly because he was so happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
183	LUK	1	45	kf73	figs-123person	ἡ πιστεύσασα…τοῖς λελαλημένοις αὐτῇ παρὰ Κυρίου	1	she who believed … the things that were spoken to her from the Lord	Elizabeth is speaking to Mary, and these phrases describe Mary, but Elizabeth nevertheless speaks of her in the third person. She does this perhaps as a sign of respect, since she has just identified Mary as “the mother of my Lord.” Alternate translation: “you who believed … the message that the Lord sent you”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
184	LUK	1	45	gc1e	figs-activepassive	ἔσται τελείωσις τοῖς λελαλημένοις αὐτῇ παρὰ Κυρίου	1	that there would be a fulfillment of the things that were spoken to her from the Lord	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “that the Lord would do everything he sent the angel to tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
185	LUK	1	45	g8rc	figs-explicit	ἔσται τελείωσις τοῖς λελαλημένοις αὐτῇ παρὰ Κυρίου	1	that there would be a fulfillment of the things that were spoken to her from the Lord	Here, instead of the word “by,” Elizabeth uses the word from because Mary actually heard the angel Gabriel speak (see 1:26), but the things he spoke ultimately came from the Lord. Alternate translation: “that the Lord would do everything he sent the angel to tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
186	LUK	1	46	vxj4	figs-synecdoche	μεγαλύνει ἡ ψυχή μου	1	My soul magnifies	The word soul refers to the inmost part of a person. Here, Mary uses it to refer to all of herself. Mary is saying that her worship comes from deep inside her. Alternate translation: “From the depths of my being, I praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
187	LUK	1	47	jp51	figs-synecdoche	ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πνεῦμά μου	1	and my spirit has rejoiced	The word spirit also refers to the inner part of a person. Alternate translation: “yes, with everything inside of me, I rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
188	LUK	1	47	l067	figs-parallelism	ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πνεῦμά μου	1	and my spirit has rejoiced	This statement is parallel to the one in the previous verse. Mary is speaking in poetry. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it might be good to show that to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. Alternate translation: “yes, with everything inside of me, I rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
189	LUK	1	47	hgz7	figs-idiom	ἠγαλλίασεν	1	has rejoiced	Mary is speaking idiomatically as if something she is presently doing happened in the past. Alternate translation: “is celebrating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
190	LUK	1	48	zhr5	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	For	This word introduces the reason for what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “And this is why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
191	LUK	1	48	k3fv	figs-idiom	ἐπέβλεψεν ἐπὶ	1	looked upon	As in 1:25, looked upon is an idiom that means “shown regard for.” Alternate translation: “he has kindly chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
192	LUK	1	48	tg6y	figs-metonymy	τὴν ταπείνωσιν τῆς δούλης αὐτοῦ	1	the low condition of his female servant	Mary is speaking of her low condition figuratively to mean herself. Alternate translation: “me to serve him, even though I am not very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
193	LUK	1	48	gsy2	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ γὰρ	1	For behold	The term behold focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Just think!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
194	LUK	1	48	l37l	figs-metonymy	πᾶσαι αἱ γενεαί	1	all generations	Mary uses the term generations figuratively to mean the people who will be born in all future generations. Alternate translation: “the people of all future generations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
195	LUK	1	49	xng2	figs-metonymy	ὁ δυνατός	1	the Mighty One	Here, Mary is describing God figuratively by one of his attributes. She means that “God, who is powerful,” has done great things for her. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy)
196	LUK	1	49	ze9y	figs-metonymy	ἅγιον τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	his name is holy	Mary is using the term name figuratively to mean God’s reputation, and the reputation figuratively represents God himself. Alternate translation: “he deserves to be treated with complete respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
197	LUK	1	50	ijs2	figs-idiom	εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γενεὰς	1	is unto generation and generation	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “extends to every generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
198	LUK	1	50	l068	figs-idiom	τοῖς φοβουμένοις αὐτόν	1	those who fear him	In this context, to fear does not mean to be afraid, but to show respect and reverence. Alternate translation: “those who honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
199	LUK	1	51	pb8u	figs-metonymy	ἐποίησεν κράτος ἐν βραχίονι αὐτοῦ	1	He has done mighty deeds with his arm	Mary is using the term arm figuratively to represent God’s power. Alternate translation: “He has demonstrated that he is very powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
200	LUK	1	51	s51c	figs-metaphor	διεσκόρπισεν	1	he has scattered	The word scattered figuratively describes how thoroughly God has defeated all who opposed him. The word creates a picture of God’s enemies fleeing in every direction, unable to arrange an organized retreat. Alternate translation: “he has completely defeated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
201	LUK	1	51	nt8x	figs-metaphor	ὑπερηφάνους διανοίᾳ καρδίας αὐτῶν	1	those who are proud in the thoughts of their hearts	The term hearts figuratively represents the will and affections of these people. Alternate translation: “who cherish proud thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
202	LUK	1	52	ty2j	figs-metonymy	καθεῖλεν δυνάστας ἀπὸ θρόνων	1	He has thrown down rulers from their thrones	A throne is a chair that a ruler sits on, and it is a symbol associated with authority. If a ruler is brought down from his throne, that means he no longer has the authority to reign. Alternate translation: “He has deposed rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
203	LUK	1	52	l069	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	and	This word indicates a contrast between what this phrase describes and what the previous phrase described. Try to make the contrast between these opposite actions clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “but”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
204	LUK	1	52	ee3q	figs-metaphor	ὕψωσεν ταπεινούς	1	he has raised up the lowly	In this word picture, people who are more important are depicted as higher up than people who are less important. Alternate translation: “he has given important roles to humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
205	LUK	1	52	yuu2	figs-nominaladj	ταπεινούς	1	the lowly	Mary is using this adjective as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
206	LUK	1	53	z2he	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	but	This word once again indicates a contrast between what this phrase describes and what the previous phrase described. Try to make the contrast between these opposite actions as clear as possible in your translation here as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
207	LUK	1	54	d8g6	translate-versebridge		0		If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine 1:54 and 1:55 into a verse bridge, as UST does, in order to keep the information about Israel together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
208	LUK	1	54	l070	figs-personification	Ἰσραὴλ	1	Israel	Mary is referring figuratively to all of the people of Israel as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
209	LUK	1	54	g5u1	figs-metaphor	παιδὸς αὐτοῦ	1	his servant	The term servant refers figuratively to the special role that God gave to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “his chosen people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
210	LUK	1	54	hyt3	figs-idiom	μνησθῆναι ἐλέους	1	to remember his mercy	In this context, the phrase to remember his mercy figuratively refers to God thinking about a person or group and considering what action he can take on their behalf. It does not suggest that God had ever forgotten to be merciful. Alternate translation: “in order to be merciful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
211	LUK	1	55	qc9k	figs-metaphor	καθὼς ἐλάλησεν πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν	1	as he spoke to our fathers	Here, the word fathers figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “just as he promised to our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
212	LUK	1	55	l071	translate-names	Ἀβραὰμ	1	Abraham	Abraham is the name of a man. It occurs several times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
213	LUK	1	55	by4a	figs-metaphor	τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ	1	to his seed	The term seed figuratively means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. Alternate translation: “to his descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
214	LUK	1	55	l072	figs-idiom	εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	to the age	This is an idiom. See how you translated the similar expression in 1:33. Alternate translation: “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
215	LUK	1	56	l073	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to indicate that the event of Mary returning home happened after the event of Mary staying with Elizabeth for three months. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
216	LUK	1	56	nt87	writing-pronouns	ἔμεινεν…Μαριὰμ σὺν αὐτῇ ὡς μῆνας τρεῖς, καὶ ὑπέστρεψεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτῆς	1	Mary stayed with her about three months, and returned to her house	The first instance of the word her in this verse refers to Elizabeth, and the second instance refers to Mary. Be sure that it is clear in your translation that Mary returned to her own home. She did not stay for three months, leave for a time, and then return to Elizabeth’s home. Alternate translation: “Mary stayed with Elizabeth for about three months, and then Mary went back to her own house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
217	LUK	1	57	hfk3	grammar-connect-time-sequential	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to indicate that this event took place after the events he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
218	LUK	1	57	l074	figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθη ὁ χρόνος	1	the time was fulfilled	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the time came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
219	LUK	1	57	dd2i		τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν	1	for her to deliver	Your language may require you to state the object of deliver. Alternate translation: “for her to deliver her baby” or “for her to have her baby”
220	LUK	1	58	j2xc	figs-metaphor	ἐμεγάλυνεν…τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτῆς	1	had magnified his mercy to her	Luke speaks figuratively as if God had made his mercy bigger towards Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “had shown great kindness to her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
221	LUK	1	58	l075	figs-explicit	ἐμεγάλυνεν…τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτῆς	1	had magnified his mercy to her	The implication is that God’s great kindness to Elizabeth was to enable her to have a baby. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “had shown great kindness to her by enabling her to have a baby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
222	LUK	1	59	f4ul	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
223	LUK	1	59	l076	translate-unknown	ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ	1	on the eighth day	This expression refers to the eighth day of the baby’s life, reckoning the day he was born as the first day. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate this expression according to the way your own culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “when the baby was one week old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
224	LUK	1	59	gm1k	translate-ordinal	ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ	1	on the eighth day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day 8” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
225	LUK	1	59	ya7d	figs-explicit	ἦλθον περιτεμεῖν τὸ παιδίον	1	they came to circumcise the child	In this culture, family and friends often came to celebrate with the family when a baby was circumcised. This ceremony showed that the baby was a member of the community that was in a special relationship with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the family and friends of Zechariah and Elizabeth came for the baby’s circumcision ceremony, when he would be acknowledged as a member of the Israelite community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
226	LUK	1	59	ip8w	figs-idiom	ἐκάλουν αὐτὸ ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, Ζαχαρίαν	1	they were going to call him after the name of his father, Zechariah	As in 1:13 and 1:31, to call the name of a child is an idiom meaning to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “they were going to give him the same name as his father, Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
227	LUK	1	60	l077	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεῖσα ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ εἶπεν	1	answering his mother said	Together the words answering and said mean that John’s mother responded to the intention of her family and friends to name the baby Zechariah. Alternate translation: “his mother responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
228	LUK	1	60	l078	figs-activepassive	κληθήσεται	1	he will be called	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “we are going to name him John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
229	LUK	1	61	t4e7	figs-explicit	οὐδείς ἐστιν ἐκ τῆς συγγενείας σου, ὃς καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ	1	There is no one among your relatives who is called by this name	The expression this name means specifically the name John. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could put the actual name in your translation. Alternate translation: “None of your relatives is named John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
230	LUK	1	61	l079	figs-activepassive	καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ	1	is called by this name	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “has the name John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
231	LUK	1	62	ium2	figs-explicit	ἐνένευον…τῷ πατρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	they made signs to his father	Zechariah may have been unable both to speak and to hear, but Gabriel only told him that he would be unable to speak, so it is more likely that the people simply assumed he could not hear because he was not speaking. If you think your readers might wonder why the people made signs to Zechariah, you could offer an explanation. Alternate translation: “because Zechariah was not speaking, the people thought he could not hear either, so they made signs to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
232	LUK	1	62	w3kq	figs-activepassive	τὸ τί ἂν θέλοι καλεῖσθαι αὐτό	1	as to what he wanted him to be called	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “to ask him what name he wanted to give the baby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
233	LUK	1	63	gn28	figs-explicit	αἰτήσας	1	asking for	It may be helpful to suggest how Zechariah was asking, since he could not speak. Alternate translation: “making signs with his hands to show that he wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
234	LUK	1	63	qu93	translate-unknown	πινακίδιον	1	a writing tablet	This was a wooden tablet covered with wax. A person would use a stylus (that is, something with a sharp point) to write in the wax. The wax could later be smoothed out and the tablet could be used again. If your readers might not recognize this object, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something to write on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
235	LUK	1	64	sdg1	figs-parallelism	ἀνεῴχθη…τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ…καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ	1	his mouth was opened and his tongue was freed	These two phrases mean the same thing. Luke uses them together for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “he became able to speak once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
236	LUK	1	64	l080	figs-metonymy	ἀνεῴχθη…τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ…καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ	1	his mouth was opened and his tongue was freed	Each of these phrases figuratively describes the act of speaking by referring to something associated with speech coming into action, specifically, the mouth opening and the tongue moving about freely. Alternate translation: “he became able to talk once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
237	LUK	1	64	mi2u	figs-activepassive	ἀνεῴχθη…τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ…καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ	1	his mouth was opened and his tongue was freed	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. You could also say who did the action. Alternate translation: “he became able to talk once again” or “God enabled him to speak once again” or, if you want to use the figurative language, “God opened his mouth and freed his tongue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
238	LUK	1	65	l081	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	This word introduces the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
239	LUK	1	65	qw1j	figs-personification	ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος	1	fear came on all those who lived around them	As in 1:12, Luke here describes fear figuratively as if it were something that could actively come upon people. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
240	LUK	1	65	l082	figs-idiom	ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος, τοὺς περιοικοῦντας αὐτούς	1	fear came on all those who lived around them	In this context, fear does not mean to be afraid, but to have respect and reverence. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
241	LUK	1	65	l083	figs-explicit	ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος	1	fear came on all those who lived around them	It may be helpful to state clearly why the people responded in this way. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe of God because of what he had done in the lives of Zechariah and Elizabeth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
242	LUK	1	65	g7uh	figs-hyperbole	πάντας…τοὺς περιοικοῦντας αὐτούς…ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ὀρεινῇ	1	all those who lived around them … throughout all the hill country	Here Luke uses the word all twice as an generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the people who lived around them … widely throughout that area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
243	LUK	1	65	pz97	figs-activepassive	διελαλεῖτο πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα	1	all these matters were being talked about	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “people talked about all these matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
244	LUK	1	66	c7xf	figs-ellipsis	ἔθεντο πάντες οἱ ἀκούσαντες, ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῶν	1	all who heard stored in their hearts	Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need to be complete. Alternate translation: “all who heard these things stored them in their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
245	LUK	1	66	l6lt	figs-metaphor	ἔθεντο…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῶν	1	stored in their hearts	Luke is speaking figuratively of hearts as places where thoughts and memories can be stored safely. His expression describes people thinking things over carefully in order to understand them and retain them. Alternate translation: “thought carefully about these matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
246	LUK	1	66	dgq4	figs-rquestion	τί ἄρα τὸ παιδίον τοῦτο ἔσται?	1	What then will this child become?	The people who said this were likely not asking a question, expecting someone to tell them what the child would become. Rather, they were making a statement about what the events of the child’s birth had led them to believe about his destiny. So you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “What a great man this child will become!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
247	LUK	1	66	xm9c	figs-metaphor	χεὶρ Κυρίου ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	the hand of the Lord was with him	In this expression, the hand figuratively represents strength and power. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s power was helping him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
248	LUK	1	67	lvd6	figs-activepassive	Ζαχαρίας…ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	Zechariah was filled with the Holy Spirit	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit filled Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
249	LUK	1	67	l084	figs-metaphor	Ζαχαρίας…ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	Zechariah was filled with the Holy Spirit	Luke speaks figuratively as if Zechariah were a container that the Holy Spirit filled. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit inspired Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
250	LUK	1	67	fs5y	writing-quotations	ἐπροφήτευσεν λέγων	1	prophesied, saying	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “prophesied, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
251	LUK	1	68	l085	figs-personification	ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	the God of Israel	Luke is referring figuratively to the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
252	LUK	1	68	jx5n	figs-explicit	ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	the God of Israel	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the relationship between God and Israel more explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God whom the people of Israel worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
253	LUK	1	68	d67v	figs-idiom	ἐπεσκέψατο…τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ	1	he has visited … his people	Here, the term visited is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he has come to help … his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
254	LUK	1	69	l086	figs-metaphor	ἤγειρεν κέρας σωτηρίας ἡμῖν	1	he has raised up a horn of salvation for us	In this context, raised up means brought into existence or enabled to act. Alternate translation: “he has brought us a horn of salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
255	LUK	1	69	g11u	figs-metonymy	ἤγειρεν κέρας σωτηρίας ἡμῖν	1	he has raised up a horn of salvation for us	An animal’s horn is associated with its strength, and so Zechariah is using the term figuratively as a symbol for a ruler by association with the power and authority a ruler has. Alternate translation: “he has brought us a ruler who will have the power to save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
256	LUK	1	69	fb9f	figs-metonymy	ἐν οἴκῳ Δαυεὶδ, παιδὸς αὐτοῦ	1	in the house of his servant David	David’s house figuratively represents his family and all of his descendants. Alternate translation: “who is a descendant of his servant David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
257	LUK	1	69	l087	figs-explicit	ἐν οἴκῳ Δαυεὶδ, παιδὸς αὐτοῦ	1	in the house of his servant David	The implication is that as a descendant of David, this ruler will be an eligible successor to him as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who is from the royal line of his servant David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
258	LUK	1	69	l088	figs-metaphor	Δαυεὶδ, παιδὸς αὐτοῦ	1	in the house of his servant David	David was not actually a servant, he was a king. Here the emphasis in the word servant is on how David served God faithfully in that capacity. Alternate translation: “who is from the royal line of David, who served him faithfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
259	LUK	1	70	x1q1	figs-metonymy	ἐλάλησεν διὰ στόματος τῶν ἁγίων…προφητῶν αὐτοῦ	1	he spoke by the mouth of his holy prophets	God speaking by the mouth of the prophets represents God inspiring them to say what he wanted them to say. Alternate translation: “he inspired his holy prophets to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
260	LUK	1	70	l089	figs-idiom	ἀπ’ αἰῶνος	1	from an age	This is an idiom. See how you translated the similar expression in 1:33. Alternate translation: “a long time ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
261	LUK	1	71	d13g	figs-abstractnouns	σωτηρίαν ἐξ ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν	1	salvation from our enemies	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun salvation with a verb such as “save” or “rescue.” It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He will save us from our enemies” or “He will rescue us from our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
262	LUK	1	71	aye3	figs-doublet	ἐξ ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν, καὶ ἐκ χειρὸς πάντων τῶν μισούντων ἡμᾶς	1	from our enemies and from the hand of all those who hate us	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Zechariah may be using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “from the domination of our enemies who hate us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
263	LUK	1	71	c6n9	figs-metonymy	χειρὸς	1	hand	The hand figuratively represents the power that a person uses the hand to exercise. Alternate translation: “domination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
264	LUK	1	72	w97a	figs-parallelism	ποιῆσαι ἔλεος μετὰ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, καὶ μνησθῆναι διαθήκης ἁγίας αὐτοῦ	1	to show mercy to our fathers and to remember his holy covenant	The two phrases in this verse say basically the same thing. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including the content of both phrases in your translation. Alternate translation: “to show kindness to our ancestors by fulfilling the special agreement he made with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
265	LUK	1	72	l090	figs-explicit	ποιῆσαι ἔλεος μετὰ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, καὶ μνησθῆναι διαθήκης ἁγίας αὐτοῦ	1	to show mercy to our fathers and to remember his holy covenant	If the connection between these phrases might be confusing, you could say explicitly how God was showing mercy to the ancestors. Alternate translation: “to show kindness to our ancestors by fulfilling for us the special agreement he made with them, because we are their descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
266	LUK	1	72	l091	figs-metaphor	ποιῆσαι ἔλεος μετὰ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν	1	to show mercy to our fathers	Here, the term fathers figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “to show kindness to our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
267	LUK	1	72	z5wj	figs-idiom	καὶ μνησθῆναι διαθήκης ἁγίας αὐτοῦ	1	and to remember his holy covenant	In this context, the term remember figuratively describes God thinking about the Israelites and considering what action he can take on their behalf. It does not suggest that God had forgotten about them. Alternate translation: “by fulfilling the special agreement he made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
268	LUK	1	73	l092	figs-metaphor	Ἀβραὰμ, τὸν πατέρα ἡμῶν	1	Abraham, our father	Here, the term father figuratively means “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “our ancestor Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
269	LUK	1	73	sk92	figs-metaphor	τοῦ δοῦναι ἡμῖν	1	to grant to us	Zechariah is using the term grant, meaning to “give,” in an idiomatic sense. Alternate translation: “to make it possible for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
270	LUK	1	74	f4e4	figs-activepassive	ἐκ χειρὸς ἐχθρῶν ῥυσθέντας	1	having been delivered out of the hand of our enemies	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “after he has rescued us from the power of our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
271	LUK	1	74	gm55	figs-metonymy	ἐκ χειρὸς ἐχθρῶν	1	out of the hand of our enemies	The hand figuratively represents the power that a person uses the hand to exercise. Alternate translation: “from the domination of our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
272	LUK	1	74	v55j	figs-explicit	ἀφόβως	1	fearlessly	The implication is that if the Israelites were still under enemy domination, they would be afraid of what their enemies might do to them if they worshiped and obeyed the Lord. Alternate translation: “without being afraid of what our enemies might do to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
273	LUK	1	75	l5n2	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ὁσιότητι καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ	1	in holiness and righteousness	If it would be clearer in your language, you can express the ideas behind the abstract nouns holiness and righteousness with adjectives. Alternate translation: “doing what is holy and righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
274	LUK	1	75	tn5i	figs-idiom	ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ	1	before him	This is an idiom that means “in his presence,” and that suggests being in relationship with God. Alternate translation: “in relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
275	LUK	1	75	l093	figs-idiom	πάσαις ταῖς ἡμέραις ἡμῶν	1	all our days	Here Zechariah uses the term days figuratively to refer to a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “for our whole lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
276	LUK	1	76	f6r1	figs-explicit	καὶ σὺ δέ, παιδίον	1	And indeed, you, child	Zechariah uses this phrase to begin his direct address to his son. In your translation, you can indicate the change from Zechariah talking about God to Zechariah talking to John in the way that is most appropriate and natural in your language. It may be clearest to indicate this change explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Zechariah said to his son John, ‘And as for you, my child’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
277	LUK	1	76	l094	figs-idiom	προφήτης…κληθήσῃ	1	you … will be called a prophet	As in 1:32, to be called is an idiom that means “to be.” Review the note there if that would be helpful. Zechariah is not saying that John will simply have the reputation of being a prophet. Alternate translation: “you … will be a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
278	LUK	1	76	h2vh	figs-activepassive	προφήτης…κληθήσῃ	1	you … will be called a prophet	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you … will be a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
279	LUK	1	76	bb3g	figs-idiom	Ὑψίστου	1	of the Most High	See how you translated the expression the Most High in 1:32. Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “of the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
280	LUK	1	76	de7t	figs-idiom	προπορεύσῃ…ἐνώπιον Κυρίου	1	you will go before the Lord	As in 1:17, to go before is an idiom that indicates that before the Lord comes, John will announce to the people that the Lord is going to come to them. Alternate translation: “you will announce that the Lord is coming,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
281	LUK	1	76	l095	figs-metaphor	ἑτοιμάσαι ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	to prepare his paths	Zechariah is using the imagery of paths figuratively to indicate that John will prepare the people to listen to the Lord’s message and believe it. Alternate translation: “to get the people ready for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
282	LUK	1	77	l096	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν σωτηρίας τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ, ἐν ἀφέσει ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν	1	to give the knowledge of salvation to his people through the forgiveness of their sins	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns salvation and forgiveness with the verbs “save” and “forgive.” Alternate translation: “to teach God’s people that he wants to save them by forgiving their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
283	LUK	1	77	t6d3	figs-metonymy	τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν σωτηρίας τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ	1	to give the knowledge of salvation to his people	The phrase to give … knowledge is a figurative description of teaching. Alternate translation: “to teach God’s people that he wants to save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
284	LUK	1	78	z861	figs-metaphor	ἀνατολὴ ἐξ ὕψους	1	the sunrise from heaven	Zechariah speaks of the coming of the Savior as if it will be a sunrise that will light up the earth. Alternate translation: “the Savior who comes from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
285	LUK	1	78	l097	figs-metonymy	ἐξ ὕψους	1	from heaven	Zechariah uses the term heaven to refer to God figuratively by association, since heaven is the abode of God. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
286	LUK	1	78	l098	figs-idiom	ἐπισκέψεται ἡμᾶς	1	will visit us	As in 1:68, visit is an idiom. Alternate translation: “will come to help us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
287	LUK	1	79	sh2q	figs-metaphor	ἐπιφᾶναι τοῖς…καθημένοις	1	to shine on those who are sitting	As in 1:78, light figuratively represents truth. Just as Zechariah described the Savior as like a sunrise in that verse, here he is describing the spiritual truth that the Savior will bring as if it will light up the earth. Alternate translation: “to show the truth to people who are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
288	LUK	1	79	l099	figs-idiom	τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις	1	on those who sit in darkness and in the shadow of death	To sit in a place is an idiom that means to be in that place. Alternate translation: “on people who are in darkness, yes, even in deep darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
289	LUK	1	79	k46q	figs-idiom	τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις	1	on those who sit in darkness and in the shadow of death	The shadow of death is an idiom that describes deep darkness. Alternate translation: “on people who are in darkness, yes, even in deep darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
290	LUK	1	79	l100	figs-metaphor	τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις	1	on those who sit in darkness and in the shadow of death	Since light figuratively represents truth, darkness represents the absence of spiritual truth. Alternate translation: “on people who do not know the truth, who do not know it at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
291	LUK	1	79	cnh7	figs-doublet	τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις	1	on those who sit in darkness and in the shadow of death	These two phrases work together to emphasize the deep spiritual darkness that people are in before God shows them mercy. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “on people who do not know the truth at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
292	LUK	1	79	s3eb	figs-metaphor	κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας ἡμῶν εἰς ὁδὸν εἰρήνης	1	to guide our feet into the path of peace	Zechariah is using the word guide figuratively to mean “teach,” and the expression the path of peace figuratively to represent living at peace with God. Alternate translation: “to teach us how to live at peace with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
293	LUK	1	79	l101	figs-synecdoche	κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας ἡμῶν εἰς ὁδὸν εἰρήνης	1	to guide our feet into the path of peace	Zechariah is using the term feet figuratively to represent the whole person. Alternate translation: “to teach us how to live at peace with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
294	LUK	1	80	q2ax	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	And	This word introduces the next part of the story. In this verse, Luke describes a few transitional events in order to move quickly from the birth of John to the beginning of his ministry as an adult. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
295	LUK	1	80	a8bz		ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι	1	became strong in spirit	This could refer to: (1) the inner part of a person, as in 1:47. Alternate translation: “he developed a strong character” (2) how God kept the promise that Gabriel made to Zechariah in 1:15, that the Holy Spirit would empower his son. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit empowered him”
296	LUK	1	80	eh9j	figs-explicit	ἦν ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις	1	he was in the wilderness	This expression means implicitly that John went to live there. Luke does not say at what age John did this. Alternate translation: “he went to live in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
297	LUK	1	80	qu12		ἕως ἡμέρας ἀναδείξεως αὐτοῦ	1	until the day of his public appearance	The term until does not indicate a stopping point. John continued to live out in the wilderness even after he started preaching publicly. In your translation, be sure that this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “through the time when he began to preach in public”
298	LUK	1	80	ie4l	figs-idiom	ἡμέρας ἀναδείξεως αὐτοῦ	1	the day of his public appearance	Here, Luke uses the term day figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “the time when he began to preach in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
299	LUK	1	80	l102	figs-personification	πρὸς τὸν Ἰσραήλ	1	to Israel	Luke is referring to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
300	LUK	2	intro	dw6t			0		Luke 2 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus is born in the city of Bethlehem (2:1-20) Joseph and Mary dedicate Jesus, and Simeon and Anna speak about him (2:21-40) Jesus goes to Jerusalem with his parents for Passover (2:41-52) Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in the song of the angels about Jesus’ birth in 2:14 and in Simeon’s song about Jesus in 2:29-32. Important textual issues in this chapter “his father and mother” In 2:33, the most accurate ancient manuscripts read “his father and mother.” ULT follows that reading. Some other ancient manuscripts read “Joseph and his mother.” That reading indicates that Joseph was not the biological father of Jesus, since Mary conceived him as a virgin. However, Joseph was the adoptive father of Jesus, and so the reading “his father and mother” is not incorrect. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it has. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading in ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
301	LUK	2	1	c887	writing-newevent	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις	1	in those days	This time reference introduces a new event. Alternate translation: “around that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
302	LUK	2	1	l103	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις	1	in those days	Here, Luke uses the term days figuratively to refer to a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “around that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
303	LUK	2	1	e9m5	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο	1	it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to show that this is the beginning of an account. If your language has a way of showing the start of an account, you may use that in your translation. If not, you may choose not to represent this phrase. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
304	LUK	2	1	gda6	figs-personification	ἐξῆλθεν δόγμα παρὰ	1	a decree went out from	The decree did not go out by itself, even though Luke speaks figuratively as if it did. Messengers likely proclaimed the emperor’s command throughout the empire. Alternate translation: “sent out messengers with a decree ordering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
305	LUK	2	1	jtz3	writing-participants	Καίσαρος Αὐγούστου	1	Caesar Augustus	Caesar was the title of the emperor of the Roman Empire. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Augustus, who ruled the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
306	LUK	2	1	l104	translate-names	Αὐγούστου	1	Augustus	Augustus is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
307	LUK	2	1	tk59	figs-explicit	ἀπογράφεσθαι πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην	1	for all the world to register	Luke assumes that his readers will know that this was for tax purposes. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that all the people living in the Roman Empire had to list their names on the tax rolls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
308	LUK	2	1	m39d	figs-metonymy	τὴν οἰκουμένην	1	the world	The term world refers specifically to the part of the world that Caesar Augustus ruled. It is actually describing the people living in that part of the world figuratively by association to where they lived. Alternate translation: “the people living in the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
309	LUK	2	2	q9zw	translate-names	Κυρηνίου	1	Quirinius	Quirinius is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
310	LUK	2	2	l105	translate-names	Συρίας	1	Syria	Syria is the name of one of the provinces of the Roman Empire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
311	LUK	2	3	s4im	writing-background	ἐπορεύοντο πάντες	1	everyone was traveling	Luke describes the registration as already in progress in order to account for why Joseph and Mary had to travel at this time, late in her pregnancy. Alternate translation: “everyone was going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
312	LUK	2	3	h5e2	figs-explicit	εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ πόλιν	1	to his own city	The phrase his own city refers to the city where a person’s family had originally lived. A person might have since moved to a different city. Alternate translation: “to the city that their families came from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
313	LUK	2	3	d64g	figs-explicit	ἀπογράφεσθαι	1	to register himself	Alternate translation: “to provide their names for the tax rolls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
314	LUK	2	4	l106	grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	And	This word introduces the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “And so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
315	LUK	2	4	l107	figs-idiom	ἀνέβη	1	went up	Luke says went up because Joseph had to go up into the mountains to travel from Nazareth to Bethlehem. Alternate translation: “traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
316	LUK	2	4	kz78	figs-explicit	εἰς πόλιν Δαυεὶδ, ἥτις καλεῖται Βηθλέεμ	1	to the city of David, which is called Bethlehem	Bethlehem was known as the city of David because King David had come from there. Luke includes this detail because it indicates why Bethlehem was important, even though it was a small town. Not only had the line of David’s dynasty originated there, the prophet Micah had said that the future Messiah would be born there. Alternate translation: “to the town known as Bethlehem, where King David had come from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
317	LUK	2	4	l108	figs-activepassive	ἥτις καλεῖται Βηθλέεμ	1	which is called Bethlehem	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whose name is Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
318	LUK	2	4	l109	figs-hendiadys	εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐξ οἴκου καὶ πατριᾶς Δαυείδ	1	he was of the house and family line of David	Luke is expressing a single idea by using two terms, house and family line, connected with and. The term family line indicates the significance of Joseph being a descendant of David. It means that any son of his, natural or adopted, would be an eligible successor to King David as the Messiah. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of these two terms with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “he was descended from the royal line of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
319	LUK	2	4	s7a7	figs-metaphor	εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐξ οἴκου καὶ πατριᾶς Δαυείδ	1	he was of the house and family line of David	As in 1:27, the word house figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. Alternate translation: “he was descended from the royal line of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
320	LUK	2	5	ktz2	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀπογράψασθαι σὺν Μαριὰμ, τῇ ἐμνηστευμένῃ αὐτῷ	1	He registered himself with Mary, who was engaged to him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because Mary was engaged to Joseph, she had to travel with him so that he could list their names together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
321	LUK	2	5	ne7a	figs-explicit	Μαριὰμ, τῇ ἐμνηστευμένῃ αὐτῷ	1	Mary, who was engaged to him	In this culture, an engaged couple was considered legally married, although there would not have been physical intimacy between them until after the wedding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that. Alternate translation: “Mary, who was engaged to him and who was therefore considered his legal wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
322	LUK	2	5	l110	figs-activepassive	τῇ ἐμνηστευμένῃ αὐτῷ	1	who was engaged to him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who had promised to marry him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
323	LUK	2	6	qw6j	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	This phrase marks the beginning of the next event in the story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses to introduce an event, you can use it in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
324	LUK	2	6	w4is	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ εἶναι αὐτοὺς ἐκεῖ	1	while they were there	The word they refers to Joseph and Mary being in Bethlehem. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while Mary and Joseph were in Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
325	LUK	2	6	zr62	figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν	1	the days were fulfilled for her to deliver	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the time came for Mary to give birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
326	LUK	2	6	l111	figs-idiom	ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι	1	the days were fulfilled	Here Luke uses the term days figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “the time came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
327	LUK	2	6	l112		τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν	1	for her to deliver	Your language may require you to state the object of deliver. Alternate translation: “for her to deliver her baby” or “for her to have her baby”
328	LUK	2	7	l113	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐσπαργάνωσεν αὐτὸν, καὶ ἀνέκλινεν αὐτὸν ἐν φάτνῃ, διότι οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι	1	she wrapped him in strips of cloth and laid him in a manger, because there was no room for them in the inn	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could put the second phrase before the first one, since it gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because there was no guest room available for them, she wrapped cloths tightly around him and put him in a box that held hay for animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
329	LUK	2	7	qq48	figs-explicit	ἐσπαργάνωσεν αὐτὸν	1	wrapped him in strips of cloth	In some cultures, mothers help their babies feel secure by wrapping them tightly in cloth or in a blanket. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly Alternate translation: “wrapped cloths tightly around him to make him feel secure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
330	LUK	2	7	s97r	translate-unknown	ἀνέκλινεν αὐτὸν ἐν φάτνῃ	1	laid him in a manger	A manger was a box or frame in which people put hay or other food for animals to eat. It was most likely clean, and it may have had something soft and dry like hay in it that would have provided a cushion for the baby. In this culture, animals were often kept near a home to keep them safe and so that their owners could feed them easily. Mary and Joseph stayed in a space that was ordinarily used for animals for those reasons. Alternate translation: “put him in a box that held hay for animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
331	LUK	2	7	yj6j	figs-explicit	διότι οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι	1	there was no room for them in the inn	There was probably no room because so many people had come to Bethlehem to register. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was no other place available for them to stay, because so many people had come there to register” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
332	LUK	2	7	l114	translate-unknown	διότι οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι	1	because there was no room for them in the inn	The inn could mean a place of lodging where travelers stayed overnight. However, Luke uses the same term in 22:11 to refer to a room in a house. So it could also mean “guest room.” Alternate translation: “there was no other place available for them to stay, because so many people had come there to register” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
333	LUK	2	8	l115	writing-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses and to introduce background information about some new characters. You can translate it with the word or phrase that serves the same purpose in your language. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
334	LUK	2	8	l116	writing-participants	ποιμένες ἦσαν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ τῇ αὐτῇ	1	there were shepherds in that area	This phrase introduces new characters into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “there were some shepherds living in that area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
335	LUK	2	9	x1y4		ἄγγελος Κυρίου	1	an angel of the Lord	Alternate translation: “a heavenly messenger sent from the Lord”
336	LUK	2	9	u2di		ἐπέστη αὐτοῖς	1	stood before them	Alternate translation: “came to the shepherds”
337	LUK	2	9	ca2k	figs-explicit	δόξα Κυρίου περιέλαμψεν αὐτούς	1	the glory of the Lord shone around them	The implication is that a bright light appeared at the same time as the angel, expressing the magnificent presence of God that was accompanying his messenger. The glory of God is associated with light in the Bible, for example, “Arise, shine; for your light has come, and the glory of Yahweh has risen on you,” Isaiah 60:1. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a bright light shone all around them, showing the glorious presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
338	LUK	2	9	l117	figs-idiom	ἐφοβήθησαν φόβον μέγαν	1	they feared a great fear	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they were extremely afraid” or “they were terrified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
339	LUK	2	10	hnr7	figs-imperative	μὴ φοβεῖσθε	1	Do not be afraid	As in 1:13, while the angel speaks these words in the form of a command, he is really telling the shepherds something to help and encourage them. Alternate translation: “You do not need to be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
340	LUK	2	10	l118	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ γὰρ	1	for behold	The term behold focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
341	LUK	2	10	pw8t		εὐαγγελίζομαι ὑμῖν χαρὰν μεγάλην, ἥτις ἔσται παντὶ τῷ λαῷ	1	I bring you good news of great joy, which will be to all the people	Alternate translation: “I have come to announce good news that will make all the people very happy”
342	LUK	2	10	adz8	figs-hyperbole	παντὶ τῷ λαῷ	1	all the people	This could be: (1) a reference to all people. That is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “all people everywhere” (2) a figurative generalization that refers specifically to the Jewish people who would welcome Jesus as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
343	LUK	2	11	l119	figs-activepassive	ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον Σωτὴρ, ὅς ἐστιν Χριστὸς, Κύριος, ἐν πόλει Δαυείδ	1	today has been born for you in the city of David a Savior, who is Christ the Lord!	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a Savior, who is Christ the Lord, has been born for you today in the city of David!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
344	LUK	2	11	z9m2	figs-explicit	ἐν πόλει Δαυείδ	1	in the city of David	This means Bethlehem. See the explanation in the note to 2:4. Alternate translation: “in Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
345	LUK	2	11	l120	figs-explicit	ὅς ἐστιν Χριστὸς, Κύριος	1	who is Christ the Lord	Christ is the Greek word for “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “who is the Messiah, the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
346	LUK	2	12	yj15	figs-explicit	τοῦτο ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον	1	this will be the sign to you	The implication is that God has provided this sign. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has given you this sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
347	LUK	2	12	snr9	figs-explicit	ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον	1	the sign to you	This could be: (1) a sign that would help the shepherds recognize the baby. Alternate translation: “this sign to help you find the newborn Messiah” (2) a sign to prove that what the angel was saying was true. Alternate translation: “the sign to prove that what I am telling you is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
348	LUK	2	12	xx57	figs-explicit	ἐσπαργανωμένον	1	wrapped in strips of cloth	See how you translated this expression in 2:7. Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “with cloths wrapped tightly around him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
349	LUK	2	12	bua3	translate-unknown	κείμενον ἐν φάτνῃ	1	lying in a manger	See how you translated the term manger in 2:7. Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “lying in a box that holds hay for animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
350	LUK	2	13	b54a	figs-metaphor	πλῆθος στρατιᾶς οὐρανίου	1	a multitude of the heavenly army	This phrase could refer to a literal army of angels, or it could be speaking figuratively of a large organized group of angels. Alternate translation: “a large group of angels from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
351	LUK	2	13	e2gp	figs-hendiadys	αἰνούντων τὸν Θεὸν καὶ λεγόντων	1	praising God and saying	Luke is expressing a single idea by using two verbs connected with and. The angels said these words in order to praise God. Alternate translation: “who praised God by saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
352	LUK	2	14	p1fm		δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις Θεῷ	1	Glory in the highest to God	This could mean: (1) the angels are describing where God should receive honor. In that case in the highest would mean “in the highest place,” that is, “in heaven,” and the phrase would parallel “on earth.” Alternate translation: “Give honor to God in heaven” (2) the angels are describing what kind of honor God should receive. Alternate translation: “Give the highest honor to God”
353	LUK	2	14	y2b3		ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκίας	1	among men of good pleasure	This could refer to: (1) God’s good pleasure with people. Alternate translation: “among people with whom God is pleased” (2) people who show good pleasure or “good will” to one another. Alternate translation: “among people of good will”
354	LUK	2	14	l121	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώποις	1	men	Here, the term men has a generic meaning that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
355	LUK	2	15	au2m	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to mark a shift in the story, to what the shepherds did after the angels left. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
356	LUK	2	15	s4js	figs-exclusive	διέλθωμεν…ἴδωμεν…ἡμῖν	1	Let us … go … let us see … to us	The shepherds are speaking to one another, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive us, use the inclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
357	LUK	2	16	l122	figs-hendiadys	ἦλθον σπεύσαντες	1	they went hastening	The two verbs went and hastening express a single idea. The word hastening tells how they went. Alternate translation: “they went quickly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
358	LUK	2	16	rdi2	translate-unknown	κείμενον ἐν τῇ φάτνῃ	1	lying in the manger	See how you translated the term manger in 2:7. Alternate translation: “lying in a box that holds hay for animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
359	LUK	2	17	n2qz	figs-activepassive	τοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ λαληθέντος αὐτοῖς	1	the message that had been told to them	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “what the angels had told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
360	LUK	2	18	vh9d	figs-activepassive	τῶν λαληθέντων ὑπὸ τῶν ποιμένων πρὸς αὐτούς	1	the things that were spoken to them by the shepherds	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “what the shepherds told them” Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
361	LUK	2	19	reb7	figs-metaphor	συμβάλλουσα ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῆς	1	pondering them in her heart	In this expression, the heart figuratively represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “reflecting on what they meant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
362	LUK	2	20	nqv7	figs-explicit	ὑπέστρεψαν οἱ ποιμένες	1	the shepherds returned	This means that they returned to their flock. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the shepherds went back to take care of their sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
363	LUK	2	20	c9x5	figs-doublet	δοξάζοντες καὶ αἰνοῦντες τὸν Θεὸν	1	glorifying and praising God	The terms glorifying and praising mean similar things. Luke is using them together for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “excitedly praising God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
364	LUK	2	20	l123	figs-activepassive	καθὼς ἐλαλήθη πρὸς αὐτούς	1	just as it had been spoken to them	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “just as the angel had told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
365	LUK	2	21	b2k2	figs-explicit	ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν	1	when eight days had been fulfilled to circumcise him	The law that God gave to Jewish believers told them to circumcise a baby boy on the eighth day of his life. As in 1:59, the day on which the baby was born was considered to be the first day. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate this expression according to the way your own culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “when the baby was one week old, and according to the Jewish law it was time to circumcise him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
366	LUK	2	21	ud24	writing-newevent	ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ	1	when eight days had been fulfilled	This time reference also introduces a new event. Alternate translation: “after eight days had gone by” or “when the baby was one week old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
367	LUK	2	21	l124	figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ	1	when eight days had been fulfilled	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “after eight days had gone by” or “when the baby was one week old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
368	LUK	2	21	u6sw	figs-activepassive	ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς	1	his name was called Jesus	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “his parents Joseph and Mary named him Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
369	LUK	2	21	l125	figs-idiom	ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς	1	his name was called Jesus	As in 1:13, to “call a name” is an idiom that means to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “his parents Joseph and Mary named him Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
370	LUK	2	21	km8b	figs-activepassive	τὸ κληθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀγγέλου	1	which he had been called by the angel	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which was the name that the angel had told Mary to give him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
371	LUK	2	21	l126	figs-explicitinfo	πρὸ τοῦ συνλημφθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ	1	before he was conceived in the womb	In your language, it might seem that the phrase conceived in the womb expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you can abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “before he was conceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
372	LUK	2	22	q9yb	figs-activepassive	ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ αὐτῶν κατὰ τὸν νόμον Μωϋσέως	1	when the days of their purification had been fulfilled, according to the law of Moses	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “after they had waited the number of days that the law of Moses required for their purification” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
373	LUK	2	22	b65l	figs-explicit	αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ αὐτῶν	1	the days of their purification	The law of Moses said that a woman would become ceremonially clean again 33 days after her newborn son had been circumcised. After that, she could enter the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “33 more days, the time that the law of Moses required for Mary to become ceremonially clean again after childbirth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
374	LUK	2	22	l127	translate-names	Μωϋσέως	1	Moses	Moses is the name of a man, the great law-giver of Israel. It occurs several times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
375	LUK	2	22	l128	figs-idiom	ἀνήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	they brought him up to Jerusalem	Luke says that they brought him up to Jerusalem, even though Bethlehem is actually at a higher elevation, because that was the customary way of speaking about going to Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “they took him to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
376	LUK	2	22	lr25	figs-explicit	παραστῆσαι τῷ Κυρίῳ	1	to present him to the Lord	Luke will explain more in the next two verses about why Mary and Joseph did this, but if it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the purpose more explicit here. Alternate translation: “so that they could bring him into the temple and perform the required ceremony acknowledging God’s claim on firstborn children who were male” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
377	LUK	2	23	vlb3	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν νόμῳ Κυρίου	1	just as it is written in the law of the Lord	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “just as the law of the Lord commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
378	LUK	2	23	l129	figs-activepassive	πᾶν ἄρσεν διανοῖγον μήτραν, ἅγιον τῷ Κυρίῳ κληθήσεται	1	Every male who opens the womb will be called holy to the Lord	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “You are to set apart for the Lord every firstborn child who is a boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
379	LUK	2	23	lnn1	figs-idiom	πᾶν ἄρσεν διανοῖγον μήτραν	1	Every male who opens the womb	To open the womb is an idiom that refers to being the first baby to come out of the womb. This commandment applied to both people and animals, but here a baby boy is specifically in view. Alternate translation: “Every firstborn offspring who is a male” or “Every firstborn child who is a boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
380	LUK	2	23	l130	figs-idiom	ἅγιον τῷ Κυρίῳ κληθήσεται	1	will be called holy to the Lord	As in 1:32, be called is an idiom that means “to be.” Alternate translation: “will be set apart for the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
381	LUK	2	23	l131	figs-declarative	ἅγιον τῷ Κυρίῳ κληθήσεται	1	will be called holy to the Lord	Here, the law of Moses is using a future statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “is to be set apart for the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
382	LUK	2	24	ni3s	figs-activepassive	τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Κυρίου	1	what is said in the law of the Lord	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “what the law of the Lord says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
383	LUK	2	25	l132	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term behold to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
384	LUK	2	25	ytp9	writing-participants	ἄνθρωπος ἦν ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ, ᾧ ὄνομα Συμεών	1	there was a man in Jerusalem whose name was Simeon	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
385	LUK	2	25	l133	translate-names	Συμεών	1	Simeon	Simeon is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
386	LUK	2	25	n263	figs-doublet	ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος δίκαιος καὶ εὐλαβής	1	this man was righteous and devout	The terms righteous and devout mean similar things. Luke uses the two terms together to emphasize what a godly man Simeon was. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “he was a godly man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
387	LUK	2	25	l134	figs-idiom	προσδεχόμενος	1	waiting for	This is an idiomatic usage of the term waiting. It does not mean passively waiting for something to happen, but eagerly anticipating something that someone wants to happen. Alternate translation: “eagerly anticipating” or “looking forward to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
388	LUK	2	25	l135	figs-metonymy	παράκλησιν τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	the consolation of Israel	This phrase refers by association to the one who would bring consolation, meaning “comfort,” to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the one who would come and comfort the people of Israel” or “the one who would come to help the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
389	LUK	2	25	l136	figs-explicit	παράκλησιν τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	the consolation of Israel	Luke assumes that readers will know that this is a reference to the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah, who would come to help the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
390	LUK	2	25	m5au	figs-personification	τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	of Israel	Luke is referring to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
391	LUK	2	25	xxw9	figs-metaphor	Πνεῦμα ἦν Ἅγιον ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	The Holy Spirit was upon him	The word upon creates a spatial metaphor that means that the Spirit of God was with Simeon in a special way. The Spirit gave him knowledge and direction for his life, as the next two verses show. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit guided him in special ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
392	LUK	2	26	l137	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
393	LUK	2	26	psf8	figs-activepassive	ἦν αὐτῷ κεχρηματισμένον ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος τοῦ Ἁγίου	1	it had been revealed to him by the Holy Spirit	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit had shown him” or “the Holy Spirit had told him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
394	LUK	2	26	l138	figs-idiom	μὴ ἰδεῖν θάνατον πρὶν	1	he would not see death before	To see death is an idiom that means “to die.” Alternate translation: “that he would not die before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
395	LUK	2	26	e6vu	figs-litotes	μὴ ἰδεῖν θάνατον πρὶν	1	he would not see death before	Here, Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “he would live until” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
396	LUK	2	27	k53l	figs-idiom	ἦλθεν ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι	1	he came in the Spirit	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he came as the Holy Spirit directed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
397	LUK	2	27	uqr6	figs-go	ἦλθεν…εἰς τὸ ἱερόν	1	he came … into the temple	Your language may say “went” in contexts such as this. Alternate translation: “he went … into the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
398	LUK	2	27	y8la	figs-synecdoche	εἰς τὸ ἱερόν	1	into the temple	Since only priests could enter the temple building, this means the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
399	LUK	2	27	wt3r	writing-participants	τοὺς γονεῖς	1	the parents	This means the parents of Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use their names here. Alternate translation: “Mary and Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
400	LUK	2	27	h444	figs-explicit	τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτοὺς κατὰ τὸ εἰθισμένον τοῦ νόμου περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	for them to do according to the custom of the law concerning him	The phrase to do according to the custom of the law refers to the ceremony of dedication that Luke described in 2:22-25. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to perform the ceremony of dedication that the law of God required” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
401	LUK	2	28	l139	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	and	Luke uses this word to indicate that this event took place after the event he has just described. That is, Simeon took Jesus in his arms after his parents brought him into the temple for the dedication ceremony. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
402	LUK	2	28	y5g6	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸς ἐδέξατο αὐτὸ εἰς τὰς ἀγκάλας	1	he took him into his arms	If it would be clearer in your language, you could specify by name the people to whom these pronouns refer. Alternate translation: “Simeon picked up the baby Jesus and held him in his arms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
403	LUK	2	29	l140	figs-declarative	νῦν ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου…ἐν εἰρήνῃ	1	You are now dismissing your servant in peace	Simeon is actually using this statement to make a request. Alternate translation: “Now please let me die in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
404	LUK	2	29	m6eg	figs-123person	ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου	1	you are … dismissing your servant	Simeon refers to himself as God’s servant in order to show humility and respect. Alternate translation: “please let me die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
405	LUK	2	29	g3wn	figs-euphemism	ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου	1	you are … dismissing your servant	Simeon uses a mild expression to refer to death. Alternate translation: “please let me die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
406	LUK	2	29	l141	figs-youformal	σου…σου	1	your … your	Here, the word your is singular because Simeon is addressing God. If your language has a formal form of your that it uses to address a superior respectfully, you may wish to use that form here and in 2:30 and 2:32, and the corresponding formal form for “you” in 2:31. However, it might be more natural in your language for someone who knows God well, as Simeon did, to address God using the informal form. Use your best judgment about what form to use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
407	LUK	2	29	e8fk	figs-metonymy	κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου	1	according to your word	Simeon is referring to the promise that God made that he would live to see the Messiah. Simeon describes that promise by association with the word or saying by which God made it. Alternate translation: “as you promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
408	LUK	2	30	b7i6	figs-synecdoche	εἶδον οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου	1	my eyes have seen	Simeon uses one part of himself, his eyes, to represent all of himself figuratively in the act of seeing. Alternate translation: “I have personally seen” or “I, myself, have seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
409	LUK	2	30	ekw3	figs-metonymy	τὸ σωτήριόν σου	1	your salvation	This expression refers by association to the person who would bring salvation, that is, the infant Jesus, whom Simeon was holding. Alternate translation: “the Savior whom you have sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
410	LUK	2	31	zv1j	writing-pronouns	ὃ ἡτοίμασας	1	which you have prepared	If you said “Savior” in the previous phrase at the end of 2:30, then here you will want to say something like “whom you have prepared” or “the one you have sent.” If you said salvation in the previous phrase, then here you could say something like “which you have brought about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
411	LUK	2	31	l142	figs-metaphor	κατὰ πρόσωπον πάντων τῶν λαῶν	1	before the face of all the peoples	The term face figuratively represents the presence of a person. Simeon is saying that God has sent the Savior or brought about salvation right where everyone is present. Alternate translation: “in the presence of all the peoples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
412	LUK	2	31	l143	figs-explicit	κατὰ πρόσωπον πάντων τῶν λαῶν	1	before the face of all the peoples	The implication of God sending the Savior or bringing about salvation into the presence of everyone is that this has been done for their benefit. Alternate translation: “for the benefit of all peoples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
413	LUK	2	32	n4k3	figs-metaphor	φῶς εἰς ἀποκάλυψιν ἐθνῶν καὶ δόξαν λαοῦ σου, Ἰσραήλ	1	A light for revelation to the Gentiles and glory to your people Israel	This expression means that the child will help the Gentiles to understand. Simeon compares Jesus’ role to that of a physical light that enables people to see solid objects. Alternate translation: “This child will enable the Gentiles to understand, just as light allows people to see things clearly and he will bring honor to the people of Israel, who belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
414	LUK	2	32	s5lu	figs-explicit	φῶς εἰς ἀποκάλυψιν ἐθνῶν καὶ δόξαν λαοῦ σου, Ἰσραήλ	1	A light for revelation to the Gentiles and glory to your people Israel	It may be helpful to state explicitly what the child will help the Gentiles to understand. Alternate translation: “This child will enable the Gentiles to understand what you expect of them and he will bring honor to the people of Israel, who belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
415	LUK	2	33	l144	translate-textvariants	ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ μήτηρ	1	his father and mother	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to use this reading in your translation or a different reading, “Joseph and his mother.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
416	LUK	2	33	pp9f	figs-activepassive	τοῖς λαλουμένοις περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	what was said about him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the things that Simeon said about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
417	LUK	2	34	xly1		εἶπεν πρὸς Μαριὰμ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ	1	said to Mary, his mother	In your translation, make sure that this does not sound as if Mary is the mother of Simeon. Alternate translation: “said to Mary, the child’s mother”
418	LUK	2	34	p2cy	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Simeon uses this expression to tell Mary that what he is about to say is extremely important to her. Alternate translation: “Now this is important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
419	LUK	2	34	rs67	figs-metonymy	οὗτος κεῖται εἰς πτῶσιν καὶ ἀνάστασιν πολλῶν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1	this one is appointed for the downfall and rising up of many in Israel	The word downfall represents people turning away from God by association with the way they will be ruined as a result. The expression rising up represents people drawing closer to God, by association with they way they will prosper as a result. Alternate translation: “God will use this child to challenge many people of the people of Israel to decide definitively for or against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
420	LUK	2	34	l145	figs-activepassive	οὗτος κεῖται εἰς	1	this one is appointed for	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God intends to use this child to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
421	LUK	2	34	abc4	figs-personification	πολλῶν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1	many in Israel	Simeon refers to to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “many of the people of Israel” or “many in the nation of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
422	LUK	2	34	l146	figs-explicit	σημεῖον	1	a sign	The implication is that the life and ministry of Jesus will be an indication that God is at work to fulfill his purposes through the people of Israel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “an indication of God’s activity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
423	LUK	2	34	l147	figs-activepassive	ἀντιλεγόμενον	1	that is spoken against	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “that many people will speak against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
424	LUK	2	34	l148	figs-metonymy	ἀντιλεγόμενον	1	that is spoken against	Simeon figuratively describes the opposition that Jesus will face by association with one expression of it, people speaking against him and his ministry. But this represents a wider range of hostile activities. Alternate translation: “that many people will oppose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
425	LUK	2	35	l149	figs-metaphor	καὶ σοῦ δὲ αὐτῆς τὴν ψυχὴν διελεύσεται ῥομφαία	1	and a sword will also pierce your own soul	Simeon speaks figuratively of the bitter grief pangs that Mary will experience as if they were a sword stabbing all the way into her inner being. Alternate translation: “and you will experience deep pangs of grief yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
426	LUK	2	35	hak5	figs-activepassive	ἂν ἀποκαλυφθῶσιν ἐκ πολλῶν καρδιῶν διαλογισμοί	1	so that the thoughts of many hearts may be revealed	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “so that many people will reveal what they secretly think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
427	LUK	2	35	l150	figs-metaphor	ἂν ἀποκαλυφθῶσιν ἐκ πολλῶν καρδιῶν διαλογισμοί	1	so that the thoughts of many hearts may be revealed	In this expression, hearts figuratively represent people’s inner thoughts and inclinations. Alternate translation: “so that many people will reveal what they secretly think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
428	LUK	2	36	kd1y	writing-participants	καὶ ἦν Ἅννα προφῆτις	1	And Anna was there, a prophetess	Luke is introducing a new participant into the story. Alternate translation: “There was also a woman named Anna there in the temple. She was a prophetess” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
429	LUK	2	36	l151	translate-names	Ἅννα	1	Anna	Anna is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
430	LUK	2	36	c7wx	translate-names	Φανουήλ	1	Phanuel	Phanuel is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
431	LUK	2	36	l152	figs-idiom	αὕτη προβεβηκυῖα ἐν ἡμέραις πολλαῖς	1	She had advanced much in days	As in 1:7, to have moved forward or to have advanced means figuratively to have aged. Alternate translation: “She was very old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
432	LUK	2	36	l153	figs-idiom	αὕτη προβεβηκυῖα ἐν ἡμέραις πολλαῖς	1	She had advanced much in days	Luke uses the term days figuratively to mean time in general. Alternate translation: “She was very old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
433	LUK	2	36	b9xe	figs-idiom	ἀπὸ τῆς παρθενίας αὐτῆς	1	after her virginity	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “after she married him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
434	LUK	2	37	byk6		αὐτὴ χήρα ἕως ἐτῶν ὀγδοήκοντα τεσσάρων	1	she was a widow for 84 years	This could mean: (1) Anna had been a widow for 84 years. Alternate translation: “but then her husband had died and she had not remarried, and 84 years had gone by since” (2) Anna was a widow who was now 84 years old. Alternate translation: “but her husband had died and she had not remarried, and now she was 84 years old”
435	LUK	2	37	l154	figs-litotes	ἣ οὐκ ἀφίστατο τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1	who never left the temple	Luke is expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “who was always in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
436	LUK	2	37	f2lt	figs-hyperbole	ἣ οὐκ ἀφίστατο τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1	who never left the temple	This is a generalization that means that Anna spent so much time in the temple that it seemed as though she never left it. Alternate translation: “who was always in the temple” or “who was continually in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
437	LUK	2	37	a1cg	figs-idiom	νηστείαις καὶ δεήσεσιν λατρεύουσα	1	serving with fastings and prayers	The term serving is an idiom that means “worshiping.” Alternate translation: “worshiping God by going without food and praying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
438	LUK	2	37	l155	figs-merism	νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν	1	night and day	Luke is using the two parts of a day figuratively to mean the entire day, that is, all the time. Alternate translation: “all the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
439	LUK	2	38	c9e4		ἐπιστᾶσα	1	coming up	The implication is that Anna came up to Mary and Joseph. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she approached them” or “she went over to Mary and Joseph”
440	LUK	2	38	l156	figs-idiom	αὐτῇ τῇ, ὥρᾳ	1	at that very hour	Here, Luke uses the term hour figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “right at that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
441	LUK	2	38	l157	figs-hyperbole	πᾶσιν τοῖς	1	to all those	The term all is a generalization that means many. Alternate translation: “to many others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
442	LUK	2	38	l158	figs-idiom	τοῖς προσδεχομένοις	1	who were waiting	See how you translated this in 2:25. Alternate translation: “who were eagerly anticipating” or “who were looking forward to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
443	LUK	2	38	q1ak	figs-metonymy	λύτρωσιν Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	the redemption of Jerusalem	Luke is using the word redemption figuratively to mean the person who would bring redemption. Alternate translation: “the one who would redeem Jerusalem” or “the person who would bring God’s blessings and favor back to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
444	LUK	2	38	l159	figs-metonymy	Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Jerusalem	Luke is referring to all of the people of Israel figuratively by the name of their capital city, Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
445	LUK	2	39	pk9z		πάντα τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον Κυρίου	1	everything that was according to the law of the Lord	Alternate translation: “everything that the law of the Lord required them to do”
446	LUK	2	39	g5vg	figs-explicit	εἰς πόλιν ἑαυτῶν Ναζαρέτ	1	to their own town of Nazareth	This expression means that they lived in Nazareth. Alternate translation: “the town of Nazareth, where they lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
447	LUK	2	40	l160	figs-activepassive	ἐκραταιοῦτο	1	was strengthened	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “became stronger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
448	LUK	2	40	qm1q	figs-activepassive	πληρούμενον σοφίᾳ	1	being filled with wisdom	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “learning what was wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
449	LUK	2	40	xr2p	figs-metaphor	χάρις Θεοῦ ἦν ἐπ’ αὐτό	1	the grace of God was upon him	As in 2:25, upon is a spatial metaphor. Alternate translation: “God blessed him in special ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
450	LUK	2	41	h6fr	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
451	LUK	2	41	q3f4	writing-pronouns	οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ	1	his parents	Alternate translation: “Jesus’ parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
452	LUK	2	42	l161	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
453	LUK	2	42	f7e7	figs-idiom	ἀναβαινόντων αὐτῶν	1	they went up	Jerusalem was on top of a mountain, so Israelites customarily spoke of going up to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “they traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
454	LUK	2	42	d52y		κατὰ τὸ ἔθος τῆς ἑορτῆς	1	according to the custom of the feast	Alternate translation: “when it was time for the feast”
455	LUK	2	42	g8aa	figs-explicit	τῆς ἑορτῆς	1	the feast	Implicitly this means the Feast of Passover. It was called a feast because it involved eating a ceremonial meal. Alternate translation: “of the Feast of Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
456	LUK	2	43	e5en	figs-activepassive	τελειωσάντων τὰς ἡμέρας	1	when the days were completed	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “after they had celebrated the feast for the required number of days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
457	LUK	2	44	y77i		νομίσαντες δὲ	1	But thinking	Alternate translation: “But since they thought”
458	LUK	2	44	jcz4		ἦλθον ἡμέρας ὁδὸν	1	they went a day’s journey	Alternate translation: “they traveled as far as people walk in one day”
459	LUK	2	44	l162	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ ἀνεζήτουν αὐτὸν	1	and they sought him	The word translated and at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “then they looked for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
460	LUK	2	44	l163	figs-explicit	καὶ ἀνεζήτουν αὐτὸν	1	and they sought him	The implication is that Jesus’ parents looked for him among their friends and relatives once the whole group that was traveling together had stopped for the night. That way they could easily go around among everyone. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and once the group had stopped for the night, then they looked for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
461	LUK	2	46	llz4	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
462	LUK	2	46	yy11	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple	Since only priests could enter the temple building, this implicitly means the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
463	LUK	2	46	n1tl		ἐν μέσῳ τῶν διδασκάλων	1	in the midst of the teachers	Alternate translation: “among the teachers” or “surrounded by the teachers”
464	LUK	2	46	fzz6		τῶν διδασκάλων	1	the teachers	Alternate translation: “the religious teachers” or “the experts in the Jewish law” or “those who taught people about God”
465	LUK	2	47	y1i2	figs-explicit	ἐξίσταντο δὲ πάντες οἱ ἀκούοντες αὐτοῦ	1	all those who heard him marveled	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why they marveled. Alternate translation: “all those who heard him, unable to understand how a twelve-year-old boy with no formal religious education could answer so well, were amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
466	LUK	2	47	pgu4	figs-hendiadys	ἐπὶ τῇ συνέσει καὶ ταῖς ἀποκρίσεσιν αὐτοῦ	1	at his understanding and his answers	Luke may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with and. The term understanding may tell what characterized Jesus’ answers. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “at his wise answers” or “at the understanding with which he answered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
467	LUK	2	48	llk9	writing-pronouns	καὶ ἰδόντες αὐτὸν	1	And when they saw him	Alternate translation: “When Mary and Joseph found Jesus there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
468	LUK	2	48	f1ry	figs-rquestion	τί ἐποίησας ἡμῖν οὕτως?	1	why have you treated us thus?	Mary is using the question form to rebuke Jesus indirectly for not going back home with them, causing them to worry about him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate her words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “you should not have done this to us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
469	LUK	2	48	w361	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Mary uses behold to get Jesus to focus his attention on what she is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
470	LUK	2	48	l164	figs-activepassive	ὁ πατήρ σου κἀγὼ, ὀδυνώμενοι ζητοῦμεν σε	1	your father and I have been tormented searching for you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the passive verbal form have been tormented with an adverb. Alternate translation: “your father and I have been searching for you anxiously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
471	LUK	2	49	l165	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to draw a contrast between how readers might have expected Jesus to respond in this situation and how he actually responded. He did not say he was sorry for causing his parents so much worry. Instead, he told them that they should have known where to find him. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
472	LUK	2	49	r8eh	figs-rquestion	τί ὅτι ἐζητεῖτέ με?	1	Why is it that you were searching for me?	Jesus is making a statement, not really asking a question. He is using the question form to challenge his parents respectfully. Alternate translation: “You should not have had to search for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
473	LUK	2	49	va82	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ᾔδειτε ὅτι ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου δεῖ εἶναί με?	1	Did you not know that I must be in the things of my Father?	Once again Jesus is making a statement rather than actually asking a question. He is using the question form to challenge his parents respectfully. Alternate translation: “You should have known that I would be involved in my Father’s business” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
474	LUK	2	49	p6aj		ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου	1	in the things of my Father	This could mean: (1) Jesus is saying that he needed to be involved in the things that God was concerned about. Alternate translation: “involved in my Father’s business” (2) Jesus is referring to the temple as a place that was dedicated to God. Alternate translation: “in my Father’s temple” or “here in the temple”
475	LUK	2	49	n76z	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ πατρός μου	1	my Father	At age 12, Jesus, the Son of God, understood that God was his real Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
476	LUK	2	50	l166	figs-metonymy	τὸ ῥῆμα ὃ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς	1	the word that he spoke to them	The term word refers figuratively to what Jesus told his parents by using words. Alternate translation: “the answer that he gave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
477	LUK	2	51	h2i9	figs-idiom	καὶ κατέβη μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	he went down with them	Jerusalem was on top of a mountain, so Israelites customarily spoke of going down when they traveled from Jerusalem to some other place. Alternate translation: “Jesus went back home with Mary and Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
478	LUK	2	51	zl2q	figs-activepassive	ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος αὐτοῖς	1	he was subjected to them	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he obeyed them” or “he was obedient to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
479	LUK	2	51	ceu3	figs-metaphor	διετήρει πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῆς	1	kept all these things in her heart	As in 2:19, the heart here figuratively represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “carefully remembered all these things” or “reflected carefully on what all these things meant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
480	LUK	2	52	gb25	figs-abstractnouns	Ἰησοῦς προέκοπτεν τῇ σοφίᾳ, καὶ ἡλικίᾳ	1	Jesus was increasing in wisdom and stature	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the ideas behind the abstract nouns wisdom and stature with adjectives. These two terms refer to mental and physical growth. Alternate translation: “Jesus steadily became wiser and stronger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
481	LUK	2	52	y5qk	figs-abstractnouns	χάριτι παρὰ Θεῷ καὶ ἀνθρώποις	1	in favor with God and people	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun favor with verbs. The phrase in favor with God and people refers to spiritual and social growth. Alternate translation: “God blessed him more and more, and people admired him more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
482	LUK	3	intro	tkg5			0		Luke 3 General Notes Structure and formatting John the Baptist begins preaching and baptizing (3:1-22) The list of Jesus’ ancestors (3:23-38) Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in 3:4-6, which Luke is quoting from the Old Testament about John the Baptist. Special concepts in this chapter Justice John’s instructions to the soldiers and tax collectors in Luke 3:12-15 are things that a person who wanted to live rightly would find reasonable and willingly do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and Luke 3:12-15) Genealogy A genealogy is a list that records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Such lists were very important in determining who had the right be king, because the king’s authority was usually passed down or inherited from his father. It was also common for other important people to have a recorded genealogy. Important figures of speech in this chapter Metaphor Prophecy often involves the use of metaphors to express its meaning. Spiritual discernment is needed for proper interpretation of the prophecy. The prophecy that Luke quotes in 3:4-6 from Isaiah 40:3-5 is an extended metaphor that describes the ministry of John the Baptist. See the individual notes to 3:4-6 for recommendations about how to translate this passage. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “Herod locked up John in prison” This statement could cause confusion because Luke says that John was imprisoned, and then he implies that John was still able to baptize Jesus. But Luke makes this statement in anticipation of Herod’s imprisonment of John. It describes something that was still in the future at the time of the other events in the narrative. See the first note to 3:19 for a further explanation.
483	LUK	3	1	l167	writing-newevent	ἐν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ τῆς ἡγεμονίας Τιβερίου Καίσαρος	1	in the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar	This verse and the beginning of the next one are an extended time reference that introduces a new event. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Everything that the angels and inspired people had said about John and Jesus began to come true during the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
484	LUK	3	1	l168	translate-ordinal	ἐν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ	1	in the fifteenth year	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “in year 15” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
485	LUK	3	1	l169	writing-participants	Τιβερίου Καίσαρος	1	Tiberius Caesar	As in 2:1, Caesar is the title of the emperor of the Roman Empire. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Tiberius, who ruled the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
486	LUK	3	1	l170	translate-names	Τιβερίου	1	Tiberius	Tiberius is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
487	LUK	3	1	v22w	translate-names	Ποντίου Πειλάτου…Ἡρῴδου…Φιλίππου…Λυσανίου	1	Pontius Pilate … Herod … Philip … Lysanias	These are the names of men. Here, the Herod mentioned is not the same one as in 1:5. Rather, it is his son. Luke makes further mention of him many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
488	LUK	3	1	uv8h	translate-names	τῆς Ἰουδαίας…τῆς Γαλιλαίας…τῆς Ἰτουραίας καὶ Τραχωνίτιδος…τῆς Ἀβειληνῆς	1	Judea … Galilee … Ituraea and Trachonitis … Abilene	These are names of territories. Like Galilee, the name Judea occurs many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
489	LUK	3	1	l171	translate-unknown	τετραρχοῦντος	1	tetrarch	In the Roman Empire, a tetrarch was the governor of one of four divisions of a country or province. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
490	LUK	3	2	d3m8	figs-explicit	ἐπὶ ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καϊάφα	1	during the high priesthood of Annas and Caiaphas	Usually there would only have been one high priest, but at this point the Romans were appointing the high priests for Judea, and there had been some intrigue surrounding Annas. One Roman official had appointed him some years earlier, but ten years after that, another official deposed him and named his son-in-law Caiaphas high priest instead. However, the Jews still recognized Annas’ claim to the position. It would probably be best to state the matter as simply as possible for your readers. Alternate translation: “while Annas and Caiaphas were both serving as the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
491	LUK	3	2	dg8p	figs-personification	ἐγένετο ῥῆμα Θεοῦ	1	the word of God came	Luke speaks of God’s message figuratively as if it were a living thing that could come to a person at God's bidding. Alternate translation: “God gave a message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
492	LUK	3	2	l172	figs-metonymy	ἐγένετο ῥῆμα Θεοῦ	1	the word of God came	The term word figuratively describes the message that God gave John to say by using words. Alternate translation: “God gave a message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
493	LUK	3	3	l173	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
494	LUK	3	3	l174	translate-names	τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	the Jordan	Jordan is the name of a river. Alternate translation: “the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
495	LUK	3	3	w2pu	figs-abstractnouns	κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν	1	preaching a baptism of repentance for the forgiveness of sins	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the ideas behind the abstract nouns baptism, repentance, and forgiveness with other phrases. Alternate translation: “preaching that people should let him immerse them in the river to show that they wanted to live a new life and that they wanted God to forgive their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
496	LUK	3	4	zf6m	figs-activepassive	ὡς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ λόγων Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	As it is written in the book of the words of Isaiah the prophet	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “As the book says that records the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
497	LUK	3	4	l175	figs-metonymy	λόγων Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	the words of Isaiah the prophet	Luke is using the term words figuratively to refer to the sayings that Isaiah used words to articulate. Alternate translation: “the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
498	LUK	3	4	b86g	figs-quotemarks	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	A voice of one calling out in the wilderness	From this phrase through to the end of 3:6, Luke quotes from the book of Isaiah. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
499	LUK	3	4	l176	figs-metonymy	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	A voice of one calling out in the wilderness	The term voice refers figuratively to what this person is saying by association with the means they are using to say it. Alternate translation: “Someone is calling out in the wilderness and saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
500	LUK	3	4	l177	figs-quotesinquotes	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ	1	Make ready the way of the Lord, make his paths straight	Everything from this phrase through to the end of 3:6 is a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting from the book of Isaiah, and Isaiah is quoting the words of the person calling out in the wilderness. It would be best to indicate that by punctuating this material as a second-level quotation, since Luke is quoting from Scripture. However, if your language does not put one direct quotation within another, you could translate this material as an indirect quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
501	LUK	3	4	rzv1	figs-parallelism	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ	1	Make ready the way of the Lord, make his paths straight	These two phrases mean similar things. They are both telling people to make a good road for the Lord to travel on. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be helpful to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with another phrase that would show the relationship between them. Alternate translation: “Prepare a good road for the Lord to travel on, and do this by making sure that it follows a straight path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
502	LUK	3	4	h9xl	figs-metaphor	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Make ready the way of the Lord	This is a figurative way of telling people to get ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes. They are to do this by giving up their sins. Alternate translation: “Give up your sins so that you will be ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
503	LUK	3	5	wk8m	figs-metaphor	πᾶσα φάραγξ πληρωθήσεται, καὶ πᾶν ὄρος καὶ βουνὸς ταπεινωθήσεται	1	Every valley will be filled, and every mountain and hill will be made low	This is a continuation of the figurative description of making a good road that began in the previous verse. When people prepare the road for an important person who is coming, they make sure that the road is level by taking material from high places and using it to fill in low places. However, this is also a description of the effects that the coming of the Lord will have on people. It is a statement similar to the one Mary makes in 1:52, “He has thrown down rulers from their thrones and he has raised up the lowly.” Metaphors in Scripture can have more than one reference like this. So we recommend that you translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meanings of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
504	LUK	3	5	e52x	figs-activepassive	πᾶσα φάραγξ πληρωθήσεται	1	Every valley will be filled	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Since people would be doing this action in one sense of the metaphor, but God would be doing the action in another sense of the metaphor, it might be best not to be specific about who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Someone will fill in every valley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
505	LUK	3	5	s66m	figs-activepassive	καὶ πᾶν ὄρος καὶ βουνὸς ταπεινωθήσεται	1	and every mountain and hill will be made low	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, following the same principle as for the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “and someone will make every mountain and hill low” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
506	LUK	3	5	l178	figs-metaphor	ἔσται τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθείαν, καὶ αἱ τραχεῖαι εἰς ὁδοὺς λείας	1	the crooked roads will become straight, and the rough roads will become smooth	This too is both a continuation of the figurative description of making a good road and a description of the effects that the coming of the Lord will have on people. Something that is crooked becoming straight and something that is rough becoming smooth can be seen as metaphors for repentance and a change in a person’s way of life. And so we recommend once again that you translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
507	LUK	3	6	l179	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα σὰρξ	1	all flesh	Luke is describing people figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the flesh they are made of. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
508	LUK	3	6	l180	figs-metaphor	ὄψεται	1	will see	The term see is a figurative way of referring to recognition and understanding. Alternate translation: “will recognize” or “will understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
509	LUK	3	6	du1b	figs-abstractnouns	ὄψεται…τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	will see the salvation of God	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun salvation with a verb such as “save.” Alternate translation: “will understand how God saves people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
510	LUK	3	6	l181	figs-quotesinquotes	τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the salvation of God	After this phrase, Isaiah ends his quotation from the person who is calling out in the wilderness. If you decided in 3:4 to mark these words as a second-level quotation, indicate the end of that quotation here with whatever convention your language uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
511	LUK	3	6	l182	figs-quotemarks	τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the salvation of God	After this phrase, Luke also ends his quotation from the book of Isaiah. If you decided in 3:4 to mark this as a first-level quotation, indicate that ending here with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a first-level quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
512	LUK	3	7	sxn9	figs-activepassive	βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	to be baptized by him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for him to baptize them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
513	LUK	3	7	b724	figs-idiom	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	Offspring of vipers	The expression offspring of is an idiom that means a person shares the qualities of something. John is using dangerous poisonous snakes to represent evil. Alternate translation: “You evil people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
514	LUK	3	7	l183	translate-unknown	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	Offspring of vipers	If your readers would not recognize the name vipers, which refers to dangerous poisonous snakes, you could say something more general. Alternate translation: “You are evil, like poisonous snakes” or “You are evil, like poisonous animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
515	LUK	3	7	mcq5	figs-rquestion	τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς?	1	Who warned you to flee from the coming wrath?	John is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect the people in the crowds to tell him who warned them. Instead, he is using the question form to challenge the people to think about what they believe baptism will do for them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You cannot escape from God’s wrath just by being baptized!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
516	LUK	3	7	g7tw	figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς	1	from the coming wrath	John is using the word wrath to refer figuratively to God’s punishment. This is by association with the way that punishment is an expression of God’s wrath or displeasure over sin. Alternate translation: “from the punishment that God is sending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
517	LUK	3	8	pz16	figs-metaphor	ποιήσατε…καρποὺς ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας	1	produce fruits worthy of repentance	John is figuratively comparing a person’s behavior to fruit. Just as a plant is expected to produce fruit that is appropriate for that kind of plant, a person who says that he has repented is expected to live righteously. Alternate translation: “do the good things that will show that you have stopped sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
518	LUK	3	8	l184	figs-abstractnouns	ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας	1	worthy of repentance	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun repentance with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “that will show that you have stopped sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
519	LUK	3	8	l185	figs-quotesinquotes	μὴ ἄρξησθε λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	do not begin to say within yourselves, ‘We have Abraham as our father’	We have Abraham as our father is a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting John’s words to the crowd, and John is quoting something that the crowds might wrongly think. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “do not try to reassure yourselves with the thought that Abraham is your father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
520	LUK	3	8	l186	figs-metaphor	πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	We have Abraham as our father	Here, Father figuratively means “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
521	LUK	3	8	l187	figs-exclusive	πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	We have Abraham as our father	John is suggesting something the people might say about themselves, as opposed to others, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive “we” and “us,” use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
522	LUK	3	8	l188	figs-metaphor	πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	We have Abraham as our father	Here, the word father figuratively means “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
523	LUK	3	8	pft3	figs-explicit	πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	We have Abraham as our father	If it would be unclear to your readers why they would say this, you may also add the implied information: Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor, so God would not punish us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
524	LUK	3	8	gbp2	figs-metaphor	δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1	God is able to raise up children for Abraham from these stones	The expression raise up is a spatial metaphor. It envisions that if God did turn the stones into people who were descendants of Abraham, then the people would be standing up in front of everyone, no longer lying in the riverbed as the stones were. Alternate translation: “God is able create descendants for Abraham out of these stones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
525	LUK	3	8	l189	figs-metaphor	τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1	children for Abraham	Here, the word children figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “descendants for Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
526	LUK	3	8	pi82		ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων	1	from these stones	John was probably referring to actual stones lying along the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “from these stones here”
527	LUK	3	9	r5pa	figs-activepassive	ἤδη…ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται	1	the ax is already set against the root of the trees	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the person who is going to cut down the tree has already placed his ax against the roots” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
528	LUK	3	9	l190	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται	1	the ax is already set against the root of the trees	This is a figurative way of saying that punishment is just about to begin. Alternate translation: “God is even now getting his punishment ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
529	LUK	3	9	l8it	figs-activepassive	πᾶν…δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν, ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	every tree that does not produce good fruit is chopped down and thrown into the fire	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with active forms. Alternate translation: “this person will chop down every tree that does not produce good fruit and throw it into the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
530	LUK	3	9	l191	figs-metaphor	πᾶν…δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν, ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	every tree that does not produce good fruit is chopped down and thrown into the fire	This is a figurative way of describing punishment. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish every person who does not do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
531	LUK	3	10	ak6i	figs-quotemarks	ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν…λέγοντες	1	kept asking him, saying	Luke uses the word saying to introduce his quotation of what the crowds were asking John. Here and throughout the book, if you indicate the quotation in some other way, such as with quotation marks or with some other punctuation or convention that your language uses, you do not need to represent this word in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
532	LUK	3	11	g3ip	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς	1	So answering he said to them	Together the words answering and said mean that John responded to the question that the crowds asked. Alternate translation: “So he responded to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
533	LUK	3	11	vuk3	figs-explicit	ὁ ἔχων βρώματα, ὁμοίως ποιείτω	1	let him do the same	The implication is that anyone who has extra food should share it, just as a person with an extra tunic should share that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if anyone has extra food, he should share that as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
534	LUK	3	12	pp3s	figs-activepassive	ἦλθον…βαπτισθῆναι	1	came to be baptized	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “came because they wanted John to baptize them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
535	LUK	3	12	l192		Διδάσκαλε	1	Teacher	This is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use,
536	LUK	3	13	v9ls	figs-explicit	μηδὲν πλέον…πράσσετε	1	Collect nothing more	The implication is that tax collectors had been demanding more money than they should have been collecting. John tells them to stop doing that. Alternate translation: “Do not demand extra money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
537	LUK	3	13	m136	figs-activepassive	παρὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον ὑμῖν	1	than what you have been ordered	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “beyond what the Romans have authorized you to collect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
538	LUK	3	14	w2d8	figs-exclusive	τί ποιήσωμεν καὶ ἡμεῖς?	1	And us, what should we do?	The soliders are speaking about themselves, as opposed to others, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive we and “us,” use the exclusive form here. You could make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “How about us soldiers? What must we do?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
539	LUK	3	14	l3mz	figs-explicit	μηδὲ συκοφαντήσητε	1	do not accuse falsely	The implication is that soldiers were making false charges against people in order to extort money from them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do not accuse anyone falsely in order to get money from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
540	LUK	3	14	bvy5	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἀρκεῖσθε τοῖς ὀψωνίοις ὑμῶν	1	and be contented with your wages	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “instead, let the amount you are paid satisfy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
541	LUK	3	14	l193	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	4	and	This word introduces draws a contrast between what the soldiers had been doing and what they should have been doing. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
542	LUK	3	15	pgp3	grammar-connect-time-background	προσδοκῶντος δὲ τοῦ λαοῦ	1	And the people were expecting	Luke is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. You can introduce his statement with a word that will indicate this. Alternate translation: “Now the people were expecting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
543	LUK	3	15	l194	figs-explicit	προσδοκῶντος δὲ τοῦ λαοῦ	1	And the people were expecting	The implication is that the people were expecting the Messiah. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now the people were expecting the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
544	LUK	3	15	czb7	figs-metaphor	διαλογιζομένων…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1	wondering in their hearts	Here, Luke uses the term hearts figuratively to represent the people’s minds. Alternate translation: “wondering in their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
545	LUK	3	16	fn1u	figs-explicit	ἀπεκρίνατο λέγων πᾶσιν ὁ Ἰωάννης	1	John answered, saying to them all	John’s statement clearly implies that John himself is not the Messiah. It may be helpful to state this explicitly for your readers. Alternate translation: “John clarified that he was not the Messiah by saying to them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
546	LUK	3	16	l195	figs-hendiadys	ἀπεκρίνατο λέγων…ὁ Ἰωάννης	1	John answered, saying	Together the words answered and saying mean that John responded to what the people were wondering about him. Alternate translation: “John responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
547	LUK	3	16	wj3h		ἐγὼ…ὕδατι βαπτίζω ὑμᾶς	1	I … baptize you with water	Alternate translation: “I … baptize you using water” or “I … baptize you by means of water”
548	LUK	3	16	k3hg	figs-explicit	οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ	1	I am not worthy to untie the strap of his sandals	Untying the straps of sandals was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that he is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
549	LUK	3	16	jjp1	figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ, καὶ πυρί	1	He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire	John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak figuratively of spiritual baptism, which puts people under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who purifies them. Alternate translation: “He will put you under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who will purify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
550	LUK	3	16	c1an	figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει…πυρί	1	He will baptize you … with fire	The word fire is intended figuratively, and it suggests a fuller metaphor. Jesus will not immerse people in actual fire. Be sure that this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “He will baptize you … to purify you, as precious metals are purified in fire” or “He will baptize you … to clear away your sins, as fire clears away underbrush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
551	LUK	3	17	jzm4	figs-metaphor	οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	whose winnowing fork is in his hand	John is saying figuratively that the Messiah will come prepared to judge people right away. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “He will already be prepared to judge people, just like a farmer who is ready to thresh grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
552	LUK	3	17	l196	figs-idiom	οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	whose winnowing fork is in his hand	The phrase in his hand is an idiom that means he has the tool all ready to use. Alternate translation: “He has his winnowing fork ready to use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
553	LUK	3	17	b1ap	translate-unknown	πτύον	1	winnowing fork	This is a tool for tossing wheat into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down, and the wind blows away the unwanted chaff. This tool is similar to a pitchfork. If you have a similar tool in your culture, you can use the word for it here. Otherwise, you can use a phrase that would express the meaning. Alternate translation: “tool for threshing grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
554	LUK	3	17	gf8n	translate-unknown	διακαθᾶραι τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ	1	to thoroughly clear off his threshing floor	The threshing floor was the place where wheat was stacked in preparation for threshing. To clear off the floor is to finish threshing all the grain. Alternate translation: “to completely thresh all of his grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
555	LUK	3	17	gt3q	figs-exmetaphor	καὶ συναγαγεῖν τὸν σῖτον εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην αὐτοῦ	1	and to gather the wheat into his storehouse	John continues to speak figuratively to describe how the coming Messiah will judge people. The wheat is the part of the crop that is useful. It represents people who are obedient to God, who will be welcomed into his presence. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He will welcome those who are obedient to God, just as a farmer stores good grain in his barn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
556	LUK	3	17	ky8j	figs-exmetaphor	τὸ δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ	1	but he will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire	John continues to speak figuratively to describe how the coming Messiah will judge people. The chaff is the husk that surrounds the grain. It is not useful for anything, so people burn it up. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “but he will punish those who are disobedient to God, just as a farmer burns up the useless chaff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
557	LUK	3	18	tyj9		πολλὰ…καὶ ἕτερα παρακαλῶν	1	also exhorting many other things	Alternate translation: “saying many other things to warn them”
558	LUK	3	19	l197	writing-background	δὲ	1	But	Luke uses the term but to introduce some background information to the story. In this verse and the next one, he tells what later happened to John. This had not yet happened at this time. When Luke says in 3:21 that Jesus was baptized, he means that John was still there and that John baptized Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
559	LUK	3	19	jj3q	translate-unknown	ὁ…Ἡρῴδης ὁ τετράρχης	1	Herod the tetrarch	See how you translated the term tetrarch in 3:1 Alternate translation: “Herod, who ruled the region of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
560	LUK	3	19	l198	figs-activepassive	ἐλεγχόμενος ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ περὶ Ἡρῳδιάδος, τῆς γυναικὸς τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	having been rebuked by him concerning Herodias, the wife of his brother	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could make clear who did the action. Alternate translation: “because John had rebuked him for marrying Herodias, his brother’s former wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
561	LUK	3	19	cu4v	figs-explicit	ἐλεγχόμενος ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ περὶ Ἡρῳδιάδος, τῆς γυναικὸς τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	having been rebuked by him concerning Herodias, the wife of his brother	The implication is that Herod’s brother was still alive. That made this marriage a violation of the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because John had rebuked him for marrying Herodias, his brother’s former wife, while his brother was still alive. That was something which the law of Moses forbade” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
562	LUK	3	20	p2xw	figs-synecdoche	κατέκλεισεν τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐν φυλακῇ	1	he locked John up in prison	Herod did not do this by himself, Rather, as a ruler, he probably ordered his soldiers to lock John up. Luke is speaking figuratively of Herod, one person who was involved in this action, to mean everyone who was involved. Alternate translation: “He had his soldiers lock John up in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
563	LUK	3	21	l199	figs-events	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	and it happened that	The previous verse says that Herod put John in prison. It might be helpful to make it clear that the account that starts in this verse happened before John was arrested. UST does that by starting this verse with “but before Herod did that.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
564	LUK	3	21	phe6	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	and it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
565	LUK	3	21	r2x1	figs-activepassive	βαπτισθῆναι ἅπαντα τὸν λαὸν	1	when all the people were being baptized	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “while John was baptizing all the people who came to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
566	LUK	3	21	l200	figs-hyperbole	ἅπαντα τὸν λαὸν	1	all the people	The phrase all the people is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “all the people who came to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
567	LUK	3	21	nw1s	figs-activepassive	καὶ Ἰησοῦ βαπτισθέντος	1	Jesus also was baptized	You could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “John also baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
568	LUK	3	21	i5zg	figs-activepassive	ἀνεῳχθῆναι τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	the heavens were opened	You could say this with an active form. This was more than a simple clearing of the clouds, but it is not clear exactly what the expression means, so it may be best not to try to specify what happened too exactly. Alternate translation: “the sky opened up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
569	LUK	3	22	q2yh	figs-personification	φωνὴν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ γενέσθαι	1	a voice came from heaven	Luke speaks figuratively of this voice as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
570	LUK	3	22	h7tn	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου	1	my … Son	This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
571	LUK	3	23	uvm3	writing-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information about Jesus’ age and ancestors. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
572	LUK	3	23	d3sh	figs-idiom	αὐτὸς ἦν Ἰησοῦς ἀρχόμενος ὡσεὶ ἐτῶν τριάκοντα	1	Jesus himself was beginning about 30 years old	This idiomatic expression could mean: (1) the word beginning is a reference to Jesus starting his own ministry. UST follows this interpretation. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself was about 30 years old when he began his ministry” (2) Luke is saying that Jesus had just turned 30 was when he was baptized. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself was just 30 years old at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
573	LUK	3	23	z2xa	figs-activepassive	ὢν υἱός, ὡς ἐνομίζετο, Ἰωσὴφ	1	He was the son (as it was assumed) of Joseph	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “People assumed that he was the son of Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
574	LUK	3	24	f8pm	translate-names	τοῦ Μαθθὰτ, τοῦ Λευεὶ, τοῦ Μελχεὶ, τοῦ Ἰανναὶ, τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ	1	of Matthat, of Levi, of Melchi, of Jannai, of Joseph	This continues the list that begins with the words “He was the son … of Joseph, the son of Heli” in verse 24. Consider how people normally list ancestors in your language. Use the same wording throughout the whole list. Possible formats are: (1) “He was the son … of Joseph, the son of Heli, the son of Matthat, the son of Levi, the son of Melchi, the son of Jannai, the son of Joseph” (2) “He was the son … of Joseph. Joseph was the son of Heli. Heli was the son of Matthat. Matthat was the son of Levi. Levi was the son of Melchi. Melchi was the son of Jannai. Jannai was the son of Joseph” or (3) “His father … was Joseph. Joseph’s father was Heli. Heli’s father was Matthat. Matthat’s father was Levi. Levi’s father was Melchi. Melchi’s father was Jannai. Jannai’s father was Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
575	LUK	3	25	xdc5	translate-names	τοῦ Ματταθίου, τοῦ Ἀμὼς, τοῦ Ναοὺμ, τοῦ Ἑσλεὶ, τοῦ Ναγγαὶ	1	of Mattathias, of Amos, of Nahum, of Esli, of Naggai	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
576	LUK	3	26	vt9z	translate-names	τοῦ Μάαθ, τοῦ Ματταθίου, τοῦ Σεμεεῒν, τοῦ Ἰωσὴχ, τοῦ Ἰωδὰ	1	of Maath, of Mattathias, of Semein, of Josech, of Joda	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
577	LUK	3	27	z85v	translate-names	τοῦ Ἰωανὰν, τοῦ Ῥησὰ, τοῦ Ζοροβαβὲλ, τοῦ Σαλαθιὴλ, τοῦ Νηρεὶ	1	of Joanan, of Rhesa, of Zerubbabel, of Salathiel, of Neri	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that begins in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
578	LUK	3	28	yf2b	translate-names	τοῦ Μελχεὶ, τοῦ Ἀδδεὶ, τοῦ Κωσὰμ, τοῦ Ἐλμαδὰμ, τοῦ Ἢρ	1	of Melchi, of Addi, of Cosam, of Elmadam, of Er	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
579	LUK	3	29	led5	translate-names	τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, τοῦ Ἐλιέζερ, τοῦ Ἰωρεὶμ, τοῦ Μαθθὰτ, τοῦ Λευεὶ	1	of Joshua, of Eliezer, of Jorim, of Matthat, of Levi	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
580	LUK	3	30	s7aw	translate-names	τοῦ Συμεὼν, τοῦ Ἰούδα, τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ, τοῦ Ἰωνὰμ, τοῦ Ἐλιακεὶμ	1	of Simeon, of Judah, of Joseph, of Jonam, of Eliakim	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
581	LUK	3	31	w1m5	translate-names	τοῦ Μελεὰ, τοῦ Μεννὰ, τοῦ Ματταθὰ, τοῦ Ναθὰμ, τοῦ Δαυεὶδ	1	of Melea, of Menna, of Mattatha, of Nathan, of David	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
582	LUK	3	32	ed2t	translate-names	τοῦ Ἰεσσαὶ, τοῦ Ἰωβὴλ, τοῦ Βόος, τοῦ Σαλὰ, τοῦ Ναασσὼν	1	of Jesse, of Obed, of Boaz, of Salmon, of Nahshon	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
583	LUK	3	33	ur9a	translate-names	τοῦ Ἀμιναδὰβ, τοῦ Ἀδμεὶν, τοῦ Ἀρνεὶ, τοῦ Ἑσρὼμ, τοῦ Φαρὲς, τοῦ Ἰούδα	1	of Amminadab, of Admin, of Arni, of Hezron, of Perez, of Judah	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
584	LUK	3	34	wkq5	translate-names	τοῦ Ἰακὼβ, τοῦ Ἰσαὰκ, τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ, τοῦ Θάρα, τοῦ Ναχὼρ	1	of Jacob, of Isaac, of Abraham, of Terah, of Nahor	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
585	LUK	3	35	jbl1	translate-names	τοῦ Σεροὺχ, τοῦ Ῥαγαὺ, τοῦ Φάλεκ, τοῦ Ἔβερ, τοῦ Σαλὰ	1	of Serug, of Reu, of Peleg, of Eber, of Shelah	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
586	LUK	3	36	xit8	translate-names	τοῦ Καϊνὰμ, τοῦ Ἀρφαξὰδ, τοῦ Σὴμ, τοῦ Νῶε, τοῦ Λάμεχ	1	of Cainan, of Arphaxad, of Shem, of Noah, of Lamech	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
587	LUK	3	37	qev8	translate-names	τοῦ Μαθουσαλὰ, τοῦ Ἑνὼχ, τοῦ Ἰάρετ, τοῦ Μαλελεὴλ, τοῦ Καϊνὰμ	1	of Methuselah, of Enoch, of Jared, of Mahalaleel, of Cainan	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
588	LUK	3	38	ni8x	translate-names	τοῦ Ἐνὼς, τοῦ Σὴθ, τοῦ Ἀδὰμ, τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	of Enos, of Seth, of Adam, of God	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
589	LUK	3	38	ck3f		τοῦ Ἀδὰμ, τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	of Adam, of God	Alternate translation: “the son of Adam, whom God created” or “the son of Adam, who was, in a sense, the son of God”
590	LUK	4	intro	r3vy			0		Luke 4 General Notes Structure and formatting The devil tempts Jesus in the wilderness (4:1-13) Jesus teaches in the synagogue in Nazareth (4:14-30) Jesus teaches, heals, and drives out demons in Capernaum (4:31-44) Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in 4:10-11 and 4:18-19, which is quoted from the Old Testamentt. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “Jesus was tempted by the devil” While it is true that the devil actually believed that he could persuade Jesus to disobey God and obey him instead, it is important not to imply in your translation that Jesus would ever really have wanted to obey the devil.
591	LUK	4	1	n1xx	writing-newevent	Ἰησοῦς δὲ	1	Then Jesus	Luke uses this expression to return to the story after providing background information about Jesus’ ancestors. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could include a phrase that would provide continuity with the previous episode in the story. Alternate translation: “After John had baptized Jesus, then Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
592	LUK	4	1	l201	translate-names	τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	the Jordan	Jordan is the name of a river. Alternate translation: “the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
593	LUK	4	1	v18k	figs-activepassive	ἤγετο ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι	1	was led by the Spirit	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
594	LUK	4	2	bls8	figs-verbs	ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου	1	for 40 days being tempted by the devil	The Greek verb indicates that the temptation continued throughout the 40 days. You can make this clear in your translation, as UST does: “While he was there, the devil kept tempting him for 40 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
595	LUK	4	2	hg5p	figs-activepassive	ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου	1	for 40 days being tempted by the devil	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “For 40 days the devil kept tempting him” or “For 40 days the devil kept trying to persuade him disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
596	LUK	4	2	k47d	writing-pronouns	καὶ οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲν	1	he did not eat anything	Make sure that it is clear in your translation that the word he refers to Jesus, not to the devil. Alternate translation: “Jesus did not eat anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
597	LUK	4	3	bg52	figs-explicit	εἶπεν…ὁ διάβολος	1	the devil said	The devil either holds a stone in his hand or points to a nearby stone. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The devil picked up a stone and said” or “The devil pointed to a stone and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
598	LUK	4	3	l202	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ τῷ λίθῳ τούτῳ, ἵνα γένηται ἄρτος	1	If you are the Son of God, speak to this stone so that it might become bread	The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the stone will only become bread if Jesus is the Son of God. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the Son of God. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by commanding this stone to become bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
599	LUK	4	3	y7yf	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. Even the devil knew its significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
600	LUK	4	4	l203	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	This word introduces a contrast between the devil wanting Jesus to turn the stone into bread and Jesus refusing to do that. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
601	LUK	4	4	kde3	figs-explicit	ἀπεκρίθη πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, γέγραπται	1	Jesus to answered him, “It is written”	Jesus clearly implies in his answer that he is rejecting the devil’s challenge. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied, ‘No, I will not do that, because it is written’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
602	LUK	4	4	l204	figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται, ὅτι οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	It is written, ‘Man will not live on bread alone’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “It is written that man will not live on bread alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
603	LUK	4	4	hr5a	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	It is written	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
604	LUK	4	4	ek2z	figs-synecdoche	οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	Man will not live on bread alone	The word bread refers to food in general. Jesus quotes this scripture to explain why he will not turn the stone into bread. It means that food by itself, without God, is not enough to sustain a person in life. Alternate translation: “It is not just having food that makes a person truly alive” or “God says there are more important things than food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
605	LUK	4	4	l205	figs-gendernotations	ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	Man	Here, man has a generic sense that refers to all people. Alternate translation: “People” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
606	LUK	4	5	wm17	figs-explicit	ἀναγαγὼν αὐτὸν	1	he led him up	The implication is that the devil brought Jesus up to a high place with a commanding view. Alternate translation: “the devil led Jesus up a mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
607	LUK	4	5	jxi9	figs-explicitinfo	ἐν στιγμῇ χρόνου	1	in an instant of time	In your language, it might seem that the phrase an instant of time expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you can abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “in an instant” or “in a short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
608	LUK	4	6	l206	figs-activepassive	ἐμοὶ παραδέδοται	1	it has been handed over to me	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has given me authority over all these kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
609	LUK	4	6	dcx6	figs-explicit	ἐμοὶ παραδέδοται	1	it has been handed over to me	The word it likely refers back to the singular antecedent all this authority, that is, the authority over these kingdoms. So the word you use to translate it should agree with authority in gender and number and in any other distinctions that your language marks. Alternate translation: “God has given me authority over all these kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
610	LUK	4	7	g7h9	figs-explicit	ἐὰν προσκυνήσῃς ἐνώπιον ἐμοῦ	1	if you will bow in worship before me	The implication is that the devil wants visible, direct worship that will be an official act of submission. Alternate translation: “If you will bow down in worship directly in front of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
611	LUK	4	7	l207		ἐνώπιον	1	before	Here, the term before means “in front of.”
612	LUK	4	7	uca7		ἔσται σοῦ πᾶσα	1	it will all be yours	Alternate translation: “I will give you all of these kingdoms”
613	LUK	4	8	v8ca	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	answering, Jesus said to him	Together the words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to the offer that the devil made. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
614	LUK	4	8	l208	figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται, Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις	1	It is written, ‘You will worship the Lord your God, and you will serve only him.’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “It is written that one must worship the Lord his God and serve only him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
615	LUK	4	8	m4tc	figs-explicit	γέγραπται	1	It is written	Jesus clearly implies in his answer that he is rejecting the devil’s challenge. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied, ‘No, I will not do that, because it is written’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
616	LUK	4	8	xj35	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	It is written	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
617	LUK	4	8	bch3	figs-declarative	Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις	1	You will worship the Lord your God, and you will serve only him	Here, the Scriptures are using a statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “You must worship the Lord your God, and you must serve only him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
618	LUK	4	8	q8ni	figs-youcrowd	προσκυνήσεις	1	You will worship	Here, it may not be clear whether to use the singular or plural form of you because this is a short quotation from the Scriptures and the context is not given. The word is actually singular because, even though Moses said this to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was supposed to obey this command. So in your translation, use the singular form of you, if your language marks that distinction. In general these notes will not discuss whether you is singular or plural when this should be clear from the context. But they will address ambiguous cases such as this one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
619	LUK	4	9	j8r6	translate-unknown	τὸ πτερύγιον	1	the highest point	The term pinnacle refers to the highest point or very top of something. If you have a similar term in your language, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
620	LUK	4	9	g2n5	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν ἐντεῦθεν κάτω	1	If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down from here	The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that Jesus will be able to jump safely from this great height if he really is the Son of God. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the Son of God. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by jumping safely from this great height” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
621	LUK	4	9	j9nx	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. Even the devil knew its significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
622	LUK	4	9	i81s	figs-explicit	βάλε σεαυτὸν ἐντεῦθεν κάτω	1	throw yourself down from here	The exact location of the part of the temple that Luke describes is uncertain. However, the implication is that it was one of the places on the temple roof from which people would fall several hundred feet into the Kidron Valley if they jumped or slipped off. Make sure it is clear in your translation that this would ordinarily have been a deadly fall. Alternate translation: “jump from this great height” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
623	LUK	4	10	l209	figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται γὰρ, ὅτι τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, τοῦ διαφυλάξαι σε	1	For it is written, ‘He will give orders to his angels regarding you, to protect you’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “For it is written that he will give orders to his angels regarding you, to protect you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
624	LUK	4	10	f5dn	figs-explicit	γέγραπται γὰρ	1	For it is written	The devil implies that his quote from the Psalms means that if Jesus really is the Son of God, he will not be hurt if he jumps from this great height. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “You will not be hurt, because it is written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
625	LUK	4	10	s2g4	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	it is written	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
626	LUK	4	10	nld8	writing-pronouns	τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, τοῦ διαφυλάξαι σε	1	He will give orders to his angels regarding you, to protect you	He refers to God. Alternate translation: “God will order his angels to protect you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
627	LUK	4	11	l210	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ, ὅτι ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε, μήποτε προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σου	1	and, ‘They will lift you up in their hands, lest you strike your foot against a stone’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and that they will lift you up in their hands, so that you will not strike your foot against a stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
628	LUK	4	11	l211	figs-synecdoche	μήποτε προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σου	1	lest you strike your foot against a stone	The Scriptures are figuratively using one way of being hurt to mean all ways of being hurt. Alternate translation: “so that you will not get hurt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
629	LUK	4	12	l212	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	answering, Jesus said to him	Together the words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to the challenge that the devil posed. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
630	LUK	4	12	l213	figs-quotesinquotes	εἴρηται, οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου	1	It is said, ‘You will not put the Lord your God to the test.’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “It is said that one must not put the Lord his God to the test” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
631	LUK	4	12	fy8d	figs-explicit	εἴρηται	1	It is said	Jesus clearly implies in his answer that he is rejecting the devil’s challenge. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied, ‘No, I will not do that, because it is said’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
632	LUK	4	12	cf6c	figs-activepassive	εἴρηται	1	It is said	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
633	LUK	4	12	gf8h	figs-declarative	οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου	1	You will not put the Lord your God to the test	The Scriptures are using a statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “You must not test the Lord your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
634	LUK	4	13	nc2c	figs-explicit	συντελέσας πάντα πειρασμὸν	1	when he had finished every temptation	This does not imply that the devil was successful in his temptation. Jesus resisted every attempt. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “after the devil had repeatedly failed to persuade Jesus to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
635	LUK	4	13	qqd7	figs-explicit	ἄχρι καιροῦ	1	until an opportune time	New Testament Greek had two words for time. The first referred to chronological time, that is, the passage of time. The second word referred to the right time to do something. ULT is using the phrase an opportune time to translate that second word. If your language makes this same distinction, use the corresponding word in your own translation. Alternate translation: “until the time was right to try again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
636	LUK	4	14	yfc3	writing-newevent	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
637	LUK	4	14	ht5k	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ Πνεύματος	1	in the power of the Spirit	This phrase means that God, by the Holy Spirit, was empowering Jesus in a special way, enabling him to do things that ordinary humans could not. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the Spirit was giving him the power to do extraordinary things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
638	LUK	4	14	dhj7	figs-personification	φήμη ἐξῆλθεν…περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	news about him went out	Luke speaks figuratively of this news as if it were something that could go out actively by itself. This expression means that those who heard about Jesus told other people about him, who then told even more people about him. Alternate translation: “people spread the news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
639	LUK	4	14	hah9		καθ’ ὅλης τῆς περιχώρου	1	throughout the entire surrounding region	Alternate translation: “everywhere around Galilee”
640	LUK	4	15	ik8g	figs-activepassive	δοξαζόμενος ὑπὸ πάντων	1	being praised by all	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “as everyone spoke about him in a good way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
641	LUK	4	16	l214	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
642	LUK	4	16	ulb1	figs-activepassive	οὗ ἦν τεθραμμένος	1	where he had been raised	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “where his parents had raised him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
643	LUK	4	16	g4sv		κατὰ τὸ εἰωθὸς αὐτῷ	1	according to his custom	Alternate translation: “as was his usual practice”
644	LUK	4	17	l215	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to indicate that the event he will now relate came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
645	LUK	4	17	i9hn	figs-activepassive	ἐπεδόθη αὐτῷ βιβλίον τοῦ προφήτου Ἠσαΐου	1	the scroll of the prophet Isaiah was handed to him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “someone brought him the scroll of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
646	LUK	4	17	l216	figs-explicit	ἐπεδόθη αὐτῷ βιβλίον τοῦ προφήτου Ἠσαΐου	1	the scroll of the prophet Isaiah was handed to him	Since Jesus looked for a specific passage in the scroll, and since he said that it was being fulfilled right at that time, it is likely that Jesus requested this particular scroll. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at his request, someone brought him the scroll of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
647	LUK	4	17	x52a	translate-unknown	βιβλίον τοῦ προφήτου Ἠσαΐου	1	the scroll of the prophet Isaiah	A scroll was a long, wide roll of special paper. On this scroll someone had written the words that Isaiah had spoken many years before. If your readers would not know what a scroll is, you could describe it, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the special paper roll that recorded the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” or “the book that recorded the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
648	LUK	4	17	w5s9	figs-activepassive	τὸν τόπον οὗ ἦν γεγραμμένον	1	the place where it was written	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the place where the scroll recorded the words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
649	LUK	4	18	h1rm	figs-metaphor	Πνεῦμα Κυρίου ἐπ’ ἐμέ	1	The Spirit of the Lord is upon me	As in 2:25, upon is a spatial metaphor that means that the Spirit of God is with someone in a special way. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of the Lord is with me in a special way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
650	LUK	4	18	q96y	figs-metaphor	ἔχρισέν με	1	he has anointed me	In the Old Testament, ceremonial oil was poured on a person when they were given the authority to assume an office or do a special task. Isaiah uses anointing figuratively to indicate that God has appointed him to his work. Jesus applies these words to himself as well. Alternate translation: “he has appointed me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
651	LUK	4	18	l6ac	figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς…τυφλοῖς	1	the poor … the blind	Luke is using the adjectives poor and blind as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these expressions with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor … people who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
652	LUK	4	18	a9wn		κηρύξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν	1	to proclaim freedom to the captives	Alternate translation: “to tell people who are being held captive that they can go free”
653	LUK	4	18	mzp4		κηρύξαι…τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν	1	to proclaim … recovery of sight to the blind	Alternate translation: “to tell people who are blind that they will be able to see again”
654	LUK	4	18	utq5	figs-activepassive	ἀποστεῖλαι τεθραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει	1	to set free those who are oppressed	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “to rescue people whom others are treating harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
655	LUK	4	19	z262	figs-idiom	κηρύξαι ἐνιαυτὸν Κυρίου δεκτόν	1	to proclaim the favorable year of the Lord	Luke is using the term year figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “to announce that this is the time when the Lord will show his kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
656	LUK	4	20	sm11	figs-explicit	πτύξας τὸ βιβλίον	1	rolling up the scroll	A scroll was closed by rolling it like a tube to protect the writing inside it. Alternate translation: “closing the scroll by rolling it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
657	LUK	4	20	ehx3	translate-unknown	τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ	1	the attendant	The attendant refers to a synagogue worker who, with proper care and reverence, would bring out and put away the scrolls that contained the Scriptures. If there is a word in your language for a person who has a similar role in your culture, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “the sexton” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
658	LUK	4	20	l217	figs-explicit	ἐκάθισεν	1	he sat down	Since a person would stand to read the Scriptures in a synagogue but then sit down to teach, the implication is that Jesus was going to speak to the people about what he had just read. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “he sat down to teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
659	LUK	4	20	pu89	figs-synecdoche	πάντων οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ	1	all the eyes in the synagogue	Luke is using one part of people, their eyes, figuratively to represent people themselves in the act of seeing. Alternate translation: “all the people in the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
660	LUK	4	21	l218	figs-idiom	σήμερον	1	Today	Today figuratively refers to the present moment. Alternate translation: “Right now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
661	LUK	4	21	b1ix	figs-activepassive	πεπλήρωται ἡ Γραφὴ αὕτη	1	this scripture has been fulfilled	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I am fulfilling what this scripture says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
662	LUK	4	21	iij8	figs-metonymy	ἐν τοῖς ὠσὶν ὑμῶν	1	in your ears	In this expression, the ears figuratively represent people in the act of listening. Alternate translation: “even as you are listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
663	LUK	4	22	k2xi	figs-metonymy	τοῖς λόγοις τῆς χάριτος	1	the gracious words	Luke uses the term words figuratively to describe what Jesus said by reference to something associated with it, the words he used to communicate it. Alternate translation: “the articulate things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
664	LUK	4	22	l219	figs-explicitinfo	τοῖς λόγοις…τοῖς ἐκπορευομένοις ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	the … words that were coming out of his mouth	In your language, this phrase might seem like an unnecessarily elaborate way of speaking. If so, you can express the same idea more compactly. Alternate translation: “the … things he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
665	LUK	4	22	ty6d	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ υἱός ἐστιν Ἰωσὴφ οὗτος?	1	Is this not the son of Joseph?	The people were making a statement, not asking a question. They did not expect others to verify for them who Jesus’ father was. Instead, they were using the question form to say how amazed they were. Joseph was not a religious leader, so they were surprised that his son would preach as well as he did. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate these words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “This is just Joseph’s son!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
666	LUK	4	23	l220	figs-quotesinquotes	πάντως ἐρεῖτέ μοι τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην, ἰατρέ, θεράπευσον σεαυτόν; ὅσα ἠκούσαμεν γενόμενα εἰς τὴν Καφαρναοὺμ, ποίησον καὶ ὧδε ἐν τῇ πατρίδι σου	1	Surely you will say this proverb to me, ‘Doctor, heal yourself. Whatever we heard that happened in Capernaum, also do here in your hometown’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Surely you will quote the proverb to me that tells a doctor to heal himself, to ask me to do the same things here in my hometown that you heard happened in Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
667	LUK	4	23	u4ps	writing-proverbs	ἰατρέ, θεράπευσον σεαυτόν	1	Doctor, heal yourself	Jesus anticipates that the people will want to see him do miracles to prove his credibility. He uses a short popular saying of the culture to express this. This saying expresses a great deal of meaning in a few words. If it would be clearer in your language, you could expand it to make clear to your readers what it means. Alternate translation: “If a doctor cannot heal himself of a certain disease, then people will not believe that he can heal them of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
668	LUK	4	23	ww1w	figs-explicit	ὅσα ἠκούσαμεν γενόμενα εἰς τὴν Καφαρναοὺμ, ποίησον καὶ ὧδε ἐν τῇ πατρίδι σου	1	Whatever we heard that happened in Capernaum, also do here in your hometown	Jesus then explains how the short saying applies to this situation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explicitly state the implications of his explanation. Alternate translation: “We will not believe the things you say unless you can do the same kind of miracles here that we heard you did in Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
669	LUK	4	24	q3a9		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true”
670	LUK	4	24	n2cp	writing-proverbs	οὐδεὶς προφήτης δεκτός ἐστιν ἐν τῇ πατρίδι αὐτοῦ	1	no prophet is accepted in his hometown	Jesus makes a short, general statement in order to rebuke the people. This saying expresses a great deal of meaning in a few words. If it would be clearer in your language, you could expand it to make clear to your readers what it means. Alternate translation: “You think you know all about me because I grew up here, and so you cannot accept that I am genuinely a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
671	LUK	4	25	u896		ἐπ’ ἀληθείας δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν	1	In truth I say to you	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true”
672	LUK	4	25	l221	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἠλείου	1	during the days of Elijah	Jesus is using the term days figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “during the time when Elijah was prophesying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
673	LUK	4	25	g8r3	figs-explicit	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἠλείου	1	during the days of Elijah	The people to whom Jesus was speaking would have known that Elijah was one of God’s prophets. If your readers would not know that, you can make this implicit information explicit, as UST does. Alternate translation: “during the time when Elijah was prophesying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
674	LUK	4	25	l222	figs-activepassive	ὅτε ἐκλείσθη ὁ οὐρανὸς	1	the sky was shut up	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “when God shut up the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
675	LUK	4	25	spq7	figs-metaphor	ὅτε ἐκλείσθη ὁ οὐρανὸς	1	the sky was shut up	Jesus figuratively describes the sky as if God had closed it so that no rain could fall from it. Alternate translation: “when no rain fell from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
676	LUK	4	25	ukl6	translate-unknown	λιμὸς μέγας	1	a great famine	A famine is a long period of time when the people in an area cannot produce or acquire enough food to feed themselves. Alternate translation: “a serious lack of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
677	LUK	4	26	l223	figs-activepassive	πρὸς οὐδεμίαν αὐτῶν ἐπέμφθη Ἠλείας	1	Elijah was sent to none of them except	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God did not send Elijah to any of them except” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
678	LUK	4	26	l224	grammar-connect-exceptions	πρὸς οὐδεμίαν αὐτῶν ἐπέμφθη Ἠλείας, εἰ μὴ	1	Elijah was sent to none of them except	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “God only sent Elijah to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
679	LUK	4	26	zsi6	figs-explicit	εἰς Σάρεπτα…πρὸς γυναῖκα χήραν	1	to Zarephath … to a widow woman	The people listening to Jesus would have understood that the people of Zarephath were Gentiles. Alternate translation: “to a Gentile widow living in Zarephath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
680	LUK	4	26	l225	translate-names	εἰς Σάρεπτα τῆς Σιδωνίας	1	to Zarephath in Sidon	Zarephath is the name of a city, and Sidon is the name of the region where it is located. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
681	LUK	4	27	l226	figs-activepassive	οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ἐκαθαρίσθη, εἰ μὴ	1	none of them were healed except	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Elisha did not heal any of them except” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
682	LUK	4	27	l227	grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ἐκαθαρίσθη, εἰ μὴ	1	none of them were healed except	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Elisha only healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
683	LUK	4	27	l229	figs-explicit	Ναιμὰν ὁ Σύρος	1	Naaman the Syrian	The people listening to Jesus would have understood that the people of Syria were Gentiles, not Jews. Alternate translation: “a Gentile, Naaman from Syria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
684	LUK	4	27	mbs2	translate-names	Ναιμὰν ὁ Σύρος	1	Naaman the Syrian	Naaman is the name of a man, and Syrian is the name of his people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
685	LUK	4	28	l230	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to indicate that the event he will now relate, the people becoming enraged, came after the event he has just described, Jesus citing scriptures in which God helped Gentiles rather than Jews. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
686	LUK	4	28	ca1k	figs-explicit	ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ ἀκούοντες ταῦτα	1	all in the synagogue were filled with rage when they heard these things	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why the people of Nazareth became so angry. Alternate translation: “When the people in the synagogue heard Jesus say these things, they all became furious, because he had cited scriptures in which God helped Gentiles rather than Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
687	LUK	4	28	l231	figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ	1	all … were filled with rage	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they all became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
688	LUK	4	28	l232	figs-personification	ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ	1	all … were filled with rage	Luke speaks figuratively of the people’s rage as if it were something that could actively fill them. Alternate translation: “they all became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
689	LUK	4	29	l233	figs-activepassive	τοῦ ὄρους ἐφ’ οὗ ἡ πόλις ᾠκοδόμητο αὐτῶν	1	the hill on which their town was built	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the hill on which people had built their town” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
690	LUK	4	29	l234	figs-explicit	ὥστε κατακρημνίσαι αὐτόν	1	so as to throw him off	The implication is that the people of Nazareth wanted to do this in order to kill Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they wanted to throw him off to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
691	LUK	4	30	k7dg		διελθὼν διὰ μέσου αὐτῶν	1	passing through the midst of them	Alternate translation: “slipping between the people who were trying to kill him”
692	LUK	4	30	m45c		ἐπορεύετο	1	he went on his way	Alternate translation: “he left that place”
693	LUK	4	31	ynf3	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to indicate that the event he will now relate came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
694	LUK	4	31	ib1l	figs-idiom	κατῆλθεν εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ	1	he went down to Capernaum	Here, Luke uses the phrase went down because Capernaum is lower in elevation than Nazareth. Alternate translation: “went to Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
695	LUK	4	31	ky4y	figs-explicit	Καφαρναοὺμ, πόλιν τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1	Capernaum, a city in Galilee	Since Nazareth was also in Galilee, you might say “Capernaum, another city in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
696	LUK	4	32	qk28	figs-activepassive	ἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ	1	they were astonished at his teaching	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “his teaching amazed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
697	LUK	4	32	j4ee	figs-metonymy	ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ ἦν ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ	1	his word was with authority	Luke is using the term word figuratively to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. Alternate translation: “he taught as one who had authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
698	LUK	4	33	l235	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
699	LUK	4	33	fax1	writing-participants	ἦν ἄνθρωπος	1	there was a man	Luke uses this phrase to mark the introduction of a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
700	LUK	4	33	i93n		ἔχων πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου	1	who had a spirit of an unclean demon	Alternate translation: “who was controlled by an evil spirit”
701	LUK	4	33	e539	figs-idiom	ἀνέκραξεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1	he cried out with a loud voice	This is an idiom that means the man raised the volume of his voice. Alternate translation: “he shouted loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
702	LUK	4	34	y1xh	figs-rquestion	τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ?	1	What to us and to you, Jesus of Nazareth?	The unclean spirit is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect Jesus to explain what they have in common. Instead, he is using the question form to express his antagonism. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “We have nothing in common with you, Jesus of Nazareth!” or “You have no right to bother us, Jesus of Nazareth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
703	LUK	4	34	fkp2	figs-idiom	τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί	1	What to us and to you	This expression is an idiom. Alternate translation: “We have nothing in common with you” or “You have no right to bother us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
704	LUK	4	35	m8es		ἐπετίμησεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγων	1	Jesus rebuked him, saying	Alternate translation: “Jesus said sternly to the demon”
705	LUK	4	35	l236	figs-activepassive	φιμώθητι	1	Be silenced	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Keep quiet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
706	LUK	4	35	me6n		ἔξελθε ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	come out of him	Jesus is commanding the demon to stop controlling the man. Alternate translation: “leave him alone” or “do not live in this man any longer”
707	LUK	4	36	l237	figs-personification	ἐγένετο θάμβος ἐπὶ πάντας	1	astonishment came upon everyone	Luke speaks figuratively of astonishment as if it were something that actively came upon the people. Alternate translation: “they were all amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
708	LUK	4	36	l238	figs-metonymy	τίς ὁ λόγος οὗτος	1	What is this word	Luke uses the term word figuratively to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. Alternate translation: “What is this teaching” or “What is this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
709	LUK	4	36	h7wx	figs-rquestion	τίς ὁ λόγος οὗτος	1	What is this word?	The people are making a statement, not asking a question. They do not expect anyone to explain what Jesus’ teaching is. Instead, they are using the question form to express how amazed they are that Jesus has the authority to command demons to leave a person. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “This is a powerful message!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
710	LUK	4	36	dgz3	figs-doublet	ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ καὶ δυνάμει ἐπιτάσσει τοῖς ἀκαθάρτοις πνεύμασιν	1	he commands the unclean spirits with authority and power	The words authority and power mean similar things. The people use the two terms together to emphasize what great control Jesus has over unclean spirits. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms in a single phrase that would similarly express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “he has complete authority over the unclean spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
711	LUK	4	37	q25f	writing-endofstory	καὶ ἐξεπορεύετο ἦχος περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	And news about him went out	This is a comment about what happened after the story as a result of the events within the story itself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
712	LUK	4	37	l239	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
713	LUK	4	37	xca8	figs-personification	ἐξεπορεύετο ἦχος περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	news about him went out	Luke speaks figuratively of this news as if it were something that could spread around actively by itself. As in 4:14, this expression means that those who heard about Jesus told other people about him, who told even more people about him. Alternate translation: “people began to spread the news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
714	LUK	4	38	jn3a	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Then	Luke uses this word to introduce a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
715	LUK	4	38	l240	writing-participants	Σίμωνος	1	Simon	Luke is introducing a new character into the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say a little bit more about him here to help them recognize him later. Alternate translation: “a man named Simon, who would become one of his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
716	LUK	4	38	l241	translate-names	Σίμωνος	1	Simon	Simon is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
717	LUK	4	38	tf3d		πενθερὰ…τοῦ Σίμωνος	1	Simon’s mother-in-law	This means the mother of Simon’s wife. In your translation, you can use the term or expression in your own language for this relationship.
718	LUK	4	38	lls1	figs-idiom	ἦν συνεχομένη πυρετῷ μεγάλῳ	1	was suffering with a high fever	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “was very sick with a high fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
719	LUK	4	38	cp21		ἦν συνεχομένη πυρετῷ μεγάλῳ	1	was suffering with a high fever	You can express this in the way your language and culture would. Alternate translation: “was so sick that her skin was hot”
720	LUK	4	38	z3qz	figs-explicit	ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν περὶ αὐτῆς	1	they asked him concerning her	Implicitly this means they asked Jesus to heal her from the fever. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they asked Jesus to heal her” or “they asked asked Jesus to cure her fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
721	LUK	4	39	pla1	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. He is indicating that Jesus did this because the people had pleaded with him on behalf of Simon’s mother-in-law. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
722	LUK	4	39	v8uf		ἐπιστὰς ἐπάνω αὐτῆς	1	standing over her	Alternate translation: “going and leaning over her”
723	LUK	4	39	ed8r		ἐπετίμησεν τῷ πυρετῷ, καὶ ἀφῆκεν αὐτήν	1	he rebuked the fever, and it left her	You can express this in the way your language and culture would. Alternate translation: “he commanded her skin to become cool, and it did” or “he commanded the sickness to leave her, and it did”
724	LUK	4	39	qtn7	figs-idiom	διηκόνει αὐτοῖς	1	began to serve them	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “and began to prepare food for Jesus and the other people in the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
725	LUK	4	40	l242	figs-explicit	δύνοντος δὲ τοῦ ἡλίου	1	when the sun was setting	The implication is that the people waited until sunset because that marked the end of the Sabbath, and they could then do the “work” of bringing the sick to Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “when the sun was setting and the Sabbath day was ending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
726	LUK	4	40	zpk9		τὰς χεῖρας ἐπιτιθεὶς	1	laying his hands on	Alternate translation: “placing his hands”
727	LUK	4	41	bp7b	figs-explicit	ἐξήρχετο…καὶ δαιμόνια	1	demons also came out	The implication is that Jesus made the demons leave the people they were controlling. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus also forced demons to come out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
728	LUK	4	41	ag15	figs-hendiadys	κραυγάζοντα καὶ λέγοντα	1	crying out, and saying	Luke is expressing a single idea by using two words connected with and. The verb crying out tells how they were saying what follows. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “screaming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
729	LUK	4	41	dik3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
730	LUK	4	42	rt5n		γενομένης…ἡμέρας	1	when it became day	Alternate translation: “at sunrise” or “at dawn”
731	LUK	4	42	d1pr		ἔρημον τόπον	1	a solitary place	Alternate translation: “a deserted place” or “a place where there were no people”
732	LUK	4	42	l243		κατεῖχον αὐτὸν τοῦ μὴ πορεύεσθαι ἀπ’ αὐτῶν	1	they restrained him not to go away from them	Alternate translation: “they tried to keep him from leaving them”
733	LUK	4	43	l244	figs-abstractnouns	εὐαγγελίσασθαί…τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	proclaim the gospel about the kingdom of God	See the discussion of this concept in Part 2 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of Luke. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “announce the good news that God is going to rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
734	LUK	4	43	sjy1	figs-metonymy	ταῖς ἑτέραις πόλεσιν	1	to other cities	Jesus actually means the people who live in these cities. He is describing them figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the cities where they live. Alternate translation: “to the people in many other cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
735	LUK	4	43	b45z	figs-activepassive	ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἀπεστάλην	1	for this I was sent	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “this is the reason why God sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
736	LUK	4	44	s5mb	figs-explicit	τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1	in Judea	Since Jesus is in Galilee in this part of the Gospel of Luke, the term Judea here probably refers to the entire region where the Jews lived at that time. Alternate translation: “where the Jews lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
737	LUK	5	intro	axr7			0		Luke 5 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus calls Peter and his fellow fishermen to be his disciples (5:1-11) Jesus travels to various towns teaching and healing (5:12-26) Jesus calls Levi to be his disciple (5:27-32) Jesus teaches about fasting (5:33-39) Special concepts in this chapter “You will catch men” Peter, James, and John were fishermen. When Jesus told them that they would catch men, he was using a metaphor to tell them he wanted them to help people believe the good news about him. See the last note to 5:10. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Sinners When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses. But when Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who understand that they are sinners who have disobeyed God can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) Fasting and feasting People would fast, or not eat food for a long time, when they were sad or in order to show God that they were sorry for their sins. When they were happy, such as during weddings, they would have feasts, or meals where they would eat much food. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fast]]) Important figures of speech in this chapter Healthy and sick people To correct the Pharisees, Jesus speaks of healthy people who do not need a doctor. This does not mean that there are people who do not need Jesus. Rather, Jesus was explaining why he spent time with people whom the Pharisees considered to be “sinners.” See the notes to 5:31-32. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Implicit information In several parts of this chapter, as in other places in the book, Luke does not explain information that his original readers would already have understood. Modern readers might not know some of those things, so they might have trouble understanding all that Luke is communicating. The alternate translations in these notes and the readings in UST often illustrate how that information can be presented so that modern readers will be able to understand these passages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Past events Parts of this chapter are sequences of events that have already happened. In a given passage, Luke sometimes writes as if the events have already happened while other events are still in progress (even though they are complete at the time he writes). This can cause difficulty in translation by creating an illogical order of events. It may be necessary to make these consistent by writing as if all the events have already happened.
738	LUK	5	1	zc8q	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
739	LUK	5	1	wsf8	figs-metonymy	ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the word of God	Here, Luke uses word figuratively to describe the things that Jesus said by using words. Alternate translation: “listening to the the message Jesus was bringing from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
740	LUK	5	1	p6im	translate-names	τὴν λίμνην Γεννησαρέτ	1	the lake of Gennesaret	Lake of Gennesaret is another name for the body of water also known as the Sea of Galilee. Galilee was on the west side of this lake, and the land of Gennesaret was on the east side, so it was called by both names. Some English versions translate this as the proper name of the body of water. Alternate translation: “Lake Gennesaret” or “the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
741	LUK	5	2	t96r	figs-explicit	ἔπλυνον τὰ δίκτυα	1	were washing their nets	The implication is that they were cleaning their fishing nets to maintain them so that they could keep using them to catch fish. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and were washing their nets to keep them clean and in good working order” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
742	LUK	5	3	f7z8		ὃ ἦν Σίμωνος	1	which was Simon’s	Alternate translation: “the one that belonged to Simon”
743	LUK	5	3	liq1		ἠρώτησεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἐπαναγαγεῖν ὀλίγον	1	asked him to put out a little from the land	Alternate translation: “and asked Simon to move the boat away from the shore”
744	LUK	5	3	rc1z	figs-explicit	καθίσας	1	he sat down	As in 4:20, sitting was the customary position for teaching in this culture. Alternate translation: “he sat down, as teachers did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
745	LUK	5	3	vbx7		ἐδίδασκεν ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου τοὺς ὄχλους	1	was teaching the crowds from the boat	Jesus was in the boat a short distance from the shore and he was speaking to the people who were on the shore. Alternate translation: “and was teaching the people while he sat in the boat”
746	LUK	5	4	rk9p	figs-explicit	ὡς δὲ ἐπαύσατο λαλῶν	1	when he stopped speaking	The implication is that Jesus had been speaking in order to teach the people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Jesus had finished teaching the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
747	LUK	5	5	l245	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς Σίμων εἶπεν	1	answering Simon said	Together the words answering and said mean that Simon responded to Jesus’ instructions to take the boat out and let down the nets. Alternate translation: “Simon responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
748	LUK	5	5	wbb1	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ ῥήματί σου	1	at your word	Here Peter uses word figuratively to refer to what Jesus commanded him by using words. Alternate translation: “but because you have told me to do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
749	LUK	5	7	n2fp		κατένευσαν τοῖς μετόχοις	1	they signaled to their partners	The Greek text does not specify how they signaled, but since they were some distance from the shore, it may have been by waving their arms rather than by calling out. You can use a general expression here. Alternate translation: “they summoned their partners”
750	LUK	5	7	pr7m	figs-explicit	βυθίζεσθαι αὐτά	1	they began to sink	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the reason for this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they began to sink because the fish were so heavy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
751	LUK	5	8	r8j9	translate-symaction	προσέπεσεν τοῖς γόνασιν Ἰησοῦ	1	he fell down at the knees of Jesus	Be sure that it is clear in your translation that Peter did not fall down accidentally. Rather, bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a sign of humility and respect. Alternate translation: “he bowed down in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
752	LUK	5	8	j67m	figs-gendernotations	ἀνὴρ ἁμαρτωλός	1	a sinful man	Here, man means “adult male,” not the more general “human being.” So Peter is not saying generally, “I am a sinful person.” He really does mean, “I personally am a sinful man.” Be sure that that is clear in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
753	LUK	5	9	l246	figs-personification	θάμβος…περιέσχεν αὐτὸν καὶ πάντας τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ	1	amazement had seized him and all those with him	Luke describes Peter’s amazement figuratively as if it were something that could actively take hold of him. Alternate translation: “he and and the other fishermen were completely amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
754	LUK	5	9	c2eh	figs-explicit	τῇ ἄγρᾳ τῶν ἰχθύων	1	the catch of fish	The implication is that this was a very large catch. Alternate translation: “the great number of fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
755	LUK	5	10	l247	translate-names	Ἰάκωβον καὶ Ἰωάννην, υἱοὺς Ζεβεδαίου	1	James and John, sons of Zebedee	James and John are the names of men, and Zebedee is the name of their father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
756	LUK	5	10	k4ft	writing-participants	κοινωνοὶ τῷ Σίμωνι	1	partners with Simon	Luke provides this information to introduce these new participants in the story. Alternate translation: “who were Simon’s partners in the fishing business” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
757	LUK	5	10	u6zs	figs-metaphor	ἀνθρώπους ἔσῃ ζωγρῶν	1	you will be catching men	Jesus is using the image of catching fish figuratively to describe gathering people to follow him. Alternate translation: “you will gather people for me” or “you will persuade people to become my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
758	LUK	5	11	abca		τὴν γῆν	1	the land	Alternate translation: “the shore”
759	LUK	5	12	j1xy	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	and it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
760	LUK	5	12	l248	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses behold to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
761	LUK	5	12	r35h	writing-participants	ἀνὴρ πλήρης λέπρας	1	a man full of leprosy	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man there who was covered with leprosy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
762	LUK	5	12	i3zk	figs-idiom	πεσὼν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον	1	fell on his face	This phrase is an idiom that means that he bowed down. Make sure that it is clear in your translation that the man did not fall down accidentally. Alternate translation: “he knelt down and touched the ground with his face” or “he bowed down to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
763	LUK	5	12	m4k2		ἐὰν θέλῃς	1	if you are willing	Alternate translation: “if you want to”
764	LUK	5	12	x7ss	figs-declarative	δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι	1	you can make me clean	The man is actually using this statement to make a request. Alternate translation: “please make me clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
765	LUK	5	12	ys5f	figs-explicit	με καθαρίσαι	1	make me clean	The man talks about becoming clean ceremonially, but it is implicit that he has become unclean because of his leprosy, so he is really asking Jesus to heal him of this disease. Alternate translation: “heal me from leprosy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
766	LUK	5	13	ziz1	figs-imperative	καθαρίσθητι	1	Be clean	This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “I heal you from your leprosy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
767	LUK	5	13	l48a	figs-personification	ἡ λέπρα ἀπῆλθεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	the leprosy went away from him	Luke speaks figuratively of the man’s leprosy as if it were something that could actively go away from him. Alternate translation: “the man no longer had leprosy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
768	LUK	5	14	q18t	figs-quotations	αὐτὸς παρήγγειλεν αὐτῷ, μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν, ἀλλὰ ἀπελθὼν	1	he instructed him to tell no one, but, “Go”	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate all of Jesus’ instructions as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “he instructed him, ‘Do not tell anyone, but go’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
769	LUK	5	14	l249	figs-explicit	μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν	1	to tell no one	The implication is that the man is not to tell anyone that Jesus healed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation, as a direct quotation: “Do not tell anyone that you have been healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
770	LUK	5	14	v1wn	figs-explicit	προσένεγκε περὶ τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ σου καθὼς προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς	1	offer a sacrifice for your cleansing, as Moses commanded	Jesus assumes that the man will know that the law required a person who had been healed from a skin disease to make a specific sacrifice. This made the person ceremonially clean and they could participate once again in community religious activities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “offer the sacrifice that Moses commanded so that you can become ceremonially clean once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
771	LUK	5	14	jk14	figs-explicit	εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1	for a testimony to them	A priest would have to examine the man and certify that he had been healed before he would be allowed to offer this sacrifice. Alternate translation: “to certify for everone that you have been healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
772	LUK	5	14	nz37	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	them	Them could mean either “the priests,” which is the interpretation that UST follows, or “all the people.” You could say either as an alternate translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
773	LUK	5	15	ng3z	figs-personification	διήρχετο…μᾶλλον ὁ λόγος περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	the word about him spread even more	Luke speaks figuratively of this word as if it were something that could spread around actively by itself. This expression means that more and more people told others about what Jesus was doing. Alternate translation: “people spread the news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
774	LUK	5	15	q4t2	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	the word about him	Luke uses the term word figuratively to describe the news about Jesus that people spread by using words. Alternate translation: “the news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
775	LUK	5	15	l250	figs-activepassive	θεραπεύεσθαι	1	to be healed	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “for Jesus to heal them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
776	LUK	5	16	l251		αὐτὸς…ἦν ὑποχωρῶν ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις καὶ προσευχόμενος	1	he was withdrawing into the deserted places and praying	This expression was withdrawing indicates habitual action. Alternate translation: “he often withdrew to places where there were no other people so that he could pray”
777	LUK	5	16	sv6f		ταῖς ἐρήμοις	1	deserted places	Alternate translation: “places where there were no other people”
778	LUK	5	17	mb8m	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
779	LUK	5	17	l252	figs-hyperbole	ἐκ πάσης κώμης τῆς Γαλιλαίας, καὶ Ἰουδαίας	1	from every village of Galilee and Judea	Luke generalizes by saying every in order to emphasize from how many different villages these religious leaders came. Alternate translation: “from villages throughout Galilee and Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
780	LUK	5	17	l253	figs-metaphor	δύναμις Κυρίου ἦν εἰς τὸ ἰᾶσθαι αὐτόν	1	power from the Lord was upon him to heal	As often in this book, upon is a spatial metaphor. In this case, it means that the power of the Lord was with Jesus in a special way, specifically, to enable him to heal people. Alternate translation: “the Lord was giving Jesus special power to heal people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
781	LUK	5	18	l254	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term behold to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
782	LUK	5	18	cl7s	writing-participants	ἄνδρες φέροντες ἐπὶ κλίνης ἄνθρωπον ὃς ἦν παραλελυμένος	1	men carrying on a mat a man who was paralyzed	Luke uses this phrase to introduce these new characters into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there were some men who were carrying a paralyzed man on a mat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
783	LUK	5	18	l9q8	translate-unknown	κλίνης	1	a mat	A mat was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. Alternate translation: “a stretcher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
784	LUK	5	18	z2n2		ἦν παραλελυμένος	1	who was paralyzed	Alternate translation: “was unable to move by himself”
785	LUK	5	18	abc6		ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ	1	before him	Here, before means “in front of.” Alternate translation: “in front of Jesus” or “where Jesus could see him”
786	LUK	5	19	y491	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ μὴ εὑρόντες ποίας εἰσενέγκωσιν αὐτὸν διὰ τὸν ὄχλον	1	And not finding a way to bring him in because of the crowd	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “But because the crowd of people had filled the house, they could not find a way to bring the man inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
787	LUK	5	19	rkm6	figs-explicit	διὰ τὸν ὄχλον	1	because of the crowd	The implication is that they could not enter because the crowd was so large that there was no room for them. Alternate translation: “because the crowd of people had filled the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
788	LUK	5	19	s7bm	figs-explicit	ἀναβάντες ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα	1	they went up onto the roof	In this culture, houses had flat roofs, and many houses had a staircase outside that provided access to the housetop. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they went up the outside staircase onto the flat roof of the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
789	LUK	5	19	abc7		καθῆκαν αὐτὸν	1	and let him down	Alternate translation: “and lowered the man down”
790	LUK	5	19	l255	figs-ellipsis	εἰς τὸ μέσον	1	into the midst	Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need to be complete. Alternate translation: “into the midst of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
791	LUK	5	19	l85u		ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	before Jesus	Here, the term before means “in front of.” Alternate translation: “in front of Jesus” or “where Jesus could see him”
792	LUK	5	20	l83a	figs-explicit	καὶ ἰδὼν τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν	1	And seeing their faith	The implication is that Jesus recognized that the friends of this paralyzed man strongly believed that he could heal him. Their actions proved that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Jesus recognized that the man’s friends were convinced that he could heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
793	LUK	5	20	z4ek		ἄνθρωπε	1	Man	Man was a general word that people used in this culture when speaking to a man whose name they did not know. If your language has a term that it uses for this same purpose, you can use it in your translation here. Alternate translation: “Friend”
794	LUK	5	20	c7r7	figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνταί σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι σου	1	your sins are forgiven you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I forgive your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
795	LUK	5	21	l256	translate-unknown	οἱ γραμματεῖς	1	the scribes	Here and elsewhere in the book, the term the scribes does not refer to people who make copies of documents. Rather, it refers to people who were teachers of the Jewish law, which they had studied extensively. Alternate translation: “the teachers of the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
796	LUK	5	21	l257	translate-names	οἱ Φαρισαῖοι	1	the Pharisees	Pharisees is the name of an important and powerful group of Jewish religious leaders in Jesus’ time. The name occurs many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
797	LUK	5	21	ie5h	figs-explicit	διαλογίζεσθαι	1	to debate	These men were not debating or arguing out loud, since the next verse shows that this was rather something they were thinking. So this implicitly means that they were wondering. Alternate translation: “to wonder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
798	LUK	5	21	l258	figs-quotemarks	λέγοντες	1	saying	Luke uses the word saying to introduce his quotation of what the religious leaders were thinking. If you indicate the quotation in some other way, such as with quotation marks or with some other punctuation or convention that your language uses, you do not need to represent this word in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
799	LUK	5	21	a86c	figs-rquestion	τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὃς λαλεῖ βλασφημίας?	1	Who is this who speaks blasphemies?	These religious leaders do not expect someone to tell them who Jesus is. Instead, they are using the question form to emphasize how inappropriate they think it is for Jesus to tell someone that he forgives their sins. As the next sentence explains, they think this means Jesus was claiming to be God, and so in their view, he would be speaking blasphemies. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “This man is speaking blasphemies!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
800	LUK	5	21	s21n	figs-rquestion	τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας εἰ μὴ μόνος ὁ Θεός?	1	Who can forgive sins but God alone?	Once again the religious leaders are using a question form for emphasis, and you can translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “No one can forgive sins but God alone!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
801	LUK	5	22	z4k5	figs-explicit	ἐπιγνοὺς…τοὺς διαλογισμοὺς αὐτῶν	1	knowing their thoughts	This phrase indicates that they were reasoning silently, so the implication is that Jesus sensed what they were thinking. Alternate translation: “sensing what they were thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
802	LUK	5	22	l259	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς	1	answering said to them	Together the words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to what the religious leaders were thinking. Alternate translation: “responded to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
803	LUK	5	22	et8f	figs-rquestion	τί διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν?	1	Why are you debating in your hearts?	Jesus does not expect the religious leaders to explain why they are thinking these things. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize that they should not be thinking them. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be thinking these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
804	LUK	5	22	p2hj	figs-metaphor	διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	debating in your hearts	The term hearts figuratively represents the thoughts of these people. Alternate translation: “are you thinking these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
805	LUK	5	23	zid2	figs-rquestion	τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνταί σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι σου, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει?	1	Which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven you,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk?’	Jesus is using the form of a question in order to teach. He wants to make the scribes and Pharisees reflect on the situation and realize something. There are many implications. For example, these religious leaders may take the question in the sense, “Which is easier to get away with saying?” The answer would be, “Your sins are forgiven,” because people don’t expect visual proof of that, whereas if someone says, “Get up and walk,” and nothing happens, that proves the speaker doesn’t have the power to heal. Jesus likely intends the question in a different sense: “Which is the easier way to deal with a situation like this?” It appears that the man’s sickness has something to do with his sins, because Jesus forgives them. In such a situation, it would not be sufficient to say, “Get up and walk,” since that would address the effect but not the cause. To say, “Your sins are forgiven,” would deal with both the cause and the effect, so that would be the easier way to deal with the situation. There are many other implications that could also be drawn out as well—too many to include in the text of a translation. Since the question form is intrinsic to Jesus’ teaching method, you may wish simply to retain it in your translation. However, to show that he is teaching, not asking for information, you could introduce his question with a phrase that indicates its purpose. Alternate translation: “Think about this. Which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven you,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk'?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
806	LUK	5	23	l260	figs-quotesinquotes	τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνταί σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι σου, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει?	1	Which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven you,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk?’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Is it easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, or to tell him to get up and walk?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
807	LUK	5	24	f1lu	figs-123person	ὅτι ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐξουσίαν ἔχει	1	that the Son of Man has authority	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “that I, the Son of Man, have authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
808	LUK	5	24	l261	figs-explicit	ὅτι ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	that the Son of Man	The title Son of Man is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. Alternate translation: “that the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
809	LUK	5	24	l262	figs-imperative	ἔγειρε	1	get up	As in 5:13, this was not a command that the man was able to obey. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “I heal you, so you can get up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
810	LUK	5	25	agg3	figs-explicit	καὶ παραχρῆμα ἀναστὰς	1	And immediately he got up	The implication is that the man was able to get up because Jesus had healed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And all at once the man was healed, so he got up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
811	LUK	5	25	l263		ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν	1	before them	Here, the term before means “in front of.” Alternate translation: “in front of everyone” or “where everyone could see him”
812	LUK	5	26	l264	figs-personification	ἔκστασις ἔλαβεν ἅπαντας	1	amazement seized of them all	Luke describes the amazement of the crowd figuratively as if it were something that could actively take hold of the people. Alternate translation: “they were all completely amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
813	LUK	5	26	f6tp	figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθησαν φόβου λέγοντες	1	they were filled with fear, saying	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “fear filled them and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
814	LUK	5	26	l265	figs-personification	ἐπλήσθησαν φόβου	1	they were filled with fear	Luke describes the fear of the crowd figuratively as if it were something that could actively fill the people. Alternate translation: “they became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
815	LUK	5	27	k6r2	writing-newevent	καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα	1	And after these things	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event. The expression these things refers to what the previous verses describe. Alternate translation: “After that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
816	LUK	5	27	abc8	writing-pronouns	ἐξῆλθεν	1	he went out	The pronoun he refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus left that house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
817	LUK	5	27	xf15		ἐθεάσατο τελώνην	1	saw a tax collector	The Greek word that Luke uses for saw indicates that Jesus gave careful attention to this man when he saw him. Alternate translation: “observed a tax collector” or “looked carefully at a tax collector”
818	LUK	5	27	l266	figs-idiom	ἀκολούθει μοι	1	Follow me	In this context, to follow someone means to become that person’s disciple. Alternate translation: “Become my disciple” or “Come, follow me as your teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
819	LUK	5	27	b3tr	figs-imperative	ἀκολούθει μοι	1	Follow me	Follow me is not a command, but an invitation. Jesus is encouraging Levi to do this if he wants. Alternate translation: “I want you to become my disciple” or “I invite you to come and follow me as your teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
820	LUK	5	28	phw9	figs-hyperbole	καταλιπὼν πάντα	1	leaving everything behind	Here, everything is a generalization that refers to Levi’s position as a tax collector and the advantages that came with it. Alternate translation: “leaving his work as a tax collector” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
821	LUK	5	28	abc0	figs-events	καταλιπὼν πάντα, ἀναστὰς	1	leaving everything behind, he got up	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “he got up and left everything behind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
822	LUK	5	29	l267	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to indicate that the event he will now relate came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
823	LUK	5	29	g6yt	writing-pronouns	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	in his house	The pronoun his refers to Levi, not to Jesus. Alternate translation: “in his own house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
824	LUK	5	29	ip2m	translate-unknown	κατακείμενοι	1	reclining to eat	In this culture, the manner of eating at a feast was to lie on a couch and prop oneself up with the left arm on some pillows. Alternate translation: “lying on banqueting couches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
825	LUK	5	30	n82u	writing-pronouns	πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ	1	to his disciples	In this case, the pronoun his refers to Jesus, not to Levi. Alternate translation: “to Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
826	LUK	5	30	tmm5	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίετε καὶ πίνετε?	1	Why do you eat and drink with tax collectors and sinners?	The Pharisees and scribes are using the question form to express their disapproval. They believed that religious people should separate themselves from people whom they considered to be sinners If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not eat and drink with sinful tax collectors!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
827	LUK	5	30	pi2x	figs-you	ἐσθίετε καὶ πίνετε	1	you eat and drink	The word you is plural, since the Pharisees are speaking to the disciples as a group, not to one particular disciple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
828	LUK	5	30	l268	figs-merism	ἐσθίετε καὶ πίνετε	1	eat and drink	The Pharisees are figuratively using the two components of a meal to mean an entire meal. Alternate translation: “share meals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
829	LUK	5	30	ze7y	figs-hendiadys	μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν	1	with tax collectors and sinners	The Pharisees may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with and. The previous verse says that there were many tax collectors at this banquet. So the term sinners may tell what the Pharisees thought these tax collectors were. Alternate translation: “with sinful tax collectors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
830	LUK	5	31	l269	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	answering Jesus said	Together the words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to what the religious leaders were complaining about. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
831	LUK	5	31	t6iv	writing-proverbs	οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ὑγιαίνοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1	People who are well do not have need of a physician, but those who have sickness	Jesus begins his response by quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life. This proverb draws a figurative comparison. Just as sick people need to see a doctor to be healed, so sinners need to see Jesus in order to be forgiven and restored. But since Jesus explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to explain it here. Rather, you can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “People who are well do not need to see a doctor; people who are sick do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
832	LUK	5	31	i9gn	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1	but those who have sickness	The proverb expresses the idea compactly, and so it leaves out some words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply those words. Alternate translation: “rather, it is people who are sick who need a doctor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
833	LUK	5	32	g993	figs-nominaladj	δικαίους	1	the righteous	Luke is using the adjective righteous as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
834	LUK	5	32	l270	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλοὺς εἰς μετάνοιαν	1	but sinners to repentance	Once again Jesus expresses the idea compactly and leaves out some words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply those words. Alternate translation: “rather, I came to call sinners to repentance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
835	LUK	5	32	l271	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς μετάνοιαν	1	to repentance	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun repentance with a verb. Alternate translation: “to repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
836	LUK	5	33	f6g6	writing-pronouns	οἱ δὲ εἶπαν	1	Then they said	The pronoun they refers to the Pharisees and scribes. Alternate translation: “Then the religious leaders said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
837	LUK	5	33	l272	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1	John	The Pharisees and scribes assume that Jesus will know that they are referring to John the Baptist. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
838	LUK	5	33	l273	figs-explicit	οἱ δὲ σοὶ ἐσθίουσιν καὶ πίνουσιν	1	But those of yours eat and drink	There is an implied challenge and question in this observation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “But your disciples do not fast, and we want you to tell us why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
839	LUK	5	33	l274	figs-merism	ἐσθίουσιν καὶ πίνουσιν	1	eat and drink	The Pharisees are figuratively using the two components of a meal to mean an entire meal. Alternate translation: “continue to have meals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
840	LUK	5	34	l275	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ δύνασθε τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ποιῆσαι νηστεύειν?	1	You cannot make the sons of the bridal chamber fast while the bridegroom is with them, can you	The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding are you? Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “Can you actually make the groom’s party at a wedding fast while the groom is still with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
841	LUK	5	34	hxe1	figs-rquestion	μὴ δύνασθε τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ποιῆσαι νηστεύειν?	1	You cannot make the sons of the bridal chamber fast while the bridegroom is with them, can you?	Jesus is using the question form to teach. He wants the scribes and Pharisees to reflect on the actions of his disciples in light of a situation they are already familiar with. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “No one tells the groom’s party at a wedding to fast while the groom is still with them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
842	LUK	5	34	q9k2	figs-idiom	τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ νυμφῶνος	1	the sons of the bridal chamber	The expression sons of is a Hebrew idiom that means a person shares the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of being an integral part of a wedding. These are the male friends who attend the groom during the ceremony and the festivities. Alternate translation: “the groom’s party” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
843	LUK	5	35	z8ex	figs-idiom	ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι καὶ	1	But the days will indeed come	Here Jesus is using days figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “But there will certainly be a time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
844	LUK	5	35	he9p	figs-metaphor	ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος	1	the bridegroom will be taken away from them	Jesus is speaking of himself figuratively as the bridegroom, and of his disciples as the groom’s party. He does not explain the metaphor, so you do not need to explain it in your translation unless you think your readers will not understand it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
845	LUK	5	35	l276	figs-activepassive	ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος	1	the bridegroom will be taken away from them	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “someone will take the bridegroom away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
846	LUK	5	35	l277	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	in those days	Jesus is again using the term days figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
847	LUK	5	36	a4zs	figs-parables	ἔλεγεν δὲ καὶ παραβολὴν πρὸς αὐτοὺς	1	Then he also spoke a parable to them	Jesus gives a brief illustration that teaches something true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then he gave them this illustration to help them understand better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
848	LUK	5	36	qz5e		ἐπιβάλλει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν	1	sews it onto an old garment	Alternate translation: “uses it to patch an old garment”
849	LUK	5	36	xj2y	figs-hypo	εἰ δὲ μή γε	1	But if not	Jesus uses this expression to introduce a hypothetical situation that explains the reason why a person would not actually mend a garment in that way. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone did do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
850	LUK	5	37	n35t	translate-unknown	ἀσκοὺς	1	wineskins	These were bags made out of animal skins. They were used for holding wine. If your readers would not be familiar with wineskins, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “leather bags” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
851	LUK	5	37	l278	figs-hypo	εἰ δὲ μή γε	1	But if not	Jesus uses this expression once again to introduce a hypothetical situation that explains the reason why a person would not put new wine in an old wineskin. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone did do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
852	LUK	5	37	ac7w	figs-explicit	ῥήξει ὁ οἶνος ὁ νέος τοὺς ἀσκούς	1	the new wine would burst the wineskins	When the new wine fermented and expanded, it would break the old skins because they could no longer stretch. Jesus’ audience would have understood this information about wine fermenting and expanding and about old leather losing its suppleness. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the new wine would burst the old wineskins because they would no longer be able to expand when the wine fermented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
853	LUK	5	37	dw18	figs-activepassive	αὐτὸς ἐκχυθήσεται	1	it would be spilled out	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the wine would spill out of the bags” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
854	LUK	5	37	l279	figs-activepassive	οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπολοῦνται	1	the wineskins would be destroyed	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the leather bags would tear and become useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
855	LUK	5	38	ijm3		ἀσκοὺς καινοὺς	1	new wineskins	See how you translated the term wineskins in 5:37. Alternate translation: “fresh leather bags”
856	LUK	5	39	l280	figs-ellipsis	οὐδεὶς πιὼν παλαιὸν θέλει νέον	1	No one, after drinking the old, wants the new	Jesus is leaving out some of the words. You can supply them in your translation if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “No one who is used to drinking old wine wants to try new wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
857	LUK	5	39	pvn9	figs-metaphor	οὐδεὶς πιὼν παλαιὸν θέλει νέον	1	No one, after drinking the old, wants the new	Jesus is figuratively contrasting the old teaching of the religious leaders with his own new teaching. The point is that people who are used to the old teaching are not receptive to the new things that he is bringing. Jesus does not explain the metaphor, so you do not need to explain it in your translation unless you think your readers will not understand it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
858	LUK	6	intro	vv2y			0		Luke 6 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus teaches about the Sabbath (6:1-11) Jesus chooses twelve apostles (6:12-16) Jesus teaches about being his disciple (6:17-49) The long teaching in Luke 6:20-49 begins with blessings and woes that are similar to the beginning of the long teaching in Matthew 5-7. That part of Matthew has traditionally been called the “Sermon on the Mount.” The teaching here in Luke has many other similarities with the one in Matthew’s gospel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]]) Special concepts in this chapter “Eating the grain” When the disciples plucked and ate the grain in a field they were walking through on the Sabbath (Luke 6:1), the Pharisees said that they were breaking the law of Moses. The Pharisees said this because they thought that the disciples were doing work by picking the grain, and so they were disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. The Pharisees did not think the disciples were stealing. That is because the law of Moses told farmers to allow travelers to pluck and eat small amounts of grain from plants in fields that they traveled through or near. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter The twelve disciples The following are the lists of the twelve disciples: In Matthew: Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot. In Mark: Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot. In Luke: Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot. The man whom Luke calls Judas the son of James is probably the same man whom Matthew and Mark call Thaddaeus. However, you do not need to explain that in your translation or give both names. You can translate Luke’s list as he wrote it, and allow Bible teachers to explain the reason for the difference.
859	LUK	6	1	c4sa	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
860	LUK	6	1	x5zk	translate-unknown	σπορίμων	1	the grainfields	These were large sections of land where people had scattered wheat seed in order to grow more wheat. Wheat is a kind of grain plant, and grain is a type of large grass that has edible seeds. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of plant, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “the areas where people were growing plants with edible seeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
861	LUK	6	1	rl46	translate-unknown	στάχυας	1	heads of grain	The heads are the topmost part of the grain plant. They hold the mature, edible seeds. Alternate translation: “parts that held the seeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
862	LUK	6	1	h9fy	figs-explicit	ψώχοντες ταῖς χερσίν	1	rubbing them in their hands	The implication is that they did this to separate out the grain seeds. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “rubbing them in their hands to separate the seeds from the other parts of the plant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
863	LUK	6	2	z32z	figs-rquestion	τί ποιεῖτε ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν?	1	Why are you doing what is not lawful on the Sabbath?	The Pharisees are using the question form to make an accusation. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You are doing something that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
864	LUK	6	2	m76z	figs-explicit	τί ποιεῖτε ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν?	1	Why are you doing what is not lawful on the Sabbath?	The Pharisees considered even the small action of plucking and rubbing heads of grain to be harvesting, and therefore work. You could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are harvesting grain, and that is work that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
865	LUK	6	2	dum1	figs-you	τί ποιεῖτε	1	Why are you doing	Here, you is plural. It refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
866	LUK	6	3	l281	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	answering them, Jesus said	Together the words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to the objection that the Pharisees raised. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
867	LUK	6	3	vih6	figs-rquestion	οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἀνέγνωτε, ὃ ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ ὅτε ἐπείνασεν αὐτὸς, καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ὄντες	1	Have you not read this, what David did when he was hungry, he and those who were with him	Jesus does not expect the Pharisees to tell him whether they have read this passage in the Scriptures. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize that the Pharisees should have learned a principle from that passage that indicates that they are wrong to criticize the disciples. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate his words as a statement. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures suggest otherwise, in the passage that tells what David did when he and those who were with him were hungry.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
868	LUK	6	4	l282		ὡς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	how he entered into the house of God	If you made the first part of the quotation in 6:3 a separate sentence, begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He entered into the house of God”
869	LUK	6	4	l283	figs-metaphor	τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the house of God	Jesus is figuratively describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. Alternate translation: “the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
870	LUK	6	4	yyh2	translate-unknown	τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως	1	the bread of the presence	The phrase the bread of the presence refers to loaves of bread that were placed on a table in the temple as an offering to God. They represented how the people of Israel lived in the presence of God. Alternate translation: “the bread that was offered to God” or “the bread that showed God lived among the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
871	LUK	6	4	l284		οὓς οὐκ ἔξεστιν φαγεῖν, εἰ μὴ μόνους τοὺς ἱερεῖς	1	which is not lawful to eat, except only for the priests	It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The law says that only the priests can eat that bread”
872	LUK	6	5	h453	figs-123person	ἐστιν…ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man is	Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
873	LUK	6	5	l285	figs-explicit	ἐστιν…ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man is	See how you translated this title in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
874	LUK	6	5	xy9h	figs-metaphor	Κύριός ἐστιν τοῦ Σαββάτου	1	is Lord of the Sabbath	The title Lord figuratively describes Jesus’ authority over the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “has authority over the Sabbath” or, if you translated in the first person, “have authority over the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
875	LUK	6	6	p1ee	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
876	LUK	6	6	d44q	writing-participants	ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ	1	there was a man there	This expression introduces a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
877	LUK	6	6	t77y	translate-unknown	ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ ἡ δεξιὰ ἦν ξηρά	1	his right hand was withered	This means that the man’s hand was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it look smaller. Alternate translation: “his right hand was shriveled” or “his right hand was atrophied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
878	LUK	6	7	q3sh	writing-pronouns	παρετηροῦντο…αὐτὸν	1	were watching him	The pronoun him refers to Jesus, not to the man with the withered hand. Alternate translation: “were watching Jesus carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
879	LUK	6	7	c1qe	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα εὕρωσιν κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ	1	so that they might find to accuse him	Luke is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Alternate translation: “because they wanted to find something that they could accuse him of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
880	LUK	6	8	d7zu	figs-explicit	στῆθι εἰς τὸ μέσον	1	stand in the midst	The implication is that Jesus wanted this man to stand where everyone could see him. Alternate translation: “stand here where everyone can see you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
881	LUK	6	9	j8y7	writing-pronouns	πρὸς αὐτούς	1	to them	The pronoun them refers to the scribes and Pharisees. Alternate translation: “to the scribes and Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
882	LUK	6	9	m5yz	figs-rquestion	ἐπερωτῶ ὑμᾶς, εἰ ἔξεστιν τῷ Σαββάτῳ ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀπολέσαι?	1	I ask you, is it lawful on the Sabbath to do good or to do harm, to save a life or to destroy?	Jesus asks this question to get the Pharisees to admit that it is legitimate to heal on the Sabbath. The intent of the question is therefore rhetorical. Jesus is not trying to obtain information; he wants someone to admit that something is true. However, Jesus says, “I ask you,” so this question is not like other rhetorical questions that might appropriately be translated as statements. This one should be translated as a question. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
883	LUK	6	9	dc6f		ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι	1	to do good or to do harm	Alternate translation: “to help someone or to harm someone”
884	LUK	6	10	abcb	writing-pronouns	περιβλεψάμενος πάντας αὐτοὺς, εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	he looked around at them all and said to him	The pronoun he refers to Jesus, and him refers to the man with the withered hand. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked around at them all and said to the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
885	LUK	6	10	x77k	figs-imperative	ἔκτεινον τὴν χεῖρά σου	1	Stretch out your hand	This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “I heal you, so you can stretch out your hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
886	LUK	6	10	hce1	figs-activepassive	ἀποκατεστάθη ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ	1	his hand was restored	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “his hand became healthy again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
887	LUK	6	11	l286	figs-activepassive	αὐτοὶ…ἐπλήσθησαν ἀνοίας	1	they were filled with rage	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
888	LUK	6	11	l287	figs-personification	αὐτοὶ…ἐπλήσθησαν ἀνοίας	1	they were filled with rage	Luke speaks figuratively of the rage of the scribes and Pharisees as if it were something that could actively fill them. Alternate translation: “they became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
889	LUK	6	11	l288	figs-explicit	τί ἂν ποιήσαιεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	what they might do to Jesus	The implication is that these religious leaders perceived Jesus as a threat and they wanted to get rid of him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
890	LUK	6	12	e4s7	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
891	LUK	6	12	gzn1	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις	1	in those days	Here Luke uses the term days figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
892	LUK	6	12	l289		ἐξελθεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ ὄρος	1	he went out to the mountain	While the term mountain is definite here, it does not seem to refer to a specific, identifiable mountain. Rather, as many languages do, here the Greek is using a definite expression in a general sense. Alternate translation: “Jesus went up a mountain” or “Jesus climbed a high hill”
893	LUK	6	12	l7by	figs-explicit	ἐξελθεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ ὄρος	1	he went out to the mountain	The implication is that Jesus did this so that he could be alone and pray about whom to choose as his disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus went up a mountain where he could be alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
894	LUK	6	13	vep8		ὅτε ἐγένετο ἡμέρα	1	when day came	Alternate translation: “the next morning”
895	LUK	6	13	j9w7	writing-pronouns	ἐκλεξάμενος ἀπ’ αὐτῶν δώδεκα	1	he chose 12 from them	The pronoun them refers to the disciples. Alternate translation: “he chose 12 of those disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
896	LUK	6	13	zgh6		οὓς καὶ ἀποστόλους ὠνόμασεν	1	whom he also named apostles	The term apostles comes from a Greek word that originally meant “messengers” or “delegates.” It took on a specialized meaning within the community of Jesus’ followers to mean the 12 men whom Jesus chose to be his authoritative representatives. Many languages have borrowed the Greek word to use in this sense. But if your language has developed its own special term for this role, use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “and he appointed them to be apostles”
897	LUK	6	14	l290	translate-names	Σίμωνα…Πέτρον…Ἀνδρέαν…Ἰάκωβον…Ἰωάννην…Φίλιππον…Βαρθολομαῖον	1	Simon … Peter … Andrew … James … John … Philip … Bartholomew	These are seven men’s names. (The second name is a nickname for the first man.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
898	LUK	6	14	zdq3	writing-pronouns	Ἀνδρέαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ	1	his brother Andrew	The pronoun his refers to Simon. Alternate translation: “Simon’s brother, Andrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
899	LUK	6	15	l291	translate-names	Μαθθαῖον…Θωμᾶν…Ἰάκωβον Ἁλφαίου…Σίμωνα	1	Matthew … Thomas … James … Alphaeus … Simon	These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
900	LUK	6	15	l292	figs-explicit	Μαθθαῖον	1	Matthew	Matthew is often identified with the man named Levi whom Jesus calls to follow him in 5:27. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
901	LUK	6	15	et48	translate-names	Ζηλωτὴν	1	the Zealot	The term Zealot could be: (1) a title that indicates that this man was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the Patriot” (2) a description that indicates that this man was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the Passionate One” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
902	LUK	6	16	l293	translate-names	Ἰούδαν Ἰακώβου	1	Judas son of James	Judas is the name of a man, and James is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
903	LUK	6	16	l294	translate-names	Ἰούδαν Ἰσκαριὼθ	1	Judas Iscariot	Judas is the name of a man, and Iscariot is a distinguishing term that most likely means he came from the village of Kerioth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
904	LUK	6	16	g24m	figs-explicit	ὃς ἐγένετο προδότης	1	who became a traitor	It may be helpful to explain what traitor means in the context of this story. Alternate translation: “who later betrayed Jesus to his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
905	LUK	6	17	i5gv	writing-pronouns	μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	with them	In this context, them refers to all of the disciples whom Jesus called to himself in 6:13. Alternate translation: “with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
906	LUK	6	17	l295	figs-hyperbole	ἀπὸ πάσης	1	from all	This is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “from throughout” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
907	LUK	6	18	dpj5	figs-activepassive	ἰαθῆναι	1	to be healed	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “for Jesus to heal them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
908	LUK	6	18	wfm9	figs-activepassive	καὶ οἱ ἐνοχλούμενοι ἀπὸ πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων ἐθεραπεύοντο	1	And those who were troubled by unclean spirits were being healed	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus also drove evil spirits out of the people they were controlling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
909	LUK	6	19	l296	figs-hyperbole	πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος…πάντας	1	the whole crowd … everyone	In this case these terms are not generalizations, and so you can translate them directly, rather than with explanatory words such as “most” or “many.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
910	LUK	6	19	y2cl	figs-personification	δύναμις παρ’ αὐτοῦ ἐξήρχετο καὶ ἰᾶτο πάντας	1	power was coming out from him and healing everyone	Luke speaks figuratively of this power as if it were something that could actively come out of Jesus and heal people. Alternate translation: “Jesus was using the power that God gave him to heal everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
911	LUK	6	20	l297	figs-idiom	αὐτὸς ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	he lifted up his eyes	This is an idiom that means “he looked,” but it means that he looked carefully and considerately. Alternate translation: “he gazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
912	LUK	6	20	ymg7	figs-idiom	μακάριοι	1	Blessed are	This expression indicates that God is giving favor to people and that their situation is positive or good. Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
913	LUK	6	20	xj9v	figs-nominaladj	οἱ πτωχοί	1	the poor	Jesus is using the adjective poor as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” or “you who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
914	LUK	6	20	y18c	figs-abstractnouns	ὅτι ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	for yours is the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “because God is ruling your lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
915	LUK	6	20	k34r		ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	yours is the kingdom of God	This could mean: (1) “the kingdom of God belongs to you.” (2) “you are privileged within the kingdom of God.”
916	LUK	6	21	l344	figs-idiom	μακάριοι οἱ πεινῶντες νῦν	1	Blessed are those who are hungry now	As in 6:20, the expression blessed indicates that God is giving favor to people or that their situation is positive or good. Alternate translation: “You who are hungry now receive God’s favor” or “You who are hungry now are in a positive situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
917	LUK	6	21	l298	figs-activepassive	χορτασθήσεσθε	1	you will be filled	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you will get enough to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
918	LUK	6	21	l299	figs-idiom	μακάριοι οἱ κλαίοντες νῦν	1	Blessed are those who are weeping now	Alternate translation: “You who are weeping now receive God’s favor” or “You who are weeping now are in a positive situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
919	LUK	6	21	tg8m	figs-metonymy	γελάσετε	1	you will laugh	Jesus is figuratively describing people being happy by association with one thing that people do when they are happy. Alternate translation: “you will laugh with joy” or “you will become joyful again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
920	LUK	6	22	h8ii	figs-idiom	μακάριοί ἐστε	1	Blessed are you	As in 6:20, the expression blessed indicates that God is giving favor to people or that their situation is positive or good. Alternate translation: “You receive God’s favor” or “How good it is for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
921	LUK	6	22	r5cg		ἀφορίσωσιν ὑμᾶς	1	exclude you	Alternate translation: “they reject you”
922	LUK	6	22	l300	figs-metonymy	ἐκβάλωσιν τὸ ὄνομα ὑμῶν ὡς πονηρὸν	1	reject your name as evil	The term name is a figurative way of referring to the reputation of a person. Alternate translation: “consider you to have a bad reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
923	LUK	6	22	jz7x		ἕνεκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	because of the Son of Man	Alternate translation: “because you associate with the Son of Man” or “because they reject the Son of Man”
924	LUK	6	22	l301	figs-123person	ἕνεκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	because of the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person, using this title to emphasize the special role that God has given him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “because you associate with me, the Son of Man” or “because they reject me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
925	LUK	6	22	l302	figs-explicit	ἕνεκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	because of the Son of Man	See how you translated this title in 5:24. Alternate translation: “because you associate with me, the Messiah” or “because they reject me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
926	LUK	6	23	bw14	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	in that day	Here Jesus uses day figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “when they do those things” or “when that happens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
927	LUK	6	23	d97t	figs-idiom	σκιρτήσατε	1	leap for joy	This is an idiom that means to be extremely joyful. Jesus is not telling the disciples literally to jump into the air. Alternate translation: “be very happy” or “celebrate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
928	LUK	6	23	l303	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ γὰρ	1	for behold	Jesus uses the term behold to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “because, listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
929	LUK	6	23	e3kb		ὁ μισθὸς ὑμῶν πολὺς	1	your reward is great	Your language may require you to say who will do this action. Alternate translation: “God will reward you greatly”
930	LUK	6	23	l304	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες αὐτῶν	1	their fathers	Here, fathers figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “their ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
931	LUK	6	24	c6lu	figs-idiom	οὐαὶ ὑμῖν	1	woe to you	The phrase woe to you is the opposite of “blessed are you.” It indicates that bad things are going to happen to the people being addressed, because they have displeased God. Alternate translation: “how terrible it is for you” or “trouble will come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
932	LUK	6	24	v1bp	figs-nominaladj	τοῖς πλουσίοις	1	the rich	Jesus is using the adjective rich as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are rich” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
933	LUK	6	24	cs2e	figs-explicit	ἀπέχετε τὴν παράκλησιν ὑμῶν	1	you have received your comfort	Jesus is drawing a series of contrasts between what the poor and the rich have now and what they will have later. So the implication is that while the rich have enjoyed ease and prosperity in this life, if they become complacent in those things, they will not enjoy it afterwards. Alternate translation: “you have already received in this life anything that will make you comfortable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
934	LUK	6	25	l305	figs-idiom	οὐαὶ ὑμῖν	1	woe to you	See how you translated this in 6:24. Alternate translation: “How terrible it is for you” or “Trouble will come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
935	LUK	6	25	de8m	figs-activepassive	οἱ ἐμπεπλησμένοι	1	who are filled	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who have more than enough to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
936	LUK	6	25	l8nr	figs-metonymy	οἱ γελῶντες	1	who are laughing	Laughing refers figuratively to being happy by association with something that people do when they are happy. Alternate translation: “to the ones who are happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
937	LUK	6	25	l306	figs-hendiadys	πενθήσετε καὶ κλαύσετε	1	mourn and weep	The phrase mourn and weep expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The word mourn tells why these people are weeping. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “you will weep mournfully” or “you will weep because you are so sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
938	LUK	6	26	tn96	figs-idiom	οὐαὶ	1	woe to you	See how you translated this in 6:24. Alternate translation: “How terrible it is for you” or “Trouble will come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
939	LUK	6	26	j9yy	figs-gendernotations	ὅταν ὑμᾶς καλῶς εἴπωσιν πάντες οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1	when all men speak well of you	Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “when all people speak well of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
940	LUK	6	26	l307	figs-hyperbole	ὅταν ὑμᾶς καλῶς εἴπωσιν πάντες οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1	when all men speak well of you	The term all is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “when most people speak well of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
941	LUK	6	26	y29d	figs-metaphor	κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ…ἐποίουν τοῖς ψευδοπροφήταις οἱ πατέρες αὐτῶν	1	their fathers did according to the same things to the false prophets	Here, fathers figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “their ancestors also spoke well of the false prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
942	LUK	6	27	l5rz	writing-participants	ἀλλὰ ὑμῖν λέγω τοῖς ἀκούουσιν	1	But I say to you who are listening	Jesus uses this phrase to broaden his audience to the entire crowd, beyond his disciples. At the same time, the phrase also calls everyone to focus their attention on what Jesus is about to say. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Now I want all of you to listen carefully to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
943	LUK	6	27	pz5r	figs-parallelism	ἀγαπᾶτε τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑμῶν, καλῶς ποιεῖτε τοῖς μισοῦσιν ὑμᾶς	1	love your enemies and do good to those who hate you	These two phrases mean similar things. Jesus is using repetition to emphasize the importance of what he is saying. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase specifies in what way followers of Jesus are to love their enemies. They are to do this in a practical way by helping them. Alternate translation: “do good things for people even if they are hostile to you” or “show love to your enemies who hate you by doing things to help them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
944	LUK	6	28	c83m	figs-parallelism	εὐλογεῖτε τοὺς καταρωμένους ὑμᾶς, προσεύχεσθε περὶ τῶν ἐπηρεαζόντων ὑμᾶς	1	Bless those who curse you and pray for those who mistreat you	These two phrases mean similar things. Jesus is using repetition to emphasize the importance of what he is saying. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Instead, you could combine them into a single phrase. However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase specifies one way in which followers of Jesus can bless people who mistreat them. They can pray for them. Alternate translation: “Ask God to bless people who say and do bad things to you” or “Say good things to people who say bad things to you, and even if someone treats you badly, pray that God will help them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
945	LUK	6	29	a7ri	figs-hypo	τῷ τύπτοντί σε ἐπὶ τὴν σιαγόνα, πάρεχε καὶ τὴν ἄλλην	1	To the one who strikes you on the cheek, offer also the other	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone hits you on one side of your face. Then turn your face so that he could also strike the other side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
946	LUK	6	29	l308	figs-youcrowd	σε…σου	1	you … your	Even though Jesus is still speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is now addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular in this verse. But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
947	LUK	6	29	d5qi		ἐπὶ τὴν σιαγόνα	1	on the cheek	Alternate translation: “on one side of your face”
948	LUK	6	29	eq83	figs-explicit	πάρεχε καὶ τὴν ἄλλην	1	offer also the other	It may be helpful to state the implicit purpose of this action. Alternate translation: “turn your face so that he could also strike the other side, to show that you do not want to fight and you are not resisting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
949	LUK	6	29	l309	figs-hypo	ἀπὸ τοῦ αἴροντός σου τὸ ἱμάτιον, καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα μὴ κωλύσῃς	1	from the one who takes away your cloak, also do not withhold your tunic	Jesus is using another hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “suppose someone takes away your cloak. Then give him your tunic as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
950	LUK	6	29	ic4n	figs-litotes	καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα μὴ κωλύσῃς	1	also do not withhold your tunic	Here Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “give him your tunic as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
951	LUK	6	30	d8y6	figs-hypo	παντὶ αἰτοῦντί σε, δίδου	1	Give to everyone who asks you	Jesus is using another hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone asks you for something. Then give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
952	LUK	6	30	l310	figs-youcrowd	σε…σὰ	1	you … yours	Even though Jesus is speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is addressing another individual situation here, so you and yours are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you can use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
953	LUK	6	30	ts8c	figs-hypo	ἀπὸ τοῦ αἴροντος τὰ σὰ, μὴ ἀπαίτει	1	from the one who takes away what is yours, do not ask for it back	Jesus is using another hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “suppose someone takes away something that is yours. Then do not demand that he give it back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
954	LUK	6	31	te6e		καθὼς θέλετε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ποιεῖτε αὐτοῖς ὁμοίως	1	as you desire that men would do to you, do the same to them	In some languages it might be more natural to reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “You should treat people in the way that you would want them to treat you”
955	LUK	6	31	l311	figs-gendernotations	καθὼς θέλετε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1	as you desire that men would do to you	Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “what you wish people would do for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
956	LUK	6	31	l312	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	you	Jesus now returns to speaking to his disciples and the crowd about general situations, so you is plural here and in the following verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
957	LUK	6	32	qh81	figs-rquestion	ποία ὑμῖν χάρις ἐστίν?	1	what credit is that to you?	Here Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. He wants to make a point and get his listeners to reflect on it. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “God will not reward you for doing that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
958	LUK	6	33	l313	figs-rquestion	ποία ὑμῖν χάρις ἐστίν?	1	what credit is that to you?	Once again Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. You could translate his words as a statement here as well. Alternate translation: “God will not reward you for doing that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
959	LUK	6	34	l314	figs-rquestion	ποία ὑμῖν χάρις ἐστίν?	1	what credit is that to you?	Jesus is using the question form once again as a teaching tool. You could also translate his words as a statement here. Alternate translation: “God will not reward you for doing that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
960	LUK	6	34	kgc9	figs-nominaladj	ἵνα ἀπολάβωσιν τὰ ἴσα	1	so that they may receive back the same things	Here the adjective same functions as a noun. It is plural, and ULT supplies the noun things to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent phrase. The adjective is also neuter, and this is a use of the neuter plural in Greek to refer to a single thing in order to describe it in its entirety. Alternate translation: “expecting that everything they lend will be repaid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
961	LUK	6	35	s8j7		μηδὲν ἀπελπίζοντες	1	expecting nothing in return	Alternate translation: “without expecting the person to pay you back”
962	LUK	6	35	l315	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	3	and	This word introduces the results of what has been said so far in this verse. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
963	LUK	6	35	ly98		ἔσται ὁ μισθὸς ὑμῶν πολύς	1	your reward will be great	Your language may require you to say who will do this action. Alternate translation: “God will reward you greatly”
964	LUK	6	35	zw5k	figs-metaphor	υἱοὶ Ὑψίστου	1	sons of the Most High	This is a figurative expression. Even so, it would probably be best to translate sons with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human son or child. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
965	LUK	6	35	l316	figs-gendernotations	υἱοὶ Ὑψίστου	1	sons of the Most High	Jesus is using the word sons in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “children of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
966	LUK	6	35	qr5x		υἱοὶ Ὑψίστου	1	sons of the Most High	Make sure that the word sons or “children” in your translation is plural and not capitalized, if your language uses that convention for titles, so that readers do not confuse this expression with the title for Jesus, “the Son of the Most High,” which occurs in 1:32 and 8:28.
967	LUK	6	35	l317	figs-idiom	Ὑψίστου	1	the Most High	See how you translated the expression the Most High in 1:32. Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “of the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
968	LUK	6	35	l318	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἀχαρίστους καὶ πονηρούς	1	the ungrateful and evil	Here Jesus is using the adjectives ungrateful and evil as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this pair of words with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are ungrateful and evil” or “people who do not thank God and who do wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
969	LUK	6	36	n28w	figs-metaphor	ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν	1	your Father	This is a figurative expression. God is not the Father of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate Father with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God your Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
970	LUK	6	37	a8c7		μὴ κρίνετε	1	do not judge	Your language may require you to specify the object of judge. Alternate translation: “do not judge other people”
971	LUK	6	37	e8fb	figs-activepassive	οὐ μὴ κριθῆτε	1	you will certainly not be judged	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who would not judge. This could mean: (1) “God will not judge you.” (2) “other people will not judge you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
972	LUK	6	37	vkl8		καὶ μὴ καταδικάζετε	1	do not condemn	Your language may require you to specify the object of condemn. Alternate translation: “Do not condemn other people”
973	LUK	6	37	gz37	figs-activepassive	οὐ μὴ καταδικασθῆτε	1	you will certainly not be condemned	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who would not condemn. This could mean: (1) “God will not condemn you.” (2) “other people will not condemn you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
974	LUK	6	37	l319		ἀπολύετε	1	Forgive	Your language may require you to specify the object of release. Alternate translation: “Forgive other people”
975	LUK	6	37	ls01	figs-metaphor	ἀπολύετε	1	Release	Jesus is using the word release figuratively to mean “forgive.” Alternate translation: “Forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
976	LUK	6	37	a22w	figs-activepassive	ἀπολυθήσεσθε	1	you will be released	Jesus does not say exactly who would release. This could mean: (1) “God will forgive you.” (2) “other people will forgive you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
977	LUK	6	38	ryf8	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be given to you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who will give. This could mean: (1) “God will give to you.” (2) “other people will give to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
978	LUK	6	38	q8sq	figs-metaphor	μέτρον καλὸν, πεπιεσμένον σεσαλευμένον ὑπερεκχυννόμενον, δώσουσιν εἰς τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν	1	a good measure—pressed down, shaken together, spilling over—they will pour into your lap	Jesus is comparing someone to a grain merchant who measures out very generously. He could mean either God or other people. The word they is indefinite, so it does not necessarily refer to people rather than to God. You could represent this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Like a generous grain merchant who presses down the grain and shakes it together and pours in so much that it fills a container and spills over, God will give you a generous amount” or “Like a generous grain merchant who presses down the grain and shakes it together and pours in so much that it fills a container and spills over, people will give you a generous amount” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
979	LUK	6	38	l320	figs-activepassive	πεπιεσμένον σεσαλευμένον ὑπερεκχυννόμενον, δώσουσιν εἰς τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν	1	pressed down, shaken together, spilling over—they will pour into your lap	These are all passive verb forms in Greek. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate them with active verbal phrases. See the alternate translation in the previous note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
980	LUK	6	38	l321	translate-unknown	τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν	1	your lap	This is a reference to the way people in this culture would form a pocket or carrying pouch from the folds of the front of their robes. If you readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the folds of your robe” or “a container” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
981	LUK	6	38	fp26	figs-activepassive	ᾧ…μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, ἀντιμετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	with the measure by which you measure, it will be measured back to you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who will measure. This could mean: (1) “God will give to you in just as generous or stingy a way as you give to others.” (2) “people will give to you in just as generous or stingy a way as you give to others.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
982	LUK	6	39	bw7f	figs-parables	εἶπεν δὲ καὶ παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς	1	Then he also told them a parable	Jesus is giving a brief illustration that teaches something true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then he gave them this illustration to help them understand better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
983	LUK	6	39	l322	figs-gendernotations	μήτι δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν?	1	A blind man is not able to guide a blind man, is he?	Here the word translated blind man is masculine, but Jesus is using it in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “Can one person who is blind guide another person who is blind?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
984	LUK	6	39	l323	figs-doublenegatives	μήτι δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν?	1	A blind man is not able to guide a blind man, is he?	The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding is he? Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “Can one person who is blind really guide another person who is blind?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
985	LUK	6	39	kyt1	figs-rquestion	μήτι δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν?	1	A blind man is not able to guide a blind man, is he?	Jesus is not expecting the people in the crowd to tell him whether one blind person can guide another. He is using the question form as a teaching tool to make a point and get his listeners to reflect on it. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “We all know that one blind person cannot guide another blind person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
986	LUK	6	39	nm4v	figs-metaphor	τυφλὸς	1	blind man	The blind person figuratively represents someone who has not yet been fully trained and taught as a disciple. But since Jesus explains this figure in the next three verses, you do not need to explain it explicitly here in your own translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
987	LUK	6	39	f4xj	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον ἐμπεσοῦνται?	1	Would not both fall into a pit?	Jesus is using this question as well as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Both of them would certainly fall into a ditch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
988	LUK	6	40	ipr9	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον	1	A disciple is not above his teacher	The word above creates a spatial metaphor. Alternate translation: “A disciple is not better than his teacher” or “A disciple is not greater than his teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
989	LUK	6	40	l324	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον	1	A disciple is not above his teacher	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what this implicitly means. Alternate translation: “A disciple does not know more than his teacher” or “A disciple is not wiser than his teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
990	LUK	6	40	a6ym	figs-activepassive	κατηρτισμένος…πᾶς	1	everyone having been fully trained	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “every disciple whose teacher has fully taught him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
991	LUK	6	41	l7vj	figs-rquestion	τί…βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ οὐ κατανοεῖς?	1	why do you look at the speck of wood that is in the eye of your brother, but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye?	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “do not look at the speck in your brother’s eye while ignoring the log in your own eye” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
992	LUK	6	41	jpt3	figs-metaphor	τί…βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου	1	why do you look at the speck of wood that is in the eye of your brother	This is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “you should not criticize the less important faults of a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
993	LUK	6	41	l325	figs-youcrowd	βλέπεις…σου…τῷ ἰδίῳ…οὐ κατανοεῖς	1	you look … your … you do not notice … your own	Even though Jesus is still speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation here, so you and your are singular in this verse. But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you can use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
994	LUK	6	41	j1r5	translate-unknown	τὸ κάρφος	1	the speck of wood	If your readers would not be familiar with wood, in your translation you can use a phrase that describes the smallest thing that commonly falls into a person’s eyes in your culture, or you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the grain of sand” or “the tiny object” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
995	LUK	6	41	ud6q	figs-metaphor	τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου	1	of your brother	The term brother figuratively refers to a fellow believer in Jesus. Alternate translation: “of a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
996	LUK	6	41	l326	figs-gendernotations	τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ	1	your brother	This fellow believer could be either a man or a woman, so be sure that this is clear in your translation, for example, by using both the masculine and feminine forms of the word for “believer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
997	LUK	6	41	ssu3	figs-metaphor	τὴν δὲ δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ οὐ κατανοεῖς	1	but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye	This phrase is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “while ignoring your own serious faults” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
998	LUK	6	41	l327	figs-hyperbole	τὴν…δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ	1	the log that is in your own eye	A log could not literally go into a person’s eye. Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize his point and make it memorable. Alternate translation: “your own serious faults” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
999	LUK	6	41	h9a4	translate-unknown	δοκὸν	1	the log	You could translate this with the term for the kind of long, large piece of wood that people in your culture would encounter. Or if your readers would not be familiar with wood, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “beam” or “plank” or “large object” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1000	LUK	6	42	l345	figs-youcrowd	πῶς δύνασαι λέγειν τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου	1	How can you say to your brother	Jesus is speaking to his disciples and the crowd, but he is addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular here. (The terms you, your, and yourself are also singular throughout the rest of this verse, because either Jesus is addressing an individual situation, or one person is addressing another in fictional dialogue.) If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you can use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
1001	LUK	6	42	rkk6	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύνασαι λέγειν	1	How can you say	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool, not to ask for information. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1002	LUK	6	42	l346	figs-metaphor	τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, ἀδελφέ, ἄφες	1	to your brother, ‘Brother, let me’	The term brother figuratively means a fellow believer in Jesus. So in its first instance here, you could translate the term the way you did in 6:41. But since it is realistic that in dialogue one believer might address another believer as Brother or “Sister,” you could retain the figurative term in its second instance. Alternate translation: “to a fellow believer, ‘Brother,’ or ‘Sister, let’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1003	LUK	6	42	l328	figs-metaphor	ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σου	1	let me take out the speck of wood that is in your eye	This is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “let me help you correct some of your faults” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1004	LUK	6	42	l329	figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς τὴν ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ δοκὸν οὐ βλέπων	1	you yourself do not see the log that is in your own eye	This phrase is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “you yourself are not correcting your own serious faults” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1005	LUK	6	42	l330	figs-hyperbole	τὴν ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ δοκὸν	1	the log that is in your own eye	A log could not literally go into a person’s eye. Jesus is continuing to exaggerate to emphasize his point and make it memorable. Alternate translation: “your own serious faults” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1006	LUK	6	42	l331	figs-metaphor	ἔκβαλε πρῶτον τὴν δοκὸν ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σοῦ	1	first take out the log from your own eye	This phrase is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “First recognize and correct your own serious faults” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1007	LUK	6	42	l332	figs-metaphor	τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου ἐκβαλεῖν	1	take out the speck of wood that is in the eye of your brother	This phrase is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “to help a fellow believer correct his or her faults” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1008	LUK	6	43	ezb4	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1	For	Jesus uses the word for to introduce the reason for what he said in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1009	LUK	6	43	u159	figs-litotes	οὐ γάρ ἐστιν δένδρον καλὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν σαπρόν; οὐδὲ πάλιν δένδρον σαπρὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλόν	1	For there is no good tree that produces rotten fruit, nor, on the other hand, any rotten tree that produces good fruit	Jesus is twice using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “For a healthy tree naturally produces good fruit and, on the other hand, an unhealthy tree naturally produces bad fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1010	LUK	6	43	pi3u	figs-metaphor	οὐ γάρ ἐστιν δένδρον καλὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν σαπρόν; οὐδὲ πάλιν δένδρον σαπρὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλόν	1	For there is no good tree that produces rotten fruit, nor, on the other hand, any rotten tree that produces good fruit	This is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “For a person of good character naturally says and does helpful things but, on the other hand, a person of bad character naturally says and does harmful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1011	LUK	6	44	z1vz	figs-activepassive	ἕκαστον…δένδρον ἐκ τοῦ ἰδίου καρποῦ γινώσκεται	1	each tree is known by its own fruit	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who does the action. Alternate translation: “people recognize a tree by the fruit that it bears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1012	LUK	6	44	l335	figs-metaphor	ἕκαστον…δένδρον ἐκ τοῦ ἰδίου καρποῦ γινώσκεται	1	each tree is known by its own fruit	This phrase is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “each person’s words and actions reveal his or her character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1013	LUK	6	44	l336	figs-parallelism	οὐ γὰρ ἐξ ἀκανθῶν συλλέγουσιν σῦκα, οὐδὲ ἐκ βάτου σταφυλὴν τρυγῶσιν	1	they do not gather figs from a thornbush, nor do they gather grapes from a briar bush	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis and to capture the interest of his listeners. You do not need to put both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Instead, you could combine them into a single general expression. Alternate translation: “people do not collect the kind of fruit that grows on a tree or a vine from a small, thorny bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1014	LUK	6	44	ns81	translate-unknown	ἀκανθῶν	1	a thornbush	The word thornbush refers to a kind of plant that has sharp protective spines on its stem. If your readers would not know what a thornbush is, in your translation you could use the name of another plant that does not produce edible fruit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1015	LUK	6	44	ux87	translate-unknown	βάτου	1	a briar bush	The term briar bush refers to a kind of plant that has thorny stems growing in dense clusters. If your readers would not know what a briar bush is, in your translation you could use the name of another plant that does not produce edible fruit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1016	LUK	6	45	fd19	figs-gendernotations	ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος	1	The good man	Here, the word man refers to any person, male or female. Alternate translation: “A righteous person” or “A moral person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1017	LUK	6	45	kz5k	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ τῆς καρδίας	1	from the good treasure of his heart	Jesus is speaking figuratively of the good thoughts of a righteous person as if they were treasures stored deep inside that person. Alternate translation: “from the good things that he keeps deep inside himself” or “from the good things that he values deeply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1018	LUK	6	45	i93l	figs-metaphor	τῆς καρδίας	1	of his heart	In this expression, the heart figuratively represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “that he keeps deep inside himself” or “that he values deeply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1019	LUK	6	45	gpn9	figs-metaphor	προφέρει τὸ ἀγαθόν	1	produces what is good	Producing what is good, the way a tree would produce fruit, is a metaphor for doing what is good. Alternate translation: “does what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1020	LUK	6	45	l337	figs-ellipsis	ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	from evil	For rhetorical purposes, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning can be inferred from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “from the evil treasure of his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1021	LUK	6	45	y2cj	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	from evil	Once the meaning is inferred, it is clear that Jesus is speaking figuratively of the evil thoughts of a wicked person as if they were treasures stored deep inside that person, and of the heart figuratively to represent the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “from the evil things that he keeps deep inside himself” or “from the evil things that he values deeply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1022	LUK	6	45	l338	figs-metaphor	ἐκ…περισσεύματος καρδίας λαλεῖ τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ	3	out of the abundance of the heart his mouth speaks	In this expression as well, the heart figuratively represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “what a person is thinking and feeling is expressed in what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1023	LUK	6	45	jc6z	figs-synecdoche	ἐκ…περισσεύματος καρδίας λαλεῖ τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ	3	out of the abundance of the heart his mouth speaks	The phrase his mouth represents the person as a whole, in the action of speaking. Alternate translation: “what a person is thinking and feeling comes out in what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1024	LUK	6	46	a4av		τί δέ με καλεῖτε Κύριε, Κύριε, καὶ οὐ ποιεῖτε ἃ λέγω?	1	And why do you call me, ‘Lord, Lord,’ but not do what I say?	The repetition of these words indicates that these people regularly called Jesus Lord. Alternate translation: “And why are you always calling me ‘Lord’ when you do not do what I tell you?’”
1025	LUK	6	47	wwu5		πᾶς ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρός με, καὶ ἀκούων μου τῶν λόγων καὶ ποιῶν αὐτούς, ὑποδείξω ὑμῖν τίνι ἐστὶν ὅμοιος	1	Everyone who is coming to me and hearing my words, and doing them, I will show you what he is like	If it would be clearer in your language, you could move the last phrase to the beginning of the verse. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what every person is like who comes to me and hears my words and puts them into practice”
1026	LUK	6	47	l339	figs-metonymy	μου τῶν λόγων	1	my words	Jesus uses the term words figuratively to refer to the teachings he is giving by using words. Alternate translation: “my teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1027	LUK	6	47	i3tg	figs-simile	ὑποδείξω ὑμῖν τίνι ἐστὶν ὅμοιος	1	I will show you what he is like	Jesus says this to introduce the simile in the next verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1028	LUK	6	48	l340	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδομοῦντι οἰκίαν	1	a man building a house	Here Jesus is using man in the generic sense. Alternate translation: “a person building a house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1029	LUK	6	48	cw41	translate-unknown	ἔσκαψεν καὶ ἐβάθυνεν καὶ ἔθηκεν θεμέλιον ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν	1	dug down and dug deep and laid a foundation on the rock	The foundation is the part of a house that connects it to the ground. People in Jesus’ time dug down into the ground until they reached a layer of solid rock, and then they began to build on the rock. You could describe this more fully in your translation. Alternatively, if the people of your culture would not be familiar with laying the foundation of a house on bedrock, you could instead describe how they would ensure that a dwelling was safe and stable. Alternate translation: “dug down deep enough to reach a layer of solid rock and set the foundation of the house on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1030	LUK	6	48	l341	figs-hendiadys	ἔσκαψεν καὶ ἐβάθυνεν	1	dug down and dug deep	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The expression dug deep tells what goal the person had when he or she dug down. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “dug down deep enough” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1031	LUK	6	48	dp2a	translate-unknown	τὴν πέτραν	1	the rock	This means the layer of hard rock that lies deep under the soil. Alternate translation: “bedrock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1032	LUK	6	48	qc2z		ποταμὸς	1	torrent of water	Alternate translation: “floodwaters”
1033	LUK	6	48	d3gs		προσέρηξεν	1	flowed against	Alternate translation: “crashed against”
1034	LUK	6	48	h75u	figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἴσχυσεν σαλεῦσαι αὐτὴν	1	could not shake it	Jesus is figuratively describing what the waters would do at first to represent what they would ultimately do if they could. This meaning is clear from what he says in the next verse. Alternate translation: “it could not destroy it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1035	LUK	6	48	tu5j	figs-activepassive	διὰ τὸ καλῶς οἰκοδομῆσθαι αὐτήν	1	because it had been built well	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “because the person had built it well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1036	LUK	6	49	sjf5	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	But	Jesus uses this word to draw a strong contrast to the previous person who built with a foundation. Alternate translation: “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1037	LUK	6	49	l347	figs-ellipsis	ὁ…ἀκούσας καὶ μὴ ποιήσας	1	the one who hears and does not do	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from 6:47. Alternate translation: “anyone who hears my teachings but does not put them into practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1038	LUK	6	49	wg4w	figs-simile	ὅμοιός ἐστιν	1	he is like	Jesus says this to introduce the simile that follows in the rest of the verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1039	LUK	6	49	l342	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδομήσαντι οἰκίαν	1	a man who built a house	Here Jesus is using man in the generic sense. Alternate translation: “a person who built a house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1040	LUK	6	49	yu5r	translate-unknown	ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν χωρὶς θεμελίου	1	on the ground without a foundation	The phrase on the ground without a foundation refers to the same method of building as in 6:48. You could describe this more fully in your translation. Alternatively, if the people of your culture would not be familiar with that building method, you can use the same image for creating a stable building that you used there in your translation. Alternate translation: “without digging down first to create a foundation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1041	LUK	6	49	bs8c		ᾗ προσέρρηξεν ὁ ποταμός	1	against which the torrent of water flowed	In this context, the word flowed indicates violent impact. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “The floodwaters crashed against it”
1042	LUK	6	49	q98t		συνέπεσεν	1	collapsed	Alternate translation: “it fell down” or “it came apart”
1043	LUK	6	49	jm86		ἐγένετο τὸ ῥῆγμα τῆς οἰκίας ἐκείνης μέγα	1	the ruin of that house was great	Your language may require you to say what was responsible for the ruin of the house. Alternate translation: “the floodwaters completely demolished that house”
1044	LUK	7	intro	u8gj			0		Luke 7 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus does miracles in Capernaum and Nain (7:1-17) Jesus responds to messengers from John the Baptist and then teaches about John (7:18-35) A woman anoints Jesus with perfume (7:36-50) Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. ULT does this with the quoted material in 7:27. Special concepts in this chapter Centurion A centurion was a Roman military commander. The centurion who asked Jesus to heal his slave (Luke 7:2) was doing some unusual things. A Roman soldier, especially an officer, would almost never go to a Jew for help, and most wealthy people did not love or care for their slaves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/centurion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) John’s Baptism This chapter refers again to the baptism of John (7:29). John baptized people who wanted to show that they knew they were sinners and that they were sorry for their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) “Sinners” In 7:34, Jesus describes how the Pharisees said he was a friend of “sinners.” That was the name that the Pharisees used for people whom they thought were disobeying the law of Moses. In reality, it was the Pharisees who were sinful, since they rejected Jesus, the Savior whom God had sent. This situation can be understood as irony. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) Washing feet The feet of the people in the ancient Near East were very dirty because they wore sandals and the roads and trails were dusty in the dry season and muddy in the wet season. Only slaves washed other people’s feet. The woman who washed Jesus’ feet was showing him great honor.
1045	LUK	7	1	l343	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα αὐτοῦ	1	his words	Luke is using the term words figuratively to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. Alternate translation: “his teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1046	LUK	7	1	zi6w	figs-idiom	εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς τοῦ λαοῦ	1	in the hearing of the people	This phrase is an idiom. Alternate translation: “as the people were listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1047	LUK	7	1	l2zp	writing-newevent	εἰσῆλθεν εἰς Καφαρναούμ	1	he entered into Capernaum	This reference to a location, Capernaum, introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “he went into the city of Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1048	LUK	7	2	l348	grammar-connect-time-background	δέ	1	And	Luke uses the word and to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
1049	LUK	7	2	zm98	figs-activepassive	ὃς ἦν αὐτῷ ἔντιμος	1	who was highly regarded by him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom the centurion greatly valued” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1050	LUK	7	3	l349		ἐρωτῶν αὐτὸν ὅπως ἐλθὼν διασώσῃ	1	asking him to come so that he might save	In this context, the word save has a specific meaning. Alternate translation: “asking him to come and heal”
1051	LUK	7	4	hm7l		παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν σπουδαίως	1	they asked him earnestly	Alternate translation: “they pleaded with him” or “they begged him”
1052	LUK	7	4	y6vt	writing-pronouns	ἄξιός ἐστιν	1	He is worthy	Here the pronoun he refers to the centurion, not the servant. Alternate translation: “This centurion is worthy” or “This centurion deserves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1053	LUK	7	5	cny7	figs-exclusive	τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν	1	our nation	Here, our nation refers to the Jewish people. Since the elders are speaking to Jesus as a fellow Jew, the word our would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: “our people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1054	LUK	7	6	l350	grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	And	Here, and could mean: (1) Jesus went with the elders because they pleaded with him. Alternate translation, as in UST: “So” (2) Jesus went with the elders after they pleaded with him. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1055	LUK	7	6	s5xg		ἐπορεύετο	1	went on his way	Alternate translation: “went along”
1056	LUK	7	6	el4w	figs-litotes	αὐτοῦ οὐ μακρὰν ἀπέχοντος ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκίας	1	when he was … not far away from the house	Luke is expressing a positive meaning figuratively by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “when he was … near the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1057	LUK	7	6	i6kv		μὴ σκύλλου	1	do not trouble yourself	The centurion is speaking politely to Jesus through these friends. Alternate translation: “I do not want to make you go out of your way”
1058	LUK	7	6	ez29	figs-idiom	ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην μου εἰσέλθῃς	1	that you would come under my roof	Come under my roof is an idiom that means “come into my house.” If your language has an idiom that means “come into my dwelling,” consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1059	LUK	7	7	m9ue	figs-metonymy	εἰπὲ λόγῳ	1	speak with a word	The centurion recognized that Jesus could heal the servant just by speaking. He understood Jesus did not need to travel all the way to his home. The term word expresses the means by which Jesus would speak. Alternate translation: “just give a command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1060	LUK	7	7	m6v8		ὁ παῖς μου	1	my servant	This is not the same word for servant that Luke and the centurion use in the rest of this passage. This word ordinarily means “boy.” This may indicate that the servant was young, or it may show the centurion’s affection for him. Alternate translation: “my young servant” or “my dear servant”
1061	LUK	7	8	tkd5	figs-activepassive	καὶ…ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν τασσόμενος, ἔχων ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας	1	I also am a man placed under authority, having soldiers under me	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I also have someone in authority over me, and I have soldiers under me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1062	LUK	7	8	q2ep	figs-metaphor	ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν	1	under me	This is a spatial metaphor that describes the authority relationship. Alternate translation: “under my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1063	LUK	7	8	mdd5		τῷ δούλῳ μου	1	my servant	Here the word that ULT translates as servant is the typical word for a servant, as in 7:2 and 7:3. It is not the word that usually means “boy,” as in 7:7.
1064	LUK	7	9	tpz9	writing-pronouns	ἐθαύμασεν αὐτόν	1	he marveled at him	The pronoun him refers to the centurion. Alternate translation: “he was amazed at the centurion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1065	LUK	7	9	w8pi		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell the people in the crowd. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this carefully”
1066	LUK	7	9	j76u	figs-explicit	οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ τοσαύτην πίστιν εὗρον	1	not even in Israel have I found such faith	The implication is that Jesus expected Jewish people to have this kind of faith, but they did not. He did not expect Gentiles to have this kind of faith, yet this man did. It may be helpful to say this explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “I have not found anyone among the Israelites who trusts me as much as this Gentile does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1067	LUK	7	9	l351	figs-metonymy	οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1	not even in Israel	Jesus used the name of the nation, Israel, to represent the people who belong to that nation. Alternate translation: “not even in any Israelite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1068	LUK	7	9	l352	figs-idiom	τοσαύτην πίστιν εὗρον	1	have I found such faith	Here, found is an idiom. The word does not suggest that Jesus was searching for something he had lost. Alternate translation: “have I encountered such faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1069	LUK	7	10	g4ny	figs-activepassive	οἱ πεμφθέντες	1	those who had been sent	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the friends whom the Roman officer had sent to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1070	LUK	7	11	l353	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1071	LUK	7	11	l354	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ἑξῆς	1	on the next day	Luke may be using the term day figuratively to refer a particular time, as UST suggests by saying “soon after that.” However, this could also mean literally the next day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1072	LUK	7	11	dmz7	translate-names	Ναΐν	1	Nain	Nain is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1073	LUK	7	12	l355	writing-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses and to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1074	LUK	7	12	l356	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term behold to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1075	LUK	7	12	l357	writing-participants	ἐξεκομίζετο τεθνηκὼς	1	one who had died was being carried out	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man who had died, and he was being carried out of the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1076	LUK	7	12	zr69	figs-activepassive	ἐξεκομίζετο τεθνηκὼς μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	one who had died was being carried out, the only son of his mother	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who was doing the action. It may be helpful to break the sentence here. Alternate translation: “people were carrying a man who had died out of the city. He was his mother's only son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1077	LUK	7	12	l358	figs-explicit	ἐξεκομίζετο τεθνηκὼς μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	one who had died was being carried out, the only son of his mother	Luke assumes that his readers will know that the people were carrying the man out of the city in order to bury him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. It may be helpful to break the sentence here. Alternate translation: “people were carrying a man who had died out of the city so that they could bury his body. He was his mother's only son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1078	LUK	7	12	n96r	writing-background	μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ; καὶ αὐτὴ ἦν χήρα	1	the only begotten son of his mother (and she was a widow)	This is background information about the dead man and his mother. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here and to introduce it in a way that shows it is background information. Alternate translation: “Now he was his mother’s only son, and she was a widow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1079	LUK	7	12	i5iv	figs-explicit	μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ; καὶ αὐτὴ ἦν χήρα	1	the only begotten son of his mother (and she was a widow)	The implication is that in this culture, when her son died, the woman lost her only means of support, since her husband had also died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now he was his mother’s only son, and she was a widow, so he had been her only means of support” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1080	LUK	7	13	l359		ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord	Here Luke refers to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
1081	LUK	7	13	fa42	figs-explicit	ἐσπλαγχνίσθη ἐπ’ αὐτῇ	1	was moved with compassion for her	The implication is that feeling compassion led Jesus to want to do something for this woman. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “felt very sorry for her and wanted to help her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1082	LUK	7	14	quy9	translate-unknown	τῆς σοροῦ	1	the bier	This was a stretcher or bed used to move the body to the burial place. It was not necessarily something in which the body was buried. Alternate translation: “the wooden frame that was holding the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1083	LUK	7	14	lex4	figs-imperative	ἐγέρθητι	1	arise	This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be raised from the dead. Alternate translation: “your life is restored, so get up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1084	LUK	7	15	er34		ὁ νεκρὸς	1	the dead man	The man was not still dead. He was now alive. It may be helpful to state this clearly. Alternate translation: “he man had come back to life, so he was no longer dead”
1085	LUK	7	15	l360	writing-pronouns	ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	he gave him to his mother	The pronoun he refers to Jesus, and him and his refer to the young man. Alternate translation: “Jesus returned the young man to his mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1086	LUK	7	16	rf1k	figs-personification	ἔλαβεν…φόβος πάντας	1	fear seized all of them	Luke speaks of this fear figuratively as if it were something that could actively take hold of everyone in the crowd. Alternate translation: “they all became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1087	LUK	7	16	l361	figs-idiom	προφήτης μέγας ἠγέρθη ἐν ἡμῖν	1	A great prophet has been raised among us	Here, raised is an idiom. Alternate translation: “God has caused one of us to become a great prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1088	LUK	7	16	jf1j	figs-activepassive	προφήτης μέγας ἠγέρθη ἐν ἡμῖν	1	A great prophet has been raised among us	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has caused one of us to become a great prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1089	LUK	7	16	wn5b	figs-idiom	ἐπεσκέψατο	1	God has visited his people	Here, visited is an idiom, as in 1:68 and 1:78. Alternate translation: “has come to help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1090	LUK	7	17	g4zt	figs-personification	ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λόγος οὗτος…περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	this word about him went out	Luke speaks figuratively of this word (that is, those sayings) as if it were something that could spread around actively by itself. His expression means that people said these things about Jesus to other people, and those people then repeated them to still more people. Alternate translation: “people spread these sayings about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1091	LUK	7	18	r11g	writing-newevent	ἀπήγγειλαν Ἰωάννῃ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ περὶ πάντων τούτων	1	his disciples reported to John concerning all these things	This sentence introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John told him about all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1092	LUK	7	18	r11x	writing-newevent	οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his disciples	The term his refers to John the Baptist, not to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1093	LUK	7	18	l362	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννῃ	1	John	Luke assumes that his readers will know he is referring to John the Baptist. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1094	LUK	7	18	jf5m	figs-explicit	πάντων τούτων	1	all these things	The implication is that all these things refers to Jesus healing the centurion’s servant and restoring the life of the widow’s son. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the things that Jesus had just done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1095	LUK	7	19	l363		τὸν Κύριον	1	the Lord	Here Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
1096	LUK	7	19	l364		λέγων	1	to say	Alternate translation: “to ask”
1097	LUK	7	19	l365	figs-you	σὺ	1	you	Since this question would be for Jesus alone, you is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1098	LUK	7	19	l400	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐρχόμενος	1	the one who is coming	This expression implicitly means “the Messiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1099	LUK	7	20	ftb7	figs-quotesinquotes	οἱ ἄνδρες εἶπαν, Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς ἀπέστειλεν ἡμᾶς πρὸς σὲ λέγων, σὺ εἶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἢ ἄλλον προσδοκῶμεν?	1	the men said, “John the Baptist has sent us to you to say, ‘Are you the one who is coming, or should we expect another?’”	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the men told Jesus that John the Baptist had sent them to him to ask, ‘Are you the one who is coming, or should we expect someone else?’” or “the men said, ‘John the Baptist has sent us to you to ask if you are the one who is coming, or whether we should expect someone else.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1100	LUK	7	20	l366	translate-names	Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς	1	John the Baptist	Here John’s disciples use the term Baptist as a title to identify the man named John who had sent them. The term means “one who baptizes.” Because the word “Baptist” is associated with a group of churches in many parts of the world, if it would be clearer in your language, you could use a different form of the word as a title, as UST does. Alternatively, you could use a phrase. Alternate translation: “John the Baptizer” or “John, the one who baptizes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1101	LUK	7	20	l367		λέγων	1	to say	Alternate translation: “to ask”
1102	LUK	7	20	l368	figs-you	σὺ	1	you	Since this question is for Jesus alone, you is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1103	LUK	7	20	l369	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐρχόμενος	1	the one who is coming	This expression means “the Messiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1104	LUK	7	21	ys1b	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	In that hour	Here Luke uses the term hour figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “At that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1105	LUK	7	21	a7sm	figs-ellipsis	ἐθεράπευσεν πολλοὺς ἀπὸ νόσων, καὶ μαστίγων, καὶ πνευμάτων πονηρῶν	1	healed many from sicknesses and afflictions and evil spirits	Here Luke is telling the story in a compressed way, and he does not distinguish clearly between healing of sickness and deliverance from evil spirits. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that distinction more explicitly. Alternate translation: “he healed many people of sicknesses that they were suffering from, and he drove evil spirits out of many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1106	LUK	7	21	l370	figs-hendiadys	νόσων, καὶ μαστίγων	1	sicknesses and afflictions	The phrase sicknesses and afflictions expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The word afflictions describes the effect of the sicknesses on the people who had them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “sicknesses that they were suffering from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1107	LUK	7	21	l371		τυφλοῖς πολλοῖς ἐχαρίσατο βλέπειν	1	to many blind people he granted to see	Alternate translation: “he enabled many blind people to see again”
1108	LUK	7	22	lcm2	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς	1	answering he said to them	Together the words answering and said mean that after healing and delivering many people, Jesus responded to the question that John’s messengers had asked him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to the messengers whom John had sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1109	LUK	7	22	l372	figs-youdual	πορευθέντες…εἴδετε	1	you have gone … you have seen	Since Jesus is speaking to two men, you would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, the word would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
1110	LUK	7	22	fvz7	figs-activepassive	λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται…νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται	1	lepers are being cleansed … the dead are being raised back to life, the poor are being told the gospel	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say all of these things with active forms. Alternate translation: “people who had leprosy no longer have that disease … people who were dead are coming back to life, poor people are hearing the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1111	LUK	7	22	l373	figs-explicit	λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται	1	lepers are being cleansed	As in 5:12, since the lepers were unclean because of their leprosy, the implication is that Jesus healed them from the disease. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “people who had leprosy no longer have that disease” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1112	LUK	7	22	qbe3	figs-nominaladj	κωφοὶ…νεκροὶ…πτωχοὶ	1	the deaf … the dead … the poor	Luke is using these adjectives as nouns. If your language does not use adjectives that way, you can translate them with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who were deaf … people who were dead … poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1113	LUK	7	23	y4px	figs-activepassive	μακάριός ἐστιν ὃς ἐὰν μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί	1	blessed is anyone who is not offended by me	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless the person who always continues to trust me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1114	LUK	7	23	i7zh	figs-litotes	μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί	1	who is not offended by me	Here Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “who continues to trust me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1115	LUK	7	24	abcd	writing-pronouns	ἤρξατο λέγειν	1	he began to say	Here the pronoun he refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus began to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1116	LUK	7	24	h9dw	figs-rquestion	τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον?	1	What did you go out into the desert to see? A reed shaken by the wind?	Jesus is using these questions as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show that consequently he expects a negative answer. You could also translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Did you go out into the desert just to see a reed that the wind was shaking? Of course not!” or “Surely you did not go out into the desert just to see a reed that the wind was shaking.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1117	LUK	7	24	l374	figs-activepassive	κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1	A reed shaken by the wind	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “A reed that the wind was shaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1118	LUK	7	24	gbv9	figs-explicit	κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1	A reed shaken by the wind	The implication seems to be that a reed swaying in the breeze by the banks of the Jordan River is a commonplace sight that no one would make a trip out into the desert just to see. Alternate translation: “An ordinary thing such as a reed that the wind was shaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1119	LUK	7	25	tcp3	figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον?	1	But what did you go out to see? A man dressed in soft clothes?	Jesus is using these questions as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show that consequently he expects a negative answer. You could also translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Did you go out to see a man wearing splendid clothing? Of course not!” or “You certainly did not go out to see a man wearing splendid clothing.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1120	LUK	7	25	a1wu	figs-explicit	ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον?	1	A man dressed in soft clothes?	Luke assumes that readers will know that John wore crude, rugged clothing. Like his residence in the desert, his clothing was a symbolic protest against the established order. As such, it would have been offensive rather than attractive. So no one would have gone out to see a person dressed that way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “A man wearing splendid clothing? You would not have gone to hear John if that was what you wanted to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1121	LUK	7	25	l375	figs-explicit	ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον	1	dressed in soft clothes	The term soft clothes refers to luxurious clothes, since normal clothing was rough. Alternate translation: “wearing splendid clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1122	LUK	7	25	l376	figs-activepassive	ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον	1	dressed in soft clothes	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wearing splendid clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1123	LUK	7	25	l377	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Jesus uses the term behold to get the crowd to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1124	LUK	7	25	nn75	figs-explicit	τοῖς βασιλείοις	1	king’s palaces	Palaces are large, elaborate houses where kings or queens would live. The implication is that a celebrity watcher might go to a palace to try to catch a glimpse of royalty. But certainly no one would go out into the desert to try to see someone famous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1125	LUK	7	26	ym8l	figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? προφήτην?	1	But what did you go out to see? A prophet?	Jesus is giving the answer to the repeated question that he has been using as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show that this time the question leads to a positive answer. You could also translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Did you go out to see a prophet? Yes, that was why!” or “You actually went out to see a prophet.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1126	LUK	7	26	ix16		ναί, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Yes, I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he will say next. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully”
1127	LUK	7	26	r7ud	figs-idiom	περισσότερον προφήτου	1	more than a prophet	This phrase is an idiom that means that John was indeed a prophet, but that he was even greater than a typical prophet. Alternate translation: “not just an ordinary prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1128	LUK	7	27	cg3r	figs-activepassive	οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται	1	This is he concerning whom it is written	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “This is the one about whom one of the prophets wrote” or “John is the one about whom the prophet Malachi wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1129	LUK	7	27	wt2m	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	God, speaking through the prophet Malachi, uses the term behold to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1130	LUK	7	27	s8hg	figs-metaphor	πρὸ προσώπου σου	1	before your face	Here, face figuratively means the front of a person. Alternate translation, as in UST: “ahead of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1131	LUK	7	27	cc5u	figs-you	σου…σου	1	your … you	The words your and you are singular in both cases because God is speaking to the Messiah individually in the quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1132	LUK	7	27	l378	figs-metaphor	ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	who will prepare your way before you	As in 3:4, to make a way or a road is a figurative expression that means to help people get ready for the coming of the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who will help people get ready for you to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1133	LUK	7	28	yz6b		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus uses this phrase to focus the crowd’s attention on what he will say next. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully”
1134	LUK	7	28	rr11	figs-idiom	ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν	1	among those born of women	The phrase those born of women is an idiom that refers to all people. Alternate translation: “of all the people who have ever lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1135	LUK	7	28	gfz7	figs-litotes	μείζων…Ἰωάννου οὐδείς ἐστιν	1	no one is greater than John	Here Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative term together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “John is the greatest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1136	LUK	7	28	c33u	figs-nominaladj	ὁ…μικρότερος	1	the least	Jesus is using the adjective least as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the least important person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1137	LUK	7	28	l379	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	in the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “whose life God is ruling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1138	LUK	7	28	r81b	figs-explicit	μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν	1	is greater than he	The implication is that being part of the kingdom of God is greater than any human distinctive. So anyone who is part of God’s kingdom is greater than even John, whom Jesus said was the greatest person who had ever lived before the coming of the kingdom. Alternate translation: “is greater than John is because they are part of something greater than anything that is human” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1139	LUK	7	29	idv8	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐδικαίωσαν τὸν Θεόν, βαπτισθέντες τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου	1	declared God to be righteous, having been baptized with the baptism of John	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because they had come to John for baptism, declared God to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1140	LUK	7	29	m5cn	figs-explicit	ἐδικαίωσαν τὸν Θεόν	1	declared God to be righteous	The implication is that the people agreed that God had been right to send John to tell them to repent of their sins. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “agreed that God had been right to send John to tell them to repent of their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1141	LUK	7	29	s9v6	figs-activepassive	βαπτισθέντες τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου	1	having been baptized with the baptism of John	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “because they had come to John for baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1142	LUK	7	30	l380	translate-unknown	νομικοὶ	1	lawyers	Here and elsewhere in the book, the term lawyers does not mean people who would represent clients and argue cases in court or draw up legal documents. Rather, it refers to experts in the law of Moses and its application to various situations. Alternate translation: “experts in the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1143	LUK	7	30	v8f5	grammar-connect-logic-result	τὴν βουλὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἠθέτησαν εἰς ἑαυτούς, μὴ βαπτισθέντες ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	rejected the purpose of God for themselves, not having been baptized by him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because they had not come to John for baptism, rejected what God wanted them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1144	LUK	7	30	wqc3	figs-activepassive	μὴ βαπτισθέντες ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	not having been baptized by him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “because John had not baptized them” or “because they had not come to John for baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1145	LUK	7	31	cs1j	figs-rquestion	τίνι οὖν ὁμοιώσω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ τίνι εἰσὶν ὅμοιοι?	1	To what, then, will I compare the men of this generation? And what are they like?	Jesus is using these questions as a teaching tool, to introduce a comparison. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate them as statements. Alternate translation: “This is what I compare the people of this time to. This is what they are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1146	LUK	7	31	ix8z	figs-parallelism	τίνι οὖν ὁμοιώσω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ τίνι εἰσὶν ὅμοιοι?	1	To what, then, will I compare the men of this generation? And what are they like?	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis and to capture the interest of his listeners. You do not need to put both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “What should I compare the people of this time to?” or “This is what I compare the people of this time to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1147	LUK	7	31	ec4k	figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	the men of this generation	Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “the people of this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1148	LUK	7	32	n8yp	figs-simile	ὅμοιοί εἰσιν	1	They are like	These words are the beginning of Jesus’ comparison. His opponents complain about John being too austere, and they complain about him not being austere enough, just like children who complain when other children don’t dance with them, and then complain again when they don’t cry with them. Since Jesus explains this comparison in the next two verses, you do not need to explain it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1149	LUK	7	32	f7hg	translate-unknown	ἀγορᾷ	1	marketplace	This means a large, open-air area where people come to sell their goods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1150	LUK	7	32	l381	figs-metonymy	ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν	1	We played a flute for you	The children are referring to the flute to indicate that they played a happy, upbeat tune, for which the flute was well suited. Alternate translation: “We played a happy tune for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1151	LUK	7	32	xgg9	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	and	The children are expressing a contrast between what they expected their playmates to do and what those playmates actually did. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1152	LUK	7	32	m2k3	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	and	Once again the children are expressing a contrast between what they expected their playmates to do and what those playmates actually did. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1153	LUK	7	33	kbc7	figs-synecdoche	μὴ ἐσθίων ἄρτον	1	neither eating bread	This could mean one of two things. Either way, Jesus is using one kind of food, bread, figuratively to represent all kinds of food. (1) It could refer to the way that John lived on whatever he could find to eat in the desert. Alternate translation: “not eating regular food” (2) It could mean that John often went without eating as a devotional practice. Alternate translation: “frequently fasting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1154	LUK	7	33	wka1	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε, δαιμόνιον ἔχει	1	you say, ‘He has a demon’	Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting what the Pharisees were saying about John. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that he has a demon” or “you accuse him of having a demon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1155	LUK	7	34	k33e	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1156	LUK	7	34	l382	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated this title in 5:24. In this case the title highlights Jesus’ identification with humanity in the special role that God has given him. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1157	LUK	7	34	s1um	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, φίλος τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν	1	you say, ‘Behold, a man, a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and of sinners!’	Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting what the Pharisees were saying about him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that he eats and drinks too much and that he is a friend of tax collectors and sinners” or (if you used the first person for the title “Son of Man”) “you say that I eat and drink too much and that I am a friend of tax collectors and sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1158	LUK	7	34	l383	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Behold focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1159	LUK	7	34	am9s		ἄνθρωπος φάγος	1	a man, a glutton	Alternate translation: “a man who is a glutton” or “a man who eats too much”
1160	LUK	7	34	chu4		ἄνθρωπος…οἰνοπότης	1	a man, … a drunkard	Alternate translation: “a man who is a drunkard” or “a man who drinks too much alcohol”
1161	LUK	7	35	ba4g	writing-proverbs	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	wisdom is justified by all her children	This appears to be a proverb, a short popular saying of the culture, that Jesus applied to this situation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the saying is true that wisdom is justified by all her children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
1162	LUK	7	35	l384	figs-idiom	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	wisdom is justified by all her children	This proverb likely uses a Hebrew idiom in which the “sons” or children of a thing share its qualities. Alternate translation: “wisdom is justified by people who are wise themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1163	LUK	7	35	l385	figs-activepassive	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	wisdom is justified by all her children	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wise people recognize when someone else is following a wise course” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1164	LUK	7	36	fd2c	writing-newevent	ἠρώτα δέ τις αὐτὸν τῶν Φαρισαίων, ἵνα φάγῃ μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Then one of the Pharisees requested him to eat with him	This phrase introduces a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1165	LUK	7	36	lhd4	writing-participants	τις…τῶν Φαρισαίων	1	one of the Pharisees	This phrase also introduces the Pharisee into the story. In 7:40, Jesus addresses him as Simon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give his name here, as UST does. Alternate translation: “a Pharisee named Simon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1166	LUK	7	36	dy31	translate-unknown	κατεκλίθη	1	he reclined to eat	See how you translated this in 5:29. It was the custom in this culture for dinner guests to eat while lying comfortably around the table on banqueting couches. Alternate translation: “he took his place at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1167	LUK	7	37	l386	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term behold to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1168	LUK	7	37	a9iu	writing-participants	γυνὴ ἥτις ἦν ἐν τῇ πόλει	1	there was a woman in the city	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was woman who lived in that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1169	LUK	7	37	x4sk	figs-explicit	ἁμαρτωλός	1	who was a sinner	Luke is speaking from the perspective of the Pharisee when he says that the woman was a sinner. Since the Pharisee would likely not have known her personally, this is an implicit reference to her reputation. She may have been a prostitute, as UST suggests. Alternate translation: “who had a reputation for living a sinful life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1170	LUK	7	37	l387	figs-explicit	κομίσασα	1	she brought	In this culture, if people wanted to hear what someone’s special dinner guest had to say, they were allowed to come and stand around the walls of the banqueting hall and listen, even if they had not been invited to share in the meal. And so this woman was allowed to enter and listen to Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that specifically. Alternate translation: “she came into the banquet hall as a visitor, bringing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1171	LUK	7	37	apx8	translate-unknown	ἀλάβαστρον	1	an alabaster jar	The word alabaster is the name of a soft, white stone. People stored precious and valuable items in jars made from alabaster. Alternate translation: “a jar made of soft, white stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1172	LUK	7	37	a954	translate-unknown	μύρου	1	of perfumed oil	This oil had fragrant additives. To make a nice smell, people would rub the oil on themselves or sprinkle their clothing with it. Alternate translation: “that contained oil with perfume in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1173	LUK	7	38	v5xh	figs-explicitinfo	ταῖς θριξὶν τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτῆς	1	with the hair of her head	In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you can abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “with her hair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
1174	LUK	7	38	i93v		ἤλειφεν τῷ μύρῳ	1	anointing them with the perfumed oil	Alternate translation: “pouring perfume on them”
1175	LUK	7	39	u455	figs-quotemarks	εἶπεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ λέγων	1	he said to himself, saying	As noted in 3:10, Luke often uses the word saying to introduce a quotation. Particularly in cases like this one, if you indicate the quotation in some other way, such as with quotation marks, you do not need to represent this word in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1176	LUK	7	39	xc9v	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	οὗτος εἰ ἦν προφήτης, ἐγίνωσκεν ἂν τίς καὶ ποταπὴ ἡ γυνὴ, ἥτις ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἁμαρτωλός ἐστιν	1	If this man were a prophet, he would know who and of what type the woman is who is touching him, that she is a sinner	This Pharisee is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He has concluded that Jesus must not be a prophet, because he allowed this sinful woman to touch him, and a prophet would have known she was sinful and not allowed that. Alternate translation: “Jesus must not be a prophet, because if he were, he would know that the woman who is touching him is a sinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
1177	LUK	7	39	tbq3	figs-explicit	τίς καὶ ποταπὴ ἡ γυνὴ, ἥτις ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἁμαρτωλός ἐστιν	1	who and of what type the woman is who is touching him, that she is a sinner	Simon assumed that a prophet would never allow a sinner to touch him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state his assumption explicitly. Alternate translation: “that this woman is a sinner, and he would not allow her to touch him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1178	LUK	7	40	l388	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν	1	answering Jesus said to him	Together the words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to what the Pharisee was thinking. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1179	LUK	7	40	u3cg	translate-names	Σίμων	1	Simon	This was the name of the Pharisee who invited Jesus into his home. This was not Simon Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1180	LUK	7	40	l389		ὁ δέ, Διδάσκαλε, εἰπέ, φησίν	1	And he says, “Say it, Teacher!”	To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “And he said, ‘Say it, Teacher!’”
1181	LUK	7	40	l390	figs-imperative	Διδάσκαλε, εἰπέ	1	Say it, Teacher!	Simon is inviting Jesus to speak, not ordering him to speak. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate his words as more of an invitation. You could also translate them as a question, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Go ahead and say it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1182	LUK	7	40	l391		Διδάσκαλε	1	Teacher	This was a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
1183	LUK	7	41	sv92	figs-parables	δύο χρεοφιλέται ἦσαν: δανιστῇ τινι	1	There were two debtors	To help Simon the Pharisee understand what he wants to teach him, Jesus tells him a story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told him this story to help him understand. ‘There were two debtors’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1184	LUK	7	41	fcq6		δύο χρεοφιλέται ἦσαν: δανιστῇ τινι	1	There were two debtors to a certain moneylender	Alternate translation: “Two different people owed money to the same moneylender”
1185	LUK	7	41	snz6	translate-bmoney	δηνάρια πεντακόσια	1	500 denarii	The word denarii is the plural of “denarius.” A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might say something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “500 silver coins” or “an amount equivalent to a year and a half’s wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1186	LUK	7	41	i92j	translate-bmoney	ὁ δὲ ἕτερος πεντήκοντα	1	and the other 50	Alternate translation: “the other person owed 50 silver coins” or “the other person owed an amount equal to 50 days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1187	LUK	7	42	l392	figs-ellipsis	μὴ ἐχόντων αὐτῶν ἀποδοῦναι	1	When they did not have to repay	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. He is not saying that the men no longer needed to repay these debts. Rather, he is saying that they did not have enough money to repay the lender what they owed him. Alternate translation: “When they were not able to repay their debts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1188	LUK	7	42	lbq6	figs-idiom	ἀμφοτέροις ἐχαρίσατο	1	he forgave them both	This does not mean literally that the lender decided he would not hold their failure to repay against them. Rather, it is an idiom that means that he told them they did not have to repay the money. Alternate translation: “he canceled both of their debts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1189	LUK	7	43	l393	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς Σίμων εἶπεν	1	Simon answering said	Together the words answering and said mean that Simon responded to the question that Jesus asked him. Alternate translation: “Simon responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1190	LUK	7	43	l394	figs-ellipsis	ὑπολαμβάνω ὅτι ᾧ τὸ πλεῖον ἐχαρίσατο	1	I suppose that the one to whom he forgave the most	Simon leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “I suppose that the one to whom he forgave the most will love him the most” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1191	LUK	7	43	uyj6		ὑπολαμβάνω	1	I suppose	Simon was cautious about his answer. Alternate translation: “Probably”
1192	LUK	7	43	zqz4		ὀρθῶς ἔκρινας	1	You have judged correctly	Alternate translation: “You are right”
1193	LUK	7	44	s7g6	translate-symaction	στραφεὶς πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα	1	he turned to the woman	Jesus turned to the woman in order to direct Simon’s attention to her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus turned to the woman so that Simon would look at her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1194	LUK	7	44	l395	figs-rquestion	βλέπεις ταύτην τὴν γυναῖκα?	1	Do you see this woman?	Jesus does not expect Simon to tell him whether he can see the woman. Rather, he is using the question as a teaching tool, to focus Simon’s attention on her as an example of showing love and gratitude. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to consider this woman.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1195	LUK	7	44	mw7d	figs-explicit	ὕδωρ μοι ἐπὶ πόδας οὐκ ἔδωκας	1	You did not give me water for my feet	It was a basic responsibility of a host to provide water and a towel for guests to wash and dry their feet after walking on dusty roads. Alternate translation: “You did not provide me with anything to wash my feet, as a considerate host would have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1196	LUK	7	44	mw58	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	οὐκ ἔδωκας; αὕτη δὲ	1	You did not give … but she	In this verse and the next two verses, Jesus uses such phrases to contrast Simon’s lack of courtesy with the woman’s extreme actions of gratitude. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1197	LUK	7	44	am5z	figs-explicit	αὕτη…τοῖς δάκρυσιν ἔβρεξέν μου τοὺς πόδας	1	she has wet my feet with her tears	The woman used her tears in place of the missing water. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she has wet my feet with her tears in place of the water you did not provide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1198	LUK	7	44	ld62	figs-explicit	καὶ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς ἐξέμαξεν	1	and wiped them with her hair	The woman used her hair in place of the missing towel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and she has dried my feet with her hair in place of the towel you did not provide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1199	LUK	7	45	xj92	figs-explicit	φίλημά μοι οὐκ ἔδωκας	1	You did not give me a kiss	It was customary in this culture for a host to greet a guest with a kiss on the cheek. Simon did not do this for Jesus. Alternate translation: “You did not greet me with a kiss on the cheek, as a welcoming host would have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1200	LUK	7	45	r2jj	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ διέλιπεν καταφιλοῦσά μου τοὺς πόδας	1	has not stopped kissing my feet	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle not and the negative verb stopped. Alternate translation: “has continued to kiss my feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1201	LUK	7	45	u3er	translate-symaction	οὐ διέλιπεν καταφιλοῦσά μου τοὺς πόδας	1	has not stopped kissing my feet	The woman kissed the feet of Jesus, rather than his cheek, as a sign of extreme repentance and humility. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has continued to kiss my feet to show her repentance and humility” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1202	LUK	7	46	j8wj	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	οὐκ ἤλειψας; αὕτη δὲ	1	You did not anoint … but she	Jesus continues to contrast Simon’s poor hospitality with the actions of the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1203	LUK	7	46	le9a	figs-explicit	ἐλαίῳ τὴν κεφαλήν μου οὐκ ἤλειψας	1	You did not anoint my head with oil	It was the custom in this culture to welcome an honored guest by pouring refreshing olive oil on his head. Alternate translation: “You did not welcome me by pouring oil on my head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1204	LUK	7	46	g6va	translate-symaction	ἤλειψεν τοὺς πόδας μου	1	has anointed my feet	The woman greatly honored Jesus by doing this. She demonstrated humility and expressed her own sense of unworthiness by anointing his feet instead of his head. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has anointed my feet to show her humility” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1205	LUK	7	47	kwc5		λέγω σοι	1	I say to you	This phrase emphasizes the importance of the statement that follows. Alternate translation: “pay attention to this”
1206	LUK	7	47	clu2	figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνται αἱ ἁμαρτίαι αὐτῆς αἱ πολλαί	1	her sins, which were many, have been forgiven	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has forgiven her many sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1207	LUK	7	47	l396	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἠγάπησεν πολύ	1	for she loved much	The implication is that her display of love was the evidence that her sins were forgiven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “We can tell this because she has shown that she greatly loves the one who forgave her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1208	LUK	7	47	jql4		ὅτι ἠγάπησεν πολύ	1	for she loved much	Your language may require you to state the object of loved. Alternate translation: “because she greatly loves the one who forgave her”
1209	LUK	7	47	qd9q	figs-explicit	ᾧ δὲ ὀλίγον ἀφίεται, ὀλίγον ἀγαπᾷ	1	the one to whom little is forgiven loves little	In this sentence Jesus states a general principle. However, he is saying implicitly that Simon specifically has shown very little love for him. A further implication is that one to whom little is forgiven is actually someone who thinks he is better than others and mistakenly thinks he does not need to be forgiven for very much. Alternate translation: “a person like you who thinks that God has only had to forgive him for a few things does not show much love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1210	LUK	7	47	l397	figs-activepassive	ᾧ…ὀλίγον ἀφίεται	1	the one to whom little is forgiven	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “the person who thinks that God has only had to forgive him for a few things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1211	LUK	7	48	c7hj	writing-pronouns	εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῇ	1	Then he said to her	The pronoun he refers to Jesus, not to Simon. The word her refers to the woman. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said to the woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1212	LUK	7	48	lq5v	figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	Your sins are forgiven	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1213	LUK	7	49	enw4		συνανακείμενοι	1	reclining with him to eat	Alternate translation: “who were eating together with him”
1214	LUK	7	49	ie4z	figs-rquestion	τίς οὗτός ἐστιν ὃς καὶ ἁμαρτίας ἀφίησιν?	1	Who is this who even forgives sins?	The religious leaders knew that only God could forgive sins. They did not believe that Jesus was God. So they are using the question form to make an accusation. Alternate translation: “This man is not God, so he cannot forgive sins!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1215	LUK	7	50	lje8	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Your faith has saved you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun faith with a verb such as “trust.” Alternate translation: “you have trusted in God, and God has saved you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1216	LUK	7	50	l398	figs-personification	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Your faith has saved you	Jesus speaks figuratively of the woman’s faith as if it had actively saved her. He means that it provided the conditions for her to receive salvation from God. Alternate translation: “you have trusted in God, and God has saved you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1217	LUK	7	50	sp2u	figs-explicit	πορεύου εἰς εἰρήνην	1	Go in peace	This was a way of saying goodbye while giving a blessing at the same time. It also reassured the woman, despite the disapproval of the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “May God give you peace as you go” or “You may go now, and do not worry about your sins anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1218	LUK	8	intro	ba3i			0		Luke 8 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus teaches the crowds with parables (8:1-21) Jesus calms a storm on the Sea of Galilee (8:22-25) Jesus drives out many demons from a man (8:26-39) Jesus heals a woman and restores a dead girl to life (8:40-55) Special concepts in this chapter Miracles In this chapter, Jesus makes a storm stop by speaking to it, he makes a dead girl alive by speaking to her, and he makes evil spirits leave a man by speaking to them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]]) Important figures of speech in this chapter Parables Parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people who wanted to believe in him could easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. But people who did not want to believe in him would not be able to understand the message (Luke 8:4-15). Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Brothers and sisters Most people use the terms “brother” and “sister” for those who have the same parents as they do. They think of them as some of the most important people in their lives. Some people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter, Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]]) Important textual issues in this chapter “having spent all her living on doctors” In 8:43, some ancient manuscripts of the Bible have the phrase “having spent all her living on doctors,” but other manuscripts do not. ULT includes the phrase in its text, but it mentions in a footnote that scholars are divided as to whether it was an original part of the book of Luke. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to include the phrase if it does, but leave it out if it does not include it. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1219	LUK	8	1	i6mi	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1220	LUK	8	1	l399	figs-idiom	κατὰ πόλιν καὶ κώμην	1	through city and village	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “around to different cities and villages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1221	LUK	8	1	l401	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate this phrase in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God would rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1222	LUK	8	1	l402	figs-nominaladj	οἱ δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	Luke is using the adjective Twelve as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1223	LUK	8	1	l403	translate-names	οἱ δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	Alternatively, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. Even though it is a number, if you translate it as a title, as ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language. For example, capitalize main words and write out numbers rather than use digits. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1224	LUK	8	2	g99l	figs-activepassive	αἳ ἦσαν τεθεραπευμέναι ἀπὸ πνευμάτων πονηρῶν καὶ ἀσθενειῶν	1	who had been healed from evil spirits and diseases	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom Jesus had set free from evil spirits and healed of diseases” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1225	LUK	8	2	jq4g	translate-names	Μαρία ἡ καλουμένη Μαγδαληνή	1	Mary who was called Magdalene	Mary is the name of a woman, and Magdalene is a distinguishing term that most likely means that she came from the town of Magdala. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1226	LUK	8	2	n4x6	figs-activepassive	Μαρία ἡ καλουμένη Μαγδαληνή	1	Mary who was called Magdalene	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Mary, who people called Magdalene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1227	LUK	8	2	l404	figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἧς δαιμόνια ἑπτὰ ἐξεληλύθει	1	from whom seven demons had gone out	The demons did not go out on their own. It may be helpful to say explicitly that Jesus drove them out. Alternate translation: “from whom Jesus had driven out seven demons” or “whom Jesus had set free from seven demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1228	LUK	8	3	tfz5	translate-names	Ἰωάννα…Σουσάννα	1	Joanna … Susanna	These are the names of two women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1229	LUK	8	3	w9kl	translate-names	Χουζᾶ…Ἡρῴδου	1	Chuza … Herod	These are the names of two men. See how you translated the name Herod in 1:5. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1230	LUK	8	3	l405		ἐπιτρόπου Ἡρῴδου	1	Herod’s manager	Alternate translation: “the man who managed King Herod’s household affairs”
1231	LUK	8	3	k9m5	figs-idiom	διηκόνουν αὐτοῖς	1	serving them out of their possessions	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “were personally providing what Jesus and his 12 apostles needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1232	LUK	8	4	r1qk	writing-pronouns	ἐπιπορευομένων πρὸς αὐτὸν	1	coming to him	Here the pronoun him refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “coming to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1233	LUK	8	4	l406	figs-idiom	κατὰ πόλιν	1	by city	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “from different towns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1234	LUK	8	4	l407	figs-parables	εἶπεν διὰ παραβολῆς	1	he spoke in a parable	This means that Jesus told a brief story to teach something true in an understandable and memorable way. Alternate translation: “he told them this story to help them understand God’s ways better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1235	LUK	8	5	ndc3		ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπεῖραι τὸν σπόρον αὐτοῦ	1	The sower went out to sow his seed	Use either the singular or the plural to translate seed in this story, whichever would be more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A farmer went out to scatter some seed in a field” or “A farmer went out to scatter some seeds in a field”
1236	LUK	8	5	cv1h		ὃ μὲν ἔπεσεν	1	some fell	Alternate translation: “some of the seed fell” or “some of the seeds fell”
1237	LUK	8	5	a5mz	figs-activepassive	κατεπατήθη	1	it was trampled underfoot	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “people walked on it” or “people walked on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1238	LUK	8	5	n8bw	figs-explicitinfo	τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	the birds of the sky	In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. However, you could also use an action clause to keep the sense of sky. Alternate translation: “birds” or “birds flew down and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
1239	LUK	8	5	lt8n		κατέφαγεν αὐτό	1	devoured it	Alternate translation: “ate it all” or “ate them all”
1240	LUK	8	6	k6a4		ἐξηράνθη	1	it withered away	Continue to use either the singular or the plural, whichever would be more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “each plant dried out and shriveled up” or “the plants dried out and shriveled up”
1241	LUK	8	6	ktz7		διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ἰκμάδα	1	because it had no moisture	Alternate translation: “because there was no water for it in the rock” or “because there was no water for them in the rock”
1242	LUK	8	7	xzq2		ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτό	1	choked it	The thorn plants took all the nutrients, water, and sunlight, so the farmer’s plants could not grow well. Continue to use either the singular or the plural, whichever would be more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “crowded it out” or “crowded them out” or “kept it from growing well” or “kept them from growing well”
1243	LUK	8	8	q12t		ἐποίησεν καρπὸν ἑκατονταπλασίονα	1	it produced fruit a hundred times greater	Here the word translated fruit has the specific sense of “a crop.” Since the farmer is sowing wheat seeds, this crop would be more seeds. Alternate translation: “it produced a hundred times as much seed as had landed in this soil” or “they produced a hundred times as many seeds as had landed in this soil”
1244	LUK	8	8	b92z	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	The one who has ears to hear, let him hear	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize that what he has just said is important and that it may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase ears to hear figuratively represents the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body by which his listeners would have been taking in his teaching. Alternate translation: “If anyone is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1245	LUK	8	8	l408	figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	The one who has ears to hear, let him hear	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1246	LUK	8	8	l409	figs-you	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	The one who has ears to hear, let him hear	If you choose to translate this in the second person, you would be plural, since Jesus is speaking to the crowd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1247	LUK	8	9	l410		τίς αὕτη εἴη ἡ παραβολή	1	What is this parable?	Alternate translation: “What does this story mean?”
1248	LUK	8	10	je1f	figs-activepassive	ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι	1	To you has been granted to know	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has allowed you to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1249	LUK	8	10	s7xp		τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the mysteries of the kingdom of God	These are spiritual truths that people had not previously understood. Jesus is now revealing them. Alternate translation: “the secrets of the kingdom of God”
1250	LUK	8	10	l411	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate this phrase in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “of how God will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1251	LUK	8	10	l6sk	figs-ellipsis	τοῖς δὲ λοιποῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς	1	but to the rest in parables	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “but I speak in parables to the people who are not my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1252	LUK	8	10	l412	figs-quotesinquotes	ἵνα βλέποντες μὴ βλέπωσιν, καὶ ἀκούοντες μὴ συνιῶσιν	1	so that, ‘Seeing, they may not see; and hearing, they may not understand’	Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the prophet Isaiah. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. For clarity, you could also indicate the source of the words that Jesus is quoting. Alternate translation: “so that as the prophet Isaiah said, though they see, they will not perceive, and though they hear, they will not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1253	LUK	8	10	xtu6		βλέποντες μὴ βλέπωσιν	1	Seeing, they may not see	Some languages may need to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “though they see things, they will not understand them” or “though they see things happen, they will not understand what they mean”
1254	LUK	8	10	k4es		ἀκούοντες μὴ συνιῶσιν	1	hearing, they may not understand	Some languages may need to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “though they hear instruction, they will not understand the truth”
1255	LUK	8	11	vp8a		ἔστιν δὲ αὕτη ἡ παραβολή	1	the parable is this	Alternate translation: “this is what the story means”
1256	LUK	8	11	hb1t	figs-metonymy	ὁ σπόρος ἐστὶν ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The seed is the word of God	Jesus uses the term word figuratively to refer to the message from God that people share by using words. Alternate translation: “The seed represents the message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1257	LUK	8	12	xsa7	figs-metaphor	οἱ…παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν εἰσιν οἱ ἀκούσαντες	1	the ones along the path are those who have heard	Jesus begins to explain the figurative meanings of the seeds that fell in different places. Alternate translation: “The seeds that fell along the path represent people who hear the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1258	LUK	8	12	h969	figs-metaphor	εἶτα ἔρχεται ὁ διάβολος καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν	1	but then the devil comes and takes away the word from their hearts	The parable represented this figuratively as a bird snatching away seeds. Try to use words in your language that retain that image. Alternate translation: “but then the devil comes and snatches the message away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1259	LUK	8	12	jb9t	figs-metaphor	εἶτα ἔρχεται ὁ διάβολος καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν	1	but then the devil comes and takes away the word from their hearts	The word hearts figuratively represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “the devil comes and keeps them from understanding and appreciating the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1260	LUK	8	12	l413	figs-explicit	εἶτα ἔρχεται ὁ διάβολος καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν	1	but then the devil comes and takes away the word from their hearts	Based on the figurative meaning of the parable, the implication is that these people did not appreciate the message deeply, just as seeds could not go down deep into the hard-packed soil of the path. And so the devil would be able to break up their superficial awareness and concentration by distracting them with everyday concerns. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the devil distracts them and they forget about the message they heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1261	LUK	8	12	l414	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	the word	Jesus is using the term word figuratively to refer to the message that people share by using words. Alternate translation: “the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1262	LUK	8	12	g7r7	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ πιστεύσαντες σωθῶσιν	1	so they may not believe and be saved	This phrase explains the devil’s purpose. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “because the devil does not want them to trust in God so that God will save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1263	LUK	8	13	juq1	figs-metaphor	οἱ δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς πέτρας, οἳ	1	And the ones on the rock are those	Jesus continues to explain the figurative meanings of the seeds that fell in different places. Alternate translation: “In the parable, the seeds that fell on the rocky soil represent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1264	LUK	8	13	ar4x		τῆς πέτρας	1	the rock	Alternate translation: “the rocky soil” or “the shallow soil above the rocky layer”
1265	LUK	8	13	l415	figs-metonymy	μετὰ χαρᾶς δέχονται τὸν λόγον	1	who … receive the word with joy	Jesus uses the term word figuratively to refer to the message that people share by using words. Alternate translation: “who … gladly believe the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1266	LUK	8	13	bm51		ἐν καιρῷ πειρασμοῦ	1	in a time of testing	Alternate translation: “when they experience hardship”
1267	LUK	8	13	e5rw	figs-metonymy	ἀφίστανται	1	they go away	Jesus is using the way such people go away from the community of believers to mean figuratively that they stop believing. Alternate translation: “they stop believing” or “they stop being disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1268	LUK	8	14	k4u4	figs-metaphor	τὸ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας πεσόν, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ	1	And the ones that fell among the thorns, these are the ones	Jesus continues to explain the figurative meanings of the seeds that fell in different places. Alternate translation: “In the parable, the seeds that fell among the thorns represent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1269	LUK	8	14	y3ue	figs-activepassive	ὑπὸ μεριμνῶν, καὶ πλούτου, καὶ ἡδονῶν τοῦ βίου…συνπνίγονται	1	they are choked by cares and riches and pleasures of this life	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the cares and riches and pleasures of this life choke them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1270	LUK	8	14	uut6		μεριμνῶν	1	cares	Alternate translation: “things that people worry about”
1271	LUK	8	14	b384		ἡδονῶν τοῦ βίου	1	pleasures of this life	Alternate translation: “the things in this life that people enjoy”
1272	LUK	8	14	xhv7	figs-metaphor	οὐ τελεσφοροῦσιν	1	they do not produce mature fruit	The phrase mature fruit figuratively means spiritual maturity that is evidenced by godly character and loving actions. Alternate translation: “they do not mature into people of godly character who act out of love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1273	LUK	8	15	m2hb	figs-metaphor	τὸ δὲ ἐν τῇ καλῇ γῇ, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἵτινες	1	But the ones on the good soil, these are the ones	Jesus continues to explain the figurative meanings of the seeds that fell in different places. Alternate translation: “In the parable, the seeds that fell on the good soil represent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1274	LUK	8	15	l62d	figs-metonymy	ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον	1	having heard the word	Jesus uses the term word figuratively to refer to the message that people share by using words. Alternate translation: “when they hear the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1275	LUK	8	15	l416	figs-doublet	ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ	1	with an honest and good heart	The terms honest and good mean similar things. Jesus uses the two terms together for emphasis and clarity. You do not need to repeat both words in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “with genuine intentions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1276	LUK	8	15	pbi7	figs-metaphor	ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ	1	with an honest and good heart	In this expression, the heart figuratively represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “with genuine intentions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1277	LUK	8	15	i51s	figs-metaphor	καρποφοροῦσιν ἐν ὑπομονῇ	1	bear fruit with endurance	Here, fruit figuratively means spiritual maturity that is evidenced by godly character and loving actions. Alternate translation: “because they persevere, they mature into people of godly character who act out of love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1278	LUK	8	16	n86n	figs-parables	οὐδεὶς δὲ λύχνον ἅψας	1	And no one lights a lamp	After Jesus finished explaining the story about the seeds, he gave his disciples another example to illustrate that God wants them to understand spiritual truths. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave them another example. ‘No one lights a lamp’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1279	LUK	8	16	l417	figs-ellipsis	οἱ εἰσπορευόμενοι	1	those who enter	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “those who enter the room” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1280	LUK	8	17	n5ca	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ…ἐστιν κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ φανερὸν γενήσεται	1	nothing is hidden that will not become visible	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything that is hidden will become visible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1281	LUK	8	17	iv9q	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδὲ ἀπόκρυφον ὃ οὐ μὴ γνωσθῇ καὶ εἰς φανερὸν ἔλθῃ	1	nor secret that will not be known and come into visibility	If it would be clearer in your language, you could also translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “and everything that is secret will be known and become visible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1282	LUK	8	17	l418	figs-activepassive	οὐδὲ ἀπόκρυφον ὃ οὐ μὴ γνωσθῇ καὶ εἰς φανερὸν ἔλθῃ	1	nor secret that will not be known and come into visibility	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “and God will reveal every secret and make it visible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1283	LUK	8	17	l419	figs-doublet	οὐδὲ ἀπόκρυφον ὃ οὐ μὴ γνωσθῇ καὶ εἰς φανερὸν ἔλθῃ	1	nor secret that will not be known and come into visibility	The phrases be known and come into visibility mean similar things. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “and God will clearly reveal every secret” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1284	LUK	8	18	l420		βλέπετε οὖν πῶς ἀκούετε	1	so be careful how you listen	The phrase be careful does not mean that listening is dangerous. Rather, it means that people should listen carefully, because, as Jesus has just said, God wants to reveal spiritual secrets. Alternate translation: “so make sure that you listen well” or “so listen carefully and reflect on what you hear”
1285	LUK	8	18	l421	figs-explicit	ὃς ἂν…ἔχῃ, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	whoever has, it will be given to him	The implication in context is that the phrase whoever has, it will be given to him refers to understanding and believing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever seeks sincerely to understand will be given more understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1286	LUK	8	18	bq9f	figs-activepassive	ὃς ἂν…ἔχῃ, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	whoever has, it will be given to him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whoever seeks sincerely to understand will understand better” or “God will give greater understanding to anyone who seeks sincerely to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1287	LUK	8	18	l422	figs-explicit	καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ ἔχῃ, καὶ ὃ δοκεῖ ἔχειν ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	whoever does not have, even what he thinks he has will be taken away from him	The implication once again is that the phrase whoever does not have, even what he thinks he has will be taken away from him refers to understanding and believing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But whoever does not have understanding, even what understanding he thinks he has will be taken away from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1288	LUK	8	18	ihh9	figs-activepassive	καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ ἔχῃ, καὶ ὃ δοκεῖ ἔχειν ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	whoever does not have, even what he thinks he has will be taken away from him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whoever presumes that he already understands will understand less and less” or “God will not give greater understanding to anyone who presumes that he already understands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1289	LUK	8	19	l423	grammar-connect-time-sequential	δὲ	1	Then	Luke uses then to introduce a new event and to indicate that it came after the event he has just described. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1290	LUK	8	19	dw3m	translate-kinship	οἱ ἀδελφοὶ	1	his brothers	These were Jesus' younger brothers. They were sons of Mary and Joseph. Since the Father of Jesus was God, and their father was Joseph, they were actually his half-brothers. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for “younger brother,” you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
1291	LUK	8	20	wr4t	figs-activepassive	ἀπηγγέλη…αὐτῷ	1	it was reported to him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. The subject should be plural, since in the next verse Jesus responds to “them.” Alternate translation: “people told him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1292	LUK	8	20	l424	figs-you	σου…σου…σε	1	your … your … you	Since the person who said this was speaking to Jesus alone, your and you are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1293	LUK	8	20	un5d		ἰδεῖν θέλοντές σε	1	wanting to see you	Alternate translation: “and they would like to see you”
1294	LUK	8	21	l425	figs-hendiadys	ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς	1	But answering he said to them	Together the two words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to the information that people gave him. Alternate translation: “But Jesus responded to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1295	LUK	8	21	b97u	figs-metaphor	μήτηρ μου καὶ ἀδελφοί μου, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀκούοντες καὶ ποιοῦντες	1	My mother and my brothers are those who hear and do the word of God	Jesus means figuratively that people who believe and obey the message from God become like a family to one another. Alternate translation: “Those who hear the word of God and obey it are like a mother and brothers to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1296	LUK	8	21	edk3	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the word of God	Jesus uses the term word figuratively to refer to the message from God that people share by using words. Alternate translation: “the message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1297	LUK	8	22	l426	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1298	LUK	8	22	l427	figs-idiom	ἐν μιᾷ τῶν ἡμερῶν	1	on one of those days	Luke uses the term days figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “around that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1299	LUK	8	22	l428	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ αὐτὸς ἐνέβη εἰς πλοῖον καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, διέλθωμεν εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς λίμνης	1	both he and his disciples got into a boat, and he said to them, “Let us go over to the other side of the lake”	It seems unlikely that Jesus and his disciples would have gotten into a boat before they were planning to sail somewhere. So here Luke is probably describing the result before the reason. If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to his disciples, ‘Let us go over to the other side of the lake.’ So they all got into a boat together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1300	LUK	8	22	w1pk	translate-names	τῆς λίμνης	1	the lake	This means the Lake of Genneseret, which is also called the Sea of Galilee. But since Jesus would have referred to it simply as “the lake” while he and his disciples were on it, you do not need to use the proper name in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1301	LUK	8	22	btk8	figs-idiom	ἀνήχθησαν	1	they put out	This expression means that they began to travel across the lake in their boat. Alternate translation: “they headed out across the lake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1302	LUK	8	23	vh2v		πλεόντων…αὐτῶν	1	as they voyaged	The term voyaged means that Jesus and the disciples traveled by water. Alternate translation: “as they traveled across the lake”
1303	LUK	8	23	sf8z	writing-pronouns	ἀφύπνωσεν	1	he fell asleep	The pronoun he refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus began to sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1304	LUK	8	23	mdb5	figs-idiom	κατέβη λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου εἰς τὴν λίμνην	1	a windstorm came down on the lake	Luke says came down because these winds blew down from the hills surrounding the lake. Alternate translation: “very strong winds suddenly began to blow on the lake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1305	LUK	8	23	l429	figs-metonymy	συνεπληροῦντο	1	they were being filled	Luke says they, meaning the disciples, to refer figuratively by association to the boat they were in. Alternate translation: “the boat was being filled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1306	LUK	8	23	l430	figs-activepassive	συνεπληροῦντο	1	they were being filled	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what was doing the action. Alternate translation: “water started to fill up their boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1307	LUK	8	23	uki7	figs-explicit	συνεπληροῦντο	1	they were being filled	The implication is that the strong winds were causing high waves that pushed water over the sides of the boat, and that this water was filling the boat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the strong winds were causing high waves that pushed water over the sides of their boat, so that the water began to fill it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1308	LUK	8	24	l432		Ἐπιστάτα	1	Master	Master is the title by which disciples addressed their teacher in this culture. If your language and culture have a similar term, you can use it here in your translation.
1309	LUK	8	24	l431		λέγοντες, Ἐπιστάτα, Ἐπιστάτα, ἀπολλύμεθα!	1	saying, “Master! Master! We are perishing!”	The repetition indicates that the disciples called to Jesus urgently and continually. Alternate translation: “crying out continually, ‘Master! We’re going to die!’”
1310	LUK	8	24	l433	figs-exclusive	ἀπολλύμεθα	1	We are perishing	Since the disciples want Jesus to understand that he is in danger too, the word we would include him. Alternate translation: “We’re all going to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1311	LUK	8	24	uhe4		ἐπετίμησεν	1	rebuked	Alternate translation: “spoke sharply to”
1312	LUK	8	24	t1yy	figs-explicitinfo	τῷ κλύδωνι, τοῦ ὕδατος	1	the waves of the water	In your language, it might seem that the wording here expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you can abbreviate it. However, you could also translate this as expressing emphasis. Alternate translation: “the waves” or “the violent waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
1313	LUK	8	24	v1c3	figs-parallelism	ἐπαύσαντο καὶ ἐγένετο γαλήνη	1	they ceased, and there was a calm	These two phrases mean similar things. Luke uses the repetition to emphasize what great power Jesus demonstrated. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. However, you could also translate both phrases and show how the second expresses the results of the first. Alternate translation: “the storm ended” or “the storm ended, so that the lake became calm again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1314	LUK	8	25	d8c3	figs-rquestion	ποῦ ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν?	1	Where is your faith?	Jesus does not expect his disciples to tell him where their faith is. Rather, he is using the question form to correct them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should have trusted God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1315	LUK	8	25	wjv3		τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ τοῖς ἀνέμοις ἐπιτάσσει καὶ τῷ ὕδατι, καὶ ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ?	1	Who then is this, that he commands even the winds and the water, and they obey him?	If it would be clearer in your language, you could turn this into two sentences, one asking the question, and the other giving the reason for the question. Alternate translation: “Who then is this? He commands even the winds and the water, and they obey him!”
1316	LUK	8	25	f2wp		τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν	1	Who then is this	This is a genuine question, not a statement in question form. The disciples are looking for information about what kind of person Jesus could be if he can do this. Alternate translation: “What kind of man is this”
1317	LUK	8	25	l434	figs-metonymy	τῷ ὕδατι	1	the water	The disciples are figuratively describing the violent waves that had threatened the boat by reference to the water that these waves arose from. Alternate translation: “the waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1318	LUK	8	26	f17p	translate-names	τὴν χώραν τῶν Γερασηνῶν	1	the region of the Gerasenes	The name Gerasenes refers to people from the city of Gerasa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1319	LUK	8	26	p9zp		ἀντιπέρα τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1	opposite Galilee	“on the other side of the lake from Galilee”
1320	LUK	8	27	l435	figs-ellipsis	ἐξελθόντι…αὐτῷ	1	when he came out	Here Luke is writing in a compact way. He means that Jesus came out of the boat. Alternate translation: “when Jesus got out of the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1321	LUK	8	27	hjh5	writing-participants	ἀνήρ τις ἐκ τῆς πόλεως	1	a certain man from the city	This phrase introduces a new character in a story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “a man who was from the city of Gerasa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1322	LUK	8	27	ji6p		ἔχων δαιμόνια	1	who had demons	Alternate translation: “who was controlled by demons” or “whom demons controlled”
1323	LUK	8	27	xhw7	writing-background	καὶ χρόνῳ ἱκανῷ	1	And for a long time	Luke uses this phrase to introduce background information about the man who had demons. Alternate translation: “Now for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1324	LUK	8	27	we6n	translate-unknown	τοῖς μνήμασιν	1	the tombs	The term the tombs refers to places in which people laid to rest the bodies of loved ones who have died. In this context it may possibly mean caves cut into the rock or small buildings that the man could use for shelter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1325	LUK	8	28	ip59	writing-pronouns	ἰδὼν…τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	when he saw Jesus	The pronoun he refers to the man who had demons. Alternate translation: “when the man whom the demons controlled saw Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1326	LUK	8	28	n4ex		ἀνακράξας	1	he cried out	Alternate translation: “he screamed” or “he shrieked”
1327	LUK	8	28	fak9	translate-symaction	προσέπεσεν αὐτῷ	1	fell down before him	Be sure that it is clear in your translation that the man did not fall down accidentally. Rather, bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a sign of humility and respect for him. Alternate translation: “respectfully bowed down at Jesus’ feet” or “respectfully lay down on the ground in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1328	LUK	8	28	m21e	figs-idiom	φωνῇ μεγάλῃ εἶπεν	1	said in a loud voice	This is an idiom that means the man raised the volume of his voice. Alternate translation: “shouted out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1329	LUK	8	28	lv2b	figs-idiom	τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί	1	What to me and to you	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “What do you and I have in common” or “What reason do you have to get involved with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1330	LUK	8	28	l436	figs-rquestion	τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί	1	What to me and to you?	The man is using the question form to insist on something urgently. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You and I have nothing in common!” or “You have no reason to get involved with me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1331	LUK	8	28	ptt1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου	1	Son of the Most High God	Son of the Most High God is an important title for Jesus. See how you translated the expression the Most High in 1:32. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1332	LUK	8	29	l437	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	Luke is giving the reason for the result he described in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The man said this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1333	LUK	8	29	l438	translate-versebridge	παρήγγειλεν γὰρ τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἀκαθάρτῳ ἐξελθεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1	he had commanded the unclean spirit to come out from the man	If your language would put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge and put this sentence in 8:28, after the man bows down to Jesus but before he speaks, changing the tense of the verb to fit the context. You could also put the next sentence in this verse at the end of 8:27. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
1334	LUK	8	29	l439	writing-background	πολλοῖς γὰρ χρόνοις	1	For many times	Luke uses this phrase to introduce further background information about what the demon had done to the man before Jesus met him. Alternate translation: “Many times in the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1335	LUK	8	29	j3yj	figs-events	πολλοῖς γὰρ χρόνοις συνηρπάκει αὐτόν, καὶ ἐδεσμεύετο ἁλύσεσιν καὶ πέδαις, φυλασσόμενος	1	For many times it had seized him, and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Luke appears to be describing how the demon would seize the man after he was bound and while he was being guarded. Alternate translation: “For though he was bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard, many times it had seized him” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events)
1336	LUK	8	29	bxz4	figs-activepassive	ἐδεσμεύετο ἁλύσεσιν καὶ πέδαις, φυλασσόμενος, καὶ διαρήσσων τὰ δεσμὰ	1	he was bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard, and breaking his bonds	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation (no comma following): “though the people in the area had bound him with chains and shackles and kept him under guard, he would break his bonds and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1337	LUK	8	29	bey5	figs-activepassive	ἠλαύνετο ὑπὸ τοῦ δαιμονίου	1	he would be driven by the demon	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the demon would make him go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1338	LUK	8	30	l440	figs-you	σοι	1	your	Since Luke indicates in the previous verse that Jesus is speaking to the unclean spirit here, your is singular, even though the demon responds that he is speaking for “many,” and even though in the following verses Luke says they and them for the multiple demons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1339	LUK	8	30	p31w	translate-names	λεγεών	1	Legion	Translate the word Legion with a word in your language that refers to a large number of soldiers. Show that this was the name of the demon by using the convention in your language for proper names. Alternate translation: “Army” or “Battalion” or “Brigade” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1340	LUK	8	31	qcn1		παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν	1	they were begging him	Alternate translation: “the demons kept begging Jesus”
1341	LUK	8	31	l441	translate-unknown	τὴν Ἄβυσσον	1	the abyss	The term abyss literally means a bottomless pit, and here it describes a place of punishment. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate the term with an explanatory phrase, as UST does, saying “the deep pit where God punishes demons.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1342	LUK	8	32	b3vt	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ἐκεῖ ἀγέλη χοίρων ἱκανῶν βοσκομένη ἐν τῷ ὄρει	1	Now a large herd of pigs was there feeding on the hillside	Luke supplies this background information to help readers understand what happens next. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1343	LUK	8	32	q8w5		ἦν…ἐκεῖ…βοσκομένη ἐν τῷ ὄρει	1	was there feeding on the hillside	Alternate translation: “was nearby eating grass on the side of a hill”
1344	LUK	8	32	l442	writing-pronouns	παρεκάλεσαν αὐτὸν ἵνα ἐπιτρέψῃ αὐτοῖς εἰς ἐκείνους εἰσελθεῖν	1	they begged him to permit them go into them	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could clarify who and what these pronouns refer to. Alternate translation: “the demons begged Jesus to let them go into the pigs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1345	LUK	8	32	l443		καὶ ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς	1	And he gave them permission	Luke does not say specifically why Jesus allowed the demons to go into the pigs. But Jesus did not necessarily do so because the demons begged him. He may have had other reasons of his own. So it would probably be best to translate this in a neutral way, as ULT and UST both do, rather than beginning with a word such as “So,” which would imply that Jesus agreed to this because the demons begged him.
1346	LUK	8	33	na38	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐξελθόντα δὲ τὰ δαιμόνια	1	Then the demons came out	The term translated as then could mean that the demons came of out the man because Jesus told them they could go into the pigs. You could begin this sentence with the word so, as UST does, to show that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1347	LUK	8	33	gz5x		ὥρμησεν	1	rushed	Alternate translation: “ran very fast”
1348	LUK	8	33	ja6x	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἀπεπνίγη	1	and was drowned	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. You do not need to specify someone who did this action to the pigs, because no one caused them to drown once they were in the water. Alternate translation: “and drowned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1349	LUK	8	34	l444	figs-merism	εἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀγρούς	1	in the city and in the countryside	Here Luke uses a figure of speech to refer to that whole region by naming the two constituent parts of it. Alternate translation: “throughout the whole area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1350	LUK	8	34	l445	figs-explicit	εἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀγρούς	1	in the city and in the countryside	You could also translate this more literally. The implication is that this means the city of Gerasa, since Luke says in 8:29 that Jesus and his disciples came to the region where this city was located. Alternate translation: “in the city of Gerasa and in the surrounding countryside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1351	LUK	8	35	l446	figs-explicit	ἐξῆλθον	1	they went out	Here, as well as in the other two instances in this verse, they refers to the people of that region, as in 8:37. The term went out indicates the remote area where the man had been living. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say those things explicitly. Alternate translation: “people from all over that region went out to that remote area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1352	LUK	8	35	ju71		εὗραν…τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἀφ’ οὗ τὰ δαιμόνια ἐξῆλθεν	1	found the man from whom the demons had gone out	Alternate translation: “saw the man whom the demons had left”
1353	LUK	8	35	l447	figs-activepassive	ἱματισμένον	1	clothed	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wearing clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1354	LUK	8	35	w3tq		σωφρονοῦντα	1	being sound-minded	Alternate translation: “behaving normally”
1355	LUK	8	35	x9lp	figs-idiom	καθήμενον…παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	sitting at the feet of Jesus	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “sitting on the ground in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1356	LUK	8	35	j89t	figs-explicit	ἐφοβήθησαν	1	they were afraid	The implication is that they were afraid of what else such a powerful person as Jesus might do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they were afraid of what else Jesus might do, since they recognized what great power he had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1357	LUK	8	36	xtf3	figs-ellipsis	οἱ ἰδόντες	1	those who had seen	Alternate translation: “those who had seen what had happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1358	LUK	8	36	kv18	figs-activepassive	ἐσώθη ὁ δαιμονισθείς	1	the one who had been possessed by demons had been saved	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say both of these things with active forms. Alternate translation: “Jesus had delivered the man from the demons who had controlled him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1359	LUK	8	37	l448	figs-hyperbole	ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος τῆς περιχώρου	1	all the multitude of the region	This phrase means “everyone who lived in that area.” It is a generalization for emphasis, since every single resident of that region did not make this request. Rather, this was the general request of the crowd that came out to see what had happened. Alternate translation: “the crowd that had gathered from the region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1360	LUK	8	37	ai7m		τῆς περιχώρου τῶν Γερασηνῶν	1	the region of the Gerasenes	Alternate translation: “the area where the Gerasene people lived”
1361	LUK	8	37	l449	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι φόβῳ μεγάλῳ συνείχοντο	1	for they were seized by great fear	If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this phrase first in the sentence, since it gives the reason for the result that the rest of the sentence describes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1362	LUK	8	37	jbh5	figs-activepassive	φόβῳ μεγάλῳ συνείχοντο	1	they were seized by great fear	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1363	LUK	8	37	l450	figs-personification	φόβῳ μεγάλῳ συνείχοντο	1	they were seized by great fear	Luke speaks of this fear figuratively as if it were something that could actively take hold of these people. Alternate translation: “they became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1364	LUK	8	37	l451	figs-synecdoche	αὐτὸς δὲ ἐμβὰς, εἰς πλοῖον	1	he got into the boat	Luke figuratively says he, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples got into the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1365	LUK	8	37	ue8c	figs-explicit	ὑπέστρεψεν	1	to return	The implication is that Jesus and his disciples were going to return to Galilee. Alternate translation: “to go back across the lake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1366	LUK	8	38	s25w	figs-events	δὲ	1	And	The events in this verse and the next verse happened before Jesus left in the boat. It may be helpful to state that clearly at the beginning here. Alternate translation (followed by comma): “Before Jesus and his disciples left,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
1367	LUK	8	38	l452	figs-quotations	ἐδεῖτο…αὐτοῦ…εἶναι σὺν αὐτῷ	1	begged him to be with him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a direct quotation, as UST does, breaking the sentence here. Alternate translation: “pleaded with Jesus, ‘Let me go with you!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1368	LUK	8	38	abce	writing-pronouns	ἀπέλυσεν δὲ αὐτὸν	1	he sent him away	The pronounhe refers to Jesus, and the word him refers to the man. Alternate translation: “Jesus sent the man away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1369	LUK	8	39	zl3v	figs-metonymy	τὸν οἶκόν σου	1	your house	Jesus is using the word house figuratively to mean the people who live in the man’s house. Alternate translation: “your household” or “your family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1370	LUK	8	39	c9nh		διηγοῦ ὅσα σοι ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεός	1	describe all that God has done for you	Alternate translation: “tell them everything about what God has done for you”
1371	LUK	8	39	l453	figs-explicit	καθ’ ὅλην τὴν πόλιν	1	throughout the whole city	The implication is that this means the city of Gerasa, since Luke says in 8:29 that Jesus and his disciples came to the region where this city was located. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throughout the whole city of Gerasa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1372	LUK	8	40	l454	figs-synecdoche	ἐν δὲ τῷ ὑποστρέφειν τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	Now when Jesus returned	Luke figuratively says he, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Now when Jesus returned with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1373	LUK	8	40	yd57	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀπεδέξατο αὐτὸν ὁ ὄχλος; ἦσαν γὰρ πάντες προσδοκῶντες αὐτόν	1	the crowd welcomed him, for they were all expecting him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the results that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “the crowd had been expecting him, and so they greeted him joyfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1374	LUK	8	41	l455	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses behold to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1375	LUK	8	41	l456	writing-participants	ἦλθεν ἀνὴρ ᾧ ὄνομα Ἰάειρος	1	a man came whose name was Jairus	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was man whose name was Jairus, and he came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1376	LUK	8	41	l457	translate-names	Ἰάειρος	1	Jairus	Jairus is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1377	LUK	8	41	avi8		ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς	1	a ruler of the synagogue	Alternate translation: “one of the leaders at the local synagogue” or “a leader of the people who met at the synagogue in that city”
1378	LUK	8	41	epa2	translate-symaction	πεσὼν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Ἰησοῦ	1	falling at the feet of Jesus	Be sure that it is clear in your translation that Jairus did not fall down accidentally. Rather, bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a sign of humility and respect for him. Alternate translation: “respectfully bowed down at Jesus’ feet” or “respectfully lay down on the ground in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1379	LUK	8	42	kq2v	figs-explicit	ἀπέθνῃσκεν	1	was dying	The implication is that Jairus wanted Jesus to heal her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “was about to die, and he wanted Jesus to heal her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1380	LUK	8	42	ymb1	figs-explicit	ἐν δὲ τῷ ὑπάγειν αὐτὸν	1	And as he was going	You may need to say first in your language that Jesus had agreed to go with Jairus. You could put that information in a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “So Jesus agreed to go with him. Now as he was on his way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1381	LUK	8	42	l458	writing-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1382	LUK	8	42	kw2y		οἱ ὄχλοι συνέπνιγον αὐτόν	1	the crowds were crowding around him	Alternate translation: “the people were crowding tightly around Jesus”
1383	LUK	8	43	l7pu	writing-participants	γυνὴ οὖσα	1	there was a woman	This introduces a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1384	LUK	8	43	h9uq	figs-euphemism	ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος	1	with a flow of blood	Luke uses the phrase a flow of blood refers to her condition discreetly by using a mild expression. She was probably bleeding from her womb even when it was not the normal time for that. If your language has a polite way of referring to this condition, you can use that expression here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1385	LUK	8	43	l459	translate-textvariants	ἰατροῖς προσαναλώσασα ὅλον τὸν βίον	1	having spent all her living on doctors	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this phrase in your translation. The note below discusses a translation issue in this phrase for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1386	LUK	8	43	l460	figs-metonymy	ὅλον τὸν βίον	1	all her living	This phrase uses the term living figuratively to mean the money that was needed for living. Alternate translation: “all of her money” or “all the money she had to live on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1387	LUK	8	43	zb4a	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἴσχυσεν ἀπ’ οὐδενὸς θεραπευθῆναι	1	was not able to be healed by anyone	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom no one had been able to heal” or, if you include the phrase from the textual variant, “who had spent all of her money on doctors, but none of them had been able to heal her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1388	LUK	8	44	vwe6	translate-unknown	ἥψατο τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ	1	touched the edge of his cloak	Jewish men wore tassels on the edges of their robes, as commanded in God’s Law. The woman likely touched one of those tassles. Alternate translation: “touched a tassel on his robe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1389	LUK	8	45	c3wm	figs-explicit	οἱ ὄχλοι συνέχουσίν σε καὶ ἀποθλίβουσιν	1	the crowds are crowding around and pressing against you	By saying this, Peter was implying that anyone could have touched Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there are many people crowding around you and pressing in against you, so any one of them might have touched you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1390	LUK	8	45	l461	figs-doublet	συνέχουσίν σε καὶ ἀποθλίβουσιν	1	crowding around and pressing against you	These two expressions mean similar things. Peter is using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “pressing against you from every side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1391	LUK	8	46	u6am	figs-explicit	ἥψατό μού τις	1	Someone touched me	The implication is that Jesus means someone reached out and touched him intentionally. He is not referring to the accidental jostling of the crowd. Alternate translation: “Someone deliberately touched me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1392	LUK	8	46	zmu9	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ…ἔγνων δύναμιν ἐξεληλυθυῖαν ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	I know power has gone out from me	Jesus did not lose power or become weak. Rather, he recognized that power had gone out from him and healed someone. Alternate translation: “I felt power go out from me and heal someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1393	LUK	8	47	cwn4	figs-explicit	ὅτι οὐκ ἔλαθεν	1	that she could not hide	The implication is that she could not hide the fact that she had touched Jesus deliberately. Alternate translation: “that she could not keep it a secret that she was the one who had touched Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1394	LUK	8	47	vua6	figs-explicit	τρέμουσα ἦλθεν	1	she came trembling	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the implicit reason why she was trembling. Alternate translation: “she came trembling with fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1395	LUK	8	47	vxl7	translate-symaction	προσπεσοῦσα αὐτῷ	1	fell down before him	Be sure that it is clear in your translation that the woman did not fall down accidentally. Rather, bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a sign of humility and respect for him. Alternate translation: “respectfully bowed down in front of Jesus” or “respectfully lay down on the ground in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1396	LUK	8	47	l462	figs-activepassive	ἰάθη	1	she had been healed	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “she had become healthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1397	LUK	8	48	v4m9	figs-idiom	θύγατερ	1	Daughter	This was a kind way of speaking to a woman. Your language may have another way of expressing the same kindness. Alternate translation: “My dear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1398	LUK	8	48	uja4	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	your faith has saved you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun faith with a verb such as “believe.” Alternate translation: “because you believed, you have become well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1399	LUK	8	48	l463	figs-personification	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	your faith has saved you	Jesus speaks figuratively of the woman’s faith as if it had actively healed her. He means that it provided the conditions for the healing that she received from God. Alternate translation: “because you believed, you have become well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1400	LUK	8	48	l464		ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	your faith has saved you	In this context, the word saved has a specific meaning. Alternate translation: “because you believed, you have become well”
1401	LUK	8	48	ch7m	figs-idiom	πορεύου εἰς εἰρήνην	1	Go in peace	This is a way of saying goodbye and giving a blessing at the same time. Alternate translation: “May God give you peace as you go” or “As you go, do not worry anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1402	LUK	8	49	m58z	figs-explicit	ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος	1	While he was still speaking	This refers implicitly to what Jesus was saying in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “While Jesus was still saying these things to the woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1403	LUK	8	49	l465		ἔρχεταί τις	1	someone comes	To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “someone came”
1404	LUK	8	49	deu3	figs-metonymy	τις παρὰ τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου	1	someone from the synagogue leader	This does not mean someone whom Jairus sent, since Jairus was with Jesus. Rather, this means someone who had been at his house watching over his daughter with the others. Alternate translation: “someone who had been at the home of Jairus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1405	LUK	8	49	id9v	figs-explicit	μηκέτι σκύλλε τὸν διδάσκαλον	1	Do not trouble the Teacher any longer	This statement implies that Jesus will not be able to do anything to help, since the girl is dead. Alternate translation: “There is nothing more that Jesus can do for you, so do not make him come to your house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1406	LUK	8	49	n6ez		τὸν διδάσκαλον	1	the Teacher	Teacher is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
1407	LUK	8	50	l466	writing-pronouns	ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ	1	he answered him	The pronoun he refers to Jesus, and the pronoun him refers to Jairus, not the messenger. Jesus did not respond directly to the messenger. Rather, he reassured Jairus, despite the news. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to Jairus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1408	LUK	8	50	ej1b		σωθήσεται	1	she will be saved	In this context, the word saved has a specific meaning, comparable in this context to the meaning “healed.” Alternate translation: “she will come back to life”
1409	LUK	8	50	l467	figs-activepassive	σωθήσεται	1	she will be saved	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “she will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1410	LUK	8	51	gl9g	figs-synecdoche	ἐλθὼν δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν	1	when he came to the house	Luke figuratively says he, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group that was coming with Jesus, which included his disciples and Jairus and likely others. Alternate translation: “when they arrived at the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1411	LUK	8	51	qal2	grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐκ ἀφῆκεν…τινα…εἰ μὴ	1	he did not allow anyone … except	If, in your language, it would appear that Luke was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Jesus only allowed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
1412	LUK	8	51	i4v1		τὸν πατέρα τῆς παιδὸς	1	the father of the child	The phrase the father of the child refers to Jairus. Alternate translation: “Jairus, the girl’s father”
1413	LUK	8	52	tt9v	translate-symaction	ἔκλαιον…πάντες καὶ ἐκόπτοντο αὐτήν	1	they were all wailing and mourning for her	This was the customary way of showing grief in that culture. The term that ULT translates as mourning could mean that the people were pounding on their chests as a sign of grief, although Luke uses a much more specific expression to say that directly in 18:13. If you think your readers might not understand the significance of these actions, you could explain generally what the people were doing. Or you could describe the actions and say why the people were doing them. Alternate translation: “they were all loudly expressing their grief” or “all the people there were wailing and pounding on their chests to show how sad they were that the girl had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1414	LUK	8	52	l468		οὐ…ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει	1	she has not died, but sleeps	Alternate translation: “she is not dead, she is only sleeping”
1415	LUK	8	53	nu8w	writing-pronouns	κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ, εἰδότες ὅτι ἀπέθανεν	1	laughed at him, knowing that she had died	Alternate translation: “they laughed at Jesus because they knew that Jairus’s daughter had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1416	LUK	8	54	e7zt	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸς…κρατήσας τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῆς	1	he, taking hold of her hand	Alternate translation: “Jesus took hold of the girl’s hand and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1417	LUK	8	54	l469	figs-imperative	ἔγειρε	1	arise	This was not a command that the girl was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused her to be raised from the dead. Alternate translation: “your life is restored, so get up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1418	LUK	8	55	k6w2	figs-explicit	ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτῆς	1	her spirit returned	The people of this time considered life to be the result of the spirit coming into a person. You could express this in the way that would be most meaningful in your culture. Alternate translation: “she started breathing again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1419	LUK	8	56	c6mp		μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν	1	to tell no one	If it would be clearer in your language, you could make the verb negative and the subject positive. Alternate translation: “not to tell anyone”
1420	LUK	9	intro	uc1r			0		Luke 9 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus sends his 12 apostles to teach and heal (9:1-9) Jesus miraculously feeds 5,000 people (9:10-17) Jesus speaks with his disciples about who he is (9:18-27) The glory of Jesus is revealed on a mountaintop (9:28-36) Jesus drives a demon out of a boy (9:37-43) Jesus speaks about being his disciple (9:44-50) Jesus begins to travel to Jerusalem (9:51-62) Special concepts in this chapter Elijah God had promised the Jews that the prophet Elijah would return before the Messiah came. So some people who saw Jesus do miracles thought Jesus was Elijah (9:9, 9:19). He was not. However, Elijah did come to earth to speak with Jesus (9:30). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/elijah]]) Glory Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Luke says in this chapter that Jesus’ clothing shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Paradox A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “Whoever would save his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life for my sake will save it” (9:24). “Receiving” This word appears several times in this chapter and means different things. When Jesus says, “If someone receives a little child like this in my name, he also is receiving me, and if someone receives me, he is also receiving the one who sent me” (9:48), he is speaking of people serving the child. When Luke says, “the people there did not receive him” (9:53), he means that the people did not believe in or accept Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
1421	LUK	9	1	l470	figs-nominaladj	συνκαλεσάμενος…τοὺς δώδεκα	1	when he had called the Twelve together	See how you translated this in 8:1. You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective the Twelve with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “when he had called together his 12 apostles” or “when he had called together the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1422	LUK	9	1	l471	translate-names	τοὺς δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	You may have decided instead in 8:1 to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1423	LUK	9	1	zqq6	figs-doublet	δύναμιν καὶ ἐξουσίαν	1	power and authority	Power and authority mean similar things. Luke uses them together to show that Jesus gave his 12 disciples both the ability and the right to heal people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this phrase with a combination of words that includes both of these ideas. Alternate translation: “the right to use power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1424	LUK	9	1	fuj7		πάντα τὰ δαιμόνια	1	all the demons	This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: “every demon” or “every kind of demon”
1425	LUK	9	1	h8ql		νόσους θεραπεύειν	1	to cure diseases	Alternate translation: “to heal people of their sicknesses”
1426	LUK	9	2	j5n3		ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς	1	sent them out	Your language may require you to say where Jesus sent the disciples. Alternate translation: “sent them to various places” or “told them to go to various places”
1427	LUK	9	2	l472	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate this phrase in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God would rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1428	LUK	9	3	m7c5		καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς	1	And he said to them	It may be helpful to state that Jesus said these things to the disciples before they went out. Alternate translation: “Before the 12 disciples left, Jesus said to them”
1429	LUK	9	3	aui6		μηδὲν αἴρετε	1	Take nothing	If it would be clearer in your language, you could make the verb negative and the subject positive. Alternate translation: “Do not bring anything”
1430	LUK	9	3	l473	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὴν ὁδόν	1	for the road	Jesus uses the term road figuratively to refer to the journey that his disciples will make by traveling along roads. Alternate translation: “for your journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1431	LUK	9	3	qm2p	translate-unknown	ῥάβδον	1	staff	The term staff means a large stick that people used for balance when climbing or when walking on uneven ground, and also for defense against animals and people. Alternate translation: “walking stick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1432	LUK	9	3	pp64	translate-unknown	πήραν	1	bag	The team bag means something a traveler would use to carry things that were needed on a journey. Alternate translation: “knapsack” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1433	LUK	9	3	n237	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1	bread	Jesus figuratively uses one kind of food, bread, to represent food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1434	LUK	9	3	l474	figs-metonymy	ἀργύριον	1	silver	Jesus figuratively uses a means by which value is stored and exchanged, silver, to represent money by association. Alternate translation: “money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1435	LUK	9	3	l475	figs-litotes	μήτε δύο χιτῶνας ἔχειν	1	nor have two tunics	Here Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. When he says that these men should not each have two tunics, he means that they each should only have one tunic. Alternate translation: “and do not bring an extra tunic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1436	LUK	9	4	kyw3	figs-explicit	εἰς ἣν ἂν οἰκίαν εἰσέλθητε	1	whatever house you enter into	The implication is that the disciples can enter a house because the people living there have welcomed them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “any house where you are welcomed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1437	LUK	9	4	sa5w		ἐκεῖ μένετε	1	stay there	Alternate translation: “stay in that same house”
1438	LUK	9	4	ksb3		καὶ ἐκεῖθεν ἐξέρχεσθε	1	and go out from there	Alternate translation: “until you leave that place”
1439	LUK	9	5	ux5m		καὶ ὅσοι ἂν μὴ δέχωνται ὑμᾶς, ἐξερχόμενοι	1	And wherever they do not receive you, when you go out	It may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “Here is what you should do in any town where people do not receive you. When you leave”
1440	LUK	9	5	ze2w	translate-symaction	τὸν κονιορτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν ἀποτινάσσετε	1	shake off the dust from your feet	This action was an expression of strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the dust of a town to remain on them. If there is a similar gesture in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1441	LUK	9	5	l476		εἰς μαρτύριον ἐπ’ αὐτούς	1	as a testimony against them	Alternate translation: “as a warning to them”
1442	LUK	9	6	afj9		ἐξερχόμενοι	1	they went out	Alternate translation: “they left the place were Jesus was”
1443	LUK	9	6	ycy4	figs-hyperbole	θεραπεύοντες πανταχοῦ	1	healing everywhere	Luke says everywhere as a figurative generalization. Alternate translation: “healing wherever they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1444	LUK	9	7	z45t	writing-background	δὲ Ἡρῴδης	1	And Herod	This phrase marks a break in the main story line. Luke is giving background information about Herod. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile, Herod” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1445	LUK	9	7	s2k4	translate-unknown	Ἡρῴδης ὁ τετράρχης	1	Herod the tetrarch	See how you translated the term tetrarch in 3:1 Alternate translation: “Herod, who ruled the region of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1446	LUK	9	7	c4vy		διηπόρει	1	he was perplexed	Alternate translation: “he was confused” or “he could not understand”
1447	LUK	9	7	tcp1	figs-activepassive	διὰ τὸ λέγεσθαι ὑπό τινων	1	because it was said by some	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “because some people were saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1448	LUK	9	7	l477	figs-explicit	ὅτι Ἰωάννης ἠγέρθη ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	that John had risen from the dead	Luke reports in 3:20 that Herod put John in prison. When John sends messengers to Jesus in 7:18-19, he does this from prison. But by this point in the story, John is dead, because Herod has executed him. Luke assumes that his readers will know that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could tell them explicitly. Alternate translation: “that John the Baptist, whom Herod had executed, had risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1449	LUK	9	7	l478	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1	John	Luke assumes that his readers will know he is referring to John the Baptist. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1450	LUK	9	8	l479	figs-ellipsis	ὑπό τινων δὲ, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐφάνη	1	and by some that Elijah had appeared	The expression it was said carries forward from the previous verse and applies to this phrase. Alternate translation: “and it was said by some that Elijah had appeared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1451	LUK	9	8	l480	figs-activepassive	ἄλλων δὲ, ὅτι προφήτης τις τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη	1	and by some that Elijah had appeared	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and some people were saying that Elijah had appeared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1452	LUK	9	8	ekf7	figs-ellipsis	ἄλλων δὲ, ὅτι προφήτης τις τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη	1	but by others that one of the ancient prophets had risen from the dead	The expression it was said also applies to this phrase. Alternate translation: “but it was said by others that one of the prophets from long ago had come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1453	LUK	9	8	l481	figs-activepassive	ἄλλων δὲ, ὅτι προφήτης τις τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη	1	but by others that one of the ancient prophets had risen from the dead	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form as well. Alternate translation: “but others were saying that one of the prophets from long ago had come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1454	LUK	9	9	flw3	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννην ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα, τίς δέ ἐστιν οὗτος	1	I beheaded John, but who is this	Herod is assuming that it is impossible for John to have risen from the dead. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “It cannot be John, because I had his head cut off, so who is this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1455	LUK	9	9	r98f	figs-synecdoche	Ἰωάννην ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα	1	I beheaded John	Herod speaks of himself figuratively as the person who did this action, representing the entire group of people who were responsible for it. Herod’s soldiers would actually have carried out the execution, on his orders. Alternate translation: “I commanded my soldiers to cut off John’s head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1456	LUK	9	10	p7gf	figs-explicit	ὑποστρέψαντες, οἱ ἀπόστολοι	1	when the apostles returned	The implication is that the apostles returned to where Jesus was. Alternate translation: “when the apostles came back to where Jesus was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1457	LUK	9	10	aal8	figs-explicit	ὅσα ἐποίησαν	1	as much as they had done	The phrase as much as they had done refers to what they did when they went to the cities where Jesus sent them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “what had happened as they proclaimed the good news and healed the sick in the cities where Jesus had sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1458	LUK	9	10	l482	figs-activepassive	πόλιν καλουμένην Βηθσαϊδά	1	a city called Bethsaida	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a city whose name was Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1459	LUK	9	10	r2bq	translate-names	Βηθσαϊδά	1	Bethsaida	Bethsaida is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1460	LUK	9	11	l483	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate this phrase in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God would rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1461	LUK	9	12	btc8	writing-background	ἡ δὲ ἡμέρα ἤρξατο κλίνειν	1	And the day began to end	Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now it was getting towards the end of the day” or “Now the end of the day was approaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1462	LUK	9	12	l484	figs-nominaladj	οἱ δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	See how you translated this in 8:1. You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective Twelve with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1463	LUK	9	12	l485	translate-names	οἱ δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	You may have decided instead in 8:1 to translate this as a title, the Twelve, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1464	LUK	9	13	l486	figs-litotes	οὐκ εἰσὶν…πλεῖον ἢ	1	There are not more than	The disciples are figuratively expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “There are only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1465	LUK	9	13	tay4	translate-unknown	ἄρτοι πέντε	1	five loaves	This means loaves of bread, which are lumps of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. Alternate translation: “five loaves of bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1466	LUK	9	13	vuc1	figs-irony	εἰ μήτι πορευθέντες, ἡμεῖς ἀγοράσωμεν εἰς πάντα τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον βρώματα	1	unless we go and buy food for all these people	The disciples are not making a serious suggestion here. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. Alternate translation: “and we certainly cannot go and buy food for all these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
1467	LUK	9	14	c9z5	figs-explicit	ὡσεὶ ἄνδρες πεντακισχίλιοι	1	about 5,000 men	Luke assumes that readers will know that this number does not include the women and children who were likely also present. (This is not a case where a masculine term includes women.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “about 5,000 men, not counting the women and children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1468	LUK	9	14	v44h		κατακλίνατε αὐτοὺς	1	Have them recline to eat	Alternate translation: “Tell them to sit down to eat”
1469	LUK	9	15	l552	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1470	LUK	9	15	xq6k	figs-parallelism	ἐποίησαν οὕτως	1	thus they did, and made them all recline to eat	These two phrases the same thing. Luke is using repetition for clarity and perhaps, by drawing things out, to create some suspense about what will happen next. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “the disciples had all the people sit down as Jesus had instructed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1471	LUK	9	16	j39h		λαβὼν δὲ τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους	1	Then taking the five loaves	Alternate translation: “Then Jesus took the five loaves of bread”
1472	LUK	9	16	j8y3	figs-explicit	ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	looking up to heaven	This describes Jesus looking toward the sky. The Jews believed that heaven, the abode of God, was located above the sky. Alternate translation: “looking up beyond the sky towards God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1473	LUK	9	16	gm2v		εὐλόγησεν αὐτοὺς	1	he blessed them	The word them refers to the loaves of bread and the fish, not to the people who had sat down to eat. Alternate translation: “he gave thanks for the food”
1474	LUK	9	17	l5ml	figs-activepassive	ἔφαγον καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν πάντες	1	they all ate and were satisfied	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they all ate until they had had enough” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1475	LUK	9	17	l487	translate-unknown	κόφινοι	1	baskets	Here, baskets refers to containers made of woven material. In biblical times, baskets were often made from strong plant materials, such as peels of wood or reeds that grew near the water. If your readers would not be familiar with baskets, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “containers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1476	LUK	9	18	y5a5	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1477	LUK	9	18	l91t		προσευχόμενον κατὰ μόνας	1	praying alone	The disciples were with Jesus, but he was praying personally and privately by himself. Alternate translation: “praying by himself”
1478	LUK	9	19	l488	figs-hendiadys	οἱ…ἀποκριθέντες εἶπαν	1	answering they said	Together the two words answering and said mean that the disciples responded to the question that Jesus asked them. Alternate translation: “they responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1479	LUK	9	19	f2kh	figs-ellipsis	Ἰωάννην τὸν Βαπτιστήν, ἄλλοι δὲ, Ἠλείαν, ἄλλοι δὲ	1	John the Baptist, but others Elijah, and others	The disciples are answering Jesus in a compressed way, leaving out words that a sentence would ordinarily need to be complete. Alternate translation: “Some say that you are John the Baptist, but others say that you are Elijah, and others say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1480	LUK	9	19	ewu4	figs-explicit	ὅτι προφήτης τις τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη	1	that one of the ancient prophets has risen	It may be helpful to clarify how this answer relates to Jesus’ question. Alternate translation: “that you are one of the prophets from long ago who has come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1481	LUK	9	19	x3px	figs-explicit	ἀνέστη	1	has risen	This means risen from the dead. Alternate translation: “has come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1482	LUK	9	20	vy4u		εἶπεν δὲ αὐτοῖς	1	he said to them	Alternate translation: “Jesus said to his disciples”
1483	LUK	9	20	l489	figs-hendiadys	Πέτρος δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν	1	Then Peter answering said	Together the two words answering and said mean that Peter responded to the follow-up question that Jesus asked his disciples. Alternate translation: “Then Peter responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1484	LUK	9	20	l490	figs-explicit	τὸν Χριστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The Christ of God	Christ is the Greek word for “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “You are the Messiah whom God promised to send” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1485	LUK	9	21	z55q	figs-quotations	αὐτοῖς, παρήγγειλεν μηδενὶ λέγειν τοῦτο	1	commanding them to tell this to no one	If it would be clearer in your language, you could make the verb rather than the object negative. You could also express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “commanding them not to tell this to anyone” or “commanding them, ‘Do not tell this to anyone’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1486	LUK	9	22	m2v8	figs-123person	δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ παθεῖν	1	It is necessary for the Son of Man to suffer many things	Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, am going to have to suffer many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1487	LUK	9	22	l491	figs-explicit	δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ παθεῖν	1	It is necessary for the Son of Man to suffer many things	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, am going to have to suffer many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1488	LUK	9	22	j5k8	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, καὶ ἀρχιερέων, καὶ γραμματέων	1	and to be rejected by the elders and chief priests and scribes	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “The elders, chief priests, and scribes will reject him” or (if you translated in the first person) “The elders, chief priests, and scribes will reject me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1489	LUK	9	22	d5je	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι	1	and to be killed	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and they will kill him” or (if you translated in the first person) “and they will kill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1490	LUK	9	22	l492	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	and to be raised on the third day	This word at the beginning of this phrase indicates a contrast between what this phrase describes and what the previous phrases described. Alternate translation: “but he will be raised on the third day” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will be raised on the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1491	LUK	9	22	lw6f	figs-activepassive	καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	and to be raised on the third day	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “but he will come back to life on the third day” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will come back to life on the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1492	LUK	9	22	mfe8	translate-ordinal	καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	and to be raised on the third day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “but he will come back to life on day three” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will come back to life on day three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1493	LUK	9	22	l493	figs-idiom	καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	and to be raised on the third day	In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was thethird day. To make sure that this is clear to your readers, you may wish to use a different expression than “the third day” or “day three,” especially if, in your culture, this would mean one day longer than Jesus intends. Otherwise, your readers may be confused when they read later in the book that Jesus died on a Friday and came back to life on a Sunday, if that would be “the second day” or “day two” according to the way your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “and he will spend the next full day in the grave, but on the day after that, he will come back to life” or (if you translated in the first person) “and I will spend the next full day in the grave, but on the day after that, I will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1494	LUK	9	23	h1u1		πρὸς πάντας	1	to them all	Alternate translation: “to all of his disciples who were with him”
1495	LUK	9	23	h46s	figs-metaphor	ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεσθαι	1	come after me	To follow or to come after Jesus represents being one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1496	LUK	9	23	fnk7		ἀρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν	1	let him deny himself	Alternate translation: “he must forsake his own desires”
1497	LUK	9	23	l494	figs-explicit	ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καθ’ ἡμέραν	1	let him … take up his cross daily	The image is of a condemned prisoner being forced to carry the cross on which he would be crucified to the place where he would be executed. Luke assumes that his readers will recognize this image from their own culture. But if it would not be familiar to your readers, you could use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “he must be willing every day to suffer and die for my sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1498	LUK	9	23	h7j1	figs-metaphor	ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καθ’ ἡμέραν	1	let him … take up his cross daily	To take up a cross figuratively represents being willing to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “he must be willing every day to suffer and die for my sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1499	LUK	9	23	pk72	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι	1	and follow me	Here, to follow Jesus means to obey him. Alternate translation: “and obey me in that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1500	LUK	9	24	l495	figs-idiom	ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	but whoever would lose his life for my sake	This phrase is an idiom. Jesus is not encouraging his disciples to do self-destructive things. Alternate translation: “but whoever is willing to give up everything for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1501	LUK	9	25	lx8i	figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς?	1	For what is a man profited, having gained the whole world, but losing or destroying himself?	Jesus does not expect his disciples to tell him what benefit this would be. Rather, he is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “It would not benefit a person to get everything he wanted in this world and yet be lost eternally.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1502	LUK	9	25	l496	figs-activepassive	τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς	1	For what is a man profited, having gained the whole world, but destroying or losing himself	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “For what benefit would it be to a person to gain the whole world but to lose or destroy himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1503	LUK	9	25	xsk5	figs-doublet	τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς	1	For what is a man profited, having gained the whole world, but destroying or losing himself	The terms losing and destroying mean the same thing. Jesus uses them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “For what benefit would it be to a person to get everything he wanted in this world but to completely destroy himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1504	LUK	9	25	l497	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπος	1	a man	Jesus is using the term man in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1505	LUK	9	25	hpp5	figs-hyperbole	τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς	1	For what is a man profited, having gained the whole world, but destroying or losing himself	Jesus says the whole world as an overstatement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “For what benefit would it be to a person to get everything he wanted in this world but to lose or destroy himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1506	LUK	9	26	yrr4	figs-metonymy	τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους	1	my words	Jesus is using the term words figuratively to describe the things he teaches by using words. Alternate translation: “my teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1507	LUK	9	26	tx1k	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1508	LUK	9	26	l498	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1509	LUK	9	26	dl2i	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	the Father	The Father is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1510	LUK	9	27	ef6j	figs-idiom	λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν ἀληθῶς	1	But I say to you truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the importance of what he will say next. Alternate translation: “Now listen very carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1511	LUK	9	27	m113	figs-123person	εἰσίν τινες τῶν αὐτοῦ ἑστηκότων, οἳ οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου, ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	there are some of those who are standing here who will not taste death until they see the kingdom of God	Jesus is using the third person to talk about the people he is talking to. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the second person. Alternate translation: “some of you who are standing here will not die before you see the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1512	LUK	9	27	j7fc	figs-litotes	οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου, ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	will not taste death until they see the kingdom of God	Jesus is figuratively expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “will see the kingdom of God before they die” or (if you are translating in the second person) “will see the kingdom of God before you die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1513	LUK	9	27	gj8t	figs-idiom	γεύσωνται θανάτου	1	taste death	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1514	LUK	9	27	l499	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate this phrase in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God ruling as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1515	LUK	9	28	l500	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1516	LUK	9	28	si9j	figs-metonymy	μετὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	after these words	The phrase these words refers to what Jesus said to his disciples in the preceding verses. Luke uses the term words figuratively to describe the things that Jesus said by using words. Alternate translation: “after Jesus said these things to his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1517	LUK	9	29	l501	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new development within this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1518	LUK	9	30	p3cd	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Here, Luke uses the word behold to alert readers to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: “suddenly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1519	LUK	9	31	g28p	figs-activepassive	οἳ ὀφθέντες ἐν δόξῃ	1	who were seen in glory	This phrase gives information about how Moses and Elijah looked. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who appeared in glorious splendor” or “who were shining brightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1520	LUK	9	31	cur1	figs-euphemism	τὴν ἔξοδον αὐτοῦ	1	his departure	Luke is using a polite way of referring to Jesus’ death. Alternate translation: “how Jesus would leave this world” or “how Jesus would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1521	LUK	9	31	l502		ἣν ἤμελλεν πληροῦν ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	which he was about to fulfill in Jerusalem	Alternate translation: “which was soon going to happen in Jerusalem”
1522	LUK	9	32	i29n	writing-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information about what Peter, James, and John were doing while Jesus was speaking with Moses and Elijah. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1523	LUK	9	32	f8ip	figs-activepassive	ὁ…Πέτρος καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ ἦσαν βεβαρημένοι ὕπνῳ	1	Peter and those with him were weighted with sleep	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “sleep was weighing heavily upon Peter and James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1524	LUK	9	32	l503	figs-personification	ὁ…Πέτρος καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ ἦσαν βεβαρημένοι ὕπνῳ	1	Peter and those with him were weighted with sleep	Luke speaks of sleep figuratively as if it were something that could be like a weight pressing down on a person. Alternate translation: “Peter and James and John all felt very sleepy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1525	LUK	9	32	tw7e	figs-explicit	εἶδον τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1	they saw his glory	As in 2:9, the implication is that this glory manifested visibly as a bright light. Alternate translation: “they saw brilliant light shining around Jesus” or “they saw a very bright light coming from Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1526	LUK	9	32	tsj6		καὶ τοὺς δύο ἄνδρας τοὺς συνεστῶτας αὐτῷ	1	and the two men who were standing with him	The phrase the two men refers to Moses and Elijah. Alternate translation: “and they also saw Moses and Elijah”
1527	LUK	9	33	l504	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new development within this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1528	LUK	9	33	npk9	writing-pronouns	ἐν τῷ διαχωρίζεσθαι αὐτοὺς ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	as they were going away from him	The pronoun they refers to Moses and Elijah, not to the disciples. Alternate translation: “as Moses and Elijah were about to leave Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1529	LUK	9	33	l505	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς…ποιήσωμεν	1	for us … let us make	Since Peter wants to make it possible for Moses and Elijah to stay, when he says for us, he likely means “all six of us.” So if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive “us,” use the inclusive form in that case. However, when Peter says let us, he is likely referring to himself and to James and John, so use the exclusive form of “us” in that case. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1530	LUK	9	33	mby6	translate-unknown	σκηνὰς	1	tents	The term tents means simple, temporary places in which to sit or sleep. Peter probably had in mind that he and the other two disciples would build them from the materials available on the mountain such as tree branches. Alternate translation: “shelters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1531	LUK	9	33	l506		μὴ εἰδὼς ὃ λέγει	1	not knowing what he says	To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “He did not know what he was saying”
1532	LUK	9	34	ct1w	writing-pronouns	ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ λέγοντος	1	as he was saying this	Alternate translation: “While Peter was saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1533	LUK	9	34	e75d	figs-explicit	ἐφοβήθησαν	1	they were afraid	These adult disciples were not afraid of clouds. Rather, given all the unusual things that had already taken place on this mountain, they were afraid of what might happen to them once the cloud came completely over them. Alternate translation: “they were very apprehensive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1534	LUK	9	34	asa6		εἰσελθεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν νεφέλην	1	they entered into the cloud	This can be expressed in terms of what the cloud did. Alternate translation: “the cloud surrounded them”
1535	LUK	9	35	q8xy	figs-explicit	φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης	1	there was a voice from the cloud	Luke expects readers to understand that this voice could only have belonged to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God spoke to them from the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1536	LUK	9	35	c3gt	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου	1	my Son	This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1537	LUK	9	35	l733	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἐκλελεγμένος	1	the one who is chosen	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could indicate who has done the action. Alternate translation: “the one I have chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1538	LUK	9	36	l507		ἐν τῷ γενέσθαι τὴν φωνὴν	1	when the voice had happened	Alternate translation: “after the voice had spoken”
1539	LUK	9	36	l508	figs-idiom	εὑρέθη Ἰησοῦς μόνος	1	Jesus was found alone	The term found is an idiom that means “could be found” or “was there.” Alternate translation: “only Jesus was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1540	LUK	9	36	l509	figs-activepassive	εὑρέθη Ἰησοῦς μόνος	1	Jesus was found alone	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say Jesus was found alone with an active form. Alternate translation: “only Jesus was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1541	LUK	9	36	v9uy	figs-doublet	αὐτοὶ ἐσίγησαν, καὶ οὐδενὶ ἀπήγγειλαν	1	they were silent and told no one	These two phrases mean the same thing. (The Greek verb in the first phrase does not always mean to make no sound. It can also mean to keep a secret.) Luke uses the two phrases together for emphasis. In your translation, you could also use repetition for emphasis, or, if it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “they kept it a secret and did not tell anyone” or “they said nothing about it to anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1542	LUK	9	36	l510	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδενὶ ἀπήγγειλαν…οὐδὲν	1	told no one … anything	Luke uses a double negative in Greek for emphasis here, “told no one … nothing.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning, “told someone … something.” If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1543	LUK	9	36	l511	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	in those days	Here Luke uses the term days figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1544	LUK	9	37	q5f5	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1545	LUK	9	38	l512	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term behold to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1546	LUK	9	38	k35b	writing-participants	ἀνὴρ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου	1	a man from the crowd	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man in the crowd who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1547	LUK	9	38	l513		Διδάσκαλε	1	Teacher	Teacher is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
1548	LUK	9	38	l514	figs-idiom	ἐπιβλέψαι ἐπὶ	1	look upon	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1549	LUK	9	39	l515	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The man uses the term behold to calls Jesus’ attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1550	LUK	9	39	ka7j	writing-participants	πνεῦμα	1	a spirit	The man uses this phrase to introduce the spirit into his story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there is an evil spirit that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1551	LUK	9	39	abm3	translate-unknown	μετὰ ἀφροῦ	1	with foam	When a person is having convulsions, they can have trouble breathing or swallowing. This causes white foam to form around their mouths. Alternate translation: “and foam comes out of his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1552	LUK	9	39	l516	figs-litotes	μόγις ἀποχωρεῖ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	it departs from him with difficulty	The man is figuratively expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “it attacks him very often” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1553	LUK	9	39	l517	figs-metaphor	συντρῖβον αὐτόν	1	crushing him	The man speaks figuratively of the spirit as if it were a heavy weight whose attacks crush the boy. This is a reference to the injuries that the spirit causes. Alternate translation: “injuring him badly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1554	LUK	9	41	sdu1	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	Then answering Jesus said	Together answering and said mean that Jesus responded to the man’s request. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1555	LUK	9	41	bi9m	figs-apostrophe	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε ἔσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?	1	O unbelieving and perverted generation, until when will I be with you and bear with you?	Jesus is speaking figuratively to something that he knows cannot hear him. He is addressing the entire generation of people who were living at that time, and they are not all present to hear him. He is doing this to show in a very strong way how he feels about this generation. He is actually speaking to the people who can hear him, the crowd that has gathered there. If your readers might not understand this kind of figurative speech, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to the crowd, since they are included in the generation that Jesus is figuratively addressing. Alternate translation: “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe, so I hope I do not have to stay here and put up with you for very long!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
1556	LUK	9	41	l518	figs-rquestion	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε ἔσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?	1	O unbelieving and perverted generation, until when will I be with you and bear with you?	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe, so I hope I do not have to stay here and put up with you for very long!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1557	LUK	9	41	apa3	figs-doublet	ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη	1	O unbelieving and perverted generation	The terms unbelieving and perverted mean similar things. Jesus uses them together for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1558	LUK	9	41	qk1w	figs-you	ἕως πότε ἔσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?	1	until when will I be with you and bear with you?	In both cases here, you is plural in Greek because Jesus is addressing a generation that is made up of many people. However, generation is a collective noun, and if your language would treat a collective noun as singular in a context like this, you could use the singular form of you. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1559	LUK	9	41	ls7b	figs-you	προσάγαγε ὧδε τὸν υἱόν σου	1	Bring your son here	Jesus is now speaking to the father of the boy, and so your is singular here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1560	LUK	9	42	l519	writing-pronouns	ἔτι…προσερχομένου αὐτοῦ	1	while he was coming	The pronoun he refers to the boy, not to the father. Alternate translation: “while the boy was coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1561	LUK	9	43	hz1l	figs-explicit	ἐξεπλήσσοντο δὲ πάντες ἐπὶ τῇ μεγαλειότητι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	they all marveled at the majesty of God	Jesus performed the miracle, but the crowd recognized that God was the power behind the healing. Alternate translation: “Then they were all amazed that God would work so powerfully through Jesus in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1562	LUK	9	43	d61c	writing-pronouns	πᾶσιν οἷς ἐποίει	1	everything that he was doing	The word he refers to Jesus, not to God the Father. Alternate translation: “everything Jesus was doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1563	LUK	9	44	gah9	figs-idiom	θέσθε ὑμεῖς εἰς τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	You put these words in your ears	Jesus is using an idiom to tell his disciples to pay careful attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully to this and remember it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1564	LUK	9	44	im3l	figs-activepassive	ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι	1	the Son of Man is going to be handed over	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Someone is going to betray the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1565	LUK	9	44	ygr3	figs-123person	ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι	1	the Son of Man is going to be handed over	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “Someone is going to betray me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1566	LUK	9	44	l520	figs-explicit	ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι	1	the Son of Man is going to be handed over	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “someone is going to betray me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1567	LUK	9	44	l521	figs-metaphor	εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων	1	into the hands of men	The term hands figuratively represent power and control. Alternate translation: “to his enemies, who will have power over him” or (if you translated in the first person) “to my enemies, who will have power over me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1568	LUK	9	44	l522	figs-explicit	εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων	1	into the hands of men	It may be helpful to make explicit who these men are. Alternate translation: “to his enemies, who will have power over him” or (if you translated in the first person) “to my enemies, who will have power over me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1569	LUK	9	45	l523	figs-metonymy	τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο…περὶ τοῦ ῥήματος τούτου	1	this word … about this word	Luke uses the term word figuratively to describe what Jesus said by using words. Alternate translation: “this saying … about this saying” or “this statement … about this statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1570	LUK	9	45	ub1r	figs-activepassive	ἦν παρακεκαλυμμένον ἀπ’ αὐτῶν	1	it was hidden from them	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God hid its meaning from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1571	LUK	9	46	dh3w	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτοῖς	1	among them	Be sure that it is clear in your translation that the pronoun them does not include Jesus. He was not arguing, along with the disciples, about who was the greatest. Alternate translation: “among the disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1572	LUK	9	46	l524		τίς ἂν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν	1	which of them might be the greatest	Alternate translation: “which one of them was the greatest”
1573	LUK	9	47	cx62	figs-metaphor	εἰδὼς τὸν διαλογισμὸν τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν	1	knowing the reasoning in their hearts	Here Luke uses hearts figuratively to represent the disciples’ thoughts and evaluations. Alternate translation: “knowing what they were thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1574	LUK	9	48	l525	figs-hyperbole	τοῦτο τὸ παιδίον	1	this child	Jesus is using the child as an extreme example. He is illustrating that since he will be present in even the most humble of his followers, the disciples do not need to argue among themselves about which of them is the greatest. Everyone who is working on behalf of Jesus possesses his full honor and dignity. Alternate translation: “even someone as seemingly insignificant as this child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1575	LUK	9	48	afx5	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	in my name	Here, name is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. Alternate translation: “as someone who is working on my behalf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1576	LUK	9	48	mav1	figs-metaphor	ἐμὲ δέχεται	1	welcomes me	This is a metaphor, but if it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it as a simile. Alternate translation: “it is as if he is welcoming me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1577	LUK	9	48	awc6	figs-explicit	τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1	the one who sent me	Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that this means God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1578	LUK	9	48	zw5t	figs-gendernotations	οὗτός ἐστιν μέγας	1	he is great	Here Jesus uses the pronoun he in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “that is the person whom God considers to be great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1579	LUK	9	49	uwr3	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ Ἰωάννης εἶπεν	1	Then answering John said	Together answering and said mean that John responded to what Jesus had just said. Alternate translation: “Then John responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1580	LUK	9	49	bj41	figs-exclusive	εἴδομέν…μεθ’ ἡμῶν	1	we saw … with us	When John says we, he is speaking of himself and some other disciples who spoke to this man, so we would be exclusive, if your language uses that form. However, when John says us, he seems to be referring to the disciples and Jesus traveling together, and since he is speaking to Jesus, us would be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1581	LUK	9	49	py8i	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου	1	in your name	The term name is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with them. This expression means the person was acting with the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “on your behalf” or “as your representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1582	LUK	9	49	l526	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἀκολουθεῖ μεθ’ ἡμῶν	1	he does not follow with us	In this case, to follow Jesus does not seem to mean to be one of his disciples, as in 5:27, since this man was acting in Jesus’ name. Rather, in this context it seems to refer to traveling together in this group with Jesus. Alternate translation: “he does not travel with you in our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1583	LUK	9	50	hw85	figs-litotes	μὴ κωλύετε	1	Do not prevent him	Jesus is figuratively expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. You can state this positively. Alternate translation: “Allow him to continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1584	LUK	9	51	l527	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1585	LUK	9	51	c8gx	figs-activepassive	ἐν τῷ συνπληροῦσθαι τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ἀναλήμψεως αὐτοῦ	1	when the days of his being taken up were being fulfilled	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use active verbal forms in place of these two passive forms, and in the second case you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “when it was almost time for God to take him up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1586	LUK	9	51	l528	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ συνπληροῦσθαι τὰς ἡμέρας	1	when the days … were being fulfilled	Here Luke uses days figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “when it was almost time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1587	LUK	9	51	l529	figs-explicit	τῆς ἀναλήμψεως αὐτοῦ	1	of his being taken up	The implication is that God would take Jesus back up to heaven, and the further implication is that this would be after Jesus died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one or both of those things explicitly. Alternate translation: “for God to take him up to heaven” or “for him to die and for God to take him back up to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1588	LUK	9	51	mq2d	figs-idiom	τὸ πρόσωπον ἐστήρισεν	1	he set his face	Set his face is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he firmly decided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1589	LUK	9	52	l530	figs-metaphor	πρὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ	1	before his face	The term face figuratively means the front of a person. Alternate translation: “ahead of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1590	LUK	9	52	l531	translate-names	κώμην Σαμαρειτῶν	1	a Samaritan village	Samaritan is a name that refers to a place that is in the region of Samaria or to a person who is from that region. Samaria was between Galilee and Judea, and the people who lived there were not Jewish and they were hostile to the Jews. The terms Samaritan and Samaria occur several times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1591	LUK	9	52	b6ct	figs-idiom	ὡς ἑτοιμάσαι αὐτῷ	1	so as to prepare for him	This phrase means to make arrangements in anticipation of his arrival there, such as for food to eat, a place to stay, and possibly also a place to speak. Alternate translation: “to arrange his accommodations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1592	LUK	9	53	v61k		οὐκ ἐδέξαντο αὐτόν	1	they did not welcome him	Alternate translation: “the Samaritans did not want him to stay with them”
1593	LUK	9	53	l532	figs-synecdoche	τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ἦν πορευόμενον εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	his face was going to Jerusalem	Luke is using one part of Jesus to represent all of him. Luke may use the face because Jesus was facing in the direction he was traveling. Or this may echo the expression “he set his face” in 9:52. Alternate translation: “he was traveling toward Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1594	LUK	9	53	n62j	figs-explicit	ὅτι τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ἦν πορευόμενον εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	because his face was going to Jerusalem	The Samaritans and the Jews hated each other. Therefore the Samaritans did not want to help Jesus travel to Jerusalem, which was the Jewish capital and the place where the Jews held their major religious observances. Alternate translation: “because they did not want to help any Jew make a journey to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1595	LUK	9	54	a8sf	figs-metaphor	ἰδόντες	1	saw	The word saw figuratively represents notice and attention. Alternate translation: “recognized that the Samaritans were not going to accommodate Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1596	LUK	9	54	y4rq	figs-explicit	θέλεις εἴπωμεν πῦρ καταβῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἀναλῶσαι αὐτούς?	1	do you want us to tell fire to come down from heaven and consume them?	James and John suggested this method of judgment because they knew that this was how the prophets such as Elijah had called down judgment upon people who rejected God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you want us to tell fire to come down from heaven to consume them, as Elijah did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1597	LUK	9	54	l533	figs-exclusive	θέλεις εἴπωμεν	1	do you want us to tell	By us, James and John mean themselves, but not Jesus, so us is exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1598	LUK	9	55	pj6b	writing-pronouns	στραφεὶς…ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς	1	he turned and rebuked them	The pronoun them refers to James and John. Jesus did not condemn the Samaritans, as the disciples expected. Alternate translation: “Jesus turned around and rebuked James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1599	LUK	9	57	l534		τις	1	someone	This was not one of the disciples. Alternate translation: “a certain person”
1600	LUK	9	58	yq5n	figs-merism	αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν, καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις	1	The foxes have dens, and the birds of the sky have nests	Jesus is using a figure of speech. By naming a creature that lives on land and a creature that flies in the air, Jesus is referring to all creatures. Alternate translation: “Every creature has a place to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1601	LUK	9	58	anv9	translate-unknown	αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν	1	The foxes have dens	The word foxes describes land animals that are similar to small dogs. The word dens refers to holes that these animals dig in the ground as shelters. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal and its habits, you could describe them in general terms. Alternate translation: “Little animals live in holes in the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1602	LUK	9	58	c88m	figs-explicitinfo	τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις	1	the birds of the sky, nests	In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. However, you could also use an action clause to keep the sense of sky, to complement the idea of “ground” in the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “birds live in nests” or “birds that fly in the air live in nests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
1603	LUK	9	58	ls02	figs-ellipsis	τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις	1	the birds of the sky, nests	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “birds live in nests” or “birds that fly in the air live in nests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1604	LUK	9	58	r7vq	figs-123person	ὁ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1605	LUK	9	58	l535	figs-explicit	ὁ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1606	LUK	9	58	l536	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ	1	does not have anywhere to lay his head	Jesus implies that if this person were to follow him, he too might not have a home. Alternate translation: “does not have a home anywhere, so if you become his disciple, expect that you will not have a home either” or (if you translated in the first person) “do not have a home anywhere, so if you become my disciple, expect that you will not have a home either” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1607	LUK	9	58	l537	figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ	1	does not have anywhere to lay his head	This expression figuratively means “does not have anywhere to sleep,” by association with something that a person does in order to sleep, lay down his head. And a place to sleep, by association, means a home, since that is where people sleep. Alternate translation: “does not have a home anywhere” or (if you translated in the first person) “do not have a home anywhere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1608	LUK	9	58	ff62	figs-hyperbole	οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ	1	does not have anywhere to lay his head	Jesus actually did find places to sleep wherever he went to teach and heal, but he says figuratively that he has no such place at all to emphasize that he has no permanent home. Alternate translation: “does not have a permanent home” or (if you translated in the first person) “do not have a permanent home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1609	LUK	9	59	l538	figs-metaphor	ἀκολούθει μοι	1	Follow me	As in 5:27, to follow Jesus means to become one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “I want you to be one of my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1610	LUK	9	59	l539		ἐπίτρεψόν μοι ἀπελθόντι, πρῶτον θάψαι τὸν πατέρα μου	1	permit me to go first to bury my father	It is unclear whether the man’s father had died and that he would bury him immediately, or whether the man wanted to wait for a longer amount of time until his father died so that he could bury him then. The main point is that the man wanted to do something else first before going with Jesus. Alternate translation: “before I do that, let me go and bury my father”
1611	LUK	9	59	l540	figs-metonymy	ἐπίτρεψόν μοι ἀπελθόντι, πρῶτον θάψαι τὸν πατέρα μου	1	permit me to go first to bury my father	One possible meaning of this expression is that the man wanted to wait until he had received his inheritance from his father so that he could live on that money while traveling with Jesus. If so, then he would be referring to the inheritance by association with his father’s death, and he would be referring to his father’s death by association with his burial. Alternate translation: “let me wait until I receive my inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1612	LUK	9	60	l541	figs-metaphor	ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς	1	Let the dead bury their own dead	Jesus does not mean literally that dead people will bury other dead people. Instead, the expression the dead likely refers figuratively to those who do not follow Jesus and so are spiritually dead. Alternate translation: “Let people who are not concerned about spiritual things take care of everyday matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1613	LUK	9	60	l542	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς νεκροὺς	1	the dead	Jesus is using the adjective dead as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are dead” or “people who are not concerned about spiritual things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1614	LUK	9	60	l543	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate this phrase in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1615	LUK	9	61	l544	figs-metaphor	ἀκολουθήσω σοι	1	I will follow you	As in 5:27, to follow Jesus means to become one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “I want to be one of your disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1616	LUK	9	61	l545		πρῶτον δὲ ἐπίτρεψόν μοι	1	but first permit me	Alternate translation: “but before I do that, please let me”
1617	LUK	9	61	l546	figs-metonymy	τοῖς εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου	1	those in my home	This person is referring figuratively to his family by association with where they live. Alternate translation: “to my family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1618	LUK	9	62	l547	figs-metaphor	οὐδεὶς ἐπιβαλὼν τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἄροτρον καὶ βλέπων εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω, εὔθετός ἐστιν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	No one, having put his hand on a plow, yet looking to the things behind, is fit for the kingdom of God	Jesus responds with an illustration that is designed to teach this person about what is required to be his disciple. He means that a person is not suitable for the kingdom to God if his past loyalties are more important to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain this illustration. Alternate translation, add: “No one can plow straight if he is looking backwards, and in the same way, no one will be useful in the kingdom of God if his past loyalties are more important to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1619	LUK	9	62	l548	figs-synecdoche	οὐδεὶς ἐπιβαλὼν τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἄροτρον	1	No one, having put his hand on a plow	Jesus refers figuratively to a person using a plow by describing one part of that activity, guiding the plow with the hand. Alternate translation: “No one who is using a plow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1620	LUK	9	62	l553	translate-unknown	οὐδεὶς ἐπιβαλὼν τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἄροτρον	1	No one, having put his hand on a plow	A plow is a tool that farmers use to break up soil to prepare a field for planting. Plows have sharp, pointed prongs that dig into the soil. They usually have handles that the farmer uses to guide the plow. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of tool, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “No one who needs to go straight forward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1621	LUK	9	62	l549	figs-explicit	βλέπων εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1	looking to the things behind	The implication is that anyone who is looking backwards while plowing cannot guide the plow where it needs to go. That person must focus on looking forward in order to plow well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “looking backwards, and so not going in the right direction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1622	LUK	9	62	l550	figs-abstractnouns	εὔθετός ἐστιν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	is fit for the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “can really let God rule his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1623	LUK	10	intro	z899			0		Luke 10 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus sends seventy-two disciples to teach and heal (10:1-24) Jesus tells the Parable of the Good Samaritan (10:25-37) Jesus visits Mary and Martha (10:38-43) Special concepts in this chapter Harvest Harvest refers to the time when people gather in the food they have planted so they can eat some of it right away and store the rest for future use. Jesus uses this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about him so that those people can become part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) Neighbor The Jews helped their Jewish neighbors who needed help, and they expected their Jewish neighbors to help them. Jesus wanted them to understand that people who were not Jews were also their neighbors, so he told them a story about this (10:29-37). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) Important textual issues in this chapter “72” In 10:1 and 10:17, some ancient manuscripts of the Bible read “72,” but others read “70.” ULT reads “72,” but it mentions in a footnote that scholars are divided as to which number was originally in the book of Luke. “Jesus” In 10:39, many of the best ancient manuscripts read “Jesus,” but some read “the Lord.” ULT reads “Jesus.” In both of these cases, if a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it has. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1624	LUK	10	1	u8l6	writing-newevent	μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα	1	And after these things	Luke uses this phrase to mark a new event in the story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1625	LUK	10	1	l551		ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord	Here Luke refers to Jesus by the title the Lord to show his authority. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
1626	LUK	10	1	m75c	translate-textvariants	ἑβδομήκοντα δύο	1	72	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to say 72 or “70” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1627	LUK	10	1	g8ka	figs-idiom	ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς ἀνὰ δύο	1	sent them out by twos	This phrase is an idiom. Alternate translation: “sent them out two by two” or “sent them out in groups of two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1628	LUK	10	1	l554	figs-metaphor	πρὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ	1	before his face	Here, face figuratively means the front of a person. Alternate translation: “ahead of him” or “to prepare the way for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1629	LUK	10	2	fx9w	figs-events	ἔλεγεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτούς	1	And he said to them	Jesus said these things to the 72 disciples before they actually went out. Alternate translation: “He had said to them” or “Before they went out, he told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
1630	LUK	10	2	ju6z	figs-metaphor	ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι	1	The harvest is plentiful, but the laborers are few	This statement means, “There is a big crop, but there are not enough workers to bring it in.” Jesus is speaking figuratively. Alternate translation: “There are many people who are ready to enter God’s kingdom, but there are not enough disciples to help them understand how to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1631	LUK	10	2	l555	figs-exmetaphor	τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ	1	the Lord of the harvest	Jesus continues to speak figuratively and extends his metaphor by describing God as the Lord of the harvest. Alternate translation: “God, who leads people to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
1632	LUK	10	2	l556	figs-exmetaphor	ὅπως ἐργάτας ἐκβάλῃ εἰς τὸν θερισμὸν αὐτοῦ	1	that he would send out laborers into his harvest	Jesus extends his metaphor even further by describing disciples who help others to trust in him as laborers in the harvest. Alternate translation: “to send more disciples to go and help people trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
1633	LUK	10	3	x732	figs-explicit	ὑπάγετε	1	Go	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly where Jesus wants these disciples to go. Alternate translation: “Go to the cities and places where I am sending you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1634	LUK	10	3	l557	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Jesus uses the term behold to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1635	LUK	10	3	u8h7	figs-simile	ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς ὡς ἄρνας ἐν μέσῳ λύκων	1	I send you out as lambs in the midst of wolves	Wolves attack and kill sheep. This simile is a warning to the disciples whom Jesus is sending out that there will be people who will want to harm them. You could explain the meaning of this figurative expression in your translation. (However, you could also reproduce the simile, as suggested in the next note.) Alternate translation: “when I send you out, there are going to be some people who will want to harm you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1636	LUK	10	3	l558	translate-unknown	ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς ὡς ἄρνας ἐν μέσῳ λύκων	1	I send you out as lambs in the midst of wolves	Jesus’ disciples would have known that lambs are gentle animals that have been domesticated for their wool, milk, meat, and leather, and that wolves are predatory land animals, similar to large dogs, that hunt and kill in packs. If you would like to reproduce the simile, but your readers would not be familiar with these animals, you could use general terms. Alternate translation: “I am sending you out like harmless animals that will encounter a group of predators” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1637	LUK	10	3	l559	figs-you	ὑμᾶς	1	you	Since Jesus is speaking to these 72 disciples as a group, you is plural here and through 10:12. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1638	LUK	10	4	l560	figs-idiom	μὴ βαστάζετε βαλλάντιον, μὴ πήραν, μὴ ὑποδήματα	1	Do not carry a money bag, nor a sack, nor sandals	Here Jesus is using the word carry in an idiomatic sense to mean “bring along.” He is not envisioning that these disciples might carry their sandals in their hands. Alternate translation: “Do not bring any money or provisions or extra clothes with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1639	LUK	10	4	fz6p	figs-metonymy	μὴ βαστάζετε βαλλάντιον, μὴ πήραν, μὴ ὑποδήματα	1	Do not carry a money bag, nor a sack, nor sandals	While Jesus probably means what he says literally about not bringing these specific items, he is also using them figuratively with larger meanings. The money bag represents the money it would contain. The sack represents the provisions someone would carry in it for a journey. The sandals represent, in this culture, more clothing and equipment than is strictly needed. Alternate translation: “Do not bring any money or provisions or extra clothes with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1640	LUK	10	4	l561	figs-explicit	μὴ βαστάζετε βαλλάντιον, μὴ πήραν, μὴ ὑποδήματα	1	Do not carry a money bag, nor a sack, nor sandals	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why Jesus does not want his disciples to bring these things with them. As he will explain in 10:7, he wants the people who receive his message to provide for those who bring the message. Alternate translation: “Do not bring any money or provisions or extra clothes with you, because the people who receive my message will provide for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1641	LUK	10	4	tj52	figs-hyperbole	μηδένα κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἀσπάσησθε	1	greet no one on the road	Jesus is generalizing to indicate that these disciples should go quickly to the places where he is sending them to prepare the way for him. He is not telling them to be rude. Alternate translation: “make your journey as quickly as possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1642	LUK	10	5	l562	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε, εἰρήνη τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ	1	say, ‘Peace be to this house’	Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting what he wants his disciples to say. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “say that you want there to be peace in that house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1643	LUK	10	5	zk69	figs-metonymy	εἰρήνη τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ	1	Peace be to this house	The term house refers figuratively to the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “May the people in this household have peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1644	LUK	10	5	l563	figs-idiom	εἰρήνη τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ	1	Peace be to this house	This was an idiomatic expression, based on the Hebrew concept of “shalom,” that was both a greeting and a blessing. Alternate translation: “I greet all of you in this household and I wish for God to bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1645	LUK	10	6	x5e4	figs-idiom	υἱὸς εἰρήνης	1	a son of peace	The expression son of refers figuratively to a person who shares the qualities of something. Alternate translation: “a person who wants peace with God and with people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1646	LUK	10	6	pq5j	figs-metaphor	ἐπαναπαήσεται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν	1	your peace will rest upon him	Here, upon creates a spatial metaphor. It means that this person will experience the peace that God gives in a special and lasting way. Alternate translation: “he will deeply experience the peace that you wish him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1647	LUK	10	6	it4v	figs-ellipsis	εἰ…μή γε	1	if not	It may be helpful to restate the entire phrase. Alternate translation: “if there is no one there who wants peace with God and with people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1648	LUK	10	6	zpx9	figs-personification	ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀνακάμψει	1	it will return to you	Jesus describes peace as a living thing that could choose to leave one person and go to another person. Alternate translation: “you will experience that peace yourselves instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1649	LUK	10	7	ki3k		ἐν αὐτῇ δὲ τῇ οἰκίᾳ μένετε	1	remain in that house	Jesus was not saying that they should stay in the house all the time and never leave it, but that they should make it their base of operations for as long as they were in that place. Alternate translation: “stay at that house”
1650	LUK	10	7	l564	figs-idiom	τὰ παρ’ αὐτῶν	1	what is from them	This phrase is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the food and drink that they provide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1651	LUK	10	7	u3vs	writing-proverbs	ἄξιος γὰρ ὁ ἐργάτης τοῦ μισθοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	for the laborer is worthy of his wages	Jesus is quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life, to explain the reason for these arrangements. You could translate the proverb directly into your language, or you could explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “for since you will be teaching and healing the people, they should provide you with a place to stay and food to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
1652	LUK	10	7	kd8i		μὴ μεταβαίνετε ἐξ οἰκίας εἰς οἰκίαν	1	Do not move around from house to house	This expression describes staying in different houses rather than making one house the base of operations the whole time. Jesus is repeating his earlier instruction, remain in that house, for emphasis. Jesus is not saying that these disciples cannot go to meet with people in other homes. Alternate translation: “As I said, stay at that house”
1653	LUK	10	8	k8yb	writing-pronouns	καὶ δέχωνται ὑμᾶς	1	and they receive you	The pronoun they refers to the people living in this city. Alternate translation: “if the people there welcome you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1654	LUK	10	8	wd2x	figs-activepassive	ἐσθίετε τὰ παρατιθέμενα ὑμῖν	1	eat what is served to you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “eat whatever food the people of that city serve you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1655	LUK	10	9	ws6g	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς…ἀσθενεῖς	1	the sick	Jesus is using the adjective sick as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the people who are sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1656	LUK	10	9	l565	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτῇ	1	in it	Alternate translation: “who live in that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1657	LUK	10	9	l566	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε αὐτοῖς, ἤγγικεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	say to them, ‘The kingdom of God has come close to you’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “tell them that the kingdom of God has come close to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1658	LUK	10	9	e1he	figs-abstractnouns	ἤγγικεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The kingdom of God has come close to you	The idea behind the abstract noun kingdom can be expressed with a verb such as “rule.” This could mean: (1) the kingdom of God is close in location, that is, its activities are happening nearby. Alternate translation: “God is ruling in this area” (2) the kingdom of God is close in time, that is, it will begin soon. Alternate translation: “God will soon begin to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1659	LUK	10	10	nt9n	writing-pronouns	καὶ μὴ δέχωνται ὑμᾶς	1	and they do not receive you	This is a direct contrast to the similar expression in 10:8. Once again the pronoun they refers to the people living in this city. Alternate translation: “if the people there do not welcome you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1660	LUK	10	11	l567	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ τὸν κονιορτὸν τὸν κολληθέντα ἡμῖν, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ὑμῶν εἰς τοὺς πόδας ἀπομασσόμεθα ὑμῖν; πλὴν τοῦτο γινώσκετε, ὅτι ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Even the dust that clings to us from your city on our feet we wipe off against you! But know this, that the kingdom of God has come near	Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting what he wants his disciples to say. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation (continuing from the end of the previous verse): “that you are going to wipe even the dust from their city off your feet as a warning to them, but that you still want them to know that the kingdom of God came close to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1661	LUK	10	11	bc9h	translate-symaction	καὶ τὸν κονιορτὸν τὸν κολληθέντα ἡμῖν, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ὑμῶν εἰς τοὺς πόδας ἀπομασσόμεθα ὑμῖν	1	Even the dust that clings to us from your city on our feet we wipe off against you	This is a symbolic action by which these disciples are to show that they do not want to have the slightest connection with the people of any city who reject Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain its significance. Alternate translation: “Because you have rejected Jesus, we want to have nothing to do with you. We do not even want to have the dust from your town on our feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1662	LUK	10	11	l634	figs-youdual	ἀπομασσόμεθα	1	we wipe off	Since Jesus was sending these people out in groups of two, two people would be saying this. So languages that have a dual form of “we” should use that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
1663	LUK	10	11	s7ks	figs-idiom	πλὴν τοῦτο γινώσκετε	1	But know this	The phrase introduces a warning. Alternate translation: “But we must warn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1664	LUK	10	11	fdk3	figs-abstractnouns	ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the kingdom of God has come near	See how you translated the similar sentence in 10:9. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1665	LUK	10	12	hhl1		λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι	1	I say to you that	Jesus says this to emphasize that what he is about to tell these disciples is very important. Alternate translation: “Take special note that”
1666	LUK	10	12	l568	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ	1	on that day	Jesus is using the term day to refer figuratively to a specific time. Alternate translation: “when God judges everyone for what they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1667	LUK	10	12	m7ch	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ	1	on that day	Jesus expected his disciples to understand that he was referring to the time when God will bring final judgment. Alternate translation: “when God judges everyone for what they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1668	LUK	10	12	qg62	figs-metonymy	Σοδόμοις…ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται, ἢ τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ	1	it will be more tolerable for Sodom than for that city	Jesus uses the name of the city, Sodom, to refer figuratively to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will judge the people of that town more severely than he will judge the people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1669	LUK	10	12	l569	figs-explicit	Σοδόμοις…ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται, ἢ τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ	1	it will be more tolerable for Sodom than for that city	Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the city of Sodom because the people in it were so wicked. The implication is that it must therefore be an extremely serious offense to reject the messengers of the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “God will judge the people of that town more severely than he will judge the people of Sodom, even though he destroyed their city because they were so wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1670	LUK	10	13	sf42	figs-apostrophe	οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά!	1	Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida!	Jesus is speaking figuratively to two cities that he knows cannot hear him. He is doing this to show in a very strong way how he feels about those cities. He is actually speaking to the people who can hear him, the disciples whom he is sending out. If your readers might not understand this kind of figurative speech, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to his disciples. Alternate translation: “Chorazin and Bethsaida are two of the cities whose people God will judge severely for rejecting my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
1671	LUK	10	13	l570	figs-idiom	οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά!	1	Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida!	See how you translated this phrase in 6:24. Alternate translation: “how terrible it will be for you, Chorazin and Bethsaida!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1672	LUK	10	13	l571	figs-metonymy	οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά!	1	Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida!	Jesus is using the names of these cities to refer figuratively to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “How terrible it will be for you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1673	LUK	10	13	l572	figs-you	οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά!	1	Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida!	Jesus is addressing an individual city in each of these phrases, so you is singular in both cases. However, if you decide to translate this as “you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida,” then you would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1674	LUK	10	13	l573	translate-names	Χοραζείν…Βηθσαϊδά!	1	Chorazin … Bethsaida	These are the names of two cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1675	LUK	10	13	mvq5	figs-hypo	ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν…μετενόησαν	1	For if the mighty works that happened in you had happened in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago	Jesus is describing a situation that might have happened in the past but actually did not. He is doing this to express disappointment and regret about what is happening in the present. Be sure to translate this in such a way that your readers will know that this event actually did not happen but they will understand why Jesus is imagining it. Alternate translation: “I can well imagine that if the people of Tyre and Sidon had witnessed the miracles that I performed for you, they would have repented a long time ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1676	LUK	10	13	l574	figs-explicit	ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν…μετενόησαν	1	For if the mighty works that happened in you had happened in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago	Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because the people in them were so wicked. So the implication is similar to the one about the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: “God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because they were so wicked. But even the people who lived in those cities would have repented if they had seen the miracles I did in Chorazin and Bethsaida. So the people of Chorazin and Bethsaida certainly should have repented as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1677	LUK	10	13	l575	figs-metonymy	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι	1	Tyre and Sidon	Jesus uses the names of these cities to refer figuratively to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “the people of Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1678	LUK	10	13	l576	translate-names	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι	1	Tyre and Sidon	Tyre and Sidon are the names of two cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1679	LUK	10	13	l577	figs-youdual	αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν	1	the mighty works that happened in you	Since Jesus is addressing two cities, you would be dual here if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
1680	LUK	10	13	it4x	translate-symaction	ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ καθήμενοι μετενόησαν	1	they would have repented … sitting in sackcloth and ashes	Jesus is saying that the people of Tyre and Sidon would have performed these actions, which are signs of humility and sorrow, to show that they were very sorry for committing their sins. Alternate translation: “they would have shown how sorry they were for their sins … by sitting on the ground wearing rough clothes and putting ashes on their heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1681	LUK	10	14	l578	figs-metonymy	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται…ἢ ὑμῖν	1	it will be more tolerable for Tyre and for Sidon … than for you	Jesus uses the names of these cities, Tyre and Sidon, to refer figuratively to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1682	LUK	10	14	ikt3	figs-explicit	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται…ἢ ὑμῖν	1	it will be more tolerable for Tyre and for Sidon … than for you	Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because the people in them were so wicked. The implication, as in the case of Sodom, is that it must therefore be an extremely grave offense to reject the messengers of the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon, even though he destroyed their cities because they were so wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1683	LUK	10	14	l579	figs-explicit	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται…ἢ ὑμῖν	1	it will be more tolerable for Tyre and for Sidon … than for you	It may be helpful to state clearly the reason why God will judge Chorazin and Bethsaida. Alternate translation: “because you did not repent and believe in me even though you saw me do miracles, God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1684	LUK	10	14	txw5	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	at the judgment	The disciples would have understood that Jesus was referring to the time when God will bring final judgment. Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges everyone for what they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1685	LUK	10	14	l580	figs-youdual	ὑμῖν	1	you	Since Jesus is addressing two cities, you would be dual here if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. Alternate translation: “you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
1686	LUK	10	15	h28u	figs-apostrophe	σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you?	Jesus is speaking figuratively to another city that he knows cannot hear him. He is doing this once again to show in a very strong way how he feels about this city. He is actually speaking to the people who can hear him, the disciples whom he is sending out. If your readers might not understand this kind of figurative speech, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to his disciples. Alternate translation: “The people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor them greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
1687	LUK	10	15	l581	figs-doublenegatives	σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you?	In Greek, the first word of the question that Jesus asks Capernaum is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, “will you?” Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum, do you really think that God is going to honor you greatly?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1688	LUK	10	15	enp6	figs-rquestion	σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you?	Jesus is using the question form to teach. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor you greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1689	LUK	10	15	gk9v	figs-metaphor	σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you?	To be exalted or “lifted up” is a spatial metaphor that figuratively indicates receiving honor. To be lifted all the way up to heaven (or “to the sky,” another possible meaning) figuratively means to receive very great honor. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor you greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1690	LUK	10	15	l582	figs-metonymy	σύ, Καφαρναούμ	1	you, Capernaum	Jesus uses the name of this city to refer figuratively to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1691	LUK	10	15	l583	figs-you	σύ, Καφαρναούμ	1	you, Capernaum	Jesus is addressing an individual city, so you is singular here and in the rest of this verse. However, if you decide to translate this as “you people of Capernaum,” then you would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1692	LUK	10	15	l584	translate-names	Καφαρναούμ	1	Capernaum	Capernaum is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1693	LUK	10	15	l585	figs-activepassive	ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ	1	you will … be exalted to heaven	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God is going to honor you greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1694	LUK	10	15	l586	figs-explicit	ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ	1	you will … be exalted to heaven	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the reason why the people of Capernaum think that God would want to honor them. Alternate translation: “God is going to honor you greatly because you are such good people and your city is so prosperous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1695	LUK	10	15	l587	figs-metaphor	τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ	1	You will be brought down as far as Hades	To be brought down is another spatial metaphor. It figuratively indicates experiencing punishment and dishonor. To be brought down all the way to Hades, the underworld (that is, the abode of the dead), figuratively means to receive very great punishment or dishonor. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1696	LUK	10	15	bjh5	figs-activepassive	τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ	1	You will be brought down as far as Hades	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1697	LUK	10	15	l588	figs-explicit	τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ	1	You will be brought down as far as Hades	It may be helpful to state clearly the reason why God will judge Capernaum. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1698	LUK	10	16	i786	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀκούων ὑμῶν, ἐμοῦ ἀκούει	1	The one who listens to you listens to me	You could translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “When someone listens to you, it is as if they were listening to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1699	LUK	10	16	q56b	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀθετῶν ὑμᾶς, ἐμὲ ἀθετεῖ	1	the one who rejects you rejects me	You could also translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “when someone rejects you, it is as if they were rejecting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1700	LUK	10	16	g3fx	figs-metaphor	ὁ…ἐμὲ ἀθετῶν, ἀθετεῖ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1	the one who rejects me rejects the one who sent me	You could also translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “when someone rejects me, it is as if they were rejecting the one who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1701	LUK	10	16	eus8	figs-explicit	τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1	the one who sent me	This refers implictly to God, who appointed Jesus for this special task. Alternate translation: “God who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1702	LUK	10	17	m7nh	figs-explicit	ὑπέστρεψαν δὲ οἱ ἑβδομήκοντα δύο	1	then the 72 returned	Some languages will need to say that the 72 actually went out first, as UST does. Alternate translation: “So the 72 disciples went out and did as Jesus had told them to do, and then they returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1703	LUK	10	17	prj8	translate-textvariants	ἑβδομήκοντα δύο	1	72	As in 10:1, see the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to say 72 or “70” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1704	LUK	10	17	l589	figs-activepassive	τὰ δαιμόνια ὑποτάσσεται ἡμῖν	1	the demons are subjected to us	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the demons obey us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1705	LUK	10	17	cx7b	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου	1	in your name	The term name refers figuratively to Jesus’ power and authority. Alternate translation: “when we command them using the authority that you gave us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1706	LUK	10	18	a37w	figs-simile	ἐθεώρουν τὸν Σατανᾶν ὡς ἀστραπὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεσόντα	1	I was watching Satan fall from heaven like lightning	Jesus uses a simile to express that while his 72 disciples were out proclaiming the kingdom of God, he discerned that this was a quick and decisive defeat for Satan. If your readers would be familiar with lightning, you could use the same simile in your translation. Otherwise, you could use another comparison to something that happens rapidly and evidently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1707	LUK	10	18	v8fl	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεσόντα	1	fall from heaven	While Jesus actually did see this in his vision, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of this image, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1708	LUK	10	18	l590	translate-names	Σατανᾶν	1	Satan	Satan is the name of the devil. It occurs a few more times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1709	LUK	10	19	l591	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Jesus uses behold to focus his disciples’ attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1710	LUK	10	19	xl7q	figs-metaphor	τὴν ἐξουσίαν τοῦ πατεῖν ἐπάνω ὄφεων καὶ σκορπίων	1	authority to tread on snakes and scorpions	This could mean: (1) Jesus is referring to actual snakes and scorpions and saying that God will protect his disciples from these dangers everywhere they travel to proclaim the kingdom. Alternate translation: “protection from snakes and scorpions, even if you step on them” (2) the phrase snakes and scorpions is a figurative way of describing evil spirits. Alternate translation: “the power to defeat evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1711	LUK	10	19	l592	translate-unknown	ὄφεων	1	snakes	In context, this clearly means poisonous snakes. If your readers would not be familiar with snakes, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “poisonous biting animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1712	LUK	10	19	mla6	translate-unknown	σκορπίων	1	scorpions	The term scorpions describes small animals that are related to spiders. They have two claws and a poisonous stinger in their tail. If your readers would not be familiar with scorpions, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “poisonous stinging animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1713	LUK	10	19	uvt4	figs-explicit	καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ ἐχθροῦ	1	and over all the power of the enemy	This phrase continues the meaning from earlier in the sentence. The enemy is Satan, as described in the previous verse. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “I have also given you authority to overcome the resistance of Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1714	LUK	10	19	l593	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδὲν ὑμᾶς οὐ μὴ ἀδικήσῃ	1	nothing will harm you at all	Here Jesus uses a double negative for emphasis, “nothing in no way will hurt you.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning, “something in some way might hurt you.” If your language uses double negatives for emphasis that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1715	LUK	10	20	cs52	figs-hyperbole	ἐν τούτῳ μὴ χαίρετε, ὅτι τὰ πνεύματα ὑμῖν ὑποτάσσεται, χαίρετε δὲ ὅτι τὰ ὀνόματα ὑμῶν ἐνγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	do not rejoice in this, that the spirits are subjected to you, but rejoice that your names are written in the heavens	Jesus is not actually telling the disciples not to rejoice over the way God has allowed them to deliver people who were oppressed by demons. Rather, he is exaggerating to emphasize that the disciples should rejoice even more that their names are written in heaven. Alternate translation: “rejoice that your names are written in heaven even more than you rejoice that the spirits submit to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1716	LUK	10	20	l594	figs-activepassive	τὰ πνεύματα ὑμῖν ὑποτάσσεται	1	the spirits are subjected to you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the demons must obey you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1717	LUK	10	20	s4cj	figs-activepassive	τὰ ὀνόματα ὑμῶν ἐνγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	your names are written in the heavens	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has written down your names in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1718	LUK	10	20	l595	figs-explicit	τὰ ὀνόματα ὑμῶν ἐνγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	your names are written in the heavens	While it may be literally true that there is a written record of names in heaven, you may wish to express the meaning and significance of this in your translation. Alternate translation: “God in heaven knows that you belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1719	LUK	10	21	l596	figs-idiom	ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	At that hour	Here Luke uses the term hour figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “At that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1720	LUK	10	21	l597	figs-youformal	ἐξομολογοῦμαί σοι, Πάτερ	1	I thank you, Father	Use your best judgment about whether the formal or informal form of you would be more natural in your language here. Jesus is speaking as an adult son would to a father with whom he had a close relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
1721	LUK	10	21	mf9d	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1722	LUK	10	21	rs3w	figs-merism	Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς	1	Lord of heaven and earth	Jesus is using a figure of speech to describe something by naming its two components. Together heaven and earth represent everything that exists. Alternate translation: “you who rule over everything that exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1723	LUK	10	21	n6xb	figs-extrainfo	ταῦτα	1	these things	Jesus is likely using this expression to refer to his identity as God’s Son and God’s identity as his Father. He describes these things in the next verse and says that only people to whom he reveals these identities can understand them, just as he says here that they are revealed only to certain people. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
1724	LUK	10	21	l598	figs-nominaladj	σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	the wise and intelligent	Jesus is using the adjectives wise and intelligent as nouns in order to indicate people who have those qualities. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are wise and intelligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1725	LUK	10	21	i2zf	figs-irony	σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	the wise and intelligent	Because God had concealed the truth from these people, they actually were not wise and intelligent, even though they thought they were. Alternate translation: “people who think they are wise and intelligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
1726	LUK	10	21	l599	figs-doublet	σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	the wise and intelligent	The terms wise and intelligent mean similar things. Jesus uses the two terms together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “people who think they understand everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1727	LUK	10	21	a175	figs-metaphor	νηπίοις	1	infants	Infants refers figuratively to people who may not have much education, but who are willing to accept Jesus’ teachings in the same way that little children willingly listen to those they trust. You could explain the meaning of this metaphor in your translation, or you could translate it as a simile, as UST does. Alternate translation: “people who trust my teachings implicitly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1728	LUK	10	21	nm6t	figs-metaphor	ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	before you	Jesus says before you to mean “where you could see” or “in your sight.” Sight, in turn, figuratively means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “in your judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1729	LUK	10	22	e47e	figs-activepassive	πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	All things have been handed over to me from my Father	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has handed everything over to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1730	LUK	10	22	l600	grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐδεὶς γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ	1	no one knows who the Son is except the Father	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus is making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Father knows who the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
1731	LUK	10	22	six4		γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς	1	knows who the Son is	Here, the Greek word translated knows means to know from personal experience. God the Father knows Jesus in this way. Alternate translation: “is acquainted with the Son” or “is acquainted with me”
1732	LUK	10	22	xm3s	figs-123person	γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς	1	knows who the Son is	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “knows who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1733	LUK	10	22	fp68	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς…ὁ Πατήρ	1	the Son … the Father	These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1734	LUK	10	22	rkt2	grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐδεὶς γινώσκει…τίς ἐστιν ὁ Πατὴρ, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς	1	no one knows … who the Father is except the Son	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus is making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Son knows who the Father is” or “only I know who the Father is” or “only I am acquainted with the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
1735	LUK	10	22	zg14		γινώσκει…τίς ἐστιν ὁ Πατὴρ	1	knows … who the Father is	Here the Greek word translated knows means to know from personal experience. Jesus knows God his Father in this way. Alternate translation: “is acquainted with the Father” or “am acquainted with the Father”
1736	LUK	10	22	evw3		ᾧ ἐὰν βούληται ὁ Υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι	1	to whomever the Son desires to reveal him	Alternate translation: “whoever the Son wants to introduce the Father to” or (if you translated in the first person) “whoever I want to introduce the Father to”
1737	LUK	10	23	yd5s	figs-explicit	καὶ στραφεὶς πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς κατ’ ἰδίαν, εἶπεν	1	And having turned around to the disciples, he said privately	The implication is that a crowd was present when the 72 disciples returned to report to Jesus what they had done, and that this crowd heard what Jesus told them and what he prayed to God. But now Jesus is speaking only to the disciples in a way that the crowd will not be able to hear him. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said, in the direction of his disciples so that only they could hear him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1738	LUK	10	23	l601	figs-synecdoche	μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ οἱ βλέποντες ἃ βλέπετε	1	Blessed are the eyes that see what you see	Jesus is using the term eyes to describe these disciples by reference to one part of them, the part they are using to witness the great works that reveal who he is. Alternate translation: “How good it is for you to see what you see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1739	LUK	10	23	mq23	figs-explicit	μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ οἱ βλέποντες ἃ βλέπετε	1	Blessed are the eyes that see what you see	The phrase what you see probably refers to the great works of healing and miracles that Jesus is doing, which reveal who he is. Alternate translation: “How good it is for you to see the things that I am doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1740	LUK	10	24	f32w	figs-explicit	καὶ οὐκ εἶδαν	1	and did not see	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why the prophets and kings did not see these things. Alternate translation: “but could not see them because they lived before this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1741	LUK	10	24	q61s	figs-explicit	ἃ ἀκούετε	1	what you hear	The phrase what you hear probably refers to the teachings of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the things that you have heard me say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1742	LUK	10	24	mb4b	figs-explicit	καὶ οὐκ ἤκουσαν	1	and did not hear	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why the prophets and kings did not hear these things. Alternate translation: “but could not hear them because they lived before this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1743	LUK	10	25	l602	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term behold to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1744	LUK	10	25	klh4	writing-participants	νομικός τις	1	a certain lawyer	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a lawyer who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1745	LUK	10	25	l603	translate-unknown	νομικός	1	lawyer	See how you translated this in 7:30. Alternate translation: “an expert in the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1746	LUK	10	25	l604	translate-symaction	ἀνέστη	1	stood up	By standing up, this lawyer was indicating that he had a question to ask Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this was the reason for his action. Alternate translation: “stood up to show that he wanted to ask a question” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1747	LUK	10	25	c6ac		ἐκπειράζων αὐτὸν	1	to test him	Alternate translation: “to see how well he would answer”
1748	LUK	10	25	l605		Διδάσκαλε	1	Teacher	Teacher was a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
1749	LUK	10	25	dh16	figs-metaphor	τί ποιήσας, ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω?	1	doing what, will I inherit everlasting life?	The lawyer is using the term inherit in a figurative sense to mean “come to possess” or “have.” Alternate translation: “what must I do in order to have everlasting life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1750	LUK	10	25	l606	figs-verbs	τί ποιήσας, ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω?	1	Doing what, will I inherit eternal life?	This lawyer may be asking about a single deed that would be worthy of eternal life, because he uses a verb form that does not indicate continuing action. Alternate translation: “What one thing do I need to do so that God will give me eternal life?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
1751	LUK	10	25	ls03	figs-metaphor	τί ποιήσας, ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω	1	doing what, will I inherit everlasting life	The lawyer means implicitly that he would inherit or “come to possess” this everlasting life from God. Alternate translation: “what must I do so that God will give me everlasting life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1752	LUK	10	26	nj77	figs-rquestion	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τί γέγραπται? πῶς ἀναγινώσκεις?	1	What is written in the law? How do you read it?	Jesus is using these questions to get this man to reflect on the Jewish law and apply it to his own question. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement that incorporates both of Jesus’ questions. Alternate translation: “Tell me what Moses wrote about that in the law and how you understand it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1753	LUK	10	26	l607	figs-parallelism	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τί γέγραπται? πῶς ἀναγινώσκεις?	1	What is written in the law? How do you read it?	These two phrases mean similar things. Jesus may be using repetition for emphasis and clarity. Both phrases have to do with what the law says. The first phrase views this objectively in terms of what is written there, and the second phrase views this subjectively from the perspective of a person reading it. You do not need to put both phrases in your translation if your readers might wonder why Jesus was saying basically the same thing twice. Alternate translation: “Tell me what answer a person would find to your question in the law of Moses.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1754	LUK	10	26	m2nl	figs-activepassive	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τί γέγραπται?	1	What is written in the law?	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “What did Moses write in the law?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1755	LUK	10	26	a8nt	figs-idiom	πῶς ἀναγινώσκεις?	1	How do you read it?	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “What do you understand it to be saying?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1756	LUK	10	27	l608	figs-hendiadys	ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν	1	And answering he said	Together answering and said mean that the lawyer responded to the question that Jesus asked him. Alternate translation: “The lawyer responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1757	LUK	10	27	l609	figs-youcrowd	ἀγαπήσεις	1	you will love	Here it may not be clear whether to use the singular or plural form of you because this is a short quotation from the Scriptures and the context is not given. The word is actually singular because, even though Moses said this to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was supposed to obey this command. So in your translation, use the singular forms of you your, and yourself in this verse, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
1758	LUK	10	27	hxk1	figs-declarative	ἀγαπήσεις	1	you will love	The Scriptures are using a statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “You must love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
1759	LUK	10	27	fzb6	figs-merism	ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ἰσχύϊ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου	1	with all your heart, and with all your soul, and with all your strength, and with all your mind	Moses is using a figure of speech that describes something by listing its parts. Alternate translation: “with your entire being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1760	LUK	10	27	l610	figs-metaphor	ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου	1	with all your heart, and with all your soul	The words heart and soul figuratively represent a person’s inner being. If you do not translate all four of the terms here with a single phrase, you can represent these two together. Alternate translation: “with all of your inner self” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1761	LUK	10	27	k1el	figs-ellipsis	καὶ, τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν	1	and your neighbor as yourself	The lawyer is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation (filling in ellipsis): “and you must also love your neighbor as much as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1762	LUK	10	28	l611	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	τοῦτο ποίει, καὶ ζήσῃ	1	Do this, and you will live	Jesus is describing a conditional situation. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express it that way. Alternate translation: “If you do this, then God will give you eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
1763	LUK	10	28	xd4n		ζήσῃ	1	you will live	Alternate translation: “God will give you eternal life”
1764	LUK	10	29	xt23		ὁ δὲ θέλων δικαιῶσαι ἑαυτὸν, εἶπεν	1	But he, desiring to justify himself, said	Alternate translation: “But the lawyer wanted to prove that he had done what he needed to do, so he said”
1765	LUK	10	29	lr4m	figs-explicit	τίς ἐστίν μου πλησίον?	1	who is my neighbor?	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the reason why the lawyer asked this specific question. Alternate translation: “whom should I consider to be my neighbor, that is, someone I need to love as I love myself?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1766	LUK	10	30	l612	figs-hendiadys	ὑπολαβὼν δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	Then answering Jesus said	Together answering and said mean that Jesus responded to the question that the lawyer asked him. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1767	LUK	10	30	bh6g	figs-parables	ὑπολαβὼν δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	Then answering Jesus said	Jesus answers the man’s question by telling a brief story that provides an illustration. Alternate translation: “As an answer to the man’s question, Jesus told him this story” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1768	LUK	10	30	e1lv	writing-participants	ἄνθρωπός τις	1	A certain man	This introduces a new character in the parable. Alternate translation: “There was a man who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1769	LUK	10	30	l614	figs-idiom	κατέβαινεν ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ εἰς Ἰερειχὼ	1	was going down from Jerusalem to Jericho	Jesus says going down because this man would have had to travel from a mountain height down into a valley to go from Jerusalem to Jericho. Alternate translation: “was traveling from Jerusalem to Jericho” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1770	LUK	10	30	v2ms	figs-idiom	λῃσταῖς περιέπεσεν	1	fell among robbers	Be sure that it is clear in your translation that this does not mean that the man fell down accidentally. Rather, this is an idiom. Alternate translation: “some robbers attacked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1771	LUK	10	30	heb5	figs-idiom	ἐκδύσαντες αὐτὸν	1	having stripped him	Alternate translation: “after they had taken everything he had” or “after they had stolen of all his things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1772	LUK	10	30	l615	figs-idiom	καὶ πληγὰς ἐπιθέντες	1	and having laid on blows	This expression means that the robbers also beat this man. Alternate translation: “and beaten him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1773	LUK	10	30	r3gd	figs-idiom	ἡμιθανῆ	1	half dead	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “almost dead.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1774	LUK	10	31	i3sf		κατὰ συνκυρίαν	1	by coincidence	This expression means that this event was not anything that anyone had planned. Alternate translation: “it just so happened that”
1775	LUK	10	31	plr2	writing-participants	ἱερεύς τις	1	a certain priest	This expression introduces a new character in the parable. Alternate translation: “there was a priest who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1776	LUK	10	31	l616	figs-explicit	ἱερεύς τις	1	a certain priest	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that a priest is a religious leader. This detail is important to the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was a priest, a religious leader, who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1777	LUK	10	31	gh79	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν	1	and when he saw him	Since a priest is a religious leader, the audience would assume that he would help the injured man. Since he did not, this phrase could be introduced with a contrasting word to call attention to this unexpected result. Alternate translation: “but when the priest saw the injured man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1778	LUK	10	31	xiu7	figs-explicit	ἀντιπαρῆλθεν	1	he passed by on the other side	The implication is that the priest did not help the man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he did not help him, but instead walked past him on the other side of the road” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1779	LUK	10	32	z3ct	writing-participants	καὶ Λευείτης	1	a Levite also	This expression introduces a new character in the parable. Alternate translation: “there was also a Levite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1780	LUK	10	32	l617	figs-ellipsis	καὶ Λευείτης	1	a Levite also	Jesus is leaving out some words, but they can be inferred from the rest of the story. Alternate translation: “there was also a Levite traveling on that road who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1781	LUK	10	32	lf3l	figs-explicit	καὶ Λευείτης	1	a Levite also	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that a Levite was someone who served in the temple. This detail is important to the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was also a Levite, someone who served in the temple, who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1782	LUK	10	32	l618	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ὁμοίως…καὶ Λευείτης κατὰ τὸν τόπον, ἐλθὼν καὶ ἰδὼν ἀντιπαρῆλθεν	1	likewise a Levite also, when he came to the place and saw him, passed by on the other side	Since Levites served in the temple, the audience would assume that this Levite would help the injured man. Since he did not, this phrase could be introduced with a contrasting word to call attention to this unexpected result. Alternate translation: “likewise a Levite also came to the place, but when he saw him, he walked past him on the other side of the road” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1783	LUK	10	32	l619	figs-explicit	ἀντιπαρῆλθεν	1	passed by on the other side	The implication is that the Levite did not help the man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he did not help the injured man, but instead walked past him on the other side of the road” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1784	LUK	10	33	z3xt	writing-participants	Σαμαρείτης δέ τις	1	But a certain Samaritan	This expression introduces a new character in the parable. Alternate translation: “But there was also a Samartian who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1785	LUK	10	33	cyp5	figs-explicit	Σαμαρείτης δέ τις	1	But a certain Samaritan	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that Jews and Samaritans were bitter enemies. This detail is important to the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But there was a Samaritan, whose people were enemies of the Jews, who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1786	LUK	10	33	l620	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	Σαμαρείτης δέ τις	1	But a certain Samaritan	Since Jews and Samaritans were enemies, the listeners would have assumed that this Samaritan would not help an injured Jewish man. Since he did help him, Jesus introduces this character with a contrasting word that calls attention to this unexpected result. You can do the same in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1787	LUK	10	33	w8qm		ἐσπλαγχνίσθη	1	he was moved with compassion	Alternate translation: “he felt sorry for him and wanted to help him”
1788	LUK	10	34	emq5	figs-events	κατέδησεν τὰ τραύματα αὐτοῦ, ἐπιχέων ἔλαιον καὶ οἶνον	1	he bound up his wounds, pouring on oil and wine	The Samaritan would have put the oil and wine on the wounds first, and then bound up the wounds. Alternate translation: “he put oil and wine on the wounds and then wrapped them with cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
1789	LUK	10	34	um21	figs-explicit	ἐπιχέων ἔλαιον καὶ οἶνον	1	pouring on oil and wine	The wine was used to clean the wounds, and the oil was used to prevent infection. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “pouring oil and wine on them to help heal them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1790	LUK	10	34	ktz4	translate-unknown	τὸ ἴδιον κτῆνος	1	his own animal	The Greek term translated as animal refers to an animal that carried heavy loads. In this culture, it was probably a donkey. You could say that, but if your readers might not know what a donkey is, you could use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “his own pack animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1791	LUK	10	35	z9w5	translate-bmoney	δύο δηνάρια	1	two denarii	See how you translated the term denarii in 7:41. Alternate translation: “two silver coins” or “an amount equivalent to two days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1792	LUK	10	35	nu6t		τῷ πανδοχεῖ	1	the inn-keeper	Alternate translation: “the person who was in charge of the inn”
1793	LUK	10	35	f5dz	figs-hypo	ὅ τι ἂν προσδαπανήσῃς, ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ ἐπανέρχεσθαί με ἀποδώσω σοι	1	whatever more you might spend, when I return, I will repay you	The Samaritan is describing a hypothetical situation and saying what he would do if the condition were true. Alternate translation: “if you need to spend more than this, then I will repay you when I return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1794	LUK	10	36	pa6a		τίς τούτων τῶν τριῶν πλησίον δοκεῖ σοι γεγονέναι, τοῦ ἐμπεσόντος εἰς τοὺς λῃστάς?	1	Which of these three do you think became a neighbor to the one who fell among the robbers?	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as two questions. Alternate translation: “What do you think? Which of these three men acted like a neighbor to the man whom the robbers attacked?”
1795	LUK	10	36	v31w		πλησίον…γεγονέναι	1	became a neighbor	Alternate translation: “acted like a neighbor”
1796	LUK	10	36	kv4z	figs-idiom	τοῦ ἐμπεσόντος εἰς τοὺς λῃστάς	1	the one who fell among the robbers	As in 10:30, be sure it is clear in your translation that this does not mean that the man fell down accidentally. Rather, this is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the man whom the robbers attacked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1797	LUK	10	37	ig9x	figs-explicit	πορεύου καὶ σὺ ποίει ὁμοίως	1	You go and do likewise	The implication is that the lawyer has given the correct answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, and you could also indicate what do likewise means. Alternate translation: “You are right. In the same way, you should also be a neighbor to people who need your help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1798	LUK	10	38	kv4q	writing-newevent	ἐν δὲ τῷ πορεύεσθαι αὐτοὺς	1	And as they were traveling along	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event. Alternate translation: “The next thing that happened on their journey was that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1799	LUK	10	38	l621	figs-synecdoche	αὐτὸς εἰσῆλθεν…ὑπεδέξατο αὐτόν	1	he entered … welcomed him	Luke figuratively says he and him, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “they entered … welcomed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1800	LUK	10	38	i17j	writing-participants	γυνὴ δέ τις ὀνόματι Μάρθα	1	and a certain woman named Martha	This introduces Martha as a new character. Your language may have its own way of introducing new people. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “There was a woman named Martha who lived there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1801	LUK	10	38	l622	translate-names	Μάρθα	1	Martha	Martha is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1802	LUK	10	39	l623	writing-participants	καὶ τῇδε ἦν ἀδελφὴ καλουμένη Μαριάμ	1	And she had a sister called Mary	This introduces Mary as a new character. Alternate translation: “Now Martha had a sister whose name was Mary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1803	LUK	10	39	l624	figs-activepassive	καλουμένη Μαριάμ	1	called Mary	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whose name was Mary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1804	LUK	10	39	l625	translate-names	Μαριάμ	1	Mary	Mary is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1805	LUK	10	39	fal8	figs-explicit	παρακαθεσθεῖσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	she was sitting at the feet of Jesus	This was the customary and respectful position for a learner at this time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she sat respectfully on the floor near Jesus to learn from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1806	LUK	10	39	l626	translate-textvariants	τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	Jesus	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to use this reading in your translation, or another reading, “the Lord.” The note below discusses a translation issue in that reading, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1807	LUK	10	39	l627		τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	Jesus	If you use the variant reading “the Lord” at this place in your translation, you may wish to indicate that this is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
1808	LUK	10	39	i74b	figs-metonymy	ἤκουεν τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	listening to his word	Luke uses the term word figuratively to describe what Jesus said while he was at Martha’s house. Alternate translation: “and listened to what he said” or “and listened to him teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1809	LUK	10	40	adr5	figs-activepassive	ἡ δὲ Μάρθα περιεσπᾶτο περὶ πολλὴν διακονίαν	1	But Martha was distracted with much service	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “But all Martha could think about was the big meal she was preparing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1810	LUK	10	40	jd9a	figs-rquestion	οὐ μέλει σοι, ὅτι ἡ ἀδελφή μου μόνην με κατέλιπεν διακονεῖν?	1	are you not concerned that my sister has left me alone to serve?	Martha is complaining that Jesus is allowing Mary to sit listening to him when there is so much work to do. Martha respects the Lord, so she uses a rhetorical question to make her complaint more polite. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate her words as a statement. Alternate translation: “it seems as if you do not care that my sister has left me alone to serve.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1811	LUK	10	41	l628	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῇ ὁ Κύριος	1	But answering the Lord said to her	Together answering and said mean that Jesus responded to Martha’s request. Alternate translation: “But the Lord replied to her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1812	LUK	10	41	l629		ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord	Here Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title the Lord. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
1813	LUK	10	41	dsw3		Μάρθα, Μάρθα	1	Martha, Martha	Jesus repeats Martha’s name for emphasis. Alternate translation: “My dear Martha”
1814	LUK	10	41	l630	figs-doublet	μεριμνᾷς καὶ θορυβάζῃ περὶ πολλά	1	you are anxious and troubled about many things	The terms anxious and troubled mean similar things. Jesus uses the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate them with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “you are worrying too much about things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1815	LUK	10	41	l631	figs-activepassive	θορυβάζῃ περὶ πολλά	1	you are … troubled about many things	If you do not combine the term for troubled with the word anxious into a single phrase, you could say are … troubled with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are … letting too many things bother you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1816	LUK	10	42	hqt4	figs-hyperbole	ἑνός δέ ἐστιν χρεία	1	but one thing is necessary	Jesus says one thing as an overstatement for emphasis. Other things actually are necessary for life, but this is the most important one. Alternate translation: “but one thing is more important than all the others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1817	LUK	10	42	l632	figs-explicit	ἑνός δέ ἐστιν χρεία	1	but one thing is necessary	The implication is that this most important thing is what Jesus is teaching about God, and that Martha should have been concentrating on that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but one thing, what I am teaching about God, is more important than all the others, and you should have been concentrating on that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1818	LUK	10	42	l633		Μαριὰμ…τὴν ἀγαθὴν μερίδα ἐξελέξατο	1	Mary has chosen the good part	While Jesus spoke just earlier about “one thing” as opposed to “many things,” here he seems to contrast only two things, the good part with another part, perhaps not “the bad part,” but at least the part that is not to be preferred. This likely refers to the two activities that Mary and Martha have chosen to pursue while Jesus is present in their home. Alternate translation: “Mary has chosen the better activity”
1819	LUK	10	42	nzn8	figs-activepassive	ἥτις οὐκ ἀφαιρεθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτῆς	1	which will not be taken away from her	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. This could mean: (1) “I will not take that opportunity away from her.” (2) “God will not let her lose what she has gained from listening to me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1820	LUK	11	intro	j6le			0		Luke 11 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus teaches about prayer (11:1-13) Jesus teaches about driving out demons and other subjects (11:14-36) Jesus criticizes the Pharisees and experts in the law (11:37-54) ULT sets the lines in 11:2-4 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a special prayer. Special concepts in this chapter The Lord’s Prayer When Jesus’ followers asked him to teach them how to pray, he taught them this prayer. He did not expect them to use the same words every time they prayed, but he did want them to know what God wanted them to pray about. Jonah Jonah was an Old Testament prophet whom God sent to the Gentile city of Nineveh to tell the people there to repent. When he went and preached to them, they did repent. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) Light and darkness The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, that is, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. The Bible speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, that is, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) Washing The Pharisees would wash themselves and the things they ate with. They would even wash things that were not dirty. The law of Moses did not tell them to wash those things, but they would wash them anyway. They did that because they thought that if they obeyed both the rules that God had made and some rules that their ancestors had added, God would think that they were better people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) Important textual issues in this chapter Bread and stone, fish and snake In 11:11, some ancient manuscripts have a longer reading, which also is found in Matthew 7:9. It says, “Which father among you, if your son asks for a loaf of bread, will give him a stone? Or a fish, will give him a snake?” ULT uses the shorter reading, which mentions just the fish and snake. This shorter reading is well attested to in many other ancient manuscripts. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to follow its reading. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1821	LUK	11	1	fl3j	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1822	LUK	11	1	l635	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1	John	This disciple is referring to John the Baptist. You could say that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1823	LUK	11	2	n3pz	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	Jesus is commanding the disciples to honor the name of God the Father by addressing him as Father when praying to him. This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1824	LUK	11	2	l636	figs-explicit	ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	let your name be made holy	Jesus is not saying that God’s name is not already holy in itself. Rather, he is referring to how people consider God’s name. Alternate translation: “may people treat your name as holy” or “may people regard your name as holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1825	LUK	11	2	l637	figs-activepassive	ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	let your name be made holy	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “may people treat your name as holy” or “may people regard your name as holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1826	LUK	11	2	b6sr	figs-metonymy	ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	let your name be made holy	The term name is a figurative way of referring to an entire person by reference to something associated with them. Alternate translation: “may all people honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1827	LUK	11	2	tm1a	figs-abstractnouns	ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου	1	Let your kingdom come	See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” As the General Introduction to Luke explains, in one sense, the kingdom of God is already present on earth, while in another sense, it is still a future reality. Try to translate this in a way that acknowledges both aspects. Alternate translation: “Come and rule more and more throughout the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1828	LUK	11	2	l638	figs-youformal	σου	1	your	Here, your is singular because Jesus is teaching his disciples how to pray to God. If your language has a formal form of “you” that it uses to address a superior respectfully, you may wish to use that form for your in its two instances here and for you in 11:4. Alternatively, it might be more appropriate in your culture to address God using a familiar form, such as friends would use with one another. Use your best judgment about what form to use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
1829	LUK	11	3	q89w	figs-imperative	δίδου ἡμῖν	1	Give us	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1830	LUK	11	3	l639	figs-exclusive	δίδου ἡμῖν	1	Give us	Jesus teaches his disciples to speak to God in the plural because he wants them to pray together in community about the matters he describes. Since the word us would refer to the people praying, but not to God, it would be exclusive, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1831	LUK	11	3	s6qp	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον	1	our daily bread	Jesus refers figuratively to bread, one common food, to mean food in general. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1832	LUK	11	4	iid7	figs-imperative	ἄφες ἡμῖν…μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς	1	forgive us … may you not lead us	These are imperatives, but they should be translated as polite requests rather than as commands. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” in each case to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please forgive us … please do not lead us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1833	LUK	11	4	wi99	figs-metaphor	παντὶ ὀφείλοντι ἡμῖν	1	everyone who owes us	Jesus uses the image of being in debt figuratively to describe having sinned against a person. Alternate translation: “everyone who has sinned against us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1834	LUK	11	4	db55		μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν	1	may you not lead us into temptation	You could state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “please lead us away from temptation”
1835	LUK	11	5	l640	figs-hypo	τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἕξει φίλον, καὶ πορεύσεται πρὸς αὐτὸν μεσονυκτίου	1	Which of you will have a friend, and will go to him at midnight	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you went to the house of a friend in the middle of the night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1836	LUK	11	5	l641	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ εἴπῃ αὐτῷ, φίλε, χρῆσόν μοι τρεῖς ἄρτους	1	and say to him, Friend, lend three loaves to me	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and asked his friend to let him borrow three loaves of bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1837	LUK	11	5	y1s9		χρῆσόν μοι τρεῖς ἄρτους	1	lend three loaves to me	Alternate translation: “let me borrow three loaves of bread” or “give me three loaves of bread, and I will pay you back later”
1838	LUK	11	6	l642	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐπειδὴ φίλος μου παρεγένετο ἐξ ὁδοῦ πρός με, καὶ οὐκ ἔχω ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ	1	since my friend has come to me from the road, and I do not have anything to serve to him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation (continuing the sentence from the previous verse): “explaining that another friend has just arrived on a journey and that he does not have enough food to feed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1839	LUK	11	6	l643	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐπειδὴ	1	since	The speaker uses this word to introduce the reason why he is making this request at this time. If you translate this as a direct quotation, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you why I am asking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1840	LUK	11	6	zl5w	figs-metonymy	παρεγένετο ἐξ ὁδοῦ πρός με	1	my friend has come to me from the road	The speaker uses the term road figuratively to describe being on a journey. Alternate translation: “another friend of mine is on a journey and has just arrived at my house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1841	LUK	11	6	zp7j	figs-hyperbole	ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ	1	anything to serve to him	It is unlikely that the speaker has no food at all in his house that he could serve his friend. Rather, this is an exaggeration for emphasis. Alternate translation: “enough food to feed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1842	LUK	11	6	l731	figs-explicit	ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ	1	anything to serve to him	This could mean: (1) as UST implies, while his family has the ingredients to make a meal, they do not want to make a weary traveler wait the time it would take for them to bake bread and prepare other food. Alternate translation: “any food prepared to feed him” (2) the speaker wants to extend hospitality by sharing a meal with his guest, and so he needs enough food for a family meal. Alternate translation: “enough food to share a meal with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1843	LUK	11	7	l644	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς εἴπῃ	1	answering … he may say	The word answering indicates that what this friend may say would be a response. Alternate translation: “he may reply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1844	LUK	11	7	l645	figs-quotesinquotes	εἴπῃ, μή μοι κόπους πάρεχε; ἤδη ἡ θύρα κέκλεισται, καὶ τὰ παιδία μου μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὴν κοίτην εἰσίν; οὐ δύναμαι ἀναστὰς δοῦναί σοι	1	he may say, ‘Do not cause me trouble. The door has already been shut, and my children are in the bed with me. I am not able to get up to give to you’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he may tell you not to bother him, because he has already locked the door for the night and his children are in bed with him, so he cannot get up and give you anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1845	LUK	11	7	l646	figs-activepassive	ἤδη ἡ θύρα κέκλεισται	1	The door has already been shut	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “We have already closed and locked the door” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1846	LUK	11	7	vhf7	figs-hyperbole	οὐ δύναμαι ἀναστὰς	1	I am not able to get up	The friend inside is not literally incapable of getting up. Rather, this is an exaggeration for emphasis. Alternate translation: “It would be very difficult for me to get up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1847	LUK	11	8	zl2k	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Even though Jesus began this hypothetical situation by asking “which of you,” that is, “which one of you,” here he is addressing all of the disciples together, not the hypothetical single disciple who might go to a friend’s house at midnight. So here, the word you is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1848	LUK	11	8	prx6	figs-abstractnouns	διά γε τὴν ἀναίδειαν αὐτοῦ	1	yet because of his persistence	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun persistence with a verb such as “continue.” Alternate translation: “because you continue to ask him urgently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1849	LUK	11	8	l647		ἐγερθεὶς	1	he will rise up	Alternate translation: “getting out of bed”
1850	LUK	11	9	j4ef	figs-you	ὑμῖν λέγω…ὑμῖν…εὑρήσετε…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you … to you … you will find … to you	In the first instance in this verse, you is plural because Jesus is speaking to the disciples. In the next three instances, even though Jesus is describing what could be an individual situation of a person praying to God, you is also plural because Jesus is still speaking to the disciples as a group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1851	LUK	11	9	l648	figs-explicit	αἰτεῖτε…ζητεῖτε	1	ask … seek	It might be customary in your language to say what a person would be asking for and seeking, and from whom. Alternate translation: “keep asking God for what you need … keep seeking what you need from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1852	LUK	11	9	i7j9	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be given to you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will give it to you” or “you will receive it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1853	LUK	11	9	l1f6	translate-unknown	κρούετε	1	knock	To knock at a door means to hit it a few times to let a person inside the house know you are standing outside. You could translate this expression with the way people in your culture show that they have arrived at a house, such as “call out” or “cough” or “clap.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1854	LUK	11	9	l649	figs-metaphor	κρούετε	1	knock	Jesus is using the expression knock figuratively to mean getting someone’s attention. Alternate translation: “seek God’s attention in prayer” or “let God know you are depending on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1855	LUK	11	9	kp3h	figs-activepassive	ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be opened to you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will open the door for you” or “God will welcome you inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1856	LUK	11	9	l650	figs-metaphor	ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be opened to you	This phrase continues the metaphor of prayer as knocking on a door. Alternate translation: “God will give you what you need” or “God will enable you to do what you are praying about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1857	LUK	11	10	l651	translate-unknown	τῷ κρούοντι	1	to the one who knocks	See how you translated the word “knock” in 11:9. Alternate translation: “to the one who calls out” or “to the one who coughs” or “to the one who claps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1858	LUK	11	10	l652	figs-activepassive	ἀνοιγήσεται	1	it will be opened	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will open the door” or “God will welcome you inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1859	LUK	11	10	l653	figs-metaphor	ἀνοιγήσεται	1	it will be opened	This phrase continues the metaphor of prayer as knocking on a door. Alternate translation: “God will give you what you need” or “God will enable you to do what you are praying about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1860	LUK	11	11	l654	translate-textvariants	τίνα δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν τὸν πατέρα αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς ἰχθύν, καὶ ἀντὶ ἰχθύος, ὄφιν αὐτῷ ἐπιδώσει?	1	And which father among you, his son will ask for a fish, and instead of a fish he will give him a snake?	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to use this reading or a longer one that is found in some ancient manuscripts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1861	LUK	11	11	l655		τίνα δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν τὸν πατέρα αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς ἰχθύν, καὶ ἀντὶ ἰχθύος, ὄφιν αὐτῷ ἐπιδώσει	1	And which father among you, his son will ask for a fish, and instead of a fish he will give him a snake	Alternate translation: “Which of you fathers, if his son asked for a fish, would give him a snake instead of a fish”
1862	LUK	11	11	q63d	figs-rquestion	τίνα δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν τὸν πατέρα αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς ἰχθύν, καὶ ἀντὶ ἰχθύος, ὄφιν αὐτῷ ἐπιδώσει?	1	And which father among you, his son will ask for a fish, and instead of a fish he will give him a snake?	Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “None of you fathers would give your son a snake if he asked for a fish!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1863	LUK	11	11	l656	figs-hypo	τίνα δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν τὸν πατέρα αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς ἰχθύν, καὶ ἀντὶ ἰχθύος, ὄφιν αὐτῷ ἐπιδώσει?	1	And which father among you, his son will ask for a fish, and instead of a fish he will give him a snake?	Jesus is also using a hypothetical situation to teach, and you could translate his words that way. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you had a son who asked for a fish to eat. None of you fathers would give him a snake instead.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1864	LUK	11	11	ls04	figs-explicit	ὄφιν	1	a snake	In this culture, people did not eat snakes. So Jesus is saying that a father would not give a son something the son could not eat if the son asked for something that he could eat. If people do eat snakes in your culture, you could use the name of something that they do not eat, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something he cannot eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1865	LUK	11	12	l657	figs-ellipsis	ἢ καὶ αἰτήσει ᾠόν, ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ σκορπίον	1	Or also he will ask for an egg, he will give him a scorpion	Jesus is speaking in an abbreviated way. Alternate translation: “Or if a son asked for an egg, would his father give him a scorpion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1866	LUK	11	12	r52w	figs-rquestion	ἢ καὶ αἰτήσει ᾠόν, ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ σκορπίον?	1	Or also he will ask for an egg, he will give him a scorpion?	Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “And no father would give his son a scorpion if he asked for an egg!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1867	LUK	11	12	l658	figs-hypo	ἢ καὶ αἰτήσει ᾠόν, ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ σκορπίον?	1	Or also he will ask for an egg, he will give him a scorpion?	Jesus is also using a hypothetical situation to teach. You could translate his words that way. Alternate translation: “Or suppose a son asked for an egg to eat. His father would not give him a scorpion instead.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1868	LUK	11	12	e8hr	translate-unknown	σκορπίον	1	scorpion	A scorpion is a small animal related to the spider. It has two claws and a poisonous stinger in its tail. If your readers would not be familiar with scorpions, you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a poisonous stinging animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1869	LUK	11	12	ls05	figs-explicit	σκορπίον	1	a scorpion	In this culture, people did not eat scorpions. So Jesus is saying that a father would not give a son something the son could not eat if the son asked for something that he could eat. If people do eat scorpions in your culture, you could use the name of something that they do not eat, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something he cannot eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1870	LUK	11	13	g99r	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…ὑμεῖς πονηροὶ ὑπάρχοντες, οἴδατε	1	if you who are evil know	Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since you who are evil know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
1871	LUK	11	13	aww7	figs-rquestion	πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, δώσει Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν?	1	how much more will the Father who is from heaven give the Holy Spirit to those who ask him?	Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “your Heavenly Father will even more certainly give the Holy Spirit to those who ask him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1872	LUK	11	14	uyu1	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
1873	LUK	11	14	afa8	figs-explicit	ἦν ἐκβάλλων δαιμόνιον κωφόν	1	he was driving out a mute demon	The demon itself was not unable to speak. Rather, it was preventing the man whom it was controlling from speaking. Alternate translation: “Jesus was driving out a demon that was causing a man to be unable to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1874	LUK	11	14	l6cg	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to mark where the action begins that this episode centers around. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1875	LUK	11	14	p72b	figs-ellipsis	τοῦ δαιμονίου ἐξελθόντος	1	when the demon had gone out	Luke is relating this episode briefly, and he does not say from whom the demon had gone out. Your language may require you to say that. Alternate translation: “when the demon had gone out of the man” or “once the demon had left the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1876	LUK	11	14	tnq3		ἐλάλησεν ὁ κωφός	1	the mute man spoke	Alternate translation: “the man who had been unable to speak then spoke”
1877	LUK	11	15	y6zi	figs-metonymy	ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	By Beelzebul	These people are using the name of this chief demon figuratively to refer by association to his power, which they are accusing Jesus of using. Alternate translation: “By the power of Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1878	LUK	11	15	l659	translate-names	Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	Beelzebul	Beelzebul is the name of the supposed ruler of the demons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1879	LUK	11	16	r519	writing-pronouns	ἕτεροι δὲ πειράζοντες	1	others tested him	The pronoun him refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Other people challenged Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1880	LUK	11	16	l660	figs-metonymy	σημεῖον ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐζήτουν παρ’ αὐτοῦ	1	seeking from him a sign from heaven	Luke uses the term heaven to refer to God figuratively by association, since heaven is the abode of God. Alternate translation: “demanding that he ask God to do a miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1881	LUK	11	16	x9fw	figs-explicit	σημεῖον ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐζήτουν παρ’ αὐτοῦ	1	seeking from him a sign from heaven	The implication is that the people who were challenging Jesus wanted him to ask God for a miracle to prove that his authority came from God. Alternate translation: “by demanding that he ask God to do a miracle to show that God had given him his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1882	LUK	11	17	l661	figs-activepassive	πᾶσα βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν διαμερισθεῖσα ἐρημοῦται	1	Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use active verbs to express the ideas behind the two passive verb forms divided and is made desolate. Alternate translation: “If the people of a kingdom fight among themselves, they will destroy their own kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1883	LUK	11	17	e36g	figs-metonymy	βασιλεία	1	kingdom	Jesus uses the term kingdom to refer figuratively to the people who live in it. Alternate translation: “the people of a kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1884	LUK	11	17	l662	figs-ellipsis	οἶκος ἐπὶ οἶκον πίπτει	1	house against house falls	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. The sense of divided can be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “any house that is divided against itself will collapse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1885	LUK	11	17	rc4h	figs-metonymy	οἶκος ἐπὶ οἶκον πίπτει	1	house against house falls	The term house refers figuratively to the people of a family who live in the same house. Alternate translation: “if family members fight against each other, they will ruin their family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1886	LUK	11	17	ze6p	figs-metaphor	πίπτει	1	falls	This image of a house collapsing figuratively depicts the destruction of a family when the members fight against each other. Alternate translation: “they will ruin their family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1887	LUK	11	18	jd5t	figs-rquestion	εἰ δὲ καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη, πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ?	1	But if Satan is also divided against himself, how will his kingdom stand?	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “But if Satan is divided against himself, then his kingdom cannot last.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1888	LUK	11	18	l663	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ δὲ καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη, πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ?	1	But if Satan is also divided against himself, how will his kingdom stand?	Jesus is also using a conditional statement to teach. Specifically, he is suggesting a condition that is not true in order to show by the results of the condition that it is certainly not true. Alternate translation: “Suppose Satan and all the other members of his kingdom are fighting among themselves. In that case, his kingdom cannot last.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
1889	LUK	11	18	i74u	figs-synecdoche	εἰ…ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη	1	if Satan is … divided against himself	Here Jesus uses the person of Satan to refer figuratively to all of the demons who follow Satan, as well as to Satan himself. Alternate translation: “if Satan and all of his demons are … fighting among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1890	LUK	11	18	l664	figs-activepassive	εἰ…ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη	1	if Satan is … divided against himself	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if Satan and all of his demons are … fighting among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1891	LUK	11	18	l665	figs-metaphor	πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ?	1	how will his kingdom stand?	Jesus asks figuratively how a kingdom could stand as if it were a building or a person. Alternate translation: “how can his kingdom last?” or “then his kingdom cannot last.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1892	LUK	11	18	vnt9	figs-explicit	ὅτι λέγετε, ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλειν με τὰ δαιμόνια	1	For you say I drive out the demons by Beelzebul	The implication is that if Jesus is doing this, then Satan’s kingdom is divided against itself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. It may also be helpful to say who people considered Beelzebul to be. Alternate translation: “You are saying that I make demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, the ruler of the demons. That would mean that Satan is divided against himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1893	LUK	11	18	l666	translate-names	Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	Beelzebul	See how you translated the name Beelzebul in 11:15. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1894	LUK	11	19	i48v	figs-rquestion	εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν?	1	But if I drive out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons drive them out?	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “If I am making demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, then your followers must be using that same power.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1895	LUK	11	19	l667	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν?	1	But if I drive out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons drive them out?	Jesus is also using a conditional statement to teach. Specifically, he is suggesting a condition that is not true in order to show by the results of the condition that it is certainly not true. Alternate translation: “Suppose I am making demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul. In that case, your followers must be using that same power themselves.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
1896	LUK	11	19	l668	figs-explicit	εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν?	1	But if I drive out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons drive them out?	The implication is that the people challenging Jesus would not say that their own followers were using the power of Beelzebul, and so they should agree that he is not using that power himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If I am making demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, then your followers must be using that same power. But you do not believe that is true about them. So it must not be true about me, either” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1897	LUK	11	19	l669	translate-names	Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	Beelzebul	See how you translated the name Beelzebul in 11:15. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1898	LUK	11	19	l670	figs-metaphor	οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν	1	your sons	Here, Jesus uses the word sons figuratively to mean “followers.” Alternate translation: “your followers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1899	LUK	11	19	bs8x	figs-explicit	αὐτοὶ ὑμῶν κριταὶ ἔσονται	1	they will be your judges	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implications of this statement more explicitly. Alternate translation: “your own followers will say that you are wrong for claiming that I make demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, because they know that they are not using that power themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1900	LUK	11	20	l671	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…ἐν δακτύλῳ Θεοῦ, ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	if I drive out the demons by the finger of God, then the kingdom of God has come to you	Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “So I must be making demons leave people by the power of God. This shows that the kingdom of God has come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
1901	LUK	11	20	y643	figs-metonymy	ἐν δακτύλῳ Θεοῦ	1	the finger of God	This phrase refers figuratively to God’s power. Alternate translation: “by the power of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1902	LUK	11	20	ja3u	figs-abstractnouns	ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the kingdom of God has come to you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” This could mean: (1) the kingdom of God has arrived in this place, that is, its activities are happening here. Alternate translation: “God is ruling in this area” (2) the kingdom of God has arrived in time, that is, it already beginning. Alternate translation: “God is beginning to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1903	LUK	11	21	e4d1	figs-parables	ὅταν ὁ ἰσχυρὸς καθωπλισμένος	1	When the strong man who is fully armed	To help the people in the crowd understand what he has been teaching, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told the crowd this story to help them understand. ‘When a strong man who has all his weapons’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1904	LUK	11	21	l672	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἰσχυρὸς καθωπλισμένος	1	the strong man who is fully armed	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a strong man who has all his weapons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1905	LUK	11	21	l673	figs-synecdoche	φυλάσσῃ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ αὐλήν	1	is guarding his own courtyard	Jesus speaks of one part of a house, its courtyard or entrance area, to refer figuratively to the entire house. Alternate translation: “is guarding his own house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1906	LUK	11	21	pb5v	figs-idiom	ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἐστὶν τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ	1	his possessions are at peace	This expression means that no one will disturb the man’s possessions, that is, they are safe from being stolen. Alternate translation: “no one can steal his possessions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1907	LUK	11	22	g1hx	figs-nominaladj	ἰσχυρότερος αὐτοῦ	1	a stronger than he	Jesus is using the adjective stronger as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “someone who is stronger than he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1908	LUK	11	22	zv57	figs-metaphor	τὰ σκῦλα αὐτοῦ διαδίδωσιν	1	divide his spoils	Jesus speaks figuratively of the first man’s possessions as if they were the spoils of war. He also says figuratively that the stronger man will divide these possessions, as if he were a soldier who needed to share them with other soldiers. Alternate translation: “take away his possessions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1909	LUK	11	22	l674	figs-explicit	τὰ σκῦλα αὐτοῦ διαδίδωσιν	1	divide his spoils	The implication of this parable is that Jesus must be stronger than Satan, because he has been overpowering him and rescuing the people whom Satan formerly controlled. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “take away his possessions. So I must be stronger than Satan and overpowering Satan, because I am taking away from him the people he formerly controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1910	LUK	11	23	yw6h		ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ, κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν; καὶ ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ, σκορπίζει	1	The one who is not with me is against me, and the one who does not gather with me scatters	Jesus is not referring to a specific individual. Rather, he is making a general statement that applies to any person or group of people. Alternate translation: “Anyone who is not with me is against me, and anyone who does not gather with me scatters” or “Those who are not with me are against me, and those who do not gather with me scatter”
1911	LUK	11	23	h3kb		ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1	The one who is not with me	Alternate translation: “Anyone who is not working with me”
1912	LUK	11	23	t7zn		κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν	1	is against me	Alternate translation: “is working against me”
1913	LUK	11	23	wa13	figs-explicit	ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ, σκορπίζει	1	the one who does not gather with me scatters	Jesus is referring implicitly to the work of gathering disciples to follow him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “anyone who is not working to help people come and follow me is keeping them away from me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1914	LUK	11	24	l675	figs-hypo	ὅταν τὸ ἀκάθαρτον πνεῦμα ἐξέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, διέρχεται δι’ ἀνύδρων τόπων ζητοῦν ἀνάπαυσιν	1	When the unclean spirit has gone out from the man, it passes through waterless places seeking rest	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “Suppose a demon goes out of a person. And suppose it then wanders through the desert looking for another place to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1915	LUK	11	24	l676	figs-idiom	τὸ ἀκάθαρτον πνεῦμα	1	the unclean spirit	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “a demon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1916	LUK	11	24	l677	figs-gendernotations	τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1	the man	Here Jesus is using the term man in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1917	LUK	11	24	fpj5	figs-metonymy	ἀνύδρων τόπων	1	waterless places	Jesus is describing the desert figuratively by reference to the lack of water there. Alternate translation: “the desert” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1918	LUK	11	24	l678	figs-idiom	ζητοῦν ἀνάπαυσιν	1	seeking rest	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “looking for another place to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1919	LUK	11	24	yvp4	figs-hypo	καὶ μὴ εὑρίσκον, λέγει, ὑποστρέψω εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον	1	and not finding any, it says, ‘I will return to my house from which I came’	Jesus continues to use a hypothetical situation to teach. If you show that directly in your translation, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “And suppose the demon does not find another place to live. Then it would say, ‘I will return to my house from which I came’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1920	LUK	11	24	l679	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγει, ὑποστρέψω εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον	1	it says, ‘I will return to my house from which I came’	Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the unclean spirit. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it says that it will return to the house from which it came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1921	LUK	11	24	s89t	figs-metaphor	τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον	1	my house from which I came	The demon is referring figuratively to the person it formerly controlled as its house. Alternate translation: “the person I used to control” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1922	LUK	11	25	b4u3	figs-activepassive	εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	it finds it swept out and put in order	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “it finds that someone has swept the house and put it in order” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1923	LUK	11	25	l680	figs-exmetaphor	εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	it finds it swept out and put in order	Jesus speaks about the person whom the demon left by continuing the metaphor of a house. You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the demon finds that the person it left is like a house that someone has swept clean and organized by putting everything where it belongs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
1924	LUK	11	25	l681	figs-explicit	εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	it finds it swept out and put in order	The implication is that the house is still empty. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the demon finds that the person it left is like a house that someone has swept clean and organized by putting everything where it belongs, but which is still empty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1925	LUK	11	26	wqq4	figs-nominaladj	γίνεται τὰ ἔσχατα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου, χείρονα τῶν πρώτων	1	the last things of that man become worse than the first things	Here the adjectives last and first function as nouns. They are plural, and ULT supplies the noun things in each case to show that. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you could supply a more specific singular noun. Alternate translation: “the final condition of that person is worse than his original condition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1926	LUK	11	26	l682	figs-gendernotations	τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου	1	that man	Here Jesus is using the term man in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1927	LUK	11	27	m86m	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1928	LUK	11	27	pk7m	figs-idiom	ἐπάρασά…φωνὴν…εἶπεν	1	lifting up her voice, said	The idiom lifting up her voice means that the woman spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “said in a loud voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1929	LUK	11	27	l683	figs-hendiadys	ἐπάρασά…φωνὴν…εἶπεν	1	lifting up her voice, said	Lifting up her voice tells how the woman said what she did. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these two terms. Alternate translation: “shouted out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1930	LUK	11	27	vjt7	figs-synecdoche	μακαρία ἡ κοιλία ἡ βαστάσασά σε, καὶ μαστοὶ οὓς ἐθήλασας	1	Blessed is the womb that bore you and the breasts at which you nursed	The woman who is shouting out to Jesus is using some of a woman’s body to refer to the whole woman. Alternate translation: “How good it is for the woman who gave birth to you and nursed you” or “How happy the woman must be who gave birth to you and nursed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1931	LUK	11	27	l684		μακαρία ἡ κοιλία ἡ βαστάσασά σε, καὶ μαστοὶ οὓς ἐθήλασας	1	Blessed is the womb that bore you and the breasts at which you nursed	While this woman is speaking about the mother of Jesus, she is actually pronouncing a blessing on him. Alternate translation: “I bless you, because this world is a better place because your mother brought you into it”
1932	LUK	11	28	c7e8		μενοῦν, μακάριοι	1	Rather, blessed are	Jesus is not saying that his mother is not blessed. He is saying that the people he is about to describe are even more blessed. Alternate translation: “It is even better for”
1933	LUK	11	28	l685		οἱ ἀκούοντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ φυλάσσοντες	1	the ones who hear the word of God and keep it	Alternate translation: “those who listen carefully to the message God has spoken and obey it”
1934	LUK	11	28	c3f2	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the word of God	Jesus uses the term word figuratively to describe the message that has come from God in the form of words. Alternate translation: “the message God has spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1935	LUK	11	29	cf2t	figs-explicit	τῶν δὲ ὄχλων ἐπαθροιζομένων	1	as the crowds were increasing	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say what these crowds were. Alternate translation: “as the crowds around Jesus were growing larger” or “as more people kept joining the crowds around Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1936	LUK	11	29	kt6k	figs-metonymy	ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη γενεὰ πονηρά ἐστιν; σημεῖον ζητεῖ	1	This generation is an evil generation. It seeks	Jesus uses the term generation figuratively to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “The people living at this time are evil people. They seek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1937	LUK	11	29	q19q	figs-explicit	σημεῖον ζητεῖ	1	It seeks a sign	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the purpose of the sign that the people were seeking. Alternate translation: “They want me to perform a miracle to prove that I have come from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1938	LUK	11	29	l686	grammar-connect-exceptions	σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ	1	a sign will not be given to it except the sign of Jonah	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “God will only give it the sign of Jonah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
1939	LUK	11	29	s29w	figs-activepassive	σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	1	a sign will not be given to it	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God will not give it a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1940	LUK	11	29	ft6z		τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ	1	the sign of Jonah	Alternate translation: “a miracle like the one that God did for Jonah”
1941	LUK	11	30	vj9m	figs-explicit	καθὼς…ἐγένετο Ἰωνᾶς τοῖς Νινευείταις σημεῖον, οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ	1	as Jonah became a sign to the Ninevites, so also will the Son of Man be to this generation	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly in what way Jesus will be a sign to this generation the way Jonah was a sign to the Ninevites. Alternate translation: “God did a miracle to show the people who lived long ago in the city of Nineveh that Jonah was his prophet. He brought Jonah out alive after he had been inside the great fish for three days. In the same way, God will do a miracle to show the people living at this time that I have come from him. He will bring me out alive after I have been in the grave for three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1942	LUK	11	30	l687	translate-names	τοῖς Νινευείταις	1	the Ninevites	Ninevites describes the people who lived in the ancient city of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1943	LUK	11	30	il7p	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1944	LUK	11	30	l732	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated this title in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1945	LUK	11	30	ax7q	figs-metonymy	τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ	1	to this generation	Jesus uses the term generation figuratively to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “to the people living at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1946	LUK	11	31	t1mw	translate-names	βασίλισσα νότου	1	The Queen of the South	This means the Queen of Sheba. Sheba was a kingdom south of Israel. Alternate translation: “The Queen of Sheba” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1947	LUK	11	31	bx3c	translate-symaction	ἐγερθήσεται…μετὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	will stand up … with the men of this generation	In this culture, a person would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for her action. Alternate translation: “will stand up … to give testimony before God against the people who lived at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1948	LUK	11	31	l688		ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	in the judgment	Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges people”
1949	LUK	11	31	l689	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	the men of this generation	Here Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “the people who lived at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1950	LUK	11	31	rnq9	figs-idiom	ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς	1	she came from the ends of the earth	This is an idiom that means she came from very far away. Alternate translation: “she traveled a great distance” or “she came from a faraway place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1951	LUK	11	31	l690	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος	1	the wisdom of Solomon	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun wisdom with an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “the wise things that Solomon said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1952	LUK	11	31	l691	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Jesus uses the term behold to get the crowd to focus its attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “now listen carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1953	LUK	11	31	l692	figs-nominaladj	πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	greater than Solomon is here	Jesus is using the adjective greater as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the word with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “someone who is greater than Solomon is here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1954	LUK	11	31	cwa7	figs-123person	πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	greater than Solomon is here	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, who am greater than Solomon, am here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1955	LUK	11	31	p75h	figs-explicit	πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	greater than Solomon is here	It may be helpful to state explicitly that these people have not listened to Jesus. Alternate translation: “even though I, who am greater than Solomon, am here, the people of this time have not listened to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1956	LUK	11	32	pkh5	figs-explicit	ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται	1	The men of Nineveh	It may be helpful to state explicitly that Nineveh refers to the ancient city of Nineveh. Alternate translation: “The people who lived in the ancient city of Nineveh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1957	LUK	11	32	g456	figs-gendernotations	ἄνδρες	1	The men	Here, men is generic and includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “The people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1958	LUK	11	32	l693	translate-symaction	ἀναστήσονται…μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	will rise up … with this generation	Here, rise up means to stand up. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for their action. Alternate translation: “will stand up … to give testimony before God against the people who lived at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1959	LUK	11	32	l694		ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	in the judgment	Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges people”
1960	LUK	11	32	uwp5		τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	this generation	Alternate translation: “the people who lived at this time”
1961	LUK	11	32	l695	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Jesus uses the term behold to get the crowd to focus its attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1962	LUK	11	32	l696	figs-nominaladj	πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1	greater than Jonah is here	Jesus is using the adjective greater as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the word with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “someone who is greater than Jonah is here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1963	LUK	11	32	ac61	figs-123person	πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1	greater than Jonah is here	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, who am greater than Jonah, am here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1964	LUK	11	32	l697	figs-explicit	πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1	greater than Jonah is here	It may be helpful to state explicitly that these people have not repented after hearing the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “even though I, who am greater than Jonah, am here, you still have not repented after hearing my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1965	LUK	11	33	l698	figs-parables	οὐδεὶς λύχνον ἅψας	1	No one, having lit a lamp	To help the people in the crowd understand what he has been teaching, Jesus offers a brief illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the crowd this illustration to help them understand. ‘No one who lights a lamp’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1966	LUK	11	33	ht3v	translate-unknown	κρύπτην	1	a hidden place	This expression means a place in a house that would not ordinarily be seen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use the name of any part of a dwelling in your culture that would not ordinarily be seen. Alternate translation: “a closet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1967	LUK	11	33	l699	translate-unknown	τὸν μόδιον	1	the measure	The term the measure refers to a container for dry material that had a capacity of about eight liters or about two gallons. You can represent the term in your translation with the name of a corresponding container in your culture. Alternate translation: “a basket” or “a bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1968	LUK	11	33	hz46	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν	1	but on the lampstand	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply the understood subject and verb in this clause. It may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Instead, a person places a lighted lamp on a lampstand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1969	LUK	11	34	n1pg	figs-metaphor	ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου	1	The lamp of the body is your eye	The eye is a lamp in a figurative sense. It is not a source of light, but a channel of light. Alternate translation: “Your eye lets light into your body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1970	LUK	11	34	l700	figs-youcrowd	σου	1	your	Even though Jesus is speaking to the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation, so your and you are singular in 11:34-36. But if the singular form of these pronouns would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
1971	LUK	11	34	rm2n	figs-exmetaphor	ὅταν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ἁπλοῦς ᾖ, καὶ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου φωτεινόν ἐστιν	1	When your eye is healthy, your whole body is also illuminated	Jesus is drawing an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “When your eye is healthy, it lets light into your whole body. In the same way, if you are willing to obey God, you will understand and live by his message for every part of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
1972	LUK	11	34	td49	figs-exmetaphor	ἐπὰν δὲ πονηρὸς ᾖ, καὶ τὸ σῶμά σου σκοτεινόν	1	But when it is bad, your body is also dark	Jesus continues to draw an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “But when your eye is unhealthy, it does not let light into any of your body. In the same way, if you are not willing to obey God, you will not understand and live by his message for any part of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
1973	LUK	11	34	l701		ἐπὰν δὲ πονηρὸς ᾖ	1	But when it is bad	In this context, Jesus is using the term evil to contrast with healthy, so it means “unhealthy.” Alternate translation: “But when your eye is unhealthy”
1974	LUK	11	35	z96u	figs-exmetaphor	σκόπει…μὴ τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος ἐστίν	1	beware that the light that is in you is not darkness	Jesus continues to draw an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “It would be dangerous for you to think that you could see clearly if you actually could not. In the same way, be careful not to think that you understand and live by God’s message if you really do not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
1975	LUK	11	36	g336	figs-simile	ἔσται φωτεινὸν ὅλον, ὡς ὅταν ὁ λύχνος τῇ ἀστραπῇ φωτίζῃ σε	1	it will all be illuminated, as when the lamp with its brightness illuminates you	Jesus now uses a simile to connect the illustration of the lamp with the extended metaphor of the eye. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of the simile. Alternate translation: “light will come into your whole body. In the same way, if you are willing to obey God, you will be able to understand his message and live by it completely, just as a lamp shines a bright light that allows you to see yourself and everything around you clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1976	LUK	11	37	h6zz	writing-newevent	ἐν δὲ τῷ λαλῆσαι	1	and when he had spoken	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “and when Jesus had finished saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1977	LUK	11	37	l702		ἐρωτᾷ αὐτὸν Φαρισαῖος	1	a Pharisee asks him	To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “a Pharisee asked him”
1978	LUK	11	37	l703	writing-participants	Φαρισαῖος	1	a Pharisee	This introduces a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “a Pharisee who was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1979	LUK	11	37	x6nx	translate-unknown	ἀνέπεσεν	1	reclined to eat	It was the custom in this culture at a relaxed meal such as this one for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around the table. You could translate this by using the expression in your language for the customary posture at a meal. Alternate translation: “sat down at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1980	LUK	11	38	bm8j	figs-explicit	οὐ πρῶτον ἐβαπτίσθη	1	he did not first wash	The Pharisees had a rule that people had to wash their hands before eating in order to be ceremonially clean before God. Alternate translation: “wash his hands in order to be ceremonially clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1981	LUK	11	39	l704		ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord	Here Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title the Lord. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
1982	LUK	11	39	xf4e	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς οἱ Φαρισαῖοι τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τοῦ πίνακος καθαρίζετε, τὸ δὲ ἔσωθεν ὑμῶν γέμει ἁρπαγῆς καὶ πονηρίας	1	you Pharisees clean the outside of the cup and of the bowl, but the inside of you is full of greed and evil	It becomes clear from the second part of this sentence that Jesus is using the cup and the bowl figuratively in the first part to represent the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “You Pharisees are careful to maintain good appearances on the outside, but your true character is that you are greedy and wicked people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1983	LUK	11	39	zkq7	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς…τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τοῦ πίνακος καθαρίζετε	1	you … clean the outside of the cup and of the bowl	Washing of the outside of containers was a part of the ritual practices of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “as part of your rituals, you … always clean the things that you are going to eat and drink from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1984	LUK	11	39	b8gj	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ δὲ ἔσωθεν ὑμῶν γέμει ἁρπαγῆς καὶ πονηρίας	1	but the inside of you is full of greed and evil	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns greed and evil with adjectives, as UST does. Alternate translation: “but your true character is that you are greedy and wicked people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1985	LUK	11	40	zq4l	figs-nominaladj	ἄφρονες	1	You foolish ones	Jesus is using an adjective as a noun. ULT adds the term ones to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “You foolish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1986	LUK	11	40	g39h	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ὁ ποιήσας τὸ ἔξωθεν, καὶ τὸ ἔσωθεν ἐποίησεν?	1	Did not the one who made the outside also make the inside?	Jesus is using the question form to challenge and correct the Pharisees. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “The one who made the outside also made the inside!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1987	LUK	11	41	m3ww	figs-explicit	τὰ ἐνόντα δότε ἐλεημοσύνην	1	give as charity what is inside	Jesus assumes that the Pharisees will know that he is now referring literally to the cups and bowls because he wants to speak about what they contain. So in this saying, they no longer represent the Pharisees figuratively. Alternate translation: “give to the poor what is in your cups and bowls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1988	LUK	11	41	l705	figs-metonymy	τὰ ἐνόντα δότε ἐλεημοσύνην	1	give as charity what is inside	Jesus is referring to food by association with the cups and bowls that the food is inside. Alternate translation: “share your food with the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1989	LUK	11	41	l706	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Jesus uses the term behold to get the Pharisees to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1990	LUK	11	41	phz9	figs-explicit	πάντα καθαρὰ ὑμῖν ἐστιν	1	all things are clean to you	The implication is that if the Pharisees devote themselves to what is most important, helping people in need, then they will recognize that ceremonial cleansing is less important and less worthy of their attention. Alternate translation: “you will not have to be so concerned about ritually washing cups and bowls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1991	LUK	11	42	ans4	figs-explicit	ἀποδεκατοῦτε τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ πήγανον, καὶ πᾶν λάχανον	1	you tithe the mint and the rue and every garden herb	The implication is that the Pharisees are counting the leaves on their garden herbs and giving a tenth of those to God, and that by doing that, they are going to almost absurd extremes in pursuing that devotional practice. Alternate translation: “you are so extreme that you give every tenth leaf from your mint and rue and other garden plants to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1992	LUK	11	42	p71g	translate-unknown	τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ πήγανον	1	the mint and the rue	These are the names of herbs. People put just a little bit of their leaves into their food to give it flavor. If your readers would not know what mint and rue are, you could use the name of herbs that they would know. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1993	LUK	11	42	l25z	figs-hyperbole	πᾶν λάχανον	1	every garden herb	This does not mean every herb that exists, but every herb that the Pharisees were growing in their gardens. Alternate translation: “every other herb in your gardens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1994	LUK	11	42	yk7d		τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the justice and the love of God	Alternate translation: “to make sure that people are treated fairly and compassionately, as God would want”
1995	LUK	11	42	l707		ταῦτα…κἀκεῖνα	1	these things, and … those things	By these things, Jesus means the justice and the love of God. By those things, he means devotional practices such as tithing. Your language may have its own way of expressing distinctions like this. Alternate translation: “the latter, and … the former”
1996	LUK	11	42	myv2	figs-doublenegatives	κἀκεῖνα μὴ παρεῖναι	1	and not to neglect those things	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative, which consists of a negative particle and a negative verb, as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “while making sure to express your devotion to God as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1997	LUK	11	43	w6pv	figs-idiom	τὴν πρωτοκαθεδρίαν	1	the first seats	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the best seats” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1998	LUK	11	43	sz72	figs-explicit	τοὺς ἀσπασμοὺς	1	the greetings	The implication is that people would greet the Pharisees in public by addressing them with honorary titles. Alternate translation: “for people to greet you with special titles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1999	LUK	11	44	hag2	figs-simile	ἐστὲ ὡς τὰ μνημεῖα τὰ ἄδηλα, καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι οἱ περιπατοῦντες ἐπάνω οὐκ οἴδασιν	1	you are like the unseen graves, and the men walking over them do not know it	Jesus is saying that the Pharisees are like unmarked graves because they appear to be ceremonially clean, and so people do not realize that they should avoid them and their teaching. Alternate translation: “you are like burial places that people should not go near, but people do not realize that because the places are unmarked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2000	LUK	11	44	l708	figs-explicit	ἐστὲ ὡς τὰ μνημεῖα τὰ ἄδηλα	1	you are like the unseen graves	The implication is that these graves are unseen, that is, people do not know that they are there, because they do not have markers such as the stones or plaques that are customarily used to identify graves and to memorialize the people who are buried in them. Alternate translation: “you are like unmarked graves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2001	LUK	11	44	mrw1	translate-unknown	μνημεῖα	1	graves	The term graves refers to holes dug in the ground where dead bodies are buried. If your readers would not be familiar with graves, you can use a general term. Alternate translation: “burial places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2002	LUK	11	44	l709	figs-gendernotations	καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι οἱ περιπατοῦντες ἐπάνω	1	and the men walking over them	Here Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “that people walk over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2003	LUK	11	44	h9x7	figs-explicit	οὐκ οἴδασιν	1	do not know it	The implication is that if the Jews walked over a grave, they would become ceremonially unclean because they had come close to a dead body. Unmarked graves would cause them to do that accidentally. Alternate translation: “do not realize that and so become ceremonially unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2004	LUK	11	44	l710	figs-metaphor	οὐκ οἴδασιν	1	do not know it	Jesus is using the implied ceremonial uncleanness figuratively to represent not doing what pleases God. He has just said in 11:42 that this is really a matter of showing love and justice to others. Alternate translation: “without realizing it and so, because they follow your teaching, they do not do the things that God wants them to do most” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2005	LUK	11	45	l711		ἀποκριθεὶς δέ τις τῶν νομικῶν λέγει αὐτῷ	1	Then answering one of the lawyers says to him	To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then one of the experts in the Jewish law who was there said to him”
2006	LUK	11	45	l712	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς…λέγει	1	answering … says	Together the two verbs answering and says mean that this lawyer was responding to what Jesus had said about the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2007	LUK	11	45	u1vv	writing-participants	τις τῶν νομικῶν	1	one of the lawyers	This phrase introduces a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “one of the experts in the Jewish law who was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2008	LUK	11	45	l713	translate-unknown	τις τῶν νομικῶν	1	one of the lawyers	See how you translated this in 7:30. Alternate translation: “one of the experts in the Jewish law who was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2009	LUK	11	45	l714		Διδάσκαλε	1	Teacher	Teacher is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
2010	LUK	11	45	v1pr		ταῦτα λέγων, καὶ ἡμᾶς ὑβρίζεις	1	saying these things, you insult us too	Alternate translation: “those are not very nice things to say, and they apply to us too”
2011	LUK	11	46	wx9j	figs-explicit	καὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς νομικοῖς οὐαί	1	Woe also to you lawyers	The implication is that Jesus did intend to condemn the actions of the experts in the law along with the actions of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “God is just as displeased with you experts in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2012	LUK	11	46	l715	translate-unknown	τοῖς νομικοῖς	1	lawyers	See how you translated this in 11:45. Alternate translation: “experts in the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2013	LUK	11	46	v2vl	figs-metaphor	φορτίζετε τοὺς ἀνθρώπους φορτία δυσβάστακτα	1	you burden men with burdens difficult to carry	Jesus is figuratively describing the many rules that these experts give people as burdens that are too heavy to carry. Alternate translation: “you give people more rules than they can possibly follow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2014	LUK	11	46	l716	figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἀνθρώπους	1	men	Here Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2015	LUK	11	46	mws4	figs-hyperbole	αὐτοὶ ἑνὶ τῶν δακτύλων ὑμῶν οὐ προσψαύετε τοῖς φορτίοις	1	you yourselves do not touch the burdens with one of your fingers	Jesus uses the least possible thing someone could do to help someone else carry a burden, lifting part of it with a single finger, to emphasize how little these experts are actually doing to help people follow the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “you are not doing anything at all to help people truly obey the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2016	LUK	11	47	l717	figs-gendernotations	πατέρες	1	fathers	Jesus is using the term fathers in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2017	LUK	11	48	drs1	figs-explicit	μαρτυρεῖτε καὶ συνευδοκεῖτε τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν	1	you bear witness and consent to the works of your fathers	The implication is that the Pharisees and experts in the law are not really honoring the prophets whom their ancestors killed when they build elaborate tombs for them. Rather, their ancestors began the job by actually killing them, and now they are finishing the job by burying them. Alternate translation: “you show that you approve of and agree with what your ancestors did when you bury the prophets to finish the job of killing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2018	LUK	11	48	l718	figs-gendernotations	τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν	1	your fathers	Jesus is using the term fathers in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2019	LUK	11	48	l719	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς…οἰκοδομεῖτε	1	you are building	The implication is that the Pharisees and law experts are building tombs for the prophets, as 11:47 says explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are building tombs for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2020	LUK	11	49	by5w		διὰ τοῦτο	1	For this reason	The expression Because of this refers to the way that the current generation was effectively continuing the actions of its ancestors, who had killed the prophets. Alternate translation: “Because you are just as hostile to the prophets as your ancestors were”
2021	LUK	11	49	c97g	figs-personification	ἡ σοφία τοῦ Θεοῦ εἶπεν	1	the wisdom of God said	Jesus speaks figuratively of God’s wisdom as if it were able to speak by itself. Alternate translation: “God in his wisdom said” or “God wisely said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
2022	LUK	11	49	lda4	figs-explicit	ἀποστελῶ εἰς αὐτοὺς προφήτας καὶ ἀποστόλους, καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀποκτενοῦσιν καὶ διώξουσιν	1	I will send to them prophets and apostles, and some of them they will kill and persecute	Jesus is saying that God was not so foolish or naïve as to think that the Israelites would welcome the message of the prophets and apostles. God in his wisdom knew that they would oppose his messengers. But he sent them anyway, because their message was necessary and important. Alternate translation: “I am going to send prophets and apostles to them with my message, even though I know they will persecute and kill some of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2023	LUK	11	49	w1fh	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκτενοῦσιν καὶ διώξουσιν	1	kill and persecute	Here, Jesus may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with and. The word persecute may be telling why and how the people would kill the prophets. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “persecute even to the point of killing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2024	LUK	11	50	pi6u	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἐκζητηθῇ τὸ αἷμα πάντων τῶν προφητῶν, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	that the blood of all the prophets that has been shed from the foundation of the world may be required from this generation	The implication seems to be that God will also send prophets to the people living at this time because the people’s violent persecution of the prophets will constitute a conscious, deliberate rejection of God’s message that will provide grounds for definitive judgment. That is because the people of this time should know better than to persecute the prophets, based on the prominent bad example of their own ancestors. Alternate translation: “so that the people living at this time, who should have known better, can be held accountable for the blood that people have shed of all the prophets since the beginning of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2025	LUK	11	50	l720	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἐκζητηθῇ…ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	that … may be required from this generation	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God can hold the people living at this time accountable for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2026	LUK	11	50	l721	figs-activepassive	τὸ αἷμα…τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον	1	the blood … that has been shed	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “the blood … that people have shed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2027	LUK	11	50	d1rf	figs-metonymy	τὸ αἷμα…τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον	1	the blood … that has been shed	Jesus uses the term the blood … that has been shed to refer to the deaths of the prophets figuratively by association with their blood. Alternate translation: “the deaths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2028	LUK	11	50	l722		ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	from the foundation of the world	Alternate translation: “since the beginning of the world” or “since God made the world”
2029	LUK	11	50	l723	figs-metonymy	τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	this generation	Jesus uses the term generation figuratively to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “the people living at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2030	LUK	11	51	l724	figs-metonymy	αἵματος Ἂβελ…αἵματος Ζαχαρίου	1	the blood of Abel … the blood of Zechariah	Jesus uses the terms the blood of Abel … the blood of Zechariah to refer to the deaths of these men figuratively by association with the shedding of their blood. Alternate translation: “the death of Abel … the death of Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2031	LUK	11	51	l725	translate-names	Ἂβελ	1	Abel	Abel is the name of a man. He was the son of Adam, the first man, and God commended him for doing what was right. His brother Cain murdered him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2032	LUK	11	51	jes7	translate-names	Ζαχαρίου	1	Zechariah	Zechariah is the name of a man. It is not the same man as father of John the Baptist, whose story Luke tells at the beginning of this book. Rather, Jesus means the priest whom King Joash ordered the officials of Judah to stone to death in the temple courtyard after he rebuked the people of Judah for worshipping idols. See 2 Chronicles 24:21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2033	LUK	11	51	l726	figs-metaphor	τοῦ οἴκου	1	the house	Jesus figuratively calls the temple the house, meaning the “house of God,” since God’s presence was in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2034	LUK	11	51	l727	figs-activepassive	ἐκζητηθήσεται ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	it will be required from this generation	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will hold the people living at this time accountable for all these deaths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2035	LUK	11	51	l728	figs-metonymy	τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	this generation	Jesus uses the term generation figuratively to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “the people living at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2036	LUK	11	52	vj5a	translate-unknown	τοῖς νομικοῖς	1	lawyers	See how you translated this in 11:45. Alternate translation: “experts in the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2037	LUK	11	52	s4fc	figs-metaphor	ἤρατε τὴν κλεῖδα τῆς γνώσεως	1	you have taken away the key of knowledge	Jesus speaks figuratively about the knowledge of God’s truth as if it were in a building whose door was locked, and about proper teaching as if it were a key that could unlock that door. Alternate translation: “you prevent people from knowing God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2038	LUK	11	52	xg48	translate-unknown	τὴν κλεῖδα	1	the key	A key is a small metal device that opens a lock that is used to keep things like a door, a box, or a drawer closed. If your readers would not know what a key is, you could use the name of a comparable device in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2039	LUK	11	52	fj7x	figs-metaphor	αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσήλθατε, καὶ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἐκωλύσατε	1	you have not entered yourselves, and you have hindered those who are entering	Jesus continues the metaphor by saying figuratively that these experts in the law have not gone into the building where they could learn God’s truth, and they have not given others the key that would allow them to unlock the door and go inside to learn. Alternate translation: “you do not know God’s truth yourselves, and you are preventing others from knowing it as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2040	LUK	11	53	mld3	writing-endofstory	κἀκεῖθεν ἐξελθόντος αὐτοῦ	1	After he went out from there	In this verse and the next verse, Luke comments on what happened as a result of the episode he has just related. Alternate translation: “After Jesus left the Pharisee’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
2041	LUK	11	54	mr32	figs-metaphor	ἐνεδρεύοντες αὐτὸν θηρεῦσαί τι ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	lying in wait for him to trap something from his mouth	Luke speaks figuratively of the scribes and Pharisees trying to find grounds to accuse Jesus as if they were hunters hiding behind cover in order to catch an animal. Luke then speaks figuratively of what Jesus was saying as if it were the animal that these hunters were trying to catch. Alternate translation: “listening carefully to Jesus to see if they could use something he said to accuse him of teaching the wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2042	LUK	11	54	l729	figs-metonymy	τι ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	something from his mouth	Luke figuratively describes what Jesus was saying by association with his mouth, by which he spoke these things. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2043	LUK	12	intro	jun3			0		Luke 12 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus teaches about trusting and honoring God (12:1-12) Jesus tells a parable about a man who trusted in money (12:13-21) Jesus teaches not to trust in money (12:22-34) Jesus teaches about being ready for his return (12:35-59) Special concepts in this chapter “Blasphemy against the Holy Spirit” Jesus says in 12:10 that anyone who blasphemes against the Holy Spirit will not be forgiven. This is a descriptive statement, not a prescriptive one. Jesus is not saying that if people happen to speak certain words, then God will refuse to forgive them, no matter how sorry they are afterwards. Rather, it is the Holy Spirit who brings conviction of sin and of the need to repent. “Blasphemy against the Holy Spirit” means attributing the influence of the Holy Spirit to evil powers, as the Pharisees did when they said in 11:15 that Jesus drove out demons by the power of Beelzebul, the ruler of demons. By definition, then, if a person thinks that the influence of the Holy Spirit is an evil influence, they will not respond to it, and so they will not experience conviction of sin, repent, and be forgiven. That is why people who “blaspheme against the Holy Spirit” will not be forgiven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]]) Servants God expects his people to remember that everything in the world belongs to God. God gives his people things so they can serve him. He wants them to please him by doing what he wants them to do with everything he has given them. One day Jesus will ask his servants what they have done with everything he gave them to use. He will give a reward to those who have done what he wanted them to do, and he will punish those who have not. Jesus teaches about this in 12:34-40. Division Jesus knew that those who did not choose to follow him would hate those who did choose to follow him. He also knew that most people love their families more than they love anyone else. So he wanted his followers to understand that following and pleasing him had to be more important to them than having their family love them. Jesus teaches about this in 12:49-53.
2044	LUK	12	1	en8g	writing-newevent	ἐν οἷς	1	In those times	Luke uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. This phrase seems to refer back to 11:54. Alternate translation: “While the scribes and Pharisees were still looking for a way to trap him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2045	LUK	12	1	c8yk	grammar-connect-time-background	ἐπισυναχθεισῶν τῶν μυριάδων τοῦ ὄχλου, ὥστε καταπατεῖν ἀλλήλους	1	when myriads of the crowd were gathered together	Luke provides this background information to give the setting for the events he is about to describe. Alternate translation: “while tens of thousands of the common people were gathering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2046	LUK	12	1	l730	translate-unknown	μυριάδων	1	myriads	The word myriads is the plural of the Greek word “myriad,” which means ten thousand (10,000). You can express this number in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “tens of thousands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2047	LUK	12	1	l734		τοῦ ὄχλου	1	of the crowd	In this context, the word crowd refers to ordinary people. Alternate translation: “of the common people”
2048	LUK	12	1	l735	figs-activepassive	ἐπισυναχθεισῶν	1	were gathered together	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “were coming together” or “were crowding around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2049	LUK	12	1	ybz9	figs-hyperbole	ὥστε καταπατεῖν ἀλλήλους	1	so that they trampled on each other	This could be an exaggeration to emphasize how tightly packed together the crowd as. Alternate translation: “so that they were all tightly packed together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2050	LUK	12	1	x38n		ἤρξατο λέγειν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ πρῶτον	1	he began to say to his disciples first	This could mean: (1) Jesus addressed his disciples before speaking to the crowd. Alternate translation: “Jesus first started speaking to his disciples, and said to them” (2) this was the first thing Jesus said to his disciples when he began to speak to them. Alternate translation: “Jesus started speaking to his disciples, and the first thing he said was”
2051	LUK	12	1	f5b9	figs-metaphor	προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης, τῶν Φαρισαίων, ἥτις ἐστὶν ὑπόκρισις	1	Guard yourselves from the yeast of the Pharisees, which is hypocrisy	Jesus is describing the influence of the Pharisees figuratively by comparing its spread throughout the community to the way yeast spreads through a whole batch of dough or batter. You could represent this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “Be careful that you do not become hypocrites like the Pharisees, whose behavior is influencing everyone around them, just as yeast spreads through a whole batch of dough” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2052	LUK	12	1	l736	translate-unknown	ζύμης	1	yeast	Yeast is a substance that causes fermentation and expansion within a batch of dough or batter. If your readers would not be familiar with yeast, you could use the name of a substance that they would be familiar with, or you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “leaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2053	LUK	12	2	m1ti	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	But	But connects the statement it introduces to the previous statement about the hypocrisy of the Pharisees. In your translation, you can use the term that would show this connection in the way that is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
2054	LUK	12	2	e5w4	figs-parallelism	οὐδὲν…συνκεκαλυμμένον ἐστὶν, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	nothing is concealed that will not be revealed and hidden that will not be known	These two phrases mean similar things. Jesus uses them together to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them, especially if including both phrases might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “people will learn about everything that others try to hide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2055	LUK	12	2	l737	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδὲν…συνκεκαλυμμένον ἐστὶν, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται	1	nothing is concealed that will not be revealed	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything that is now concealed will be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2056	LUK	12	2	g46e	figs-activepassive	οὐδὲν…συνκεκαλυμμένον ἐστὶν, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται	1	nothing is concealed that will not be revealed	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use active verbal forms in place of the two passive forms here, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will reveal everything that people are now concealing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2057	LUK	12	2	l738	figs-ellipsis	καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	and hidden that will not be known	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and nothing is hidden that will not be known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2058	LUK	12	2	l739	figs-doublenegatives	καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	and hidden that will not be known	Supplying nothing from earlier in the sentence shows that this is a double negative. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “and everything that is now hidden will be known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2059	LUK	12	2	l740	figs-activepassive	καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	and hidden that will not be known	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use active verbal forms in place of the two passive forms here, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “and God will let everyone know about everything that people are now hiding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2060	LUK	12	3	iv8i	figs-metaphor	ὅσα ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ εἴπατε	1	whatever you have said in the darkness	Jesus uses the image of darkness to represent the idea of concealment. Alternate translation: “whatever you have said secretly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2061	LUK	12	3	l741	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ φωτὶ ἀκουσθήσεται	1	will be heard in the light	Jesus uses the image of light to represent the idea of no concealment. Alternate translation: “people will hear openly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2062	LUK	12	3	l742	figs-activepassive	ἐν τῷ φωτὶ ἀκουσθήσεται	1	will be heard in the light	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “people will hear openly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2063	LUK	12	3	ix7b	figs-idiom	πρὸς τὸ οὖς ἐλαλήσατε	1	spoken in the ear	Alternate translation: “whispered to another person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2064	LUK	12	3	jwe6	figs-metaphor	ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις	1	in the inner rooms	Jesus uses the image of this location to represent the idea of privacy. Alternate translation: “privately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2065	LUK	12	3	b93h	figs-activepassive	κηρυχθήσεται	1	will be proclaimed	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “people will proclaim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2066	LUK	12	3	rmx8	translate-unknown	ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων	1	upon the housetops	Houses in Israel had flat roofs that were reached by stairs or ladders, so people could easily go up and stand on top of them. If houses are different in your culture and you think your readers might wonder how people would get up onto housetops and stand there, you could translate this with a general expression. Alternate translation: “from a high place from which everyone will be able to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2067	LUK	12	4	m6t7		λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, τοῖς φίλοις μου	1	But I say to you, my friends	Jesus readdresses his disciples to mark a shift in his speech to a new topic, about not being afraid. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you, friends”
2068	LUK	12	4	l743	figs-metonymy	τὸ σῶμα	1	the body	Jesus speaks figuratively about a person by association with the body, which is mortal. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2069	LUK	12	4	vc8j		μὴ ἐχόντων περισσότερόν τι ποιῆσαι	1	do not have anything more to do	Alternate translation: “cannot cause any more harm”
2070	LUK	12	5	fsr4	figs-explicit	φοβήθητε τὸν…ἔχοντα ἐξουσίαν	1	Fear the one who … has authority	The expression the one refers to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Fear God, who … has authority” or “Fear God, because he … has authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2071	LUK	12	5	us3x		μετὰ τὸ ἀποκτεῖναι	1	after having killed	Jesus is not suggesting that God actively kills each person. Alternate translation: “after a person dies”
2072	LUK	12	5	l744	translate-names	Γέενναν	1	Gehenna	Gehenna is the Greek name for a place, the Valley of Hinnom just outside Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2073	LUK	12	5	ric8	figs-metaphor	Γέενναν	1	Gehenna	Jesus figuratively uses the name of this place, where refuse was thrown and fires burned continually, to mean hell. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2074	LUK	12	6	l745	figs-activepassive	οὐχὶ πέντε στρουθία πωλοῦνται ἀσσαρίων δύο	1	Are not five sparrows sold for two assaria	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who does the action. Alternate translation: “Do people not sell five sparrows for only two small copper coins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2075	LUK	12	6	czr7	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ πέντε στρουθία πωλοῦνται ἀσσαρίων δύο?	1	Are not five sparrows sold for two assaria?	Jesus is using this question to teach the disciples. He is not asking them to verify the market price for sparrows. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that five sparrows are sold for only two small copper coins.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2076	LUK	12	6	u697	translate-unknown	στρουθία	1	sparrows	Sparrows are small, seed-eating birds. If your readers would not know what sparrows are, you could use a general expression instead. Alternate translation: “small birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2077	LUK	12	6	l746	translate-bmoney	ἀσσαρίων δύο	1	two assaria	The word assaria is the plural of “assarion.” An assarion was a small copper coin equivalent to about half an hour’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might say something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “two small copper coins” or “half an hour’s wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
2078	LUK	12	6	mru1	figs-activepassive	ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπιλελησμένον ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	not one of them is forgotten before God	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God never forgets a single one of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2079	LUK	12	6	l747	figs-doublenegatives	ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπιλελησμένον ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	not one of them is forgotten before God	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative, which consists of a negative particle and a negative verb, as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “God is always aware of every one of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2080	LUK	12	6	l748	figs-metaphor	ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπιλελησμένον ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	not one of them is forgotten before God	The expression before God means “in front of God,” that is, “where God can see.” Sight, in turn, figuratively represents attention. Alternate translation: “God is always aware of every one of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2081	LUK	12	7	m833	figs-activepassive	καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν πᾶσαι ἠρίθμηνται	1	even the hairs of your head have all been numbered	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has even counted all the hairs on your head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2082	LUK	12	7	l749	figs-synecdoche	καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν πᾶσαι ἠρίθμηνται	1	even the hairs of your head have all been numbered	Jesus is figuratively using one small part of a person, the hairs on the head, to indicate the entire person. Alternate translation: “God is aware of everything about you, right down to the smallest detail” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2083	LUK	12	7	l750	figs-you	τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν	1	your head	Although head is singular because Jesus is describing an individual situation, your is plural because he is speaking to his disciples as a group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2084	LUK	12	7	l751		ἠρίθμηνται	1	numbered	This word can also mean “counted.” Jesus is not necessarily saying that God has assigned a number to each individual hair on a person’s head. Alternate translation: “counted”
2085	LUK	12	7	shk3	figs-explicit	μὴ φοβεῖσθε, πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε	1	Do not fear, you are more valuable than many sparrows	The implication is that if God is aware of and concerned for sparrows, which are of less value, then God is certainly aware of and concerned for people, who are of greater value. And so followers of Jesus do not need to be afraid, since God is watching over them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are more valuable than many sparrows, so God is certainly even more aware of you and concerned for you, and so you do not need to be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2086	LUK	12	8	xzh3		λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν	1	But I say to you	Jesus readdresses his disciples to mark a shift in his speech to a new topic, confession. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you”
2087	LUK	12	8	d1cs	figs-explicit	πᾶς ὃς ἂν ὁμολογήσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	everyone who confesses me before men	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what someone would confess or acknowledge. Alternate translation: “whoever tells other people that he believes in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2088	LUK	12	8	l752	figs-metaphor	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	before men	Here, before means “in front of” or “in the presence of” other people. Alternate translation: “in the presence of other people” or “so other people can hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2089	LUK	12	8	l753	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	men	Here Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2090	LUK	12	8	m5ek	figs-123person	καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὁμολογήσει, ἐν αὐτῷ	1	the Son of Man will also confess him	Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will also say that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2091	LUK	12	8	l754	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated this title in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2092	LUK	12	8	l755	figs-metaphor	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀγγέλων	1	before the angels	Here, before means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in the presence of the angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2093	LUK	12	9	fu3j	figs-explicit	ὁ δὲ ἀρνησάμενός με ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	the one who denies me before men	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what someone who denies might say. Alternate translation: “whoever denies to others that he is my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2094	LUK	12	9	l756	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	before men	Here, before means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in the presence of other people” or “so other people can hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2095	LUK	12	9	l757	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	men	Here, Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2096	LUK	12	9	x27t	figs-activepassive	ἀπαρνηθήσεται	1	will be denied	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will would do the action. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man will deny that he belongs to him” or (if you translated with the first person) “I will deny that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2097	LUK	12	9	l758	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀγγέλων	1	before the angels	Here, before means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in the presence of the angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2098	LUK	12	10	rp5y	figs-metonymy	καὶ πᾶς ὃς ἐρεῖ λόγον εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	everyone who speaks a word against the Son of Man	Jesus uses word figuratively to describe something someone might say by using words. Alternate translation: “And everyone who says something bad about the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2099	LUK	12	10	l759	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2100	LUK	12	10	l760	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated this title in 5:24. Alternate translation: “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2101	LUK	12	10	px39	figs-activepassive	ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	it will be forgiven him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2102	LUK	12	10	p9g7	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται	1	it will not be forgiven	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will not extend forgiveness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2103	LUK	12	11	f2j9	figs-explicit	ὅταν…εἰσφέρωσιν ὑμᾶς	1	when they bring you	The implication is that the opponents of Jesus would do this to his disciples. Alternate translation: “when my opponents bring you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2104	LUK	12	11	c1rk	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τὰς συναγωγὰς	1	to the synagogues	Jesus is referring figuratively to local Jewish tribunals by reference to the place where they met, in synagogues. Alternate translation: “to be tried by local Jewish tribunals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2105	LUK	12	11	gm94	figs-doublet	τὰς ἀρχὰς, καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας	1	the rulers, and the authorities	These two terms mean similar things. Jesus may be using them together for emphasis. He is referring to officials of the Roman Empire. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the terms into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the officials whom the Romans have appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2106	LUK	12	12	l761		τὸ…Ἅγιον Πνεῦμα διδάξει ὑμᾶς…ἃ δεῖ εἰπεῖν	1	the Holy Spirit will teach you … what is necessary to say	Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will tell you … what to say” or “the Holy Spirit will give you … the words to say”
2107	LUK	12	12	gz6v	figs-idiom	ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	in that hour	Jesus is using the term hour figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” or “in that moment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2108	LUK	12	13	i2vi	writing-participants	εἶπεν δέ τις ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου αὐτῷ	1	Then someone from the crowd said to him	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “Then a man who was there in the crowd said to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2109	LUK	12	13	l762		Διδάσκαλε	1	Teacher	Teacher is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
2110	LUK	12	13	d1dj	figs-explicit	μερίσασθαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὴν κληρονομίαν	1	to divide the inheritance with me	In this culture, inheritances came from the father, usually after the father had died. You may need to make explicit that the speaker’s father had probably died. Alternate translation: “to divide the family property with me now that our father is dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2111	LUK	12	14	i8sm		ἄνθρωπε	1	Man	Here Jesus is using the impersonal term man to put some social distance between himself and the questioner, by contrast with the way he called his disciples “friends” in 12:4. He is effectively rebuking the man for asking such a question. Your language might have a way of addressing people in a similar situation. Alternate translation: “Mister”
2112	LUK	12	14	hmn6	figs-rquestion	τίς με κατέστησεν κριτὴν ἢ μεριστὴν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς?	1	who appointed me a judge or a mediator over you?	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the man. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one appointed me to be a judge or mediator over you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2113	LUK	12	14	l763	figs-doublet	κριτὴν ἢ μεριστὴν	1	a judge or a mediator	These two terms mean similar things. Jesus may be using them together for emphasis as he rebukes this man. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate them with a single word that would carry the meaning of both terms. Alternate translation: “an arbitrator” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2114	LUK	12	14	l764	figs-hendiadys	κριτὴν ἢ μεριστὴν	1	a judge or a mediator	Jesus could also be using these two words to express a single idea. The term mediator may explain for what purpose a person was appointed as a judge, specifically, to settle disputes. Alternate translation: “a judge who settles disputes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2115	LUK	12	14	l765	figs-youdual	ὑμᾶς	1	you	The term you refers to the man and his brother. It would be in the dual form if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
2116	LUK	12	15	me49	figs-explicit	εἶπεν…πρὸς αὐτούς	1	he said to them	The implication is that Jesus said what follows to the whole crowd, which included the man who asked about the inheritance. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2117	LUK	12	15	l766	figs-metaphor	ὁρᾶτε	1	See	Jesus figuratively uses a word for seeing to indicate a need for caution. Alternate translation: “Watch out” or “Be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2118	LUK	12	15	ckn2	figs-abstractnouns	πάσης πλεονεξίας	1	all covetousness	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun covetousness with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the urge to have more things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2119	LUK	12	15	l767		τῷ περισσεύειν τινὶ…ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτῷ	1	the abounding to him of his possessions	Alternate translation: “the number of things he has”
2120	LUK	12	16	d37q	figs-parables	εἶπεν δὲ παραβολὴν πρὸς αὐτοὺς	1	Then he spoke to them a parable	Jesus now gives a brief illustration to teach something that is true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then he told them this story to help them understand this teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2121	LUK	12	16	gc9i	writing-pronouns	αὐτοὺς	1	to them	The pronoun them refers to the whole crowd, to which Jesus is continuing to speak. Alternate translation: “the whole crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2122	LUK	12	16	nkw9		εὐφόρησεν	1	yielded abundantly	Alternate translation: “produced a very good harvest”
2123	LUK	12	17	w55n	figs-quotesinquotes	διελογίζετο ἐν ἑαυτῷ λέγων, τί ποιήσω, ὅτι οὐκ ἔχω ποῦ συνάξω τοὺς καρπούς μου	1	he reasoned with himself, saying, ‘What should I do, since I do not have anywhere to gather my crops’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked himself what he should do, since he did not have anywhere to store his crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2124	LUK	12	17	l768	figs-hyperbole	ποῦ	1	anywhere	This is a generalization for emphasis. As the man says in the next verse, he already does have some barns. He means that those barns do not have the capacity to store this new large harvest. Alternate translation: “anywhere large enough” or “enough room in my barns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2125	LUK	12	18	l769	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν, τοῦτο ποιήσω: καθελῶ μου τὰς ἀποθήκας καὶ μείζονας οἰκοδομήσω, καὶ συνάξω ἐκεῖ πάντα τὸν σῖτον καὶ τὰ ἀγαθά μου	1	he said, ‘I will do this: I will take down my barns and build bigger ones, and there I will gather all of my grain and goods’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he finally decided that he should tear down the barns he had and build bigger barns so that he could store all of his grain and other possessions in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2126	LUK	12	18	d82f	translate-unknown	τὰς ἀποθήκας	1	barns	The term barns describes buildings in which farmers store crops they have harvested. If your readers would not be familiar with barns, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “storage buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2127	LUK	12	18	w6gc		τὰ ἀγαθά μου	1	my goods	Alternate translation: “my other possessions”
2128	LUK	12	19	l770	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐρῶ τῇ ψυχῇ μου, ψυχή, ἔχεις πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ κείμενα εἰς ἔτη πολλά; ἀναπαύου, φάγε, πίε, εὐφραίνου	1	I will say to my soul, “Soul, you have many goods lying in store for many years. Relax, eat, drink, be merry”’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “He told himself that he had many goods stored up for many years, and so he could relax, eat, drink, be merry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2129	LUK	12	19	mqm6	figs-synecdoche	τῇ ψυχῇ μου	1	my soul	The man figuratively addresses one part of himself, his soul or inner being, in order to speak to all of himself. Alternate translation: “to myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2130	LUK	12	20	l771	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ Θεός, ἄφρων, ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ, τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ; ἃ δὲ ἡτοίμασας, τίνι ἔσται?	1	But God said to him, ‘Foolish one, this night they are demanding your soul from you, and what you have prepared, whose will it be?’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “But God told him that he was very foolish, because he was going to die that night, and the things he had stored up would belong to someone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2131	LUK	12	20	l772	figs-nominaladj	ἄφρων	1	Foolish one	God is using the adjective foolish as a noun in order to indicate what kind of person this man is. ULT adds the term one to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “You foolish person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2132	LUK	12	20	l773		ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ, τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	this night they are demanding your soul from you	This is an indefinite construction, such as many languages use, but God is the actual subject. Alternate translation: “I am demanding your soul from you this very night”
2133	LUK	12	20	l774	figs-idiom	ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ, τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	this night they are demanding your soul from you	The term soul means the life of a person. God is using the same term as the man did, but with a different meaning, to show that he was foolish to have such confidence in his possessions. Alternate translation: “you are going to lose your life this very night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2134	LUK	12	20	xgr9	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	they are demanding your soul from you	This expression speaks about death in a discreet way. Alternate translation: “you are going to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2135	LUK	12	20	vyn1	figs-rquestion	ἃ δὲ ἡτοίμασας, τίνι ἔσται?	1	what you have prepared, whose will it be?	God does not expect the man to tell him who will inherit his things. Rather, God is using the question as a teaching tool, to make the man realize that he could not count on possessing those things, and so he was wrong to put his confidence in them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “the things you have stored up will belong to someone else!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2136	LUK	12	21	m47i		ὁ θησαυρίζων	1	the one who stores up treasure	Alternate translation: “a person who saves up valuable things”
2137	LUK	12	21	fst9	figs-metaphor	μὴ εἰς Θεὸν πλουτῶν	1	is not rich toward God	Jesus uses the term rich figuratively to mean using one’s time and possessions for the things that are important to God. Alternate translation: “has not invested in the things that matter to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2138	LUK	12	22	ihk2	figs-explicit	εἶπεν…πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ	1	he said to his disciples	Since Peter asks in 12:41 whether Jesus has been speaking only to the disciples, or also to the crowd as well, the implication is that Jesus did not say these things to his disciples privately, as in 12:1-12, but rather to them publicly so that the crowd could also hear. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he said to his disciples, as the crowd was listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2139	LUK	12	22	vim6	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1	For this reason	By this Jesus means the lesson of the story, that it is foolish to be overly concerned about having a lot of food and possessions. Alternate translation: “In light of what this story teaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2140	LUK	12	22	cy4e		λέγω ὑμῖν, μὴ μεριμνᾶτε	1	I say to you, do not worry	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I want you to know that you should not worry”
2141	LUK	12	22	u1cf		τῷ σώματι τί ἐνδύσησθε	1	about your body, what you will wear	Alternate translation: “about having clothes to put on your body”
2142	LUK	12	23	l775	figs-ellipsis	ἡ γὰρ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστιν τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος	1	life is more than food, and the body than clothes	Jesus leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “Life is more than food, and the body is more than clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2143	LUK	12	23	y4qa		ἡ γὰρ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστιν τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος	1	life is more than food, and the body than clothes	This is a general statement of value. Alternate translation: “There is more to life than the food you eat, and there is more to the body than the clothes that you wear”
2144	LUK	12	24	zx97	translate-unknown	τοὺς κόρακας	1	the ravens	The word ravens refers to large black birds, and it can apply either to crows or to actual ravens. If your readers would not be familiar with either of those birds, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “the birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2145	LUK	12	24	l776	figs-doublet	οὐκ…ταμεῖον οὐδὲ ἀποθήκη	1	neither storeroom nor barn	These two words mean similar things. Jesus may be using them together to express a general meaning. Alternate translation: “no place to store food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2146	LUK	12	24	y4t1	translate-unknown	οὐκ…ταμεῖον οὐδὲ ἀποθήκη	1	neither storeroom nor barn	These are places where food is stored. If your readers would not be familiar with either term, you could use a more general one. Alternate translation: “no place to store food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2147	LUK	12	24	i238	figs-exclamations	πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμεῖς διαφέρετε τῶν πετεινῶν!	1	How much more valuable you are than the birds!	This is an exclamation, not a question. Jesus uses the exclamation to emphasize the point he wants his listeners to realize. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “You need to realize how much more valuable people are to God than birds.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
2148	LUK	12	25	lsx8	figs-rquestion	τίς…ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν, δύναται ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ προσθεῖναι πῆχυν?	1	which of you by being anxious is able to add a cubit to his lifespan?	Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “no one can make his life any longer by being anxious!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2149	LUK	12	25	n286	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ προσθεῖναι πῆχυν	1	add a cubit to his lifespan	Jesus is speaking figuratively of the lifespan as if it were measured in length rather than in time. Alternate translation: “make his life any longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2150	LUK	12	25	l777	translate-unknown	πῆχυν	1	a cubit	A cubit is a measure of length equal to about half a meter or about a foot and a half. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this length using the measure that is customary your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2151	LUK	12	25	l778	figs-explicit	πῆχυν	1	a cubit	The implication may be that since a cubit is a relatively short distance, it figuratively represents only a short time. Alternate translation: “even a little bit” or “even a short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2152	LUK	12	26	hl4d	figs-rquestion	εἰ οὖν οὐδὲ ἐλάχιστον δύνασθε, τί περὶ τῶν λοιπῶν μεριμνᾶτε?	1	If then you are not able to do the least, why do you worry about the rest?	Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “Since you cannot do even this small thing, you should not worry about the other things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2153	LUK	12	26	l779	figs-nominaladj	ἐλάχιστον	1	the least	Jesus is using the adjective least as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “such a very little thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2154	LUK	12	26	l780	figs-explicit	τῶν λοιπῶν	1	the rest	The implication in context is that Jesus is referring to having food to eat and clothes to wear. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having food and clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2155	LUK	12	27	h293		κατανοήσατε τὰ κρίνα πῶς αὐξάνει	1	Consider the lilies—how they grow	Alternate translation: “Think about how the lilies grow”
2156	LUK	12	27	s8d3	translate-unknown	τὰ κρίνα	1	the lilies	The word lilies describes beautiful flowers that grow wild in the fields. If your language does not have a word for this flower, you could use the name of a similar flower that your readers would recognize, or you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “the flowers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2157	LUK	12	27	u3mf	translate-unknown	οὐδὲ νήθει	1	neither do they spin	In this context, to spin means to make thread or yarn for cloth. It does not mean to turn in a circle while standing in one place. If your readers might be confused by the term, you could explain the meaning with a phrase. Alternate translation: “and they do not make thread for cloth” or “and they do not make yarn for cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2158	LUK	12	27	l781		λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, οὐδὲ Σολομὼν	1	But I say to you, not even Solomon	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that not even Solomon”
2159	LUK	12	27	nug5	figs-abstractnouns	Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ	1	Solomon in all his glory	The abstract noun glory could mean: (1) “Solomon, who had great wealth.” (2) “Solomon, who wore beautiful clothes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2160	LUK	12	27	l782	translate-names	Σολομὼν	1	Solomon	Solomon is the name of a man, a great king of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2161	LUK	12	28	rur9	figs-metaphor	εἰ…ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέζει	1	if God so clothes the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven	Jesus speaks figuratively of God making the wild plants beautiful as if God were putting beautiful clothing on them. Alternate translation: “if God makes the wild plants beautiful like this, even though they are alive today and are thrown into the oven tomorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2162	LUK	12	28	l783	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέζει	1	if God so clothes the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven	Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it must be true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since God makes the wild plants so beautiful, even though they are alive today and are thrown into the oven tomorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
2163	LUK	12	28	l784	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven	While Jesus uses a term that typically means grass, in this context he must implicitly mean wild plants in general, since he is referring back to the wild lilies he has just mentioned. So you could express this with a general term in your translation. Alternate translation: “the wild plants, which are alive today and tomorrow are thrown into the oven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2164	LUK	12	28	l785	translate-unknown	ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven	It would be particularly appropriate to use a general term in your translation if your readers would not know what grass is. Alternate translation: “the wild plants, which are alive today and tomorrow are thrown into the oven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2165	LUK	12	28	t9am	figs-activepassive	ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who does the action. Alternate translation: “the grass in the field, which exists today, but tomorrow someone throws it into an oven” or, if you decided to say “plants,” “the wild plants, which exist today, but tomorrow someone throws them into an oven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2166	LUK	12	28	l786	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven	The implication is that dried plant matter would be used for fuel, for heating and cooking. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could describe it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the grass in the field, which exists today, but tomorrow people use it for fuel” or, if you decided to say “plants,” “the wild plants, which exist today, but tomorrow people use them for fuel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2167	LUK	12	28	l787	figs-ellipsis	πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς	1	how much more you	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “how much more will God clothe you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2168	LUK	12	28	gr4m	figs-exclamations	πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς	1	how much more you	This is an exclamation, not a question. Jesus is emphasizing that God will certainly take care of people even better than he takes care of grass. Alternate translation: “God will certainly clothe you even better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
2169	LUK	12	29	q67w		ὑμεῖς μὴ ζητεῖτε τί φάγητε, καὶ τί πίητε	1	do not seek what you might eat and what you might drink	The word seek has a specific meaning here. It does not mean to look for these things because they have been lost. Alternate translation: “do not concentrate on what you will eat and drink”
2170	LUK	12	30	g8jy	figs-explicit	πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τοῦ κόσμου	1	all the nations of the world	The term nations means non-Jewish people groups. The term all is not a generalization for emphasis. Jesus is saying that this is the way of life for any group that does not know God. Alternate translation: “all the people groups who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2171	LUK	12	30	ns35	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὑμῶν…ὁ Πατὴρ	1	your Father	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2172	LUK	12	31	gvj9		ζητεῖτε τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ	1	seek his kingdom	As in 12:29, the word seek has a specific meaning here. Alternate translation: “concentrate on God’s kingdom”
2173	LUK	12	31	jni1	figs-activepassive	ταῦτα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	these things will be added to you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will also give you these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2174	LUK	12	31	l788	figs-explicit	ταῦτα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	these things will be added to you	In context, the expression these things refers to food and clothing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God will also give you the food and clothing that you need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2175	LUK	12	32	eej3	figs-metaphor	τὸ μικρὸν ποίμνιον	1	little flock	Jesus speaks to his disciples as if they were a small group of sheep or goats. The image means that as a shepherd cares for his flock, God will care for the disciples. Alternate translation: “my dear disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2176	LUK	12	32	e3tv	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2177	LUK	12	33	rlg7	translate-unknown	πωλήσατε τὰ ὑπάρχοντα ὑμῶν, καὶ δότε ἐλεημοσύνην	1	Sell your possessions and give alms	This culture referred to charitable donations or gifts to the poor as alms. Alternate translation: “Sell your possessions and give the proceeds to the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2178	LUK	12	33	dc7m	figs-explicit	ποιήσατε ἑαυτοῖς	1	Make for yourselves	The implication is that this will be the result of selling one’s possessions and giving the proceeds to the poor. Alternate translation: “In this way you will make for yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2179	LUK	12	33	l789	figs-parallelism	βαλλάντια μὴ παλαιούμενα, θησαυρὸν ἀνέκλειπτον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	purses that will not wear out—unfailing treasure in the heavens	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them, especially if putting both phrases in your translation might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “treasure that will always be safe in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2180	LUK	12	33	xb63	translate-unknown	βαλλάντια μὴ παλαιούμενα	1	purses that will not wear out	If you would like to reproduce the figure of speech that Jesus uses, but you think your readers might not know what purses are, you could explain that term, or you could use the name of a different container that people in your culture use to keep valuable things safe. Alternate translation: “moneybags that will not get holes in them” or “a jar that will never break” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2181	LUK	12	33	am8q	figs-metonymy	βαλλάντια μὴ παλαιούμενα	1	purses that will not wear out	Jesus is figuratively describing valuable things that will last by reference to purses or moneybags that will keep these things safe because they will never wear out. He makes this clear by speaking literally of unfailing treasure right afterwards. Alternate translation: “wealth that will always be safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2182	LUK	12	33	h6qw		θησαυρὸν ἀνέκλειπτον	1	unfailing treasure	You could state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “treasure that will always last”
2183	LUK	12	33	t1fb	figs-metonymy	ὅπου κλέπτης οὐκ ἐγγίζει	1	where thief does not come near	Jesus speaks figuratively of a thief coming near to wealth to mean stealing it. Alternate translation: “where no thief ever steals anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2184	LUK	12	33	e2nj	figs-ellipsis	οὐδὲ σὴς διαφθείρει	1	nor moth destroy	Jesus leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and where no moth ever destroys anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2185	LUK	12	33	u258	translate-unknown	σὴς	1	moth	A moth is a small insect that eats holes in fabric. If your readers would not know what a moth is, you could use the name of a different insect they would recognize that destroys materials, such as an ant or termite. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2186	LUK	12	34	ad29	figs-metaphor	ὅπου…ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρὸς ὑμῶν, ἐκεῖ καὶ ἡ καρδία ὑμῶν ἔσται	1	where your treasure is, there your heart will be also	Jesus speaks figuratively of a person’s heart and treasure being in the same location. Alternate translation: “the things you value are the things you will think about and try to obtain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2187	LUK	12	34	l790	figs-metaphor	ὅπου…ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρὸς ὑμῶν	1	where your treasure is	Jesus uses the word treasure figuratively to mean what a person values. Alternate translation: “the things you value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2188	LUK	12	34	r26g	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἡ καρδία ὑμῶν ἔσται	1	your heart will be also	Here, the heart figuratively represents the thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: “are the things you will think about and want to have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2189	LUK	12	34	l791	figs-you	ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν	1	your … your	Jesus is speaking of each individual person’s values and desires, but your is plural because he is addressing the disciples as a group. You could use the singular form of your in your translation if that is what your language would do in a context like this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2190	LUK	12	35	c4j1	figs-parables	ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι	1	Let your loins be girded	To help his disciples understand what he has been teaching, Jesus provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave his disciples this illustration to help them understand. ‘Wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2191	LUK	12	35	nk2x	translate-unknown	ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι	1	let your loins be girded	People in this culture wore long flowing robes. They would wrap the lower part of the robe around their hips to keep it out of the way while they engaged in physical activity. Alternate translation: “Wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2192	LUK	12	35	l792	figs-activepassive	ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι	1	let your loins be girded	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2193	LUK	12	35	l793	figs-explicit	ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι	1	let your loins be girded	The implication within the illustration is that a servant would do this in order to be ready to do any physical activity that was needed as soon as the master returned. Alternate translation: “Be dressed and ready to serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2194	LUK	12	35	l794	figs-you	ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι	1	let your loins be girded	Jesus is speaking of what an individual should do, but your is plural because he is addressing the disciples as a group. You could use the singular form of your in your translation if that is what your language would do in a context like this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2195	LUK	12	35	lh96	figs-activepassive	καὶ οἱ λύχνοι καιόμενοι	1	and the lamps kept burning	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and keep the lamps burning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2196	LUK	12	35	l795	figs-explicit	καὶ οἱ λύχνοι καιόμενοι	1	and the lamps kept burning	The implication within the illustration is that a servant would do this so that the house would be well lit when the master returned. Alternate translation: “and make sure that the house is well lit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2197	LUK	12	36	l796	figs-simile	ὑμεῖς ὅμοιοι ἀνθρώποις προσδεχομένοις	1	you be like men waiting	This is a simile. Alternate translation: “you should be like people who are waiting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2198	LUK	12	36	mhg8	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ὅμοιοι ἀνθρώποις προσδεχομένοις	1	you be like men waiting	The implication is that Jesus’ disciples should be like this as they wait for his return. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as you wait for my return, you should be like people who are waiting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2199	LUK	12	36	l797	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώποις	1	men	Since household servants would probably include women as well as men, Jesus is likely using the term men here in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2200	LUK	12	36	l798		πότε ἀναλύσῃ ἐκ τῶν γάμων	1	when he returns from the wedding	Alternate translation: “to come home after a wedding celebration”
2201	LUK	12	36	l799	translate-unknown	κρούσαντος	1	knocks	See how you translated the word “knock” in 11:9. Alternate translation: “calls out” or “coughs” or “claps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2202	LUK	12	36	l800	figs-explicit	εὐθέως ἀνοίξωσιν αὐτῷ	1	they may immediately open for him	The phrase open for him refers to the door of the master’s house. It was the responsibility of his servants to open it for him. Alternate translation: “they can open the door for him right away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2203	LUK	12	37	qk47		μακάριοι	1	blessed are	Alternate translation: “How good it will be for”
2204	LUK	12	37	xiv7		οὓς ἐλθὼν, ὁ Κύριος εὑρήσει γρηγοροῦντας	1	whom the master will find watching when he comes	Alternate translation: “whose master finds them waiting for him when he returns” or “who are ready when the master returns”
2205	LUK	12	37	l801		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
2206	LUK	12	37	s3yd	figs-explicit	παρελθὼν, διακονήσει αὐτοῖς	1	he will come and serve them	The implication is that, because the servants were faithful in their tasks and they were ready to serve their master when he arrived, the master will now reward them by serving them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will come and serve them as a reward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2207	LUK	12	38	l802		κἂν ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ κἂν ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ φυλακῇ ἔλθῃ	1	Even if he comes in the second, or even in the third watch	Alternate translation: “Even if he comes in the second or third watch of the night”
2208	LUK	12	38	x25s	translate-unknown	ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ…φυλακῇ	1	in the second … watch	The second watch of the night was from 9:00 p.m. until midnight. Alternate translation: “late at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2209	LUK	12	38	qa35	translate-unknown	κἂν ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ φυλακῇ	1	or even in the third watch	The third watch was from midnight until 3:00 a.m. Alternate translation: “or even after midnight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2210	LUK	12	38	l803		καὶ εὕρῃ οὕτως, μακάριοί εἰσιν ἐκεῖνοι	1	and finds them thus, blessed are those	Alternate translation: “how good it will be for servants whom he finds waiting for him” or “how good it will be for servants who are ready when he returns”
2211	LUK	12	39	l804		τοῦτο δὲ γινώσκετε	1	But understand this	Jesus says this to encourage his disciples to think carefully about what he is going to tell them. Alternate translation: “Now I want you to think carefully about this”
2212	LUK	12	39	l805	figs-parables	εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης	1	if the owner of the house had known	To help his disciples understand what he has been teaching, Jesus provides a further illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave his disciples this further illustration to help them understand. ‘If the owner of the house had known’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2213	LUK	12	39	l806	figs-hypo	εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης ποίᾳ ὥρᾳ ὁ κλέπτης ἔρχεται	1	if the master of the house had known at which hour the thief was coming	The illustration that Jesus chooses involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose a thief were going to rob a house, and suppose the owner of the house knew when the thief was coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
2214	LUK	12	39	v73u	figs-idiom	ποίᾳ ὥρᾳ	1	at which hour	Jesus uses the term hour figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “when” or “at what time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2215	LUK	12	39	ej9m	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἂν ἀφῆκεν διορυχθῆναι τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ	1	he would not have let his house be broken into	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he would not have let the thief break into his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2216	LUK	12	39	ej9q	figs-hypo	οὐκ ἂν ἀφῆκεν διορυχθῆναι τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ	1	he would not have let his house be broken into	If you translated the earlier part of this verse as a hypothetical condition, you can translate this part as the result. You may want to make this part a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Then he would not let the thief break into his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
2217	LUK	12	40	p1y9	figs-idiom	ᾗ ὥρᾳ οὐ δοκεῖτε	1	in that hour you do not expect	Jesus is using the term hour figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “at a time when you are not expecting him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2218	LUK	12	40	dw4h	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται	1	the Son of Man is coming	Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will return” (and for the previous phrase, “at a time when you are not expecting me”) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2219	LUK	12	40	l807	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται	1	the Son of Man is coming	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2220	LUK	12	41	i9d2	writing-participants	εἶπεν δὲ ὁ Πέτρος	1	Then Peter said	Luke says this to reintroduce Peter as a participant in the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could remind them who Peter was. Alternate translation: “Then Peter, one of his disciples, asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2221	LUK	12	41	l808	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	us	By us, Peter means “me and the rest of your disciples” but not Jesus himself. So us would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2222	LUK	12	41	l809	figs-hyperbole	πάντας	1	everyone	Peter is generalizing to mean “everyone who can hear you.” Alternate translation: “everyone here” or “the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2223	LUK	12	42	l810		ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord	Here, Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title the Lord. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
2224	LUK	12	42	g8lu	figs-rquestion	τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς οἰκονόμος ὁ φρόνιμος	1	Who then is the faithful, wise manager	Jesus uses a question to answer Peter’s question indirectly. He means that he expected that those who recognized that they should be like faithful managers would understand that the parable had been about them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I said it for everyone who would recognize that they should be like a faithful, wise manager” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2225	LUK	12	42	dxd2	figs-parables	τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς οἰκονόμος ὁ φρόνιμος	1	Who then is the faithful, wise manager	In the course of using a question to answer Peter’s question indirectly, Jesus provides a further illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus gave Peter this further illustration to answer his question. ‘I said it for everyone who would recognize that they should be like a faithful, wise manager’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2226	LUK	12	42	mnn1	figs-metonymy	ὃν καταστήσει ὁ Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς θεραπείας αὐτοῦ	1	will appoint over his care	Jesus refers to the other servants figuratively as the master’s care by association with the way they care for him. Alternate translation: “will put in charge of his other servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2227	LUK	12	42	l811	figs-explicit	ὃν καταστήσει ὁ Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς θεραπείας αὐτοῦ	1	will appoint over his care	The implication, as the rest of the parable makes clear, is that the master is making this arrangement temporarily and provisionally because he is going to be absent for a time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “will put in charge of his other servants while he goes away for a while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2228	LUK	12	43	g6xl		μακάριος ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος	1	Blessed is that servant	Alternate translation: “How good it will be for that servant”
2229	LUK	12	43	h35t		ὃν ἐλθὼν, ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ εὑρήσει ποιοῦντα οὕτως	1	whom his master will find doing so when he comes	Alternate translation: “if his master finds him doing that work when he comes back”
2230	LUK	12	44	i2cq		ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
2231	LUK	12	44	y47s		ἐπὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν αὐτοῦ καταστήσει αὐτόν	1	he will appoint him over all his possessions	Alternate translation: “he will put him in charge of all of his property”
2232	LUK	12	45	cu5k	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, χρονίζει ὁ κύριός μου ἔρχεσθαι	1	But if that servant says in his heart, ‘My master delays to return’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But if that servant thinks to himself that his master is going to come back later than he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2233	LUK	12	45	l812	figs-hypo	ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ…καὶ ἄρξηται	1	But if that servant says in his heart … and begins	The illustration that Jesus is using involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose that servant thinks to himself … and suppose he begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
2234	LUK	12	45	aku7	figs-metaphor	εἴπῃ…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	says in his heart	Here, the heart figuratively represents the thoughts. Alternate translation: “thinks to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2235	LUK	12	45	l813		χρονίζει ὁ κύριός μου ἔρχεσθαι	1	My master delays to return	Alternate translation: “My master is going to come back later than he said”
2236	LUK	12	45	juc5	figs-merism	τοὺς παῖδας καὶ τὰς παιδίσκας	1	the male servants and the female servants	Jesus is figuratively using the two types of servants to mean all of the master’s servants. Alternate translation: “all the other servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2237	LUK	12	46	l814	figs-hypo	ἥξει ὁ κύριος τοῦ δούλου ἐκείνου	1	the master of that servant will arrive	If you translated the previous verse as a hypothetical condition, you can translate this verse as the result of that condition. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then the master of that servant will arrive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
2238	LUK	12	46	j1m1	figs-parallelism	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει	1	in a day that he does not expect, and in an hour that he does not know	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using the repetition to emphasize that the return of the master will be completely unexpected by the servant. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases, especially if putting both of them in your translation might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “at a time that is a complete surprise to the servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2239	LUK	12	46	l815	figs-idiom	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ	1	in a day that he does not expect	Here, Jesus uses the term day figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at a time when he is not expecting him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2240	LUK	12	46	l816	figs-idiom	ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει	1	in an hour that he does not know	Here, Jesus uses the term hour figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at a time when he does not think he will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2241	LUK	12	46	vg1d	figs-metaphor	διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν	1	will cut him in two	The expression cut him in two could mean one of two things, depending on how the word unfaithful is understood (see next note): (1) if unfaithful means “untrustworthy,” then the expression is probably figurative, since the master could not reassign this servant to less important responsibilities if he cut him in two. Alternate translation: “will punish him severely” (2) if unfaithful means “unbelieving,” then the expression is more literal, since it would describe something that will happen when God judges the world. Alternate translation: “destroy his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2242	LUK	12	46	l817		τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀπίστων θήσει	1	will … appoint his place with the unfaithful	The term that ULT translates as unfaithful could mean: (1) “untrustworthy.” The meaning would be that the master will assign this servant to less important responsibilities, along with other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted with important ones. Alternate translation: “will give him unimportant responsibilities, like other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted” (2) “unbelieving.” The master in the parable represents God, and Jesus would be speaking of what God will do, when he judges the world, to people who show by their disobedience that they do not have genuine faith. Alternate translation: “will assign him a place with the unbelievers”
2243	LUK	12	46	l818	figs-nominaladj	τῶν ἀπίστων	1	the unfaithful	Jesus is using the adjective unfaithful as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this expression with an equivalent phrase. The meaning will depend on how you decided to translate unfaithful (see previous note). Alternate translation: “servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted” or “people who have shown that they are not genuine believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2244	LUK	12	47	p1l2	figs-hypo	ἐκεῖνος δὲ ὁ δοῦλος, ὁ γνοὺς τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ ἑτοιμάσας ἢ ποιήσας πρὸς τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ, δαρήσεται πολλάς	1	Now that servant, the one who knew the will of his master, and did not get ready or do according to his will, will be beaten much	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to use two sentences if you translate it that way. Alternate translation: “Suppose a servant knew what his master wanted him to do, and suppose he did not get ready or do what the master wanted. Then his master would punish him severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
2245	LUK	12	47	aj41		τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ	1	the will of his master	Alternate translation: “what his master wanted him to do”
2246	LUK	12	47	im3v	figs-activepassive	δαρήσεται πολλάς	1	will be beaten much	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “his master will punish him severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2247	LUK	12	48	l819	figs-hypo	ὁ δὲ μὴ γνοὺς, ποιήσας δὲ ἄξια πληγῶν, δαρήσεται ὀλίγας	1	But the one who did not know, and did things worthy of blows will be beaten little	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to use two sentences if you translate it that way. Alternate translation: “But suppose a servant did not know what his master wanted him to do, and suppose he did things that deserved punishment. Then his master would punish him lightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
2248	LUK	12	48	nn9c	figs-activepassive	δαρήσεται ὀλίγας	1	will be beaten little	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “his master would punish him lightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2249	LUK	12	48	qg96	figs-parallelism	παντὶ…ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρ’ αὐτοῦ; καὶ ᾧ παρέθεντο πολύ, περισσότερον αἰτήσουσιν αὐτόν	1	everyone to whom much has been given, much will be required from him, and to whom much has been provided, even more will be asked of him	These two clauses mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them, especially if putting both of them in your translation might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “if someone entrusts many resources to a person, he will expect that person to produce much from those resources” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2250	LUK	12	48	ehu9	figs-activepassive	παντὶ…ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρ’ αὐτοῦ	1	everyone to whom much has been given, much will be required from him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use active verbal forms to express the meaning of the two passive verbal forms here. Alternate translation: “the master will require more of everyone to whom he has given much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2251	LUK	12	48	ir7m	figs-activepassive	ᾧ παρέθεντο πολύ, περισσότερον αἰτήσουσιν αὐτόν	1	to whom much has been provided, even more will be asked of him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use active verbal forms to express the meaning of the two passive verbal forms here. Alternate translation: “the master will ask even more of the one to whom he has given much property to care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2252	LUK	12	49	qy62	figs-metaphor	πῦρ ἦλθον βαλεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν	1	I came to throw fire upon the earth	Jesus is speaking figuratively of the effects of his ministry and teaching. In context, since he says contrastingly in 12:51 that he did not come to bring peace to the earth, fire likely represents the passionate responses to him, both favorable and unfavorable, that would lead to the divisions he describes in 12:52-53. Alternate translation: “My coming will lead to conflict among people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2253	LUK	12	49	l820	figs-metonymy	τὴν γῆν	1	the earth	Jesus says the earth figuratively to mean the people living on the earth. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2254	LUK	12	49	ygv3	figs-exclamations	τί θέλω εἰ ἤδη ἀνήφθη	1	how I wish that it were already kindled	This exclamation emphasizes how much Jesus wants this to happen. Alternate translation: “I wish very much that this fire were already lit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
2255	LUK	12	49	ygx3	figs-metaphor	τί θέλω εἰ ἤδη ἀνήφθη	1	how I wish that it were already kindled	This exclamation continues the metaphor of fire as conflict. Alternate translation: “how I wish that people were already taking sides” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2256	LUK	12	49	l821	figs-activepassive	ἤδη ἀνήφθη	1	it were already kindled	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the fire were already burning” or “people were already taking sides” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2257	LUK	12	50	k4e8	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	But	Jesus uses this word to indicate that he cannot do what the previous sentence describes until after he does what this sentence describes. Alternate translation: “But first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2258	LUK	12	50	hn1j	figs-metaphor	βάπτισμα…ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι	1	I have a baptism to be baptized with	Jesus speaks figuratively of baptism to describe how he must suffer. Just as water covers a person during baptism, suffering will overwhelm Jesus. Alternate translation: “I must be overwhelmed by suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2259	LUK	12	50	l822	figs-activepassive	βάπτισμα…ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι	1	I have a baptism to be baptized with	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “suffering must overwhelm me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2260	LUK	12	50	r2yj	figs-exclamations	πῶς συνέχομαι ἕως ὅτου τελεσθῇ	1	how I am distressed until it is completed	This exclamation emphasizes how distressed Jesus is. Alternate translation: “I am terribly distressed and will continue to be distressed until my suffering is completed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
2261	LUK	12	50	l823	figs-activepassive	πῶς συνέχομαι	1	how I am distressed	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “this suffering will continue to distress me terribly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2262	LUK	12	50	l824	figs-activepassive	ἕως ὅτου τελεσθῇ	1	until it is completed	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “until I have endured all of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2263	LUK	12	51	s32r	figs-rquestion	δοκεῖτε ὅτι εἰρήνην παρεγενόμην δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῇ?	1	Do you think that I came to give peace on the earth?	Jesus is not asking the people in the crowd to tell him what they think. He is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not think that I came to bring peace on the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2264	LUK	12	51	l825	figs-metonymy	δοκεῖτε ὅτι εἰρήνην παρεγενόμην δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῇ	1	Do you think that I came to give peace on the earth	Jesus says the earth figuratively to mean the people living on the earth. Alternate translation: “Do you think that I came to make peace between people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2265	LUK	12	51	l826	figs-abstractnouns	εἰρήνην…δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῇ	1	to give peace on the earth	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun peace with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to make people get along with one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2266	LUK	12	51	l827	figs-ellipsis	οὐχί…ἀλλ’ ἢ διαμερισμόν	1	No … but rather division	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “No … I came to bring division instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2267	LUK	12	51	np4v	figs-abstractnouns	οὐχί…ἀλλ’ ἢ διαμερισμόν	1	No … but rather division	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun division with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “No … my coming will cause people to oppose each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2268	LUK	12	51	l828		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples and the crowd. Alternate translation: “I want you to understand”
2269	LUK	12	52	vrt5	figs-metonymy	πέντε ἐν ἑνὶ οἴκῳ	1	five in one house	Jesus uses the term house to refer figuratively to people who live together in a house, that is, to a family. Alternate translation: “five members of the same family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2270	LUK	12	52	l829	figs-activepassive	διαμεμερισμένοι	1	divided	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who will take sides against one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2271	LUK	12	52	fln4	figs-ellipsis	τρεῖς ἐπὶ δυσὶν, καὶ δύο ἐπὶ τρισίν	1	three against two, and two against three	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from what he says figuratively earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “three of the family members will be on one side, and the other two will be on the opposing side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2272	LUK	12	52	l830	figs-parallelism	τρεῖς ἐπὶ δυσὶν, καὶ δύο ἐπὶ τρισίν	1	three against two, and two against three	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “three of the family members will be on one side, and the other two will be on the opposing side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2273	LUK	12	53	qr7s	figs-activepassive	διαμερισθήσονται	1	They will be divided	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Family members will oppose one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2274	LUK	12	53	l831	figs-parallelism	πατὴρ ἐπὶ υἱῷ, καὶ υἱὸς ἐπὶ πατρί	1	father against son, and son against father	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases and make them a sentence of their own. Alternate translation: “Fathers and sons will oppose one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2275	LUK	12	53	l832	figs-parallelism	μήτηρ ἐπὶ τὴν θυγατέρα, καὶ θυγάτηρ ἐπὶ τὴν μητέρα	1	mother against her daughter, and daughter against her mother	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases and make them a sentence of their own. Alternate translation: “mothers and daughters will oppose one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2276	LUK	12	53	l833	figs-parallelism	πενθερὰ ἐπὶ τὴν νύμφην αὐτῆς, καὶ νύμφη ἐπὶ τὴν πενθεράν	1	mother-in-law against her daughter-in-law, and daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases and make them a sentence of their own. Alternate translation: “mothers-in-law and daughters-in-law will oppose one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2277	LUK	12	54	i84z	figs-explicit	ὅταν ἴδητε νεφέλην ἀνατέλλουσαν	1	a cloud rising in the west	A cloud rising in this direction would indicate that rain was coming in Israel, because the sea was to the west. If rainstorms tend to come from a different direction in your region, you could use a general expression here. Alternate translation: “clouds forming in a certain direction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2278	LUK	12	54	d3gk	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε, ὅτι ὄμβρος ἔρχεται	1	you say, ‘A shower is coming’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that it is going to rain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2279	LUK	12	54	l834		καὶ γίνεται οὕτως	1	and it happens thus	Alternate translation: “and it does rain”
2280	LUK	12	55	gq22	figs-explicit	νότον πνέοντα	1	a south wind is blowing	Wind coming from this direction would indicate that hot weather was coming in Israel, because the desert was to the south. If hot winds blow from a different direction in your region, you could use a general expression here. Alternate translation: “the wind is blowing from a certain direction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2281	LUK	12	55	l835	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε, ὅτι καύσων ἔσται	1	you say, ‘There will be scorching heat’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that it is going to be very hot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2282	LUK	12	55	l836		καὶ γίνεται	1	and it happens	Alternate translation: “and it does get hot”
2283	LUK	12	56	l837	figs-explicit	ὑποκριταί!	1	Hypocrites!	The implication, which Jesus draws out in the rest of this verse, is that people who could understand the weather from signs such as wind and clouds also ought to be able to understand what God was doing through Jesus from the signs surrounding his ministry. So if they did not welcome him, it was not because they did not see or understand these signs. Rather, it was because they were pretending not to see or understand them. Alternate translation: “You are pretending not to understand!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2284	LUK	12	56	jdj7	figs-metaphor	τὸ πρόσωπον	1	the face	Jesus uses the term face figuratively to mean “appearance.” Alternate translation: “the appearance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2285	LUK	12	56	y3yj	figs-rquestion	τὸν καιρὸν δὲ τοῦτον, πῶς οὐκ οἴδατε δοκιμάζειν?	1	but how do you not know how to interpret this time?	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the crowd. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “so you ought to be able to understand what is happening right now.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2286	LUK	12	57	w8rz	figs-rquestion	τί δὲ καὶ ἀφ’ ἑαυτῶν, οὐ κρίνετε τὸ δίκαιον?	1	And why do you not even judge for yourselves what is right?	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the crowd. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “You ought to discern on your own what is right.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2287	LUK	12	58	y75j	figs-hypo	ὡς γὰρ ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου ἐπ’ ἄρχοντα	1	For as you are going with your adversary to the magistrate	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the crowd. Alternate translation: “Suppose you owed someone money, and suppose they were taking you to court to collect it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
2288	LUK	12	58	l838	figs-parables	ὡς γὰρ ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου ἐπ’ ἄρχοντα	1	For as you are going with your adversary to the magistrate	This hypothetical situation is also an illustration designed to help the people understand that they should be welcoming Jesus. Just as the debtor is going to be judged imminently, God is going to judge them imminently based on their responses to Jesus, and so they should make a positive response now, before it is too late. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the crowd this illustration to help them understand. ‘Suppose you owed someone money, and suppose he was taking you to court to collect it’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2289	LUK	12	58	f1ea	figs-youcrowd	ὑπάγεις…σου…σε	1	you are going … your … you	Even though Jesus is speaking to the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of you and your in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
2290	LUK	12	58	t4v8	translate-unknown	τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου	1	your adversary	In the context of this story, the term adversary means specifically an opponent in a legal proceeding. You could translate it with the equivalent term in your language. Alternatively, since the next verse indicates that the adversary is trying to collect a debt, you could describe him in a way that indicates that. Alternate translation: “your opponent” or “your creditor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2291	LUK	12	58	e7hz	translate-unknown	ἄρχοντα	1	the magistrate	Magistrate is a general term for a person in legal authority. You can translate it with the equivalent general term in your language. Alternate translation: “the official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2292	LUK	12	58	b7sh	figs-activepassive	ἀπηλλάχθαι ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	to be released from him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to settle the matter out of court” or “to have him forgive your debt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2293	LUK	12	58	l839	translate-unknown	τὸν κριτήν	1	the judge	The term the judge refers to the same person as the magistrate, but the term here is more specific and threatening. In your translation you can use the specific term in your language that describes someone with the power to deliver a verdict and pass sentence on a defendant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2294	LUK	12	58	l840	translate-unknown	τῷ πράκτορι	1	the officer	In the context of the story, the term the officer refers to a court official who was empowered to collect debts that a judge had ruled were owed and to put the debtor in prison if he did not pay. Your language may have a similar term that you can use. Alternate translation: “the bailiff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2295	LUK	12	59	wi7m	figs-hypo	λέγω σοι	1	I say to you	Jesus uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples and the crowd. If you translated the previous verse as a hypothetical condition, you could translate this expression as an introduction to the result of that condition. Alternate translation: “If that happens, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
2296	LUK	12	59	l841	figs-youcrowd	λέγω σοι	1	I say to you	Even though Jesus is speaking directly to the crowd, he is still addressing an individual situation, so you is singular here and in the rest of this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
2297	LUK	12	59	i124	translate-bmoney	καὶ τὸ ἔσχατον λεπτὸν	1	the very last lepton	A lepton was the smallest and least valuable coin in circulation in this place and time. It was equivalent to about a tenth of an hour’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “the very last penny” or “every bit of money that your creditor demands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
2298	LUK	13	intro	xaa2			0		Luke 13 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus teaches with parables (13:1-30) Jesus speaks about Herod and Jerusalem (13:31-35) Possible translation difficulties in this chapter Unknown events The people and Jesus speak about two events that they knew about, but about which no one today knows anything except what Luke has written. These events are Pilate executing some Galileans in the temple, 13:1-2, and 18 people being killed when a tower collapsed in Jerusalem, 13:4. In your translation, you should tell your readers no more than what Luke tells about what happened. Your translation should tell only what Luke tells. Paradox A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “Those who are least important will be first, and those who are most important will be last” (Luke 13:30)
2299	LUK	13	1	t1fi	grammar-connect-time-background	δέ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what Jesus teaches next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2300	LUK	13	1	l842	writing-participants	παρῆσαν…τινες ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ καιρῷ, ἀπαγγέλλοντες αὐτῷ	1	some were present at that time who were reporting to him	Luke uses this phrase to introduce new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “There were some people present at that time who were telling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2301	LUK	13	1	wg2k	figs-explicit	ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ καιρῷ	1	at that time	This implicitly means while Jesus was still teaching the crowds, as Luke said he was doing in 11:54. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while he was still teaching the crowds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2302	LUK	13	1	l843	figs-metaphor	ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πειλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν	1	whose blood Pilate had mixed with their sacrifices	Luke is speaking figuratively about this event to indicate that the blood of the Galileans was shed at the same time as the blood of their animal sacrifices. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate had killed while they were offering sacrifices at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2303	LUK	13	1	fj2c	figs-metonymy	ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πειλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν	1	whose blood Pilate had mixed with their sacrifices	Luke uses the term blood figuratively to refer to the death of these Galileans. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate had killed while they were offering sacrifices at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2304	LUK	13	1	l844	figs-metonymy	ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πειλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν	1	whose blood Pilate had mixed with their sacrifices	Pilate likely did not kill these Galileans personally. Rather, he ordered his soldiers to kill them. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate’s soldiers had killed as they were offering sacrifices at the temple” or “whom Pilate had ordered his soldiers to kill as they were offering sacrifices at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2305	LUK	13	1	l845	translate-names	Πειλᾶτος	1	Pilate	Pilate is the name of a man; he was the Roman ruler of Judea in this time. See how you translated his name in 3:1. His name occurs many times later in the book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2306	LUK	13	2	l846	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς	1	answering he said to them	Together the two words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to what the people in the crowd told him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2307	LUK	13	2	zfa8	figs-rquestion	δοκεῖτε ὅτι	1	Do you think that	Jesus is using the question form to teach these people and the whole crowd. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not think that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2308	LUK	13	2	l847		ἁμαρτωλοὶ παρὰ πάντας τοὺς Γαλιλαίους	1	more sinful than all the Galileans	Alternate translation: “more sinful than all the other Galileans” or “the most sinful of all Galileans”
2309	LUK	13	2	l848		ταῦτα πεπόνθασιν	1	they suffered this	Alternate translation: “this happened to them”
2310	LUK	13	3	xl6m		οὐχί, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	No, I say to you	Jesus uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to tell these people and the crowd. Alternate translation: “That is certainly not the case”
2311	LUK	13	3	a3ez	figs-explicit	πάντες ὁμοίως ἀπολεῖσθε	1	you will all perish in the same way	This statement seems to be similar to the one that Jesus makes in 19:41-44, in which he says that if the Jewish people reject him and instead follow violent false messiahs, this will bring them into conflict with the Romans and they will be destroyed. That seems to be the implicit meaning here as well, and you could say that in your translation. Alternate translation: “you too will be destroyed by the Romans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2312	LUK	13	4	hj5w		ἢ ἐκεῖνοι	1	Or those	Jesus is giving a second example of people who suffered. Alternate translation: “Also consider those”
2313	LUK	13	4	e2s8	figs-nominaladj	ἐκεῖνοι οἱ δεκαοκτὼ	1	those 18	Jesus is using the adjective 18 (eighteen) as a noun in order to indicate a certain group of people. Alternate translation: “those 18 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2314	LUK	13	4	p6r8	translate-names	Σιλωὰμ	1	Siloam	Siloam is the name of an area in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2315	LUK	13	4	vg9j	figs-rquestion	δοκεῖτε ὅτι	1	do you think that	Jesus is using the question form to teach these the crowd. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not think that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2316	LUK	13	4	at9i	figs-metaphor	ὀφειλέται	1	debtors	This is a figurative way of describing someone as a sinner. Alternate translation: “sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2317	LUK	13	4	l849	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπους	1	men	Here Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2318	LUK	13	5	m77t		οὐχί, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	No, I say to you	Jesus uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to tell these people and the crowd. Alternate translation: “That is certainly not the case”
2319	LUK	13	5	ckc2	figs-explicit	πάντες ὡσαύτως ἀπολεῖσθε	1	you will all likewise perish	See how you translated the similar statement in 13:3. In this case, the people whom Jesus is using as an example were not destroyed by the Romans, so the comparison does not include that detail. Alternate translation: “you too will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2320	LUK	13	6	sm1p	figs-parables	ἔλεγεν δὲ ταύτην τὴν παραβολήν	1	Then he spoke this parable	Jesus now gives a brief illustration to help the crowd understand what he has been saying. Alternate translation: “Then he told them this story to help them understand what he had been saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2321	LUK	13	6	l850	writing-participants	συκῆν εἶχέν τις πεφυτευμένην ἐν τῷ ἀμπελῶνι αὐτοῦ	1	Someone had a fig tree planted in his vineyard	This introduces a character in the parable. Alternate translation: “There was a man who owned a vineyard in which a fig tree had been planted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2322	LUK	13	6	x42j	figs-activepassive	συκῆν εἶχέν τις πεφυτευμένην	1	had a fig tree planted	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Someone had planted a fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2323	LUK	13	6	l851	translate-unknown	συκῆν	1	a fig tree	A fig tree is a type of fruit tree that is common in the land of Israel. If your readers would not know what a fig tree is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a fruit tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2324	LUK	13	6	l852	writing-background	ἦλθεν ζητῶν καρπὸν ἐν αὐτῇ, καὶ οὐχ εὗρεν	1	he came seeking fruit on it, but did not find any	This is background information that helps listeners understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “he went to see if there were any figs on the tree, but there were none” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2325	LUK	13	6	l853	figs-go	ἦλθεν ζητῶν καρπὸν ἐν αὐτῇ	1	he came seeking fruit on it	Here your language might use a form of “go” rather than a form of “come.” Alternate translation: “he went to see if there were any figs on the tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
2326	LUK	13	7	l854	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν…πρὸς τὸν ἀμπελουργόν, ἰδοὺ, τρία ἔτη ἀφ’ οὗ ἔρχομαι ζητῶν καρπὸν ἐν τῇ συκῇ ταύτῃ, καὶ οὐχ εὑρίσκω. ἔκκοψον αὐτήν, ἵνα τί καὶ τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ?	1	he said to the gardener, ‘Behold, for three years I came seeking fruit on this fig tree and did not find any. Cut it down. Why is it even idling the ground?’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he told the gardener to pay attention, that he had been coming for three years to look for fruit on the fig tree, but he had not found any, and so the gardener should cut the tree down because it was keeping the ground from being productive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2327	LUK	13	7	l855	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	The man uses the term behold to get the gardener to pay attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2328	LUK	13	7	hg35	figs-rquestion	ἵνα τί καὶ τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ?	1	Why is it even idling the ground?	The man uses the question form to emphasize that the tree is useless and that the gardener should cut it down. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not let it keep the ground from being productive any longer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2329	LUK	13	7	l856	figs-metaphor	τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ	1	idling the ground	The man speaks figuratively of the tree as if it were keeping the ground from working, since the ground would be productive if a different tree that actually was bearing fruit were in its place. Alternate translation: “is it … keeping the ground from being productive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2330	LUK	13	8	pm3j		ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτῷ	1	But answering he says to him	To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “But he responded”
2331	LUK	13	8	l857	figs-hendiadys	ὁ…ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει	1	answering he says	Together the terms answering and says mean that the gardener responded to what his master told him to do. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2332	LUK	13	8	l2ks		ἄφες αὐτὴν καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἔτος	1	leave it this year also	Alternate translation: “wait one more year before cutting down the tree”
2333	LUK	13	8	st4w	translate-unknown	βάλω κόπρια	1	put on manure	The word manure means animal dung. In some places people mix it into the ground to make the soil more fertile for plants and trees. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could explain it, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “mix animal dung into the soil to enrich it” or “fertilize it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2334	LUK	13	9	w5qh	figs-ellipsis	κἂν μὲν ποιήσῃ καρπὸν εἰς τὸ μέλλον	1	If indeed it bears fruit in the coming one	The gardener does not specify what he thinks the master should do with the tree if it does bear fruit, but you can supply that information from the context. Alternate translation: “If the tree has figs on it next year, then you can allow it to keep growing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2335	LUK	13	9	l928	figs-nominaladj	εἰς τὸ μέλλον	1	in the coming one	The gardener is using the participle coming, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term one to show this. In context, this means “in the coming year.” If your language does not use adjectives this way, you can use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “next year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2336	LUK	13	9	j4ul	figs-declarative	ἐκκόψεις αὐτήν	1	you will cut it down	The servant is using a statement to make a suggestion. He is not giving a command in the form of a future statement, as some languages allow speakers to do. Alternate translation: “you can have me cut it down for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
2337	LUK	13	10	p3el	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2338	LUK	13	10	c3j8		ἐν τοῖς Σάββασιν	1	on the Sabbath	Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since Luke does not specify which particular Sabbath day this was. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
2339	LUK	13	11	l858	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term behold to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2340	LUK	13	11	wn7u	writing-participants	γυνὴ	1	a woman	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a woman there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2341	LUK	13	11	hqj5		πνεῦμα ἔχουσα ἀσθενείας	1	having a spirit of weakness	Alternate translation: “whom an evil spirit had been making weak”
2342	LUK	13	11	l859	figs-nominaladj	εἰς τὸ παντελές	1	to the complete	Luke is using the adjective complete as a noun in order to indicate the woman’s full height. Alternate translation: “to her complete height” or “completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2343	LUK	13	12	l860	figs-idiom	γύναι	1	Woman	Unlike the term man in 12:14, in this context Jesus uses the term woman gently and compassionately. Alternate translation: “My dear woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2344	LUK	13	12	h6ne	figs-declarative	ἀπολέλυσαι τῆς ἀσθενείας σου	1	you are released from your weakness	By saying this, Jesus healed the woman. You could express this in your translation with a statement that shows that Jesus was causing this to happen. Alternate translation: “I now set you free from your weakness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
2345	LUK	13	12	l29y	figs-activepassive	γύναι, ἀπολέλυσαι τῆς ἀσθενείας σου	1	you are released from your weakness	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I now set you free from your weakness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2346	LUK	13	13	k3k1	figs-activepassive	ἀνωρθώθη	1	she was straightened up	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “she stood up straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2347	LUK	13	14	d8ir	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς…ἔλεγεν	1	answering … said	Together the two words answering and said mean that the synagogue leader spoke in response to the healing he had just witnessed. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2348	LUK	13	14	l861		ἓξ ἡμέραι εἰσὶν ἐν αἷς δεῖ ἐργάζεσθαι	1	There are six days in which it is necessary to work	Alternate translation: “You must only do work on the first six days of the week”
2349	LUK	13	14	ai1f	figs-activepassive	ἐν αὐταῖς…ἐρχόμενοι θεραπεύεσθε	1	come and be healed on them	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “come and have Jesus heal you on those days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2350	LUK	13	14	qap4		τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου	1	the day of the Sabbath	Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
2351	LUK	13	15	l862		ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord	Here Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title the Lord. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
2352	LUK	13	15	k7p8	figs-hendiadys	ἀπεκρίθη…αὐτῷ…καὶ εἶπεν	1	answered him and said	Together the two words answered and said mean that Jesus responded to the synagogue ruler. Alternate translation: “responded to the synagogue ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2353	LUK	13	15	u6zr	figs-explicit	ὑποκριταί	1	Hypocrites	Jesus is speaking directly to the synagogue ruler, but the plural form indicates that he is including other religious leaders as well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You and your fellow religious leaders are hypocrites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2354	LUK	13	15	xt5y	figs-rquestion	ἕκαστος ὑμῶν τῷ Σαββάτῳ οὐ λύει	1	Does not each of you on the Sabbath untie	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. He is not asking his listeners to tell him whether they would do this. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “On the Sabbath, each one of you unties” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2355	LUK	13	15	ha7b	translate-unknown	τὸν βοῦν αὐτοῦ, ἢ τὸν ὄνον	1	his ox or donkey	These are domesticated animals. If your readers would not be familiar with what an ox or a donkey is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “his farm animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2356	LUK	13	15	kbj4		τῷ Σαββάτῳ	1	on the Sabbath	Here your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article, since Jesus is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “even on a Sabbath day”
2357	LUK	13	16	br72	figs-metaphor	θυγατέρα Ἀβραὰμ	1	a daughter of Abraham	Jesus is using the word daughter figuratively to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “a descendant of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2358	LUK	13	16	euq2	figs-metaphor	ἣν ἔδησεν ὁ Σατανᾶς	1	whom Satan bound	Jesus speaks figuratively of the evil spirit causing the crippling disease as if Satan had tied the woman up. Alternate translation: “whom Satan kept crippled by this illness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2359	LUK	13	16	l863	figs-metonymy	ὁ Σατανᾶς	1	Satan	Jesus figuratively calls the evil spirit Satan by association with the leader of the evil spirits. Alternate translation: “this evil spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2360	LUK	13	16	mh31	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, δέκα καὶ ὀκτὼ ἔτη	1	behold, for 18 years	Jesus uses the term behold to emphasize the fact that eighteen years was a very long time for the woman to suffer. Your language may have its own way of emphasizing this. Alternate translation: “for eighteen long years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2361	LUK	13	16	g5b7	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἔδει λυθῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ δεσμοῦ τούτου τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου?	1	ought she not to have been released	Jesus is using the question form to challenge the synagogue ruler’s assertion that people should not come for healing on the Sabbath. If it would be clearer in your language, you can translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “it is right to free her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2362	LUK	13	16	l864	figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τοῦ δεσμοῦ τούτου	1	from this bond	Jesus speaks again about the woman’s disease figuratively as if it had kept her tied up. Alternate translation: “from this crippling illness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2363	LUK	13	16	l865		τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου	1	on the day of the Sabbath	Here your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article, since Jesus is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
2364	LUK	13	17	l866	figs-activepassive	κατῃσχύνοντο	1	were put to shame	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “felt ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2365	LUK	13	17	r1jn	figs-activepassive	τοῖς ἐνδόξοις τοῖς γινομένοις ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	the glorious things that were being done by him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the glorious things Jesus was doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2366	LUK	13	18	wdq9	figs-parallelism	τίνι ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τίνι ὁμοιώσω αὐτήν	1	What is the kingdom of God like, and to what will I compare it	These two questions mean basically the same thing. Jesus uses the repetition to catch the attention of his audience. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the questions, especially if it might be confusing for your readers if you put both of them in. Alternate translation: “What example can I use to show you what the kingdom of God is like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2367	LUK	13	18	ua3y	figs-rquestion	τίνι ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τίνι ὁμοιώσω αὐτήν?	1	What is the kingdom of God like, and to what will I compare it?	Jesus is using the question form as teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. It may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “I want to tell you what the kingdom of God is like. I am going to compare it with something” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2368	LUK	13	18	l867	figs-abstractnouns	τίνι ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	What is the kingdom of God like	See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “What is it like when God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2369	LUK	13	19	g4hr	figs-simile	ὁμοία ἐστὶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως	1	It is like a mustard seed	This is a simile or comparison. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God is like a mustard seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2370	LUK	13	19	l868	figs-parables	ὁμοία ἐστὶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως	1	It is like a mustard seed	This comparison is also a parable, a brief illustration designed to help the people understand what Jesus is teaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the people in the synagogue this illustration to help them understand. ‘The kingdom of God is like a mustard seed’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2371	LUK	13	19	x3p8	translate-unknown	κόκκῳ σινάπεως	1	a mustard seed	A mustard seed is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. If your readers would not be familiar with it, in your translation you can use the name of another seed like it, or you can use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “a very small seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2372	LUK	13	19	l869	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπος	1	a man	This could: (1) be a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “a person” (2) refers to a man and a woman in paired examples to offer a comprehensive teaching about the kingdom of God, since Jesus speaks in his next illustration of a woman doing something. In that case, it would be appropriate to say a man here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2373	LUK	13	19	wv4q	figs-explicit	ἔβαλεν εἰς κῆπον ἑαυτοῦ	1	took and threw into his garden	In this culture, people planted some kinds of seeds by throwing them so that they scattered in a garden. Jesus assumes that his listeners will know this. Alternate translation: “planted in his garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2374	LUK	13	19	avk2	figs-explicitinfo	τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατεσκήνωσεν ἐν τοῖς κλάδοις αὐτοῦ	1	the birds of the sky nested in its branches	In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. However, you could also use an action clause to keep the sense of “sky.” Alternate translation: “birds built their nests in its branches” or “birds flew down and made nests in its branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
2375	LUK	13	20	hn4n	figs-rquestion	τίνι ὁμοιώσω τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ?	1	To what will I compare the kingdom of God?	Jesus once again uses a question as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am going to compare the kingdom of God to something else.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2376	LUK	13	20	l870	figs-abstractnouns	τίνι ὁμοιώσω τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ?	1	To what will I compare the kingdom of God?	See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “I am going to use another comparison to show you what is it like when God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2377	LUK	13	21	ub44	figs-simile	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ζύμῃ	1	It is like yeast	This is a simile or comparison. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God is like yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2378	LUK	13	21	l871	figs-parables	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ζύμῃ	1	It is like yeast	This comparison is also a parable, a brief illustration designed to help the crowds understand what Jesus is teaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave them this further illustration to help them understand. ‘The kingdom of God is like yeast’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2379	LUK	13	21	l872	translate-unknown	ζύμῃ	1	yeast	See how you translated yeast in 12:1. Alternate translation: “leaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2380	LUK	13	21	wms4	figs-explicit	ζύμῃ	1	yeast	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that only a little bit of yeast is needed to make a lot of dough rise. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a little bit of yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2381	LUK	13	21	wz5u	translate-unknown	ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία	1	three seahs of flour	The term seahs is the plural of “seah,” a dry measure equivalent to nearly eight liters or two gallons. You can express this quantity in terms of a measure that your culture uses, or you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a large amount of flour” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2382	LUK	13	21	l873	figs-activepassive	ἐζυμώθη ὅλον	1	it was all leavened	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the yeast caused all of it to rise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2383	LUK	13	22	bh87	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ διεπορεύετο κατὰ πόλεις καὶ κώμας	1	And he was traveling through cities and villages	Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now he was traveling through cities and villages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2384	LUK	13	23	l874	writing-participants	εἶπεν…τις αὐτῷ	1	someone said to him	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “someone in one of those places asked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2385	LUK	13	23	l875	figs-idiom	εἰ ὀλίγοι οἱ σῳζόμενοι?	1	if the ones who are being saved are few?	This was an idiomatic way of asking a question. Alternate translation: “is God going to save only a few people?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2386	LUK	13	23	yf6h	figs-activepassive	εἰ ὀλίγοι οἱ σῳζόμενοι?	1	if the ones who are being saved are few?	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “is God going to save only a few people?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2387	LUK	13	23	l876	figs-explicit	ὁ…εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς	1	he said to them	The implication is that a crowd had gathered to meet Jesus as he went through this place on his journey, and that the questioner was one person in the crowd. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied to this person and to the whole crowd that was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2388	LUK	13	24	i39q	figs-metaphor	ἀγωνίζεσθε εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τῆς στενῆς θύρας	1	Struggle to enter through the narrow door	Jesus is speaking about God’s kingdom as if people had to go through a small doorway with great difficulty to enter it. Alternate translation: “work hard to overcome every difficulty that would keep you from entering God’s kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2389	LUK	13	24	l877		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is telling the crowd. Alternate translation: “you must understand”
2390	LUK	13	24	l878	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Even though Jesus is answering an individual’s question, he is talking to the whole crowd, so the word you is plural. The implied you in the command to struggle earlier in this verse is also plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2391	LUK	13	24	x137	figs-explicit	πολλοί…ζητήσουσιν εἰσελθεῖν καὶ οὐκ ἰσχύσουσιν	1	many … will seek to enter, but will not be able	The implication is that they will not be able to enter because it is so difficult. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “many of the people who try to enter the kingdom of God … will not be able to, because it is so difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2392	LUK	13	25	b35z	figs-exmetaphor	ἀφ’ οὗ ἂν ἐγερθῇ ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης καὶ ἀποκλείσῃ τὴν θύραν	1	After the master of the house gets up and closes the door	Jesus extends the metaphor of the door by speaking of God at the time of final judgment as if God were the owner of a house and the people he is addressing were outside the house trying to get in. Alternate translation: “After God has admitted everyone who is going to enter his kingdom and is not letting anyone else in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
2393	LUK	13	25	gk3c	figs-you	ἄρξησθε…ὑμῖν…ὑμᾶς	1	you will begin … you … you	Even though Jesus is answering an individual’s question, he is talking to the whole crowd, so the word you is plural in all of these cases. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2394	LUK	13	25	l879	figs-quotesinquotes	κρούειν τὴν θύραν λέγοντες, κύριε, ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν	1	knock on the door, saying, ‘Lord, open for us’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “knock on the door and ask the Lord to open it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2395	LUK	13	25	jqh7	translate-unknown	κρούειν τὴν θύραν	1	knock on the door	See how you translated the word “knock” in 11:9. Alternate translation: “call out” or “cough” or “clap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2396	LUK	13	25	l880	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	us	The people knocking on the door mean themselves but not the owner of the house, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive us, use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2397	LUK	13	25	l881	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς ἐρεῖ	1	will answer and say	Together the two words answer and say mean that the owner of the house will respond to the people who are knocking on the door. Alternate translation: “will respond” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2398	LUK	13	25	l882	figs-quotesinquotes	ἀποκριθεὶς ἐρεῖ ὑμῖν, οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς, πόθεν ἐστέ	1	he will answer and say to you, ‘I do not know you, where you are from’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he will respond that he does not know you or where you are from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2399	LUK	13	25	l883	figs-ellipsis	οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς, πόθεν ἐστέ	1	I do not know you, where you are from	The owner is speaking in an abbreviated way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could draw on the first phrase to supply the words that are missing from the second phrase, as UST does. Alternate translation: “I do not know you, and I do not know where you are from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2400	LUK	13	25	l884	figs-parallelism	οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς, πόθεν ἐστέ	1	I do not know you, where you are from	The owner is also using repetition for emphasis. If this would not be clear in your language and your readers might wonder why he was saying the same thing twice, you could translate this with a single phrase that expresses the basic meaning. Alternate translation: “I do not know who you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2401	LUK	13	26	l885	figs-quotesinquotes	ἄρξεσθε λέγειν, ἐφάγομεν ἐνώπιόν σου καὶ ἐπίομεν, καὶ ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις ἡμῶν ἐδίδαξας	1	you will begin to say, ‘We ate and drank in your sight, and you taught in our streets’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you will begin to tell him that you shared meals with him and he taught in the streets of your town” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2402	LUK	13	26	l886	figs-metaphor	ἐφάγομεν ἐνώπιόν σου καὶ ἐπίομεν	1	we ate and drank before you	Here, before figuratively means “in the presence” of another person. Alternate translation: “you were with us when we ate and drank” or “we ate and drank together with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2403	LUK	13	26	l887	figs-merism	ἐφάγομεν…καὶ ἐπίομεν	1	ate and drank	The people are figuratively using the two components of a meal to mean an entire meal. Alternate translation: “We shared meals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2404	LUK	13	26	l888	figs-you	σου	1	you	Since the people are addressing the owner alone, the pronoun you would be singular here, and also in any case where it is needed in your language as a pronoun for a verb, for example, you taught. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2405	LUK	13	26	l889	figs-exclusive	ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις ἡμῶν	1	in our streets	Within the extended metaphor, the people are addressing Jesus, who was not from their town, but who taught them as he traveled through. So the people would consider the streets to be theirs but not his, and our would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2406	LUK	13	27	l890	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐρεῖ λέγων ὑμῖν, οὐκ οἶδα πόθεν ἐστέ; ἀπόστητε ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ, πάντες ἐργάται ἀδικίας	1	he will speak, saying to you, ‘I do not know where you are from. Get away from me, all you workers of unrighteousness’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he will reply that he does not know where you are from, and he will tell you to go away because you are evildoers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2407	LUK	13	27	l891	figs-explicitinfo	ἐρεῖ λέγων ὑμῖν	1	he will speak, saying to you	In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “he will tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
2408	LUK	13	27	l892	figs-you	ὑμῖν…πάντες	1	you … all you	Since the owner of the house is speaking to the people outside, you would be plural in these instances. The implied “you” in the command to get away would also be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2409	LUK	13	27	l893	figs-explicit	οὐκ οἶδα πόθεν ἐστέ	1	I do not know where you are from	This is a shorter version of what the house owner says at first. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the implicit meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “I do not know who you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2410	LUK	13	27	n39n		ἀπόστητε ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	Get away from me	Alternate translation: “Go away from here”
2411	LUK	13	27	l894		ἐργάται ἀδικίας	1	workers of unrighteousness	Alternate translation: “you evildoers”
2412	LUK	13	28	uhh8	translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	wailing and the grinding of teeth	These are actions that indicate deep regret and sadness. If people in your culture would not express themselves in this way, you could use a general expression. Alternate Alternate translation: “actions that express great mourning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2413	LUK	13	28	l895	translate-names	Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ Ἰακὼβ	1	Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob	These are the names of three men. See how you translated them in 3:34. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2414	LUK	13	28	crf9	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	in the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “in the place where God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2415	LUK	13	28	ep1b	figs-activepassive	ὑμᾶς δὲ ἐκβαλλομένους ἔξω	1	but you are thrown out	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will have done the action. Alternate translation: “when God will have thrown you outside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2416	LUK	13	29	wcg6	figs-merism	ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν καὶ ἀπὸ βορρᾶ καὶ νότου	1	from east and west, and from north and south	Jesus speaks figuratively of all directions in order to include everything in between. Alternate translation: “from all over the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2417	LUK	13	29	sbv1	figs-metaphor	ἀνακλιθήσονται ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	will recline to eat in the kingdom of God	Jesus speaks of the joy that people will share in God’s kingdom as if they were all having a feast. Alternate translation: “will feast together in the kingdom of God” or “will rejoice together in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2418	LUK	13	29	l896	translate-unknown	ἀνακλιθήσονται	1	will recline to eat	If you decide to translate this phrase literally, see how you did that in 5:29. Alternate translation: “will take their places at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2419	LUK	13	29	l897	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	in the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate this phrase in 13:28. Alternate translation: “in the place where God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2420	LUK	13	30	l898	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	And behold	Jesus uses this expression to call attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2421	LUK	13	30	lk75	figs-metaphor	εἰσὶν ἔσχατοι οἳ ἔσονται πρῶτοι	1	there are last ones who will be first	Being last figuratively represents having few privileges, being first figuratively represents having many privileges. Alternate translation: “people who are not privileged now will come to have great privileges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2422	LUK	13	30	l899	figs-nominaladj	ἔσχατοι	1	last ones	Jesus is using the adjective last as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. ULT adds the word ones to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are not privileged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2423	LUK	13	30	l900	figs-metaphor	εἰσὶν πρῶτοι οἳ ἔσονται ἔσχατοι	1	there are first ones who will be last	Being first figuratively represents having many privileges, and being last figuratively represents having few privileges. Alternate translation: “people who are greatly privileged now will lose those privileges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2424	LUK	13	30	l901	figs-nominaladj	πρῶτοι	1	first ones	Jesus is using the adjective first as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. ULT adds the word ones to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this term with an equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are greatly privileged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2425	LUK	13	31	pe5i	figs-idiom	ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	At that hour	Luke uses the term hour figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “At that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2426	LUK	13	31	l902	writing-newevent	ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	At that hour	Luke also uses this time reference to introduce a new event in the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate the phrase in a way that shows how this next event follows the previous event. Alternate translation: “Soon after Jesus finished speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2427	LUK	13	31	l903	writing-participants	προσῆλθάν τινες Φαρισαῖοι λέγοντες αὐτῷ	1	certain Pharisees approached, saying to him	Luke uses this phrase to introduce new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees who were there came and told him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2428	LUK	13	31	r41z	figs-doublet	ἔξελθε καὶ πορεύου ἐντεῦθεν	1	Leave and go away from here	These two expressions mean the same thing. The Pharisees are using repetition to emphasize how urgent they believe it is for Jesus to flee for his life. Alternate translation: “You need to get away from here right now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2429	LUK	13	31	l7fe	figs-metonymy	Ἡρῴδης θέλει σε ἀποκτεῖναι	1	Herod wants to kill you	Herod would not kill Jesus personally. Rather, he would order people to do it. Alternate translation: “Herod plans to send his soldiers to kill you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2430	LUK	13	32	l904	figs-quotesinquotes	πορευθέντες εἴπατε τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ, ἰδοὺ, ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ	1	Go and tell that fox, ‘Behold, I am driving out demons and perform healings’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Go and tell that fox that I will certainly continue to drive out demons and perform healings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2431	LUK	13	32	l905	translate-unknown	τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ	1	that fox	A fox is a small wild dog. If your readers would not be familiar with what a fox is, you could use the name of a similar animal in your region, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “that little dog” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2432	LUK	13	32	af7k	figs-metaphor	τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ	1	that fox	Jesus is referring to Herod figuratively as a fox. This could mean: (1) since foxes need to rely on cunning to catch their prey, Jesus may be saying that Herod is devious. Alternate translation: “that devious person” (2) since a fox is a small animal, Jesus may be saying that Herod was not much of a threat. Alternate translation: “that insignificant person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2433	LUK	13	32	l906	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Jesus uses the term behold to call attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2434	LUK	13	32	l907	figs-idiom	ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ σήμερον καὶ αὔριον	1	I am driving out demons and performing healings today and tomorrow	The expression today and tomorrow is an idiom that means “at the present time” or “for now.” Alternate translation: “for now I will continue to drive out demons and perform healings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2435	LUK	13	32	l908	figs-synecdoche	ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ σήμερον καὶ αὔριον	1	I am driving out demons and performing healings today and tomorrow	Jesus speaks of two parts of his ministry, driving out demons and performing healings, to mean all of his ministry, which also included teaching and other things. Alternate translation: “for now I will continue to carry on my ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2436	LUK	13	32	l909	figs-explicit	ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ σήμερον καὶ αὔριον	1	I am driving out demons and performing healings today and tomorrow	The implication is that Jesus is saying he knows he does not need to be afraid of Herod’s deadly intentions, even though he is in territory that Herod rules, because God will keep him safe while he carries out his ministry. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know that for now, with God’s protection, I can safely carry on my ministry even in Herod’s territory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2437	LUK	13	32	l910	figs-idiom	τῇ τρίτῃ	1	on the third day	In this culture, the third day meant “the day after tomorrow.” Jesus is using the expression as an idiom. Alternate translation: “at a short time in the future” or “soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2438	LUK	13	32	l911	figs-activepassive	τελειοῦμαι	1	I will be finished	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. This could mean: (1) Jesus is saying he will soon complete his work of teaching and healing. Alternate translation: “I will complete my ministry” (2) this expression refers to someone reaching a goal or destination. Alternate translation: “I will finish traveling through Herod’s territory and reach Jerusalem” (3) Jesus is referring to a goal or destination figuratively, and mean that he will reach the end of his life. Alternate translation: “I will give my life as a sacrifice” (4) the expression describes someone reaching maturity or perfection of character, and if that is what it means here, it would describe the character that Jesus demonstrated when he gave his life as the Savior. Alternate translation: “I will demonstrate supreme love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2439	LUK	13	33	p9za		πλὴν δεῖ με…πορεύεσθαι	1	Nevertheless, it is necessary for me to journey	Alternate translation: “But I must keep traveling”
2440	LUK	13	33	l912	figs-idiom	σήμερον καὶ αὔριον καὶ τῇ ἐχομένῃ	1	today, and tomorrow, and the following day	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “now and in the time just ahead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2441	LUK	13	33	nbk7	figs-irony	οὐκ ἐνδέχεται προφήτην ἀπολέσθαι ἔξω Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	it is not possible for a prophet to perish outside of Jerusalem	This could also mean “it is not acceptable.” Either way, Jesus is speaking ironically. The Jewish leaders claimed to serve God, and yet their ancestors killed many of God’s prophets in Jerusalem. Jesus knew that they would kill him there too. Alternate translation: “it is in Jerusalem that the Jewish leaders have killed so many of God’s messengers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
2442	LUK	13	34	cac7	figs-apostrophe	Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Jerusalem, Jerusalem	Jesus is figuratively addressing something he knows cannot hear him, the city of Jerusalem, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. Alternate translation: “I am very upset with the city of Jerusalem” or, if you decide to use the second person (see later note), “I am very upset with you, Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
2443	LUK	13	34	l913	figs-parallelism	ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	who kills the prophets and stones those who are sent to her	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “who kills the prophets God sends her by stoning them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2444	LUK	13	34	l914	figs-personification	ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	who kills the prophets and stones those who are sent to her	Jesus speaks figuratively of the city as if it were female. Your language may customarily use neuter pronouns for cities. Alternate translation: “which kills the prophets and stones those who are sent to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
2445	LUK	13	34	gb6w	figs-metonymy	ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	who kills the prophets and stones those who are sent to her	If your readers would find it strange that Jesus is addressing the city, you could make it clear that he is really speaking about the people who live in the city: “whose people kill the prophets and stone those sent to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2446	LUK	13	34	l915	figs-123person	ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	who kills the prophets and stones those who are sent to her	Jesus speaks of the city in the third person, even though he is addressing it directly. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the second person. Alternate translation: “you who kill the prophets and stone those who are sent to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2447	LUK	13	34	zhg8	figs-activepassive	τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	those who are sent to her	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “those God has sent to her” or “those God has sent to it” or “those God has sent to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2448	LUK	13	34	rj48	figs-exclamations	ποσάκις ἠθέλησα	1	How often have I desired	This is an exclamation and not a question. Alternate translation: “I have desired so often” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
2449	LUK	13	34	q1i3	figs-metaphor	ἐπισυνάξαι τὰ τέκνα σου	1	to gather your children	Jesus is figuratively describing the people who live in Jerusalem as if they were the children of the city. Alternate translation: “to gather your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2450	LUK	13	34	q4nf	figs-ellipsis	ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις τὴν ἑαυτῆς νοσσιὰν ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας	1	the way a hen her own brood under her wings	Jesus is leaving out the word gathers that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply this word from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “the way a hen gathers her own brood under her wings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2451	LUK	13	34	l916	figs-you	σου	1	your	Even though Jesus is speaking of the people who live in Jerusalem, he is figuratively addressing the city, so your would be singular. The pronoun you would also be a singular pronoun in any case where it is needed in your language as a pronoun for a verb, for example, “you were not willing,” and in the phrase “sent to you,” if you decide to use the second person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2452	LUK	13	34	kb9t	figs-simile	ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις τὴν ἑαυτῆς νοσσιὰν ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας	1	the way a hen gathers her brood under her wings	Jesus uses this comparison to describe how he wishes he could care for the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “just as if I were a hen gathering her chicks under her wings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2453	LUK	13	34	l917	translate-unknown	τὴν ἑαυτῆς νοσσιὰν	1	her brood	The term brood refers collectively to all of the young offspring of a bird. Alternate translation: “her chicks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2454	LUK	13	34	l918	figs-explicit	ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας	1	under her wings	The implication is that a hen would put her baby chicks there to protect them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “under her wings to protect them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2455	LUK	13	35	l919	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Jesus uses the term Behold to call attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2456	LUK	13	35	l920	figs-pastforfuture	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	your house has been left to you	Jesus is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “your house will be left to you alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
2457	LUK	13	35	w1v2	figs-metaphor	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	your house has been left to you	Jesus speaks figuratively of the city of Jerusalem as if it were a house in which its people lived. Alternate translation: “your city will be left to you alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2458	LUK	13	35	l921	figs-activepassive	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	your house has been left to you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God is going to leave your city to you alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2459	LUK	13	35	l922	figs-explicit	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	your house has been left to you	The implications of this statement are that God will no longer consider that Jerusalem belongs to him, as a holy city where he dwells in his temple, and that God will therefore not protect the people of Jerusalem from their enemies. Alternate translation: “God will not protect you from your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2460	LUK	13	35	l923	figs-you	ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν	1	your … you … you	Jesus is now speaking directly to the people who live in Jerusalem, so your and you would be plural. The pronoun you would also be a plural pronoun in any case where it is needed in your language as a pronoun for a verb, for example, “you say.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2461	LUK	13	35	l924		λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is telling the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
2462	LUK	13	35	x4y6		οὐ μὴ με ἴδητέ ἕως ἥξει ὅτε εἴπητε	1	you will certainly not see me until it comes when you say	If it would be clearer in your language, you could make this a positive statement. Alternate translation: “the next time you see me, you will say”
2463	LUK	13	35	l925	figs-idiom	ἕως ἥξει ὅτε εἴπητε	1	until it comes when you say	The expression it comes means “the time comes.” You could say that in your translation, or, if your language does not speak of time as “coming,” you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “until the time comes when you say” or “until the time when you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2464	LUK	13	35	l926	figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτε εἴπητε, εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	when you say, ‘Blessed is the one who comes in the name of the Lord’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “when you say that the one who comes in the name of the Lord is blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2465	LUK	13	35	v6lj	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	in the name of the Lord	God’s name figuratively represents his power and authority. Alternate translation: “as God’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2466	LUK	14	intro	xk3w			0		Luke 14 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus attends a banquet and tells a parable about a banquet (14:1-24) Jesus teaches more about being his disciple (14:25-35) Important figures of speech in this chapter Parable Jesus told the parable in Luke 14:15-24 to teach that the kingdom of God will be something that everyone can enjoy, but many people will refuse to be part of it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Paradox A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “For everyone who exalts himself will be humbled, and he who humbles himself will be exalted” (14:11).
2467	LUK	14	1	dj2d	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2468	LUK	14	1	a3ya	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2469	LUK	14	1	l89x	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν	1	he	The pronoun he refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2470	LUK	14	1	lh8g	figs-synecdoche	φαγεῖν ἄρτον	1	to eat bread	Luke refers figuratively to bread, one kind of food, to mean food in general. Alternate translation: “to have a meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2471	LUK	14	1	jst8	figs-explicit	καὶ αὐτοὶ ἦσαν παρατηρούμενοι αὐτόν	1	and they were watching him closely	The implication is that other Pharisees were also present, as 14:3 indicates explicitly, and that they all wanted to find a way to accuse Jesus of saying or doing something wrong. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. It might be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Many other Pharisees were present, and they were all watching Jesus closely to try to catch him saying or doing something wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2472	LUK	14	2	l927	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term behold to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2473	LUK	14	2	f5gh	writing-participants	ἄνθρωπός τις	1	a certain man	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2474	LUK	14	2	l4a1	translate-unknown	ἦν ὑδρωπικὸς	1	who was edematous	This means that the man had edema. That is a condition that causes swelling when water builds up in parts of the body. Your language may have a specific name for this condition. If not, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “who was suffering because parts of his body were swollen with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2475	LUK	14	2	l929	writing-background	ἦν ὑδρωπικὸς	1	who was edematous	Luke provides this background information about the man to help readers understand what happens in this episode. Jesus was facing the issue of whether to heal this man on the Sabbath, which the Pharisees thought was wrong. Alternate translation: “who was suffering because parts of his body were swollen with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2476	LUK	14	2	l930	figs-metaphor	ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ	1	before him	Here, the word before means “in front of” or “in the presence of” another person. Alternate translation: “was in the presence of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2477	LUK	14	3	l931	figs-explicit	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	answering Jesus spoke	The term answering indicates that Jesus spoke in response to the situation that he observed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when he saw the man, Jesus spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2478	LUK	14	3	l932	translate-unknown	τοὺς νομικοὺς	1	the lawyers	See how you translated this in 7:30. In this context, the term lawyers refers to experts in the law of Moses and its application to various situations. Alternate translation: “the experts in the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2479	LUK	14	3	qak4	figs-rquestion	ἔξεστιν τῷ Σαββάτῳ θεραπεῦσαι ἢ οὔ?	1	Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath, or not?	Jesus is not asking this question for information or to get guidance about what he should do. Rather, he is using the question to challenge the Pharisees and lawyers to think about the meaning and purpose of the Sabbath. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as an imperative. Alternate translation: “If you think the law does not permit healing on the Sabbath, explain why.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2480	LUK	14	4	pj9t		οἱ δὲ ἡσύχασαν	1	But they kept silent	Alternate translation: “But the religious leaders would not answer Jesus’ question”
2481	LUK	14	4	l933	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Because the religious leaders made no objection to healing on the Sabbath, as a result, Jesus healed the man. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2482	LUK	14	4	x4lq	writing-pronouns	ἐπιλαβόμενος	1	taking hold of him	Alternate translation: “Jesus took hold of the man who was suffering from edema and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2483	LUK	14	5	l934	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2484	LUK	14	5	rr5z	figs-rquestion	τίνος ὑμῶν υἱὸς ἢ βοῦς εἰς φρέαρ πεσεῖται, καὶ οὐκ εὐθέως ἀνασπάσει αὐτὸν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου	1	Of which of you will a son or an ox fall into a well, and he will not immediately pull him out on the Sabbath day	Jesus does not expect these religious leaders to tell him whether they would do this. Rather, he is using the question form as a teaching tool. He wants these religious leaders to recognize that on the Sabbath day, they themselves would do something to address a situation of suffering and need. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. It may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “If one of you had a son who fell into a well on the Sabbath, surely you would pull him out immediately. You would even do the same thing for your ox.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2485	LUK	14	6	cti5		καὶ οὐκ ἴσχυσαν ἀνταποκριθῆναι πρὸς ταῦτα	1	And they were not able to give an answer to these things	Alternate translation: “And there was nothing they could say in response”
2486	LUK	14	7	l935	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἔλεγεν…παραβολήν…ἐπέχων πῶς τὰς πρωτοκλισίας ἐξελέγοντο	1	he was was speaking a parable … noticing how they were choosing the first places	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of the phrases in this verse, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jesus noticed that those whom the leader of the Pharisees had invited to the meal were trying to sit in the seats for honored guests, so he gave them an illustration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2487	LUK	14	7	u86b	figs-parables	ἔλεγεν…παραβολήν	1	he was speaking a parable	In this instance, Luke is not using the term parable to mean a brief story that teaches something true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Jesus used a hypothetical situation as an illustration to get the guests at this meal to consider how they should behave at feasts. Alternate translation: “he gave an illustration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2488	LUK	14	7	em4u	figs-activepassive	τοὺς κεκλημένους	1	those who were invited	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who had done the action. Alternate translation: “those whom this Pharisee had invited to the meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2489	LUK	14	7	yd4g	figs-metaphor	τὰς πρωτοκλισίας	1	the first places	The term first figuratively represents being important and honored. If your culture has a way of placing people at meals to show honor, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the seats closest to the host” or “the seats for honored guests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2490	LUK	14	8	l936	figs-hypo	ὅταν κληθῇς ὑπό τινος εἰς γάμους, μὴ κατακλιθῇς	1	When you are invited by someone to a wedding feast, do not recline to eat	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the guests at this meal. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone invites you to a wedding celebration. Then you should not take your place at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
2491	LUK	14	8	pd7w	figs-activepassive	ὅταν κληθῇς ὑπό τινος	1	When you are invited by someone	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “When someone invites you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2492	LUK	14	8	l937	translate-unknown	μὴ κατακλιθῇς	1	do not recline to eat	See how you translated this in 5:29. Alternate translation: “do not take your place at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2493	LUK	14	8	l938	figs-metaphor	τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν	1	the first place	See how you translated this in 14:7. Alternate translation: “in a seat for an honored guest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2494	LUK	14	8	t1r5	figs-activepassive	ἐντιμότερός σου ᾖ κεκλημένος ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	a more honorable than you may have been invited by him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the host may also have invited a person who is more important than you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2495	LUK	14	8	l939	figs-nominaladj	ἐντιμότερός	1	a more honorable	Jesus is using the comparative adjective more honorable as a noun. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “a person who is more important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2496	LUK	14	8	m5b9	figs-youcrowd	σου	1	you	Even though Jesus is speaking to the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular in 14:8-10. But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
2497	LUK	14	9	l940	translate-unknown	ἐλθὼν, ὁ σὲ καὶ αὐτὸν καλέσας	1	when the one who invited you and him arrives	In this culture, the host would come into the banquet hall after all the guests were seated. If the practice is different in your culture, you can use a general expression in your translation here. Alternate translation: “when the person who invited both of you sees the seating arrangements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2498	LUK	14	9	ecp7	figs-idiom	ἄρξῃ μετὰ αἰσχύνης τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον κατέχειν	1	you will begin with shame to take the last place	Jesus uses the term begin idiomatically to suggest slowly unfolding, reluctant action. Alternate translation: “you will be ashamed and reluctantly have to take the last place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2499	LUK	14	9	gqa6	figs-metaphor	τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον	1	the last place	The term last figuratively represents being unimportant and not honored. If your culture has a way of placing people at meals to show honor, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a seat far from the host” or “a seat for the least important person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2500	LUK	14	9	l941	figs-explicit	τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον	1	the last place	The implication is that this guest must go to the least important section of seats because all the other places have been taken in the meantime. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a seat for the least important person, since all the other seats will be taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2501	LUK	14	10	x5qh	figs-activepassive	ὅταν κληθῇς	1	when you are invited	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who does the action. Alternate translation: “when someone invites you to a feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2502	LUK	14	10	l942	translate-unknown	ἀνάπεσε	1	recline to eat	See how you translated this in 14:8. Alternate translation: “take your place at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2503	LUK	14	10	by81	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον	1	in the last place	See how you translated this in 14:9. Alternate translation: “among the least important people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2504	LUK	14	10	l943	translate-unknown	ὅταν ἔλθῃ ὁ κεκληκώς σε	1	when the one who has invited you comes	In this culture, the host would come into the banqueting hall after all the guests were seated. If the practice is different in your culture, you can use a general expression in your translation here. Alternate translation: “when the person who invited you sees where you are sitting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2505	LUK	14	10	ck9k	figs-metaphor	προσανάβηθι ἀνώτερον	1	come up higher	The host speaks figuratively of the more important places at the feast being higher than the less important ones. Alternate translation: “move to a seat for a more important person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2506	LUK	14	10	h5ee	figs-idiom	ἔσται σοι δόξα	1	there will be honor to you	This is an idiom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say who would make this happen. Alternate translation: “your host will honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2507	LUK	14	10	l944	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον	1	before all those reclining to eat with you	Here, the word before means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in the presence of all the other guests” or “as all the other guests are watching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2508	LUK	14	11	i5e7		ὁ ὑψῶν ἑαυτὸν	1	who exalts himself	Alternate translation: “who tries to look important” or “who takes an important position”
2509	LUK	14	11	zrs1	figs-activepassive	ταπεινωθήσεται	1	will be humbled	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will have to act humbly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2510	LUK	14	11	dk2c		ὁ ταπεινῶν ἑαυτὸν	1	the one who humbles himself	Alternate translation: “who chooses to look unimportant” or “who takes an unimportant position”
2511	LUK	14	11	eki7	figs-activepassive	ὑψωθήσεται	1	will be exalted	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will receive honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2512	LUK	14	12	p9hc		τῷ κεκληκότι αὐτόν	1	the one who had invited him	Alternate translation: “the Pharisee who had invited him to his house for a meal”
2513	LUK	14	12	v4uk	figs-you	ὅταν ποιῇς	1	when you make	Even though this is general advice for everyone listening, the word you is singular here, and you and your are singular in all of 14:12-14, because Jesus is speaking directly to the Pharisee who invited him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2514	LUK	14	12	gmh6	figs-hyperbole	μὴ φώνει	1	do not invite	Jesus is probably not telling his host never to invite such people. Rather, this is likely a generalization that means he should invite others as well. Alternate translation: “do not invite only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2515	LUK	14	12	l945	figs-metaphor	τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου…τοὺς συγγενεῖς σου	1	your brothers … your relatives	The term brothers probably refers figuratively to close family members, while the term relatives likely indicates more distant members of an extended family. Alternate translation: “your close family members … other relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2516	LUK	14	12	l946	figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου	1	your brothers	If brothers is a figurative term, then Jesus is using it in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “your close family members” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2517	LUK	14	12	l947		μήποτε καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀντικαλέσωσίν σε	1	lest they also invite you in return	Alternate translation: “because they might feel an obligation to invite you to a banquet of their own”
2518	LUK	14	12	l948		γένηται ἀνταπόδομά σοι	1	and repayment happen to you	Your language may require you to say who would make this happen. Alternate translation: “and they would repay you”
2519	LUK	14	13	uc5f		κάλει	1	invite	It may be helpful to add “also” in your translation, since, as in 14:12, Jesus probably does not mean to invite only these people. Alternate translation: “also invite”
2520	LUK	14	13	abcf	figs-nominaladj	πτωχούς, ἀναπείρους, χωλούς, τυφλούς	1	the poor, the crippled, the lame, and the blind	Jesus is using these adjectives as nouns to refer to groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor, people with disabilities, people who are handicapped, and people who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2521	LUK	14	14	vpt9	figs-activepassive	μακάριος ἔσῃ	1	you will be blessed	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2522	LUK	14	14	r6cp	figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἀνταποδοῦναί σοι	1	they do not have to repay you	This expression does not mean that these people would not have a social obligation to return hospitality, the way others would. Rather, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “they do not have the means to repay you” or “they cannot invite you to a banquet in return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2523	LUK	14	14	z4tv	figs-activepassive	ἀνταποδοθήσεται…σοι	1	it will be repaid to you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will repay you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2524	LUK	14	14	rd75		ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει τῶν δικαίων	1	in the resurrection of the righteous	Alternate translation: “when God brings righteous people back to life”
2525	LUK	14	15	cm12	grammar-connect-time-background	δέ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2526	LUK	14	15	h4wu	writing-participants	τις τῶν συνανακειμένων	1	one of those who reclined to eat	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “another one of the guests at that meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2527	LUK	14	15	l949	translate-unknown	τις τῶν συνανακειμένων	1	one of those who reclined to eat	See how you translated the expression “recline to eat” in 14:8. Alternate translation: “another one of the guests at that meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2528	LUK	14	15	a8pf	figs-synecdoche	ὅστις φάγεται ἄρτον ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	whoever will eat bread in the kingdom of God	This man is using the word bread to refer to an entire meal. Alternate translation: “anyone who is invited to the feast in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2529	LUK	14	15	gu4r	figs-metaphor	ὅστις φάγεται ἄρτον ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	whoever will eat bread in the kingdom of God	This man is using the image of a feast to depict the joy that people will share in God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “anyone who will rejoice with others in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2530	LUK	14	15	l950	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	in the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate this phrase in 13:28. Alternate translation: “in the place where God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2531	LUK	14	16	m4y2	figs-parables	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ἄνθρωπός τις ἐποίει δεῖπνον μέγα	1	But he said to him, “A certain man made a large supper”	To help this guest understand better what he has been teaching, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “In response, Jesus told this guest a story to help him understand. ‘There was a man who prepared a large banquet’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2532	LUK	14	16	m7bc	writing-participants	ἄνθρωπός τις	1	A certain man	This introduces a character in the parable. Alternate translation: “There was a man who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2533	LUK	14	16	yrp5	figs-explicit	ἐποίει δεῖπνον μέγα, καὶ ἐκάλεσεν πολλούς	1	made a large supper and invited many	The implication is that this man had his servants prepare the meal and invite the guests. Alternate translation: “told his servants to prepare a large banquet and to invite many guests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2534	LUK	14	17	us3d	figs-idiom	τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ δείπνου	1	at the hour of the supper	Jesus is using the term hour figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time for the dinner” or “when the dinner was about to begin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2535	LUK	14	17	xkp8	figs-activepassive	τοῖς κεκλημένοις	1	the ones who were invited	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “to those he had invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2536	LUK	14	17	l951	figs-quotesinquotes	ἔρχεσθε, ὅτι ἤδη ἕτοιμά ἐστιν	1	‘Come, because it is now ready’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that they should come because everything was now ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2537	LUK	14	18	eh3h	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	This word introduces a contrast between what was expected, that all the invited guests would come to the dinner, and what happened, that they all declined to do that. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2538	LUK	14	18	l952	figs-ellipsis	ἀπὸ μιᾶς πάντες	1	all from one	Jesus is leaving out a word that this sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. This could mean a number of things, depending on what word is supplied, but the general sense is the same in every case: (1) “all from one mind” or “all from one voice,” that is, unanimously. Alternate translation: “all alike” (2) “all from one manner.” Alternate translation: “all in the same way” (3) “all from one time” Alternate translation: “all, as soon as the servant came to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2539	LUK	14	18	s9as		παραιτεῖσθαι	1	to excuse themselves	Alternate translation: “to give polite reasons why they could not come to the dinner”
2540	LUK	14	18	l3r6	figs-explicit	ὁ πρῶτος εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	The first said to him	While him refers to the servant, the implication is that this first guest was giving the servant a message for his master, since it would be the master, not the servant, who would excuse him from attending the banquet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The first guest whom the servant approached told him to give this message to his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2541	LUK	14	18	l953	figs-nominaladj	ὁ πρῶτος	1	The first	Jesus is using the adjective first as a noun in order to indicate a person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “The first guest whom the servant approached” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2542	LUK	14	18	l954	figs-quotesinquotes	ἀγρὸν ἠγόρασα καὶ ἔχω ἀνάγκην ἐξελθὼν ἰδεῖν αὐτόν; ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	‘I have bought a field, and I have need to go out to see it. I ask you, have me excused’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had just bought a field and that he needed to go out and look at it, so he wanted to be excused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2543	LUK	14	18	l955	figs-idiom	ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	I ask you, have me excused	In this culture, this was a polite formula for declining a social invitation. If your language has a similar formula, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “Please accept my apology for not being able to attend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2544	LUK	14	18	l956	figs-activepassive	ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	have me excused	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “excuse me from attending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2545	LUK	14	19	d9p2	figs-explicit	ἕτερος εἶπεν	1	another said	See how you translated this in 14:18. Alternate translation: “another guest told the servant to give this message to his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2546	LUK	14	19	l957	figs-quotesinquotes	ζεύγη βοῶν ἠγόρασα πέντε καὶ πορεύομαι δοκιμάσαι αὐτά; ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	‘I have bought five pairs of oxen, and I am going to try them out. I ask you to have me excused’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had just bought five pairs of oxen and that he was going to try them out, so he wanted to be excused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2547	LUK	14	19	cd9b	translate-unknown	ζεύγη βοῶν…πέντε	1	five pairs of oxen	Oxen are large cattle. In this culture, they were used in pairs to pull farming tools such as plows. Alternate translation: “five pairs of oxen to work in my fields” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2548	LUK	14	19	l958	figs-idiom	ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	I ask you to have me excused	See how you translated this in 14:18. Alternate translation: “Please accept my apology for not being able to attend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2549	LUK	14	19	l959	figs-activepassive	ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	have me excused	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “excuse me from attending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2550	LUK	14	20	lf9h	figs-explicit	ἕτερος εἶπεν	1	another said	See how you translated this in 14:18. Alternate translation: “Another guest told the servant to give this message to his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2551	LUK	14	20	l960	figs-quotesinquotes	γυναῖκα ἔγημα καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐ δύναμαι ἐλθεῖν	1	‘I have married a wife, and because of this I am not able to come’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had just gotten married and so he could not come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2552	LUK	14	20	gy6v	figs-explicitinfo	γυναῖκα ἔγημα	1	I have married a wife	In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Use the expression that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have just gotten married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
2553	LUK	14	20	l961		οὐ δύναμαι ἐλθεῖν	1	I cannot come	This is not the same polite formula that the previous two people used. This man feels he has solid grounds to decline the invitation, and he says so directly. Reflect this difference in the way your language naturally would. Alternate translation: “I will not be coming”
2554	LUK	14	21	v7v7	figs-explicit	ὀργισθεὶς	1	becoming angry	The implication is that the host became angry with the people who had turned down his invitation, not with his servant. Alternate translation: “becoming angry with the people he had invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2555	LUK	14	21	s88p		εἰσάγαγε ὧδε	1	bring in here	Alternate translation: “invite to my house”
2556	LUK	14	21	l962	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πτωχοὺς, καὶ ἀναπείρους, καὶ τυφλοὺς, καὶ χωλοὺς	1	the poor, and crippled, and blind, and lame	Jesus is using these adjectives as nouns to refer to groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor, people with disabilities, people who are blind, and people who are handicapped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2557	LUK	14	22	y4rb	figs-explicit	καὶ εἶπεν ὁ δοῦλος	1	And the servant said	The implication is that the servant did what the master commanded him and then came back with this report. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “After the servant went out and did that, he came back and reported” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2558	LUK	14	22	l963	figs-quotesinquotes	Κύριε, γέγονεν ὃ ἐπέταξας, καὶ ἔτι τόπος ἐστίν	1	‘Master, what you commanded has happened, and there is still room’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had done what the master had commanded but there was still room” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2559	LUK	14	22	dgt3		γέγονεν ὃ ἐπέταξας	1	what you commanded has happened	Alternate translation: “I have done what you commanded”
2560	LUK	14	23	l964	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν ὁ κύριος πρὸς τὸν δοῦλον, ἔξελθε εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ φραγμοὺς, καὶ ἀνάγκασον εἰσελθεῖν, ἵνα γεμισθῇ μου ὁ οἶκος	1	the master said to the servant, ‘Go out into the roads and hedges and compel them to come in, so that my house may be filled’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the master told the servant to go out into the roads and hedges and compel people to come in so that his house would be filled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2561	LUK	14	23	n9x7	figs-metonymy	φραγμοὺς	1	hedges	The word hedges describes boundary fences that enclose and protect fields and buildings. They may be made of bushes and shrubs growing closely together, or they may be made of wood or stone or similar building materials. This could mean: (1) actual hedges. In that case, you could use the equivalent term in your language or a general expression. Alternate translation: “boundary fences” (2) since the term is paired with roads, it may figuratively mean the footpaths that run along hedges at the borders of fields. Alternate translation: “paths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2562	LUK	14	23	w5w6	figs-activepassive	ἵνα γεμισθῇ μου ὁ οἶκος	1	so that my house may be filled	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that guests may fill my house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2563	LUK	14	24	i5lt	figs-declarative	λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων τῶν κεκλημένων, γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	For I say to you that none of those men who were invited will taste of my supper	The master is using a future statement to express the result he desires from the instructions he has just given his servants. Alternate translation: “For I say to you that I do not want any of those men who were invited to taste of my supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
2564	LUK	14	24	v5m6	figs-you	λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων τῶν κεκλημένων, γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	For I say to you that none of those men who were invited will taste of my supper	While the word you is singular in 14:21-23 because the master and the servant are addressing one another individually, here the word you is plural. It is not clear why. Possibly it may be assumed that other servants have been helping and that the master is now addressing all of the servants at once. In that case, it would make sense to translate you using the plural form, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2565	LUK	14	24	ooz4		λέγω…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	The master says this to emphasize what he is telling his servants. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
2566	LUK	14	24	l965	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων τῶν κεκλημένων, γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	For I say to you that none of those men who were invited will taste of my supper	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The master told all of his servants that he did not want any of the men he had invited to taste his supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2567	LUK	14	24	liz5	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων	1	those men	Here, the word for men means “male adults,” not people in general. So it would be appropriate to use a specifically masculine term in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2568	LUK	14	24	n867	figs-activepassive	τῶν κεκλημένων	1	who were invited	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom I invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2569	LUK	14	24	hl7q	figs-metonymy	γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	will taste of my supper	The master may be using the word taste figuratively to mean eating the meal. Alternate translation: “will enjoy the dinner that I have prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2570	LUK	14	24	l984	figs-hyperbole	γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	will taste of my supper	Alternatively, the master may be making an extreme statement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “will get even a taste of the dinner that I have prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2571	LUK	14	24	l966		μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	my supper	By this expression, the master does not mean his own meal, but the dinner that he has prepared for others. Alternate translation: “the dinner that I have prepared”
2572	LUK	14	25	l967	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2573	LUK	14	25	gv94	writing-newevent	συνεπορεύοντο…αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί	1	large crowds were journeying with him	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Jesus is no longer at the dinner at the home of the Pharisee. He has resumed his journey to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could introduce this new situation more fully. Alternate translation: “Jesus then continued on his way to Jerusalem, and large crowds were traveling with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2574	LUK	14	26	l968	figs-idiom	εἴ τις ἔρχεται πρός με,	1	If anyone comes to me	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “If anyone wants to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2575	LUK	14	26	l969	figs-doublenegatives	εἴ τις…οὐ μισεῖ…οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής	1	If anyone … does not hate … he is not able to be my disciple	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only someone … who loves me more than … is able to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2576	LUK	14	26	l985	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	and	Jesus uses this word to introduce a contrast. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2577	LUK	14	26	rmt8	figs-hyperbole	οὐ μισεῖ	1	does not hate	Jesus is using the word hate figuratively as an exaggeration to say that his disciples are not to love other people and themselves more than they love Jesus. Alternate translation: “does not love me more than” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2578	LUK	14	27	pm44	figs-doublenegatives	ὅστις οὐ βαστάζει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἔρχεται ὀπίσω μου, οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής	1	Whoever does not carry his cross and come after me is not able to be my disciple	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Whoever wants to be my disciple must carry his cross and follow me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2579	LUK	14	27	l970	figs-explicit	οὐ βαστάζει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ	1	does not carry his cross	Jesus assumes that the crowds will know that the Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with crossbar that was set upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. Jesus assumes that the crowds will also know that the Romans made these criminals carry these wooden crosses through the streets to the place where they were going to be executed. Alternate translation: “does not carry the wooden cross on which he will be executed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2580	LUK	14	27	jn5u	figs-metaphor	οὐ βαστάζει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ	1	does not carry his cross	Jesus uses the phrase carry his cross, referring to this practice of execution figuratively, to say that his disciples must be people who have given up their lives to God and who are willing to suffer. Alternate translation: “does not surrender his life to God and be willing to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2581	LUK	14	27	l971	figs-idiom	ἔρχεται ὀπίσω μου	1	come after me	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “follow my example” or “obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2582	LUK	14	28	q3cx	figs-rquestion	τίς γὰρ ἐξ ὑμῶν θέλων πύργον οἰκοδομῆσαι, οὐχὶ πρῶτον καθίσας, ψηφίζει τὴν δαπάνην, εἰ ἔχει εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν?	1	For which of you, desiring to build a tower, does not first sit down and calculate the cost—whether he has for completion?	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. Alternate translation: “If one of you wanted to build a tower, he would certainly sit down first and determine whether he had enough money to complete it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2583	LUK	14	28	l972	figs-hypo	τίς γὰρ ἐξ ὑμῶν θέλων πύργον οἰκοδομῆσαι, οὐχὶ πρῶτον καθίσας, ψηφίζει τὴν δαπάνην, εἰ ἔχει εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν?	1	For which of you, desiring to build a tower, does not first sit down and calculate the cost—whether he has for completion?	Jesus is offering the crowds an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you wanted to build a tower. Then you would certainly sit down first and determine whether you had enough money to complete it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
2584	LUK	14	28	eyx4	translate-unknown	πύργον	1	a tower	This may mean a watchtower. In one of his parables, recorded in Matthew 21:33, Jesus uses this same word to describe a watchtower that a man built for a vineyard he was planting. Alternate translation: “a high lookout platform” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2585	LUK	14	28	l973	figs-ellipsis	εἰ ἔχει εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν	1	whether he has for completion	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “whether he has enough money to complete the project” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2586	LUK	14	29	qj4i	figs-explicit	ἵνα μήποτε	1	Otherwise	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implicit meaning here. Alternate translation: “If he does not first calculate the cost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2587	LUK	14	29	axc7	translate-unknown	θέντος αὐτοῦ θεμέλιον	1	when he has laid a foundation	See how you translated the word foundation in 6:48. Alternate translation: “once he has built a base” or “once he has completed the lower part of the building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2588	LUK	14	29	ym3a	figs-explicit	καὶ μὴ ἰσχύοντος ἐκτελέσαι	1	and is not able to finish	The implication is that this person was not able to finish the building because he did not have enough money. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but does not have enough money to finish the whole building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2589	LUK	14	29	l974	figs-hyperbole	πάντες οἱ θεωροῦντες	1	all who see it	This is a generalization that describes what the common reaction would be. Alternate translation: “those who see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2590	LUK	14	30	l975	figs-gendernotations	οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	this man	Since Jesus addresses his question in 14:28 to the whole crowd, his illustration envisions all of them, so the term man here may be generic. Alternate translation: “this person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2591	LUK	14	30	l976	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	and	This word introduces a contrast between what the man planned to do and what he failed to do in the end. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2592	LUK	14	31	vp3u	figs-rquestion	ἢ τίς βασιλεὺς πορευόμενος ἑτέρῳ βασιλεῖ συμβαλεῖν εἰς πόλεμον, οὐχὶ καθίσας πρῶτον βουλεύσεται, εἰ δυνατός ἐστιν ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ὑπαντῆσαι τῷ μετὰ εἴκοσι χιλιάδων ἐρχομένῳ ἐπ’ αὐτόν?	1	Or what king, going to engage another king in war, will not sit down and first determine whether he is able with 10,000 to meet the one coming against him with 20,000?	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Certainly a king who was going to war against another king would sit down first and determine whether with 10,000 troops he would be able to defeat a king who was attacking him with 20,000 troops.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2593	LUK	14	31	l977	figs-hypo	ἢ τίς βασιλεὺς πορευόμενος ἑτέρῳ βασιλεῖ συμβαλεῖν εἰς πόλεμον, οὐχὶ καθίσας πρῶτον βουλεύσεται	1	Or what king, going to engage another king in war, will not sit down and first determine figs-hypo	Jesus is offering the crowds an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Or suppose one king were going to fight a war against another king. Then he would certainly sit down first and determine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
2594	LUK	14	31	tl37		βουλεύσεται	1	determine	This could mean: (1) he would think carefully about it. (2) he would consult with his advisors to decide.
2595	LUK	14	32	dpc5	figs-explicit	εἰ δὲ μή γε	1	But if not	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implicit meaning here. Alternate translation: “If he realizes that he will not be able to defeat the other king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2596	LUK	14	32	l978		ἔτι αὐτοῦ πόρρω ὄντος, πρεσβείαν ἀποστείλας ἐρωτᾷ τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην	1	while he is still far away, sending a delegation, he asks the things for peace	Alternate translation: “while the other king is still far away, the first king sends a delegation and asks for terms of peace”
2597	LUK	14	32	p5h6		τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην	1	the things for peace	Alternate translation: “for terms to end the war” or “what the other king wants him to do so that he will not attack”
2598	LUK	14	33	is32	figs-doublenegatives	πᾶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ὃς οὐκ ἀποτάσσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ὑπάρχουσιν, οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής	1	every one of you who does not renounce all the things that he himself possesses is not able to be my disciple	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “only those of you who give up all that you have are able be my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2599	LUK	14	33	f2he		ὃς οὐκ ἀποτάσσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ὑπάρχουσιν	1	who does not renounce all the things that he himself possesses	Alternate translation: “who is not willing to give up everything he owns”
2600	LUK	14	34	tz7c	figs-parables	καλὸν οὖν τὸ ἅλας	1	Salt then is good	To help the people in the crowd understand what he has been teaching, Jesus provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the crowd this illustration to help them understand. ‘Salt is certainly useful’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2601	LUK	14	34	l979	figs-activepassive	ἐὰν…τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ	1	if the salt … is made tasteless	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if something causes salt to lose its flavor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2602	LUK	14	34	l980	figs-activepassive	ἐν τίνι ἀρτυθήσεται	1	with what will it be seasoned	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “what can make it salty again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2603	LUK	14	34	cz52	figs-rquestion	ἐν τίνι ἀρτυθήσεται?	1	with what will it be seasoned?	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. He does not expect the crowd to tell him how the flavor of salt can be restored. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “nothing can make it salty again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2604	LUK	14	35	bp1b	translate-unknown	εἰς κοπρίαν	1	for the manure pile	See how you translated this phrase in 13:8. Alternate translation: “to use as fertilizer” or “to add to the compost heap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2605	LUK	14	35	n5a9	writing-pronouns	ἔξω βάλλουσιν αὐτό	1	They throw it outside	They does not refer to any individuals in particular. This is an indefinite usage. Alternate translation: “People throw it outside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2606	LUK	14	35	u9h3	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	The one who has ears to hear, let him hear	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize that what he has just said is important and that it may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase ears to hear figuratively represents the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body by which his listeners have been taking in his teaching. Alternate translation: “If anyone is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2607	LUK	14	35	c5fb	figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	The one who has ears to hear, let him hear	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2608	LUK	14	35	l981	figs-you	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	The one who has ears to hear, let him hear	If you choose to translate this in the second person, you would be plural, since Jesus is speaking to the crowd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2609	LUK	15	intro	p1ba			0		Luke 15 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus tells parables about a lost sheep, a lost coin, and a lost son (15:1-32) Special concepts in this chapter The parable of the prodigal son The story that Jesus tells in Luke 15:11-32 is known as The Parable of the Prodigal Son, although he does not give the story that title himself. Most interpreters understand the father in the story to represent God (the Father), the sinful younger son to represent those who repent and come to faith in Jesus, and the self-righteous older son to represent the Pharisees. In the story, the older son becomes angry at the father for forgiving the younger son’s sins. He will not even go in to the party that the father is giving to welcome the younger son home. Jesus knew that the Pharisees wanted God to think that only they were good and not forgive other people’s sins. Jesus was teaching them that they would never become part of God’s kingdom if they continued to think that way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) Sinners When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins such as stealing or sexual sins. But Jesus told three parables (15:4-7, 15:8-10, and 15:11-32) to teach that the people who acknowledge that they are sinners and who repent are the people who truly please God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2610	LUK	15	1	yj6b	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2611	LUK	15	1	l982	writing-participants	ἦσαν…αὐτῷ ἐγγίζοντες πάντες οἱ τελῶναι καὶ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ	1	all the tax collectors and sinners were coming to him to listen to him	Luke uses this phrase to introduce new characters into the story. These people were part of the crowd that Luke described generally in 14:25. Alternate translation: “many of the people who were coming to listen to Jesus were tax collectors and sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2612	LUK	15	1	ss52	figs-hyperbole	ἦσαν…αὐτῷ ἐγγίζοντες πάντες οἱ τελῶναι καὶ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ	1	all the tax collectors and sinners were coming to him to listen to him	The word all is an overstatement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “many of the people who were coming to listen to Jesus were tax collectors and sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2613	LUK	15	2	l986	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to indicate the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2614	LUK	15	2	l987	writing-participants	διεγόγγυζον οἵ τε Φαρισαῖοι καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς	1	both the Pharisees and the scribes were grumbling	Luke uses this phrase to reintroduce these characters into the story. While these may not be exactly the same individuals whom Jesus encountered in places such as 5:17-30, the members of this group in general function as the same character throughout the story. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees and scribes were there, and they were grumbling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2615	LUK	15	2	dd9b		οὗτος ἁμαρτωλοὺς προσδέχεται	1	This one receives sinners	Alternate translation: “This man lets sinners into his presence” or “This man associates with sinners”
2616	LUK	15	2	ec2r	figs-explicit	οὗτος	1	This one	This expression implicitly means Jesus. Alternate translation: “This man” or “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2617	LUK	15	3	l988	grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to indicate the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2618	LUK	15	3	ill7	figs-parables	εἶπεν…πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην	1	he spoke this parable to them	Alternate translation: “Jesus told this story to the Pharisees and scribes to help them understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2619	LUK	15	4	pxm3	figs-rquestion	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα καὶ ἀπολέσας ἐξ αὐτῶν ἓν, οὐ καταλείπει τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καὶ πορεύεται ἐπὶ τὸ ἀπολωλὸς, ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό?	1	Which man among you, having 100 sheep and having lost one of them, will not leave the 99 in the wilderness and go after the lost one until he finds it?	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “If one of you had 100 sheep and lost one of them, he would certainly leave the other 99 sheep in the wilderness and go looking for the sheep that had wandered off until he found it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2620	LUK	15	4	l989	figs-hypo	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα καὶ ἀπολέσας ἐξ αὐτῶν ἓν, οὐ καταλείπει	1	Which man among you, having 100 sheep and having lost one of them, will not leave	Jesus is offering the Pharisees and scribes an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you had 100 sheep and you lost one of them. Then you would certainly leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
2621	LUK	15	4	m048	figs-123person	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα…ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό	1	Which man among you, having 100 sheep … until he finds it	Since Jesus begins the parable by asking, “Which man among you,” some languages would continue the parable in the second person. Alternate translation: “Which one of you, if you had 100 sheep … until you found it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2622	LUK	15	4	l990	figs-gendernotations	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	Which man among you	This could mean: (1) while all of the Pharisees and scribes who are grumbling are probably men, Jesus is describing what any person, man or woman, would likely do in this situation, and he is telling the parable for the whole crowd to hear. So the term man here may be generic. Alternate translation: “Which person among you” (2) since Jesus speaks in his next parable of a woman doing something, he may be using a man and a woman in paired examples to offer a comprehensive teaching about the kingdom of God. In that case, the term man here would not be generic. Alternate translation: “Which of you men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2623	LUK	15	4	l991	figs-nominaladj	τὸ ἀπολωλὸς	1	the lost one	Here, Jesus is using the participle lost, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term one to show that. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the sheep that had wandered off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2624	LUK	15	5	l992	figs-123person	καὶ εὑρὼν, ἐπιτίθησιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους αὐτοῦ χαίρων	1	And having found it, he lays it on his shoulders, rejoicing	If you decided in the previous verse that your language would continue this parable in the second person, use the second person here as well. Alternate translation: “Once you found it, you would very happily lay it across your shoulders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2625	LUK	15	5	xwa5	figs-explicit	ἐπιτίθησιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους αὐτοῦ	1	he lays it on his shoulders	This is the way a shepherd carries a sheep. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he lays it across his shoulders to carry it home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2626	LUK	15	6	g3f3	figs-123person	καὶ ἐλθὼν εἰς τὸν οἶκον, συνκαλεῖ τοὺς φίλους καὶ τοὺς γείτονας	1	And coming to the house, he calls together his friends and his neighbors	If you decided that your language would continue this parable in the second person, use the second person here as well. Alternate translation: “And when you got back to your house, you would call together your friends and neighbors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2627	LUK	15	6	l993	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγων αὐτοῖς, συνχάρητέ μοι, ὅτι εὗρον τὸ πρόβατόν μου τὸ ἀπολωλός	1	saying to them, ‘Rejoice together with me, for I have found my lost sheep’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and tells them to rejoice with him because he has found his sheep that was lost” or, if you decided to use the second person, “and you would tell them to rejoice with you because you had found your sheep that was lost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2628	LUK	15	7	l994		λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι	1	I say to you that	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell these Pharisees and scribes. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that”
2629	LUK	15	7	k1l2	figs-explicit	οὕτως	1	in the same way	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implicit meaning here. Alternate translation: “just as the shepherd and his friends and neighbors would rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2630	LUK	15	7	k8k6	figs-metonymy	χαρὰ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἔσται	1	there will be joy in heaven	Jesus is using the word heaven figuratively to mean the inhabitants of heaven. Alternate translation: “everyone in heaven will rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2631	LUK	15	7	abcg	figs-nominaladj	δικαίοις	1	righteous	Jesus is using the adjective righteous as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2632	LUK	15	8	ly5c	figs-rquestion	τίς γυνὴ δραχμὰς ἔχουσα δέκα, ἐὰν ἀπολέσῃ δραχμὴν μίαν, οὐχὶ ἅπτει λύχνον, καὶ σαροῖ τὴν οἰκίαν, καὶ ζητεῖ ἐπιμελῶς, ἕως οὗ εὕρῃ?	1	what woman, having ten drachmas, if she would lose one drachma, would not light a lamp, and sweep the house, and seek diligently until she has found it?	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “if a woman had ten drachma coins and she lost one of them, she would certainly light a lamp, sweep the house, and seek diligently until she found it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2633	LUK	15	8	qr36	figs-hypo	τίς γυνὴ δραχμὰς ἔχουσα δέκα, ἐὰν ἀπολέσῃ δραχμὴν μίαν, οὐχὶ ἅπτει λύχνον, καὶ σαροῖ τὴν οἰκίαν, καὶ ζητεῖ ἐπιμελῶς, ἕως οὗ εὕρῃ?	1	what woman, having ten drachmas, if she would lose one drachma, would not light a lamp and sweep the house and seek diligently until she has found it?	Jesus is offering an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose a woman had ten drachma coins and she lost one of them. Then she would certainly light a lamp, sweep the house, and seek diligently until she found it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
2634	LUK	15	8	l995	translate-bmoney	δραχμὰς	1	drachmas	A drachma was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might say something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “valuable silver coins” or “coins each worth a day’s wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
2635	LUK	15	8	l996	figs-synecdoche	σαροῖ τὴν οἰκίαν	1	sweep the house	Jesus speaks of the whole house to refer figuratively to one part of it, the floor. Alternate translation: “sweep the floor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2636	LUK	15	9	l997	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγουσα, συνχάρητέ μοι, ὅτι εὗρον τὴν δραχμὴν ἣν ἀπώλεσα	1	saying, ‘Rejoice together with me, for I have found the drachma that I lost’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and tells them to rejoice with her because she has found the drachma that she lost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2637	LUK	15	10	wrs9	figs-explicit	οὕτως	1	In the same way	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implicit meaning here. Alternate translation: “Just as the woman and her friends and neighbors would rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2638	LUK	15	10	l998		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell these Pharisees and scribes. Alternate translation: “indeed”
2639	LUK	15	10	m8zl	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀγγέλων τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	before the angels of God	The term before figuratively means “in the presence” of someone. Alternate translation: “in the presence of God’s angels” or “among the angels of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2640	LUK	15	11	ib6s	figs-parables	εἶπεν δέ	1	Then he said	To help the Pharisees and scribes understand what he has been teaching, Jesus tells a brief story that provides a further illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told the Pharisees and scribes this story to help them understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2641	LUK	15	11	c2t6	writing-participants	ἄνθρωπός τις εἶχεν δύο υἱούς	1	A certain man had two sons	Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the main characters in the parable. Alternate translation: “There was a man who had two sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2642	LUK	15	12	l999	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν…τῷ πατρί, Πάτερ, δός μοι τὸ ἐπιβάλλον μέρος τῆς οὐσίας	1	said to his father, ‘Father, give me the portion of the wealth that falls to me’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “told his father that he wanted the share of the estate that he would inherit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2643	LUK	15	12	y6uq	figs-imperative	δός μοι	1	give me	The son wanted his father to give him his inheritance immediately. If your language has a command form that indicates that the speaker wants something done immediately, it would be appropriate to use that form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
2644	LUK	15	12	m000	figs-idiom	τὸ ἐπιβάλλον μέρος τῆς οὐσίας	1	the portion of the wealth that falls to me	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the part of your wealth that you intend to leave to me when you die” or “the share of the estate that I would inherit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2645	LUK	15	12	m001	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	2	And	Jesus uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2646	LUK	15	12	r2q7		διεῖλεν αὐτοῖς τὸν βίον	1	he distributed his livelihood to them	Alternate translation: “he divided his wealth between his two sons”
2647	LUK	15	13	m002	figs-litotes	οὐ πολλὰς ἡμέρας	1	not many days	This is a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “only a few days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
2648	LUK	15	13	lu69		συναγαγὼν πάντα	1	gathered everything together	Alternate translation: “packed all of his things”
2649	LUK	15	13	ew56		ἀσώτως	1	recklessly	Alternate translation: “without thinking about the consequences of his actions”
2650	LUK	15	14	z99l	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Jesus uses this word to introduce background information that will help his listeners understand what happens next in the parable. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2651	LUK	15	14	kpb8		ἐγένετο λιμὸς ἰσχυρὰ κατὰ τὴν χώραν ἐκείνην	1	a severe famine happened throughout that country	Alternate translation: “something happened so that the entire country did not have enough food”
2652	LUK	15	14	y8mf		ὑστερεῖσθαι	1	to be in need	Alternate translation: “to lack what he needed” or “not to have enough to live on”
2653	LUK	15	15	cdn2	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Jesus uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2654	LUK	15	15	y3bf	figs-idiom	πορευθεὶς, ἐκολλήθη ἑνὶ	1	he went and attached himself to one	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he began to work for one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2655	LUK	15	15	k19m		ἑνὶ τῶν πολιτῶν τῆς χώρας ἐκείνης	1	one of the citizens of that country	Alternate translation: “to someone who lived in that country”
2656	LUK	15	15	rxt4		βόσκειν χοίρους	1	to feed pigs	Alternate translation: “to feed the pigs that the man owned”
2657	LUK	15	16	m8zd	figs-activepassive	ἐπεθύμει χορτασθῆναι	1	he was longing to be satisfied	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he wished he could satisfy his hunger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2658	LUK	15	16	pd3c	translate-unknown	κερατίων	1	carob pods	These are the husks of the beans that grow on the carob tree. If your readers would not be familiar with this tree, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “bean husks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2659	LUK	15	16	m003		καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐδίδου αὐτῷ	1	and no one gave to him	This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: “because no one was giving him anything else to eat” or “but his master would not allow him to eat even those”
2660	LUK	15	17	x4jc	figs-idiom	εἰς ἑαυτὸν…ἐλθὼν	1	coming to himself	This idiom means that he became able to understand his situation clearly and realized that he had made a terrible mistake. Alternate translation: “realizing the situation he was in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2661	LUK	15	17	m004	figs-quotesinquotes	ἔφη, πόσοι μίσθιοι τοῦ πατρός μου περισσεύονται ἄρτων, ἐγὼ δὲ λιμῷ ὧδε ἀπόλλυμαι	1	he said, ‘How many hired servants of my father have more than enough bread, but I am perishing from hunger here’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he told himself that all of his father’s hired servants had more than enough food to eat, but he was perishing from hunger where he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2662	LUK	15	17	xw1a	figs-exclamations	πόσοι μίσθιοι τοῦ πατρός μου περισσεύονται ἄρτων, ἐγὼ δὲ λιμῷ ὧδε ἀπόλλυμαι	1	How many hired servants of my father have more than enough bread, but I am perishing from hunger here	This is an exclamation, not a question. Alternate translation: “All of my father’s hired servants have more than enough food to eat, but I am perishing from hunger here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
2663	LUK	15	17	m005	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτων	1	bread	The young man is using one kind of food, bread, figuratively to mean food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2664	LUK	15	17	tal2	figs-hyperbole	λιμῷ…ἀπόλλυμαι	1	I am perishing from hunger	This could mean: (1) it is a figurative overstatement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “have so little to eat” (2) the young man has literally been starving. Alternate translation: “am about to die of starvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2665	LUK	15	18	m006	figs-quotesinquotes	ἀναστὰς, πορεύσομαι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου, καὶ ἐρῶ αὐτῷ, Πάτερ, ἥμαρτον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐνώπιόν σου	1	I will get up and go to my father, and I will say to him, Father, I have sinned against heaven and before you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “He decided that he would leave that place and go to his father and tell him that he had sinned against God and directly against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2666	LUK	15	18	m007	figs-idiom	ἀναστὰς	1	get up	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “I will leave this place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2667	LUK	15	18	m4pj	figs-euphemism	τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	heaven	In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word heaven instead. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2668	LUK	15	18	m008	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιόν	1	before	The term before figuratively means “in the presence” of another person. In the speech he is planning, the younger son makes a distinction between the way he has sinned against heaven, by committing many sins, and before his father, by causing him personal shame and loss. Alternate translation: “directly against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2669	LUK	15	19	m009	figs-quotesinquotes	οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου. ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου	1	I am no longer worthy to be called your son; make me as one of your hired servants	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He decided he would tell his father that he did not deserve to be his son any more, but that he hoped his father would hire him as one of his servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2670	LUK	15	19	aug2	figs-activepassive	οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου	1	I am no longer worthy to be called your son	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I am no longer worthy for you to call me your son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2671	LUK	15	19	m010	figs-idiom	κληθῆναι	1	to be called	This expression could also be an idiom that means “to be.” See how you translated it in 1:32, 1:76, and 2:23. Alternate translation: “to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2672	LUK	15	19	up55	figs-imperative	ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου	1	make me as one of your hired servants	This is a request, not a command. To show that, it may be helpful to add “please,” as UST does. Alternate translation: “please hire me as one of your servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
2673	LUK	15	20	m43r	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2674	LUK	15	20	m011	figs-idiom	ἀναστὰς	1	he got up	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he left that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2675	LUK	15	20	za3c		ἔτι δὲ αὐτοῦ μακρὰν ἀπέχοντος	1	while he was still far away	This does not mean that the younger son was still in the other country. Alternate translation: “while he was still at a great distance from his father’s house”
2676	LUK	15	20	a7ls	figs-activepassive	ἐσπλαγχνίσθη	1	was moved with compassion	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “had pity on him” or “loved him deeply from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2677	LUK	15	20	z7p3	translate-symaction	ἐπέπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ καὶ κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν	1	fell upon his neck, and kissed him	The father did these things to show his son that he loved him and that he was glad he was coming home. If men in your culture would not show affection to their sons in this way, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “welcomed him affectionately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2678	LUK	15	20	m012	figs-idiom	ἐπέπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ	1	fell upon his neck	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “gave him a hug” or “hugged him tightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2679	LUK	15	21	m013	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δὲ ὁ υἱὸς αὐτῷ, Πάτερ, ἥμαρτον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐνώπιόν σου; οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου	1	Then the son said to him, ‘Father, I have sinned against heaven and in your sight. I am no longer worthy to be called your son’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Then the son told his father that he had sinned against God and directly against him, and that he did not deserve to be called his son anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2680	LUK	15	21	xz93	figs-euphemism	τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	heaven	In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word heaven instead. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2681	LUK	15	21	m014	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιόν	1	before	The term before figuratively means “in the presence” of another person. The young man is making a distinction between the way he has sinned against heaven, by committing many sins, and before his father, by causing him personal shame and loss. Alternate translation: “directly against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2682	LUK	15	21	qxg5	figs-activepassive	οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου	1	I am no longer worthy to be called your son	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I am no longer worthy for you to call me your son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2683	LUK	15	21	m015	figs-idiom	κληθῆναι	1	to be called	This expression could also be an idiom that means “to be.” See how you translated it in 1:32, 1:76, and 2:23. Alternate translation: “to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2684	LUK	15	22	m016	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δὲ ὁ πατὴρ πρὸς τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ, ταχὺ ἐξενέγκατε στολὴν τὴν πρώτην, καὶ ἐνδύσατε αὐτόν, καὶ δότε δακτύλιον εἰς τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὑποδήματα εἰς τοὺς πόδας	1	But the father said to his servants, ‘Bring quickly the best robe, and put it on him, and put a ring on his hand, and sandals on his feet’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But the father told his servants quickly to bring the best robe they had and put it on his son, and to put a ring on his hand and sandals on his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2685	LUK	15	22	m017	figs-you	ἐξενέγκατε…ἐνδύσατε…δότε	1	bring … clothe … put	Since the father is speaking to a number of servants, the implied you in these imperatives would be plural. Your language may need to show that distinction explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2686	LUK	15	22	nlx9	translate-symaction	στολὴν τὴν πρώτην…δακτύλιον…ὑποδήματα	1	the first robe … a ring … sandals	By having his servants put these things on his son, the father was showing that he was welcoming his son back as a member of the family in good standing. These were all signs of status, authority, and privilege. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in some way in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2687	LUK	15	22	b3hv	figs-metaphor	στολὴν τὴν πρώτην	1	the first robe	As in 14:7, here the word first figuratively means “best.” Alternate translation: “the best robe we have” or “the festive garment we save for special occasions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2688	LUK	15	22	m018	figs-synecdoche	δότε δακτύλιον εἰς τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ	1	put a ring on his hand	The father figuratively says hand to mean one part of the hand, a finger. Alternate translation: “put a ring on his finger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2689	LUK	15	22	xat6	translate-unknown	ὑποδήματα	1	sandals	In this culture, poorer people went barefoot, while more affluent people wore sandals. They are a type of open footwear, typically made of leather, consisting of a sole that is held onto the foot with straps. The modern equivalent in many cultures where the poor go barefoot and the more affluent have footwear would be shoes. Alternate translation: “shoes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2690	LUK	15	23	m019	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ φέρετε τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν, θύσατε, καὶ φαγόντες εὐφρανθῶμεν	1	And bring the fattened calf, slaughter it, and let us eat and celebrate	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He also told his servants to bring the calf they had been fattening and butcher it so that they could have a celebration feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2691	LUK	15	23	m020	figs-you	φέρετε…θύσατε	1	bring … slaughter	Since the father is speaking to a number of servants, the implied you in these imperatives would be plural. Your language may need to show that distinction explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2692	LUK	15	23	ll8j	translate-unknown	μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν	1	the fattened calf	A calf is a young cow. People would give one of their calves special food so that it would grow well, and then, when they wanted to have a special feast, they would butcher and eat that calf. If your readers would not know what a calf or a cow is, or if a description of eating a cow would be offensive to them, you could use a general expression here. Alternate translation: “the young animal we have been making fat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2693	LUK	15	23	t3cu	figs-explicit	θύσατε	1	kill	In this context, the term kill means to slaughter an animal and prepare its meat to be eaten. The implication is that the servants were also to cook the meat for the feast that the father wanted to have. Alternate translation: “butcher and cook” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2694	LUK	15	23	m021	figs-hendiadys	φαγόντες εὐφρανθῶμεν	1	let us eat and celebrate	The phrase eat and celebrate expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The word eat indicates how the father wants to celebrate his son’s homecoming. Alternate translation: “celebrate by having a feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2695	LUK	15	23	m022	figs-exclusive	φαγόντες εὐφρανθῶμεν	1	let us eat and celebrate	The word us includes the addressees, since the father means the whole household, including the servants to whom he is speaking. So use the inclusive form of us in your translation if your language marks that distinction. Other languages might say “all of us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2696	LUK	15	24	m023	figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτι οὗτος ὁ υἱός μου νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἀνέζησεν, ἦν ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη	1	‘For this son of mine was dead, and has come back to life; he was lost, and has been found’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The father said that it was as if his son had died and come back to life, as if he had lost him and found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2697	LUK	15	24	ubz3	figs-metaphor	ὁ υἱός μου νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἀνέζησεν	1	this son of mine was dead, and has come back to life	The father says figuratively that when his son was in the faraway country, it was as if he was dead. You could translate this as a simile or comparison if your readers might otherwise take the father’s statement to mean that the son actually had died. Alternate translation: “it was as if my son had died, but now I see he is very much alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2698	LUK	15	24	izx2	figs-metaphor	ἦν ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη	1	he was lost, and has been found	The father says figuratively that when his son was in faraway country, it was as if he was lost and no one knew where to find him. You could translate this as a simile or comparison if your readers might otherwise take the father’s statement to mean that the son actually had been missing. Alternate translation: “it was as if my son was missing, but now I have found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2699	LUK	15	24	m024	figs-activepassive	εὑρέθη	1	he has been found	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “I have found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2700	LUK	15	24	m025	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ ἤρξαντο εὐφραίνεσθαι	1	And they began to celebrate	And introduces the results of what the previous sentence described. The servants carried out the father’s orders and prepared a feast, and the people in the household then began to enjoy it. Alternate translation: “Then they began to celebrate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2701	LUK	15	25	jd7l	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	Now	Jesus uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2702	LUK	15	25	bk6d	figs-explicit	ἦν…ἐν ἀγρῷ	1	was in the field	The implication was that he was out in the field because he was working there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “was out working in the field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2703	LUK	15	25	m026	figs-explicit	ὡς ἐρχόμενος	1	as he came	Alternate translation: “as he came back home from the field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2704	LUK	15	25	m027	figs-metonymy	ἤκουσεν συμφωνίας καὶ χορῶν	1	he heard music and dancing	The older son could not literally hear dancing, so Jesus is using the term heard figuratively in that case. Alternate translation: “he heard music and the sound of people dancing” or “he heard music and could tell that people were dancing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2705	LUK	15	26	m028	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Jesus uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. When the older son heard these sounds, he wondered what was going on, so he called for a servant and asked him. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2706	LUK	15	26	m029	figs-explicit	ἕνα τῶν παίδων	1	one of the servants	Here the word that is translated as servant ordinarily means “boy.” So here it may indicate that the servant was young. Alternate translation: “a young servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2707	LUK	15	26	z51r		τί ἂν εἴη ταῦτα	1	what these things might be	Alternate translation: “what was happening”
2708	LUK	15	27	m030	figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἥκει, καὶ ἔθυσεν ὁ πατήρ σου τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν, ὅτι ὑγιαίνοντα αὐτὸν ἀπέλαβεν	1	And he said to him, Your brother has come and your father has killed the fattened calf because he has received him back in good health	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The servant told him that his brother had come home and that his father had killed the fattened calf because he had received him back in good health” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2709	LUK	15	27	m031	figs-metonymy	ἔθυσεν ὁ πατήρ σου τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν	1	your father has killed the fattened calf	The father did not do this personally. Alternate translation: “your father ordered us to butcher and cook the fattened calf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2710	LUK	15	27	m032	figs-metonymy	ἔθυσεν ὁ πατήρ σου τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν	1	your father has killed the fattened calf	The implication, as the father says explicitly in 15:23, was that this was in order to have a celebration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your father ordered us to butcher and cook the fattened calf so we could have a celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2711	LUK	15	27	r8py	translate-unknown	τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν	1	the fattened calf	See how you translated this in 15:23. Alternate translation: “the young animal we had been making fat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2712	LUK	15	27	m033		ὅτι ὑγιαίνοντα αὐτὸν ἀπέλαβεν	1	because he has received him in good health	Alternate translation: “because his son has come home safely”
2713	LUK	15	28	m034	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὁ δὲ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ἐξελθὼν, παρεκάλει αὐτόν	1	and his father came out and entreated him	Here Jesus uses the term and to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So his father came outside and pleaded with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2714	LUK	15	29	m035	figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν τῷ πατρὶ αὐτοῦ, ἰδοὺ, τοσαῦτα ἔτη δουλεύω σοι, καὶ οὐδέποτε ἐντολήν σου παρῆλθον, καὶ ἐμοὶ οὐδέποτε ἔδωκας ἔριφον, ἵνα μετὰ τῶν φίλων μου εὐφρανθῶ	1	But answering he said to his father, ‘Behold, for so many years I am slaving for you, and I have never disregarded your command, and you never gave a young goat to me so that I might celebrate with my friends’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But he responded to his father that even though he had been slaving for him for so many years and had never disobeyed one of his commands, his father had never given him a young goat so that he could celebrate with his friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2715	LUK	15	29	m036	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν	1	answering he said	Together the words answering and said mean that the older son said what follows in response to his father’s pleadings. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2716	LUK	15	29	m037	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	The older son uses behold to get his father to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2717	LUK	15	29	f8w9	figs-metaphor	δουλεύω σοι	1	I am slaving for you	To emphasize how hard he believes he has worked for his father, the older son figuratively describes himself as a slave. You could translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “I have been working like a slave for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2718	LUK	15	29	m038	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδέποτε ἐντολήν σου παρῆλθον	1	I have never disregarded your command	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I have always done what you told me to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2719	LUK	15	29	d2t6	figs-hyperbole	οὐδέποτε ἐντολήν σου παρῆλθον	1	I have never disregarded your command	To emphasize how carefully he believes he has obeyed his father, the older son makes a figurative generalization and says never. Alternate translation: “I have not disobeyed your commands” or “I have done what you told me to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2720	LUK	15	29	ph4q	figs-explicit	ἔριφον	1	a young goat	A young goat was smaller and much less expensive than a fatted calf. The son’s implication is that his father has not done even a small thing to show appreciation for him. You could express that more explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “even a young goat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2721	LUK	15	30	m039	figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτε δὲ ὁ υἱός σου οὗτος, ὁ καταφαγών σου τὸν βίον μετὰ πορνῶν ἦλθεν, ἔθυσας αὐτῷ τὸν σιτευτὸν μόσχον	1	but when this son of yours came, who has devoured your property with prostitutes, you killed for him the fattened calf	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation (continuing the sentence from the previous verse, if you translated it as an indirect quotation): “but that when this son of his came home, who had wasted his money on prostitutes, he killed the fattened calf for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2722	LUK	15	30	y27h		ὁ υἱός σου οὗτος	1	this son of yours	The older son refers to his brother as this son of yours because he does not want to be associated with him. He does not want to call him “my brother.” Alternate translation: “that other son of yours”
2723	LUK	15	30	vip3	figs-metaphor	ὁ καταφαγών σου τὸν βίον	1	having devoured your livelihood	The older son figuratively describes his brother as having eaten up the wealth his father gave him, to the point where there is nothing left. Alternate translation: “who squandered your wealth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2724	LUK	15	30	e6ig	figs-synecdoche	μετὰ πορνῶν	1	with prostitutes	In order to depict how the younger son wasted his father’s money on reckless living, the older son speaks figuratively of one thing he assumes the younger son spent money on. Alternate translation: “living recklessly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2725	LUK	15	30	m040	figs-metonymy	ἔθυσας αὐτῷ τὸν σιτευτὸν μόσχον	1	you killed for him the fattened calf	The father did not do this personally. Alternate translation: “you told the servants to butcher and cook the fattened calf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2726	LUK	15	30	m041	figs-explicit	ἔθυσας αὐτῷ τὸν σιτευτὸν μόσχον	1	you killed for him the fattened calf	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly the implicit purpose for this action. Alternate translation: “you told the servants to butcher and cook the fattened calf so you could hold a celebration for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2727	LUK	15	30	vf31	translate-unknown	τὸν σιτευτὸν μόσχον	1	the fattened calf	See how you translated this in 15:23. Alternate translation: “the young animal we had been making fat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2728	LUK	15	31	b5s3	figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, τέκνον, σὺ πάντοτε μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἶ, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐμὰ σά ἐστιν	1	But he said to him, ‘Child, you are always with me, and all my things are yours’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But his father called him his dear son and acknowledged his loyal service and reminded him that now he was heir to the entire remaining estate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2729	LUK	15	31	m042		τέκνον	1	Child	The father is using this word as a term of affection. Alternate translation: “My dear son”
2730	LUK	15	31	m043		σὺ πάντοτε μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἶ	1	you are always with me	Alternate translation: “I appreciate the way you have stayed here and helped me”
2731	LUK	15	32	m044	figs-quotesinquotes	εὐφρανθῆναι δὲ καὶ χαρῆναι ἔδει…ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη	1	But it was proper to celebrate and to rejoice, for this brother of yours was dead, and lived, and he had been lost, and was found	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But he insisted that it was right to have a celebration for his brother, since it was as if he had died and come back to life, and as if he had been lost and had been found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2732	LUK	15	32	m045	figs-hendiadys	εὐφρανθῆναι…καὶ χαρῆναι	1	celebrate and rejoice	The phrase celebrate and rejoice expresses a single idea emphatically by using two similar words connected with and. Alternate translation: “celebrate joyfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2733	LUK	15	32	c35s		ὁ ἀδελφός σου οὗτος	1	this brother of yours	The older son had referred to “this son of yours,” but the father wants him to recognize him as his brother. Alternate translation: “your very own brother”
2734	LUK	15	32	due5	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀδελφός σου οὗτος, νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἔζησεν	1	this brother of yours was dead, and lived	See how you translated this figurative expression in 15:24. Alternate translation: “it is as if your very own brother had died and come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2735	LUK	15	32	v55y	figs-metaphor	ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη	1	he had been lost, and was found	See how you translated this figurative expression in 15:24. Alternate translation: “it is as if he had been missing and we found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2736	LUK	15	32	m046	figs-activepassive	καὶ εὑρέθη	1	and was found	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “we found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2737	LUK	16	intro	qz3g			0		Luke 16 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus tells a parable about a household manager (16:1-15) Jesus gives further teachings (16:16-18) Jesus tells a parable about a rich man who died (16:19-31)
2738	LUK	16	1	m047	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what Jesus teaches next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2739	LUK	16	1	p54g	writing-participants	ἔλεγεν…καὶ πρὸς τοὺς μαθητάς	1	he also said to his disciples	Luke uses this phrase to reintroduce these characters into the story. Jesus directed the previous three parables to the Pharisees and scribes, although the disciplesmay have been part of the crowd that was listening. He directs this next parable to the disciples. Alternate translation: “Jesus then said to his disciples, who were there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2740	LUK	16	1	r6ck	figs-parables	ἔλεγεν δὲ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς μαθητάς	1	And he also said to his disciples	One theme of the story of the two sons was the use of possessions. To help his disciples understand something further about that, Jesus tells them a brief story that provides an illustration. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Jesus then told his disciples an illustrative story” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2741	LUK	16	1	k6jv	writing-participants	ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν πλούσιος, ὃς εἶχεν οἰκονόμον	1	There was a certain rich man who had a manager	This introduces the main characters in the parable. Alternate translation: “There once was a rich man who employed a manager” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2742	LUK	16	1	blp5	figs-activepassive	οὗτος διεβλήθη αὐτῷ ὡς	1	he was reported to him as	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “people reported to the rich man that his manager was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2743	LUK	16	1	lpc3		διασκορπίζων τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ	1	wasting his possessions	Alternate translation: “managing his wealth badly”
2744	LUK	16	2	m049	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Jesus uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2745	LUK	16	2	abci	writing-pronouns	φωνήσας αὐτὸν	1	he called him	The pronoun he refers to the rich man, and him refers to the manager. Alternate translation: “the rich man called the manager” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2746	LUK	16	2	m050	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν αὐτῷ, τί τοῦτο ἀκούω περὶ σοῦ? ἀπόδος τὸν λόγον τῆς οἰκονομίας σου; οὐ γὰρ δύνῃ ἔτι οἰκονομεῖν	1	said to him, ‘What is this that I hear about you? Give an account of your management, for you are no longer able to manage.’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “told him that he had been hearing bad things about him and that he needed to turn over his financial records, since he would not be the manager any more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2747	LUK	16	2	p7y7	figs-rquestion	τί τοῦτο ἀκούω περὶ σοῦ?	1	What is this I hear about you?	The rich man is not looking for information. He is using the question form to scold the manager. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I have heard what you are doing!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2748	LUK	16	2	q433		ἀπόδος τὸν λόγον τῆς οἰκονομίας σου	1	Give a report of your management	Alternate translation: “Turn over your financial records” or “Set your records in order to pass on to someone else”
2749	LUK	16	2	m051		οὐ γὰρ δύνῃ ἔτι οἰκονομεῖν	1	you are no longer able to manage	Alternate translation: “since you cannot be my financial manager any longer”
2750	LUK	16	3	m052	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν…ἐν ἑαυτῷ…τί ποιήσω, ὅτι ὁ κύριός μου ἀφαιρεῖται τὴν οἰκονομίαν ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ? σκάπτειν οὐκ ἰσχύω; ἐπαιτεῖν αἰσχύνομαι	1	said to himself, ‘What should I do, since my master is taking away the management from me? I am not strong enough to dig, and I am ashamed to beg’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “asked himself what he should do, since his master was taking the management job away from him. He realized that he was not strong enough to dig ditches, and that he would be ashamed to beg for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2751	LUK	16	3	kng1	figs-explicit	ὁ κύριός μου	1	my master	The expression my master refers to the rich man. The manager was not a slave, although he was financially dependent on the rich man for his housing, food, etc. Alternate translation: “my employer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2752	LUK	16	3	t3kj	figs-synecdoche	σκάπτειν οὐκ ἰσχύω	1	I am not strong to dig	The manager is saying that he is not strong enough to work all day digging ditches in the ground. He is likely using this one kind of manual work figuratively to represent all work that would require sustained physical exertion. Alternate translation: “I am not strong enough to do manual labor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2753	LUK	16	4	m053	figs-quotesinquotes	ἔγνων τί ποιήσω, ἵνα ὅταν μετασταθῶ ἐκ τῆς οἰκονομίας, δέξωνταί με εἰς τοὺς οἴκους αὐτῶν	1	I know what I will do, so that when I am removed from the management, they will welcome me into their houses	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He realized that there was something he could do so that when his master took away his management job, his master’s debtors would welcome him into their houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2754	LUK	16	4	xxe2	figs-activepassive	ὅταν μετασταθῶ ἐκ τῆς οἰκονομίας	1	when I am removed from the management	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “when my master takes away my management job” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2755	LUK	16	4	m054	writing-pronouns	δέξωνταί με εἰς τοὺς οἴκους αὐτῶν	1	they will welcome me into their houses	By they, the manager means his master’s debtors, as the next verse indicates explicitly. Alternate translation: “my master’s debtors will welcome me into their houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2756	LUK	16	4	m4za	figs-metonymy	δέξωνταί με εἰς τοὺς οἴκους αὐτῶν	1	they will welcome me into their houses	The expression welcome me into their houses likely refers to providing food and lodging, and perhaps other necessities, for some period of time in acknowledgment of a previous favor. The manager speaks figuratively of this by reference to where it would happen. Alternate translation: “my master’s debtors will provide for my needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2757	LUK	16	5	rze8		τῶν χρεοφιλετῶν τοῦ κυρίου ἑαυτοῦ	1	the debtors of his master	Alternate translation: “the people who were in debt to his master” or “the people who owed things to his master”
2758	LUK	16	5	m055	figs-nominaladj	τῷ πρώτῳ	1	the first	Jesus is using the adjective first as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to the first of the debtors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2759	LUK	16	5	m056	figs-quotesinquotes	ἔλεγεν τῷ πρώτῳ, πόσον ὀφείλεις τῷ κυρίῳ μου?	1	he said to the first, ‘How much do you owe to my master?’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked the first of the debtors how much he owed his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2760	LUK	16	6	xp6d	figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ἑκατὸν βάτους ἐλαίου	1	And he said, ‘100 baths of olive oil’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “This first debtor told the manager that he owed 100 baths of olive oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2761	LUK	16	6	u8nh	translate-bvolume	ἑκατὸν βάτους	1	100 baths	The word baths is the plural of “bath,” an ancient measurement equal to about 30 liters or about 8 gallons. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation. Alternate translation: “3,000 liters” or “800 gallons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
2762	LUK	16	6	m057	figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, δέξαι σου τὰ γράμματα καὶ καθίσας ταχέως γράψον πεντήκοντα	1	Then he said to him, ‘Take your bill and, sitting down, quickly write 50’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the manager told him to take his bill and sit down and quickly change that to 50 baths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2763	LUK	16	6	m058	translate-unknown	σου τὰ γράμματα	1	your bill	A bill is a piece of paper that tells how much someone owes. Your language may have a specific term for this. Alternate translation: “your statement” or “your note” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2764	LUK	16	6	m059	translate-bvolume	πεντήκοντα	1	50	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation. Alternate translation: “1,500 liters” or “400 gallons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
2765	LUK	16	7	sy3y	figs-quotesinquotes	ἔπειτα ἑτέρῳ εἶπεν, σὺ δὲ πόσον ὀφείλεις?	1	Then to another he said, ‘And you, how much do you owe?’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Then the manager asked another debtor how much he owed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2766	LUK	16	7	pq2u	translate-bvolume	ἑκατὸν κόρους	1	100 cors	The word cors is the plural of “cor,” an ancient measurement equal to about one fifth of a metric ton or about ten bushels. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation. You could also use a general term, as UST does. Alternate translation: “20 tons” (metric tons) or “1,000 bushels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
2767	LUK	16	7	m060	figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ἑκατὸν κόρους σίτου. λέγει αὐτῷ, δέξαι σου τὰ γράμματα καὶ γράψον ὀγδοήκοντα	1	And he said, ‘100 cors of wheat.’ He says to him, ‘Take your bill, and write 80.’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He told the manager that he owed 100 cors of wheat. The manager told him to take his bill and change that to 80 cors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2768	LUK	16	7	m061		λέγει αὐτῷ	1	He says to him	To convey vividness and immediacy, the parable uses the present tense in past narration here. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said to him”
2769	LUK	16	7	m062	translate-unknown	σου τὰ γράμματα	1	your bill	See how you translated this in 16:6. Alternate translation: “your statement” or “your note” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2770	LUK	16	7	tn17	translate-bvolume	ὀγδοήκοντα	1	80	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an equivalent modern measurement in your translation. Alternate translation: “16 tons” or “800 bushels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
2771	LUK	16	8	nfz3		φρονίμως ἐποίησεν	1	he had acted shrewdly	Alternate translation: “he had looked out for himself” or “he had planned for the future”
2772	LUK	16	8	a1yq	figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου	1	the sons of this age	The expression sons of is an idiom that means the people in view share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the values and outlook of the present world. Alternate translation: “the people of this present world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2773	LUK	16	8	m063	figs-metonymy	τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου	1	this age	The term age means specifically the long period of time defined by the duration of the created world and, by association, the world itself. Alternate translation: “this present world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2774	LUK	16	8	lvx7	figs-metaphor	τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ φωτὸς	1	the sons of light	The expression sons of is once again an idiom that means the people in view share the qualities of something, in this case the influence of God. Alternate translation: “the people of God” or “godly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2775	LUK	16	8	m064	figs-metaphor	τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ φωτὸς	1	the sons of light	The term light is a metaphor for the presence and influence of God in the world. Alternate translation: “the people of God” or “godly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2776	LUK	16	8	m065	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὴν γενεὰν τὴν ἑαυτῶν	1	in their own generation	Jesus speaks figuratively of the sons of this age as if they had all been born in the same generation. Alternate translation: “in relation to their own kind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2777	LUK	16	9	agp3	writing-endofstory	καὶ ἐγὼ ὑμῖν λέγω	1	And I say to you	Jesus uses the phrase I say to you to mark the end of the story and to introduce a teaching about how his disciples can apply the story to their lives. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And you should do something similar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
2778	LUK	16	9	jkn7		ἑαυτοῖς ποιήσατε φίλους ἐκ τοῦ μαμωνᾶ τῆς ἀδικίας, ἵνα ὅταν ἐκλίπῃ, δέξωνται ὑμᾶς εἰς τὰς αἰωνίους σκηνάς	1	make friends for yourselves by means of unrighteous wealth, so that when it fails, they may welcome you into the eternal dwellings	The identity of these friends is unclear. Interpreters understand them in a variety of ways. It is also unclear whether it is these friends who would welcome someone into the eternal dwellings or whether the expression is indefinite, equivalent to “you will be welcomed into the eternal dwellings.” Because the meaning is unclear and it is interpreted in such a variety of ways, it might be best if your translation did not say any more about this than ULT does.
2779	LUK	16	9	q2jb	figs-metonymy	τοῦ μαμωνᾶ τῆς ἀδικίας	1	unrighteous wealth	Here, the term unrighteous is an echo of the previous verse, in which Jesus described the manager by the same term. It likely refers to the various shrewd means by which the people of this world make money. Jesus is applying it by association to money itself. Alternate translation: “the money you have in this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2780	LUK	16	9	m066		ὅταν ἐκλίπῃ	1	when it fails	Alternate translation: “when it is gone” or “when it no longer has any value”
2781	LUK	16	10	we3j		ὁ πιστὸς ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ	1	The one who is faithful in very little	Be sure that this does not sound as if it is describing a person who is not very faithful. Alternate translation: “Someone who is trustworthy even in very small matters”
2782	LUK	16	10	r8hz		ὁ ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ ἄδικος	1	the one who is unrighteous in very little	Be sure that this does not sound as if it is describing a person who is only infrequently unrighteous. Alternate translation: “someone who is not trustworthy even in very small matters”
2783	LUK	16	11	tm3w	figs-metonymy	τῷ ἀδίκῳ μαμωνᾷ	1	in unrighteous wealth	See how you translated this in 16:9. Alternate translation: “with the money that you have in this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2784	LUK	16	11	cv6s	figs-rquestion	τὸ ἀληθινὸν τίς ὑμῖν πιστεύσει?	1	who will entrust the true to you?	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “no one will trust you with genuine wealth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2785	LUK	16	11	x2hr	figs-nominaladj	τὸ ἀληθινὸν	1	the true	Jesus is using the adjective true as a noun to mean wealth that is more genuine, real, or lasting than money. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “genuine wealth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2786	LUK	16	12	uy96	figs-rquestion	τὸ ὑμέτερον τίς ὑμῖν δώσει?	1	who will give to you what is your own?	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “no one will give you property of your own.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2787	LUK	16	13	w2sf		οὐδεὶς οἰκέτης δύναται δυσὶ κυρίοις δουλεύειν	1	No servant is able to serve two masters	If it would be clearer in your language, you could make the subject positive and the verb negative in this expression. Alternate translation: “A servant cannot serve two masters”
2788	LUK	16	13	msb6	figs-explicit	δυσὶ κυρίοις	1	two masters	The implication is that a servant could not meet the competing demands of two different masters at the same time with equal loyalty. Alternate translation: “two different masters equally well at the same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2789	LUK	16	13	u1lk	figs-parallelism	ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει, καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει; ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται, καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει	1	for either he will hate the one and he will love the other, or else he will be devoted to one and he will despise the other	Jesus is basically saying the same thing in two different ways. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these statements. Alternate translation: “for he is certain to love and serve one of them much better than the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2790	LUK	16	13	ba2m		ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται	1	be devoted to one	Alternate translation: “love the first master very strongly”
2791	LUK	16	13	dd9z		τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει	1	despise the other	Alternate translation: “he will hold the second master in contempt” or “he will hate the second master”
2792	LUK	16	13	pw7q	figs-you	οὐ δύνασθε…δουλεύειν	1	You are not able to serve	Even though Jesus has been describing the situation of an individual servant, as he draws this application, he is addressing his disciples as a group, so you is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2793	LUK	16	14	taq3	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2794	LUK	16	14	m067	writing-participants	οἱ Φαρισαῖοι	1	the Pharisees	Here Luke reintroduces the Pharisees as participants in the story, but they have been present all along. Jesus told them the three parables in 15:3-32, and they have since been listening to what Jesus has been teaching his disciples. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees who were present” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2795	LUK	16	14	lbq9		φιλάργυροι ὑπάρχοντες	1	who were lovers of money	Alternate translation: “who loved having money” or “who were very greedy for money”
2796	LUK	16	15	zcqs		ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ δικαιοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς	1	the ones justifying yourselves	Alternate translation: “You are people who try to make yourselves look good”
2797	LUK	16	15	m068	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	before men	Jesus is using this expression to mean “where people can see,” and it refers figuratively to perception and judgment. Alternate translation: “from the perspective of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2798	LUK	16	15	m069	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων	1	men	Here Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” or “others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2799	LUK	16	15	lx4f	figs-metaphor	ὁ δὲ Θεὸς γινώσκει τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν	1	but God knows your hearts	Here, hearts figuratively represent people’s motivations and desires. Alternate translation: “God understands your true desires” or “God knows your real motives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2800	LUK	16	15	q82t	figs-metaphor	τὸ ἐν ἀνθρώποις ὑψηλὸν	1	what is exalted among men	Jesus is using a spatial metaphor to describe things that are valued or honored as if they were high up. Alternate translation: “what people value” or “what people respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2801	LUK	16	15	m070	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώποις	1	men	Here, Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2802	LUK	16	15	m071	translate-unknown	βδέλυγμα	1	is an abomination	The term abomination comes from the regulations for religious life in the Jewish law. It refers to something that provokes feelings of horror and revulsion and must be avoided. Alternate translation: “is detestable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2803	LUK	16	15	m072	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	before God	Jesus is using this expression to mean “where God can see,” and it refers figuratively to perception and judgment. Alternate translation: “from God’s perspective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2804	LUK	16	16	m566	figs-merism	ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται	1	The Law and the Prophets	Jesus is referring figuratively to all of God’s word that had been written up to that time. He is using the names of two of its major components to do so. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2805	LUK	16	16	a2ra		μέχρι	1	were until	Alternate translation: “led up to the time of”
2806	LUK	16	16	b78c	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1	John	Jesus assumes that the Pharisees will know that he is referring to John the Baptist. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2807	LUK	16	16	mrl3	figs-activepassive	ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίζεται	1	the kingdom of God is proclaimed as good news	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has been doing the action. Alternate translation: “I have been teaching people the good news about the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2808	LUK	16	16	m073	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate this phrase in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2809	LUK	16	16	m074	figs-hyperbole	πᾶς εἰς αὐτὴν βιάζεται	1	everyone is forcing their way into it	Jesus says figuratively that people have been forcing their way into the kingdom to mean that they have been doing everything they can to enter it. Alternate translation: “people have been doing everything they can to enter it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2810	LUK	16	16	lyw7	figs-hyperbole	πᾶς	1	everyone	The term everyone is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2811	LUK	16	17	stl8		εὐκοπώτερον δέ ἐστιν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν παρελθεῖν, ἢ τοῦ νόμου μίαν κερέαν πεσεῖν	1	But it is easier for heaven and earth to pass away than for one stroke of the law to fall	If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this contrast in the reverse order. Alternate translation: “Even the smallest detail of the law will remain valid for longer than the whole creation exists”
2812	LUK	16	17	m075	figs-merism	τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν	1	heaven and earth	Jesus is figuratively describing all of creation by referring to its two components. Alternate translation: “all of creation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2813	LUK	16	17	m076		παρελθεῖν	1	to pass away	Alternate translation: “to go out of existence”
2814	LUK	16	17	ke7y	figs-metonymy	ἢ τοῦ νόμου μίαν κερέαν	1	than for one stroke of the law	A stroke is the smallest part of a letter. Jesus is referring figuratively to the teachings of the law by association with the way they have been recorded in written letters. Alternate translation: “than for any of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2815	LUK	16	17	t33k	figs-metaphor	πεσεῖν	1	to fall	Jesus uses the term fall figuratively to mean to be of no further use, such as a building would be if it collapsed. Alternate translation: “to become invalid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2816	LUK	16	18	m077	figs-explicit	πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ	1	Everyone who divorces his wife	Here Jesus is implicitly giving an example of something in the law that is still valid. Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that the Pharisees allowed divorce, and he is teaching that they should not do that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “For example, you Pharisees allow divorce. But that is not what God wants. Anyone who divorces his wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2817	LUK	16	18	j8fn		πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ	1	Everyone who divorces his wife	Alternate translation: “Anyone who divorces his wife” or “Any man who divorces his wife”
2818	LUK	16	18	i544		μοιχεύει	1	commits adultery	Alternate translation: “is guilty of adultery”
2819	LUK	16	18	sq24		ὁ…γαμῶν	2	the one who marries	Alternate translation: “any man who marries”
2820	LUK	16	18	m078	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἀπολελυμένην ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς γαμῶν	1	one divorced from her husband	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a woman whose husband has divorced her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2821	LUK	16	19	kd1x	figs-parables	δέ	1	Now	Jesus uses the term now to introduce a story that will help people understand better what he has been teaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Here is an illustration to help you understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2822	LUK	16	19	r67p	writing-participants	ἄνθρωπος…τις ἦν πλούσιος	1	there was a certain rich man	This introduces one of the characters in the parable. It is not clear whether this is a real person, or simply a person in a story that Jesus is telling in order to make a point. You may need to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “There once was a rich man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2823	LUK	16	19	fu76	figs-synecdoche	καὶ ἐνεδιδύσκετο πορφύραν καὶ βύσσον	1	and he was putting on purple and fine linen	Jesus is figuratively using two specific types of expensive clothing to mean expensive clothing in general. These were likely not the only types of clothes that the man owned and wore. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He wore very expensive clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2824	LUK	16	19	m079	figs-metonymy	πορφύραν	1	purple	Jesus uses the term purple figuratively to mean clothing colored with purple dye, which was very expensive. Alternate translation: “clothing colored with purple dye” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2825	LUK	16	19	sz7t		εὐφραινόμενος καθ’ ἡμέραν λαμπρῶς	1	feasting sumptuously every day	Alternate translation: “and he enjoyed eating expensive food every day”
2826	LUK	16	20	mmw2	writing-participants	πτωχὸς δέ τις ὀνόματι Λάζαρος	1	But a certain poor man named Lazarus	This introduces another character in the parable. It is not clear whether this is a real person or simply a person in a story that Jesus is telling in order to make a point. Alternate translation: “There was also a poor man named Lazarus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2827	LUK	16	20	m080	translate-names	Λάζαρος	1	Lazarus	Lazarus is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2828	LUK	16	20	m081	figs-activepassive	ἐβέβλητο πρὸς τὸν πυλῶνα αὐτοῦ	1	was laid at his gate	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom people laid at his gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2829	LUK	16	20	ax4v	figs-explicit	πρὸς τὸν πυλῶνα αὐτοῦ	1	at his gate	The implication is that people brought Lazarus there so that he could beg for money and food from those who went in and out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the gate to the rich man’s house so that he could beg there” or “at the entrance to the rich man’s property so that he could beg there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2830	LUK	16	20	ex57		εἱλκωμένος	1	afflicted with sores	It might be helpful to make this a new sentence. Alternate translation: “He was covered with sores” or “He had sores all over his body”
2831	LUK	16	21	i2fn	figs-activepassive	ἐπιθυμῶν χορτασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν πιπτόντων	1	longing to be fed from the things falling	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wishing he could eat the scraps of food that fell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2832	LUK	16	21	vnk5		ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ κύνες ἐρχόμενοι	1	But even the dogs were coming	Jesus uses the word even to show that what follows is worse than what he has already told about Lazarus. Alternate translation: “Worse yet, the dogs came”
2833	LUK	16	21	xby9	figs-explicit	οἱ κύνες	1	the dogs	The Jews considered dogs to be unclean animals. Lazarus was too sick and weak to stop them from licking his wounds, so in addition to being poor and sick, he was always ceremonially unclean. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the unclean dogs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2834	LUK	16	22	y7pb	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2835	LUK	16	22	hrm6	figs-activepassive	ἀπενεχθῆναι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλων	1	he was carried away by the angels	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the angels carried him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2836	LUK	16	22	r2k1	figs-explicit	εἰς τὸν κόλπον Ἀβραάμ	1	to the bosom of Abraham	The implication is that Abraham and Lazarus were reclining next to each other at a feast. Within the story, this feast likely represents the joys of heaven, and Jesus may be depicting Abraham, the ancestor of the Jews, as the host. In that case, Lazarus would be in a place of honor next to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to a place of honor next to Abraham at the heavenly feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2837	LUK	16	22	hn6v	figs-activepassive	ἐτάφη	1	was buried	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “people buried him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2838	LUK	16	23	m082	translate-names	ἐν τῷ ᾍδῃ	1	in Hades	Hades was the Greek name for the abode of the dead. You could use that name in your translation, or you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “he went to Hades, where” or “he went to hell, where” or “he went to the place of the dead, where” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2839	LUK	16	23	tl8x	figs-idiom	ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	lifting up his eyes	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2840	LUK	16	23	vca4		ὑπάρχων ἐν βασάνοις	1	being in torment	Alternate translation: “while suffering in terrible pain”
2841	LUK	16	23	m083		ὁρᾷ	1	he sees	To call attention to a significant development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he saw”
2842	LUK	16	23	qpd2	figs-explicit	ἐν τοῖς κόλποις αὐτοῦ	1	in his bosom	See how you translated this expression in 16:22. Alternate translation: “in a place of honor next to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2843	LUK	16	24	m084	figs-quotesinquotes	αὐτὸς φωνήσας εἶπεν, Πάτερ Ἀβραάμ, ἐλέησόν με καὶ πέμψον Λάζαρον, ἵνα βάψῃ τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ δακτύλου αὐτοῦ ὕδατος, καὶ καταψύξῃ τὴν γλῶσσάν μου; ὅτι ὀδυνῶμαι ἐν τῇ φλογὶ ταύτῃ	1	crying out he said, ‘Father Abraham, have mercy on me and send Lazarus, that he may dip the tip of his finger in water and cool my tongue, for I am tormented in this flame.’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he shouted over to Abraham, addressing him respectfully as his ancestor, and asked him to have mercy on him and send Lazarus to dip the tip of his finger in water and cool his tongue, because he was in a flame that was making him suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2844	LUK	16	24	dpp9	figs-hendiadys	αὐτὸς φωνήσας εἶπεν	1	crying out he said	Together the terms crying out and said mean that the rich man spoke what follows as a loud cry. Alternate translation: “the rich man shouted out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2845	LUK	16	24	m95a	figs-metaphor	Πάτερ Ἀβραάμ	1	Father Abraham	The rich man is using the term Father, which figuratively means “ancestor,” as a respectful title. Abraham was the ancestor of all the Jews. Alternate translation: “Abraham, my father” or “Abraham, my ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2846	LUK	16	24	b2rc	figs-imperative	ἐλέησόν με	1	have mercy on me	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please have pity on me” or “please help me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
2847	LUK	16	24	ly9k		καὶ πέμψον Λάζαρον	1	and send Lazarus	Alternate translation: “by sending Lazarus” or “and tell Lazarus to come to me”
2848	LUK	16	24	rc6p	figs-hyperbole	βάψῃ τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ δακτύλου αὐτοῦ ὕδατος, καὶ καταψύξῃ τὴν γλῶσσάν μου	1	that he may dip the tip of his finger in water and cool my tongue	The rich man is making an exaggeratedly small request in order to emphasize how hot and thirsty he is. In your translation, you could indicate that this is not the most he would want Lazarus to do. Alternate translation: “so that he can at least dip his finger in water and cool my tongue with a drop of it” or “so he can bring me water to drink that will cool my tongue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2849	LUK	16	24	rc6x	figs-hyperbole	καὶ καταψύξῃ τὴν γλῶσσάν μου	1	and cool my tongue	The rich man is figuratively describing how thirsty he is by association with the way his tongue feels hot. Alternate translation: “so that I will not be so thirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2850	LUK	16	24	qix8	figs-activepassive	ὀδυνῶμαι ἐν τῇ φλογὶ ταύτῃ	1	I am tormented in this flame	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “this flame is making me suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2851	LUK	16	25	m085	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δὲ Ἀβραάμ, τέκνον, μνήσθητι ὅτι ἀπέλαβες τὰ ἀγαθά σου ἐν τῇ ζωῇ σου, καὶ Λάζαρος ὁμοίως τὰ κακά. νῦν δὲ ὧδε παρακαλεῖται, σὺ δὲ ὀδυνᾶσαι	1	But Abraham said, ‘Child, remember that in your lifetime you received your good things, and Lazarus in like manner bad things. But now he is comforted here, and you are tormented	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham, addressing the rich man as his descendant, told him to remember that he had received good things in his lifetime, while Lazarus had received bad things in his lifetime, but now Lazarus was receiving comforts with him, while the rich man was suffering greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2852	LUK	16	25	m086	figs-metaphor	τέκνον	1	Child	Abraham is using the term child figuratively to mean “descendant.” As a Jew, the rich man was a descendant of Abraham. Abraham is likely using the term in a compassionate way. Alternate translation: “My dear child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2853	LUK	16	25	we9w	figs-nominaladj	τὰ ἀγαθά σου	1	the good of yours	Abraham is using the adjective good as a noun. It is plural. If your language does not use adjectives as nouns, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “your good things” or “things that you enjoyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2854	LUK	16	25	rv17		ὁμοίως	1	likewise	Abraham is referring to the fact that both men received something while they lived on earth. He is not saying that what they received was the same. Alternate translation: “while he was living received”
2855	LUK	16	25	hwc8	figs-nominaladj	τὰ κακά	1	the bad	Abraham is using the adjective bad as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. It is plural. Alternate translation: “bad things” or “things that caused him to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2856	LUK	16	25	g4js	figs-activepassive	παρακαλεῖται	1	he is comforted	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he is comfortable” or “he is receiving things that make him happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2857	LUK	16	25	cn8i	figs-activepassive	σὺ…ὀδυνᾶσαι	1	you are tormented	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are suffering greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2858	LUK	16	26	m087	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις, μεταξὺ ἡμῶν καὶ ὑμῶν χάσμα μέγα ἐστήρικται, ὅπως οἱ θέλοντες διαβῆναι ἔνθεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς μὴ δύνωνται, μηδὲ ἐκεῖθεν πρὸς ἡμᾶς διαπερῶσιν	1	And with all these things, between us and you a great chasm has been put in place, so that those who want to cross over from here to you are not able, and none may cross over from there to us	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Abraham also told him that God had placed a huge pit between them, so that no one who wanted to cross over to where the rich man was, and no one who wanted to come over from there to where Abraham was, would be able to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2859	LUK	16	26	af4h	figs-idiom	καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις	1	And with all these things	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “In addition to this reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2860	LUK	16	26	m088	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμᾶς	1	us … us	Abraham means himself and the people who are with him, but not the rich man, so us is exclusive in both instances in this verse, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2861	LUK	16	26	m089	figs-you	ὑμῶν…ὑμᾶς	1	you … you	Even though Abraham is speaking to the rich man individually, he is referring to all of the people who are in Hades with him, so you is plural in both instances in this verse. Alternate translation: “all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2862	LUK	16	26	tu5w	figs-activepassive	χάσμα μέγα ἐστήρικται	1	a great chasm has been set in place	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has placed a huge pit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2863	LUK	16	26	sg6d	figs-ellipsis	μηδὲ ἐκεῖθεν πρὸς ἡμᾶς διαπερῶσιν	1	and that they may not go across from there to us	Abraham is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and so that those who want to come across from where you are to where we are will not be able to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2864	LUK	16	27	abcj	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δέ, ἐρωτῶ οὖν σε Πάτερ, ἵνα πέμψῃς αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου	1	Then he said, ‘I beg you then, Father, that you would send him to the house of my father	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the rich man then begged Abraham, addressing him respectfully as his ancestor, to send Lazarus to his family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2865	LUK	16	27	m090	figs-metaphor	Πάτερ	1	Father	The rich man is using the term Father, which figuratively means “ancestor,” as a respectful title. Alternate translation: “Abraham, my father” or “Abraham, my ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2866	LUK	16	27	m091	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου	1	to the house of my father	The rich man is using the word house figuratively to mean the people who live together in a household. Alternate translation: “to my family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2867	LUK	16	28	y1xn	figs-quotesinquotes	ἔχω γὰρ πέντε ἀδελφούς, ὅπως διαμαρτύρηται αὐτοῖς, ἵνα μὴ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἔλθωσιν εἰς τὸν τόπον τοῦτον τῆς βασάνου	1	for I have five brothers—in order that he might warn them, so that they would not also come to this place of torment	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The rich man explained that he had five brothers and that he wanted Lazarus to warn them so that they would not also come to where he was, in a place where they would suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2868	LUK	16	28	x8xk	figs-explicit	ὅπως διαμαρτύρηται αὐτοῖς	1	in order that he might warn them	The implication is that the rich man wanted Lazarus to warn his brothers not to act as he had. He had been selfish, self-indulgent, and unconcerned about the needs of people around him who were poor and suffering. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that he can warn them not to be self-indulgent and callous, as I was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2869	LUK	16	29	m092		λέγει δὲ Ἀβραάμ	1	But Abraham says	To call attention to a significant development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration here. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham said”
2870	LUK	16	29	m093	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγει δὲ Ἀβραάμ, ἔχουσι Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας; ἀκουσάτωσαν αὐτῶν	1	But Abraham says, ‘They have Moses and the prophets; let them listen to them’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham told the rich man that his brothers had what Moses and the prophets had written, and that they should obey their teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2871	LUK	16	29	v8eh	figs-explicit	ἔχουσι Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας	1	They have Moses and the prophets	The implication is that Abraham is refusing to send Lazarus to the rich man’s brothers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “No, I will not do that, because your brothers have what Moses and the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2872	LUK	16	29	x8pt	figs-metonymy	Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας	1	Moses and the prophets	Abraham is using the names of the authors of the biblical books to refer figuratively to their writings. Alternate translation: “what Moses and the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2873	LUK	16	29	m094	figs-merism	Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας	1	Moses and the prophets	Abraham is referring figuratively to all of God’s Word that had been written up to that time. He is using two of its major collections of writings to do so. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2874	LUK	16	29	l3in	figs-idiom	ἀκουσάτωσαν αὐτῶν	1	let them listen to them	Here, listen to is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “let them obey their teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2875	LUK	16	29	m095	figs-explicit	ἀκουσάτωσαν αὐτῶν	1	let them listen to them	The implication is that the rich man’s brothers do not need Lazarus to come and warn them, because in the Scriptures they already have all the warning they need. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your brothers should obey their teaching, because it provides all the warning they need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2876	LUK	16	30	m096	figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, οὐχί, Πάτερ Ἀβραάμ, ἀλλ’ ἐάν τις ἀπὸ νεκρῶν πορευθῇ πρὸς αὐτοὺς, μετανοήσουσιν	1	But he replied, ‘No, Father Abraham, but if someone would go to them from the dead, they will repent.’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But the rich man told Abraham, addressing him respectfully as his ancestor, that his brothers would not repent based on the teaching of the Scriptures, but that if someone came to them from the dead, then they would repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2877	LUK	16	30	m097	figs-explicit	οὐχί	1	No	The rich man uses this word to indicate that what Abraham has just said is not true. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning more fully. Alternate translation: “No, my brothers would not repent based on the teaching of the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2878	LUK	16	30	d84a	figs-hypo	ἐάν τις ἀπὸ νεκρῶν πορευθῇ πρὸς αὐτοὺς, μετανοήσουσιν	1	if someone would go to them from the dead, they will repent	The rich man is describing a hypothetical situation that he would like to happen. Alternate translation: “suppose someone who had died went and warned them. Then they would repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
2879	LUK	16	30	m098	figs-nominaladj	ἀπὸ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	The rich man is using the adjective dead as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2880	LUK	16	31	abcl	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ, εἰ Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδ’ ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ, πεισθήσονται	1	But he said to him, ‘If they do not hear Moses and the prophets, neither will they be persuaded if someone would rise from the dead’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham told the rich man that if his brothers would not obey the teaching of Moses and the prophets, then they would not change their ways even if someone who had died came back to life and warned them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2881	LUK	16	31	n9s4	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδ’ ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ, πεισθήσονται	1	If they do not listen to Moses and the prophets, neither will they be persuaded if someone should rise from the dead	Abraham is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Abraham is saying is not actually the case, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since they will not obey the teaching of Moses and the prophets, a dead person who came back to life would not be able to convince them either” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
2882	LUK	16	31	m099	figs-idiom	εἰ Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἀκούουσιν	1	If they do not listen to Moses and the prophets	The term listen to is an idiom that means “obey.” See how you translated this idiom in 16:29. Alternate translation: “If they will not obey what Moses and the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2883	LUK	16	31	xkr7	figs-metonymy	Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1	Moses and the prophets	Abraham is using the names of the authors of the biblical books to refer figuratively to their writings. Alternate translation: “what Moses and the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2884	LUK	16	31	m100	figs-merism	Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1	Moses and the prophets	Abraham is referring figuratively to all of God’s Word that had been written up to that time. He is using two of its major collections of writings to do so. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2885	LUK	16	31	m101	figs-activepassive	οὐδ’ ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ, πεισθήσονται	1	neither will they be persuaded if someone should rise from the dead	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a dead person who came back to life would not be able to convince them either” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2886	LUK	16	31	gf1b	figs-nominaladj	ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	Abraham is using the adjective dead as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2887	LUK	17	intro	c4am			0		Luke 17 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus teaches about forgiveness, faith, and service (17:1-10) Jesus heals ten lepers (17:11-19) Jesus teaches about the kingdom of God coming (17:20-37) Special concepts in this chapter Old Testament Examples Jesus uses Noah and Lot’s wife as examples to teach his followers. Noah was ready for the flood when it came, and followers of Jesus need to be ready for him to return, because he will not warn them when he is about to come. Lot’s wife loved the evil city she had been living in so much that God also punished her when he destroyed it. Followers of Jesus need to love him more than anything else. You may need to provide some background information that Jesus assumed his listeners would know so that people who read your translation today can understand what Jesus is teaching here. Important figures of speech in this chapter Rhetorical Questions Jesus asks his disciples three questions in (17:7-9) to teach them that even those who serve him well are righteous only because of his grace. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Paradox A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “Whoever seeks to gain his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life will save it” (17:33). Important textual issues in this chapter “In his day” At the end of 17:24, some ancient manuscripts of the Bible have the phrase “in his day,” but the manuscripts considered to be the most accurate do not. ULT does not have the phrase in its text, but it does have it in a footnote. “There will be two in the field” Some ancient manuscripts of the Bible include the verse 17:36, but the manuscripts considered to be the most accurate do not. ULT does not have this verse in its text, but it does have it in a footnote. In both of these cases, if a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to include the verse if it does, but leave it out if it does not include it. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
2888	LUK	17	1	ej1e	figs-doublenegatives	ἀνένδεκτόν ἐστιν τοῦ τὰ σκάνδαλα μὴ ἐλθεῖν	1	It is impossible for traps not to come	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Traps will certainly come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2889	LUK	17	1	m102	translate-unknown	τὰ σκάνδαλα	1	traps	The term traps refers to a device that a person or animal would unknowingly activate and that would then confine them in a net, cage, or pit. Your language may have a term for a similar device, and you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2890	LUK	17	1	m103	figs-metaphor	τὰ σκάνδαλα	1	traps	Jesus is using the word traps figuratively. Alternate translation: “temptations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2891	LUK	17	1	zck5	figs-ellipsis	οὐαὶ δι’ οὗ ἔρχεται!	1	woe through whom they come!	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “how terrible it will be for anyone who causes these temptations to come” or “how terrible it will be for any person who tempts others to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2892	LUK	17	2	dvz5	figs-explicit	λυσιτελεῖ αὐτῷ εἰ	1	It would be better for him if	Jesus is drawing a comparison to the punishment for causing people to sin. He means that this person’s punishment for causing people to sin will be worse than if he had drowned in the sea. No one would actually put a stone around his neck and throw him into the sea as an alternative to that punishment, and Jesus is not saying that anyone will do so. Alternate translation: “The punishment he will receive will be worse than if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2893	LUK	17	2	uk6e	figs-explicit	λίθος μυλικὸς περίκειται περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ	1	a millstone were lying around his neck	The implication is that someone would tie the stone around the person’s neck. Alternate translation: “if someone were to attach a millstone around his neck” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2894	LUK	17	2	gr89	translate-unknown	λίθος μυλικὸς	1	a millstone	A millstone is a very large, heavy, circular stone that is used for grinding grain into flour. If your readers would not be familiar with a millstone, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “a heavy stone” or “a heavy wheel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2895	LUK	17	2	k9xl	figs-metaphor	σκανδαλίσῃ	1	he should trap	See how you translated this in 17:1. Jesus is using the word trap figuratively. Alternate translation: “he should tempt to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2896	LUK	17	2	xm7x	figs-metaphor	τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	these little ones	This could be: (1) a reference to children who love Jesus and who are physically little compared to adults. Alternate translation: “these children who believe in me” (2) a figurative reference to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “these new believers” or (3) a figurative reference to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “these common people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2897	LUK	17	3	m104	figs-explicit	προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς	1	Pay attention to yourselves	Since Jesus is teaching about how important it is not to sin and not to encourage others to sin, the implication is that this statement means that he wants his disciples to help one another not to sin. Alternate translation: “Help one another not to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2898	LUK	17	3	m105	figs-you	προσέχετε	1	Pay attention	The implied “you” in this imperative is plural, since Jesus is speaking to his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2899	LUK	17	3	m106	figs-youcrowd	σου…ἐπιτίμησον…ἄφες	1	your … rebuke … forgive	The word your and the implied “you” in the imperatives rebuke and forgive are singular, since Jesus is addressing an individual situation, even though he is speaking to a group. If these singular forms would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
2900	LUK	17	3	hyn8	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ἐὰν ἁμάρτῃ ὁ ἀδελφός σου, ἐπιτίμησον αὐτῷ	1	If your brother sins, rebuke him	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell his disciples what they should do if it takes place. Alternate translation: “Suppose a fellow believer were to sin. Then you should rebuke him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
2901	LUK	17	3	kkp3	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀδελφός σου	1	your brother	Jesus is using the term brother figuratively to mean someone who shares the same faith. Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2902	LUK	17	3	m107	figs-gendernotations	ὁ ἀδελφός σου	1	your brother	Although the term brother is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2903	LUK	17	3	p35i		ἐπιτίμησον αὐτῷ	1	rebuke him	Alternate translation: “correct him” or “tell him strongly that what he did was wrong”
2904	LUK	17	3	m108	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	καὶ ἐὰν μετανοήσῃ, ἄφες αὐτῷ	1	and if he repents, forgive him	Jesus is describing another hypothetical situation in order to tell his disciples what they should do if it takes place. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “And suppose that believer were to repent. Then you should forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
2905	LUK	17	4	x8a3	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ἐὰν ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας ἁμαρτήσῃ εἰς σὲ, καὶ ἑπτάκις ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς σὲ, λέγων μετανοῶ, ἀφήσεις αὐτῷ	1	And if he sins against you seven times in the day, and seven times returns to you, saying, ‘I repent,’ you will forgive him	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell his disciples what they should do if it takes place. Alternate translation: “Suppose a fellow believer were to sin against you seven times in the same day. And suppose each time he came to you and said, ‘I am sorry.’ Then you would have to forgive him each time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
2906	LUK	17	4	k5va	figs-idiom	ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας…καὶ ἑπτάκις	1	seven times in the day, and seven times	The number seven in the Bible figuratively represents a large or sufficient quantity. Alternate translation: “many times in the same day, and each time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2907	LUK	17	4	m109		τῆς ἡμέρας	1	in the day	Alternate translation: “in the same day”
2908	LUK	17	4	m110	figs-youcrowd	σὲ…σὲ…ἀφήσεις	1	you … you … you will forgive	The word you is singular in this verse, since Jesus is addressing an individual situation, even though he is speaking to a group. If these singular forms would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
2909	LUK	17	4	m111	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς σὲ, λέγων μετανοῶ, ἀφήσεις αὐτῷ	1	returns to you, saying, ‘I repent,’ you will forgive him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “comes to you and says that he is sorry, you must forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2910	LUK	17	4	m112	figs-declarative	ἀφήσεις αὐτῷ	1	you will forgive him	Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction and command. Alternate translation: “you must forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
2911	LUK	17	5	s4dy		οἱ ἀπόστολοι	1	the apostles	This means the 12 disciples whom Jesus appointed as his authoritative representatives in 6:13. See how you translated the term there.
2912	LUK	17	5	m114		τῷ Κυρίῳ	1	the Lord	Here Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
2913	LUK	17	5	pji3	figs-imperative	πρόσθες ἡμῖν πίστιν	1	Increase faith to us	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give us more faith” or “Please help us to trust God better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
2914	LUK	17	6	m115		ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord	Here Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
2915	LUK	17	6	m116	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ ἔχετε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως, ἐλέγετε ἂν τῇ συκαμίνῳ ταύτῃ	1	If you had faith like a mustard seed, you would say to this mulberry tree	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. He is asserting that if the condition is true, then the result will necessarily follow. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that if you had faith like a mustard seed, you could say to this mulberry tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
2916	LUK	17	6	m117	figs-you	ἔχετε…ἐλέγετε…ὑμῖν	1	you had … you would say … you	Even though Jesus is describing something that an individual might do, you is plural in this verse because he is speaking to his 12 apostles in response to their request. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2917	LUK	17	6	ep7z	figs-simile	εἰ ἔχετε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως	1	If you had faith like a mustard seed	A mustard seed is a very small seed. Jesus is using this seed figuratively in a simile to mean a very small amount. Alternate translation: “If you had even a tiny amount of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2918	LUK	17	6	m118	translate-unknown	κόκκον σινάπεως	1	a mustard seed	If your readers would not be familiar with a mustard seed, you could use the name of another small seed with which they would be familiar, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a very small seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2919	LUK	17	6	i31l	translate-unknown	συκαμίνῳ	1	mulberry tree	Jesus likely uses a mulberry tree as an example because it has an extensive root system that makes it very difficult to uproot. If your readers would not be familiar with this tree, you could use the name of another type of tree with extensive roots that they would be familiar with, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “firmly rooted tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2920	LUK	17	6	m119	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐλέγετε ἂν τῇ συκαμίνῳ ταύτῃ, ἐκριζώθητι καὶ φυτεύθητι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ	1	you would say to this mulberry tree, ‘Be uprooted, and be planted in the sea’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you could tell this mulberry tree to pull its roots out of the ground and put them down in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2921	LUK	17	6	ky7z	figs-activepassive	ἐκριζώθητι καὶ φυτεύθητι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ	1	Be uprooted, and be planted in the sea	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use active forms for both of these verbs. Alternate translation: “Uproot yourself and plant yourself in the sea” or “Take your roots out of the ground and put them down into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2922	LUK	17	6	g53n	figs-idiom	ὑπήκουσεν ἂν ὑμῖν	1	it would listen to you	Here, listen to is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “the tree would obey you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2923	LUK	17	7	dk3q	figs-rquestion	τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν δοῦλον ἔχων, ἀροτριῶντα ἢ ποιμαίνοντα, ὃς εἰσελθόντι ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, εὐθέως παρελθὼν ἀνάπεσε?	1	But which of you is it, having a servant plowing or tending sheep, who will say to him, having come in from the field, ‘Come immediately and recline to eat’?	Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “But none of you who had a servant who was out plowing or tending sheep would say to him when he came in from the field, ‘Come immediately and recline to eat’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2924	LUK	17	7	m120	figs-hypo	τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν δοῦλον ἔχων, ἀροτριῶντα ἢ ποιμαίνοντα, ὃς εἰσελθόντι ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, εὐθέως παρελθὼν ἀνάπεσε?	1	But which of you is it, having a servant plowing or tending sheep, who will say to him, having come in from the field, ‘Come immediately and recline to eat’?	Jesus is using an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you had a servant who was out plowing or tending sheep. You would not say to him when he came in from the field, ‘Come immediately and recline to eat.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
2925	LUK	17	7	m121	figs-quotesinquotes	εἰσελθόντι ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, εὐθέως παρελθὼν ἀνάπεσε	1	will say to him, having come in from the field, ‘Come immediately and recline to eat’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “would tell him as soon as he came in from the field to sit right down and have his own supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2926	LUK	17	7	va34	figs-explicit	δοῦλον…ἀροτριῶντα ἢ ποιμαίνοντα	1	a servant plowing or tending sheep	It may be helpful to say explicitly that the land and sheep hypothetically belong to the person who is being asked to consider what he would do in this situation. Alternate translation: “a servant who had been out plowing your land or taking care of your sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2927	LUK	17	7	m122	translate-unknown	ἀνάπεσε	1	recline to eat	See how you translated this in 5:29. Alternate translation: “sit down to eat” or “sit down and have your supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2928	LUK	17	8	iw9j	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, ἑτοίμασον τί δειπνήσω, καὶ περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι, ἕως φάγω καὶ πίω; καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ?	1	will he not say to him, ‘Prepare something I may eat, and girding yourself, serve me while I eat and drink, and after these things you will eat and drink’?	Jesus uses a second question as a further teaching tool, to emphasize how a person actually would treat a servant. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “he would certainly say to him, ‘Prepare something for me to eat, and then wrap your robe around your hips so you can serve me while I eat and drink, and after that you yourself can eat and drink’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2929	LUK	17	8	m123	figs-quotesinquotes	οὐχὶ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, ἑτοίμασον τί δειπνήσω, καὶ περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι, ἕως φάγω καὶ πίω; καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ?	1	will he not say to him, ‘Prepare something I may eat, and girding yourself, serve me while I eat and drink, and after these things you will eat and drink’?	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he would certainly tell the servant to prepare something for him to eat, and then to wrap his robe around his hips so he could serve him while he ate and drank, and that only after doing that the servant himself could eat and drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2930	LUK	17	8	kr7u	translate-unknown	περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι	1	girding yourself serve me	See how you translated this in 12:35. Alternate translation: “wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips so that you can serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2931	LUK	17	8	ds77		καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα	1	and after these things	Alternate translation: “Then, after you have served me”
2932	LUK	17	8	m124	figs-declarative	φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ	1	you will eat and drink	The master is using a future statement to give permission. Alternate translation: “you may eat and drink” or “you may have your own supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
2933	LUK	17	9	qs51	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα?	1	He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he?	The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, “does he?” Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Would he thank the servant for doing what he had been commanded to do?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2934	LUK	17	9	m125	figs-explicit	μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα?	1	He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he?	The implicit answer to the question is “no.” Masters expect their servants to do what they command them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation, add an additional sentence: “No, a master would not do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2935	LUK	17	9	jn5s	figs-rquestion	μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα?	1	He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he?	Jesus is using the question form to teach. He wants his disciples to reflect on the nature of the master-servant relationship in order to understand better how they should relate to God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “A master would certainly not thank a servant for doing just what he had been commanded to do!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2936	LUK	17	9	m126		μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ	1	he does not have gratitude to the servant	Alternate translation: “he does not need to thank the servant”
2937	LUK	17	9	m127	figs-nominaladj	τὰ διαταχθέντα	1	the things commanded	Jesus is using a participle, which functions here as an adjective, as a noun. It is plural, and ULT supplies the noun things to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the things he commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2938	LUK	17	9	a1fm	figs-activepassive	τὰ διαταχθέντα	1	the things commanded	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the things he commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2939	LUK	17	10	m128	figs-nominaladj	τὰ διαταχθέντα ὑμῖν	1	the things commanded you	Jesus is using a participle, which functions here as an adjective, as a noun. It is plural, and ULT supplies the noun things to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the things God commanded you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2940	LUK	17	10	ub27	figs-activepassive	τὰ διαταχθέντα ὑμῖν	1	the things commanded you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the things God commanded you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2941	LUK	17	10	m129	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε, ὅτι δοῦλοι ἀχρεῖοί ἐσμεν, ὃ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι πεποιήκαμεν	1	say, ‘We are worthless servants. We have done what we ought to do.’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “say that you are unworthy servants and that you have only what you ought to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2942	LUK	17	10	m130	figs-exclusive	δοῦλοι ἀχρεῖοί ἐσμεν, ὃ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι πεποιήκαμεν	1	We are worthless servants. We have done what we ought to do	People who would say this would be speaking about themselves but not about God, to whom they would be speaking, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive we, use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2943	LUK	17	10	dga7	figs-hyperbole	δοῦλοι ἀχρεῖοί ἐσμεν	1	We are worthless servants	This is an exaggeration that means the servants have not done anything worthy of praise or thanks or a special reward. Alternate translation: “We are unworthy servants” or “We have not done anything while serving you that deserves special thanks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2944	LUK	17	10	m132		ὃ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι πεποιήκαμεν	1	We have done what we ought to do	Alternate translation: “We have only done our duty”
2945	LUK	17	11	g442	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2946	LUK	17	11	f5rk		ἐν τῷ πορεύεσθαι εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ	1	in the journeying to Jerusalem	Alternate translation: “as Jesus continued his journey to Jerusalem”
2947	LUK	17	11	m133	writing-background	αὐτὸς διήρχετο διὰ μέσον Σαμαρείας καὶ Γαλιλαίας	1	he was passing through between Samaria and Galilee	Luke provides this background information about Jesus’ location to help readers understand what happens in this episode, in which Jesus engages a group of men that includes both Jews and at least one Samaritan. Alternate translation: “Jesus was traveling along the border between Samaria and Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2948	LUK	17	12	d9mg	writing-participants	ἀπήντησαν δέκα λεπροὶ ἄνδρες	1	ten men who were lepers met him	Luke uses this phrase to introduce these new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “ten men who were lepers came out to meet him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2949	LUK	17	12	i1sc	figs-explicit	οἳ ἔστησαν πόρρωθεν	1	who stood at a distance	The lepers were not reluctant to engage Jesus. Rather, this was a respectful gesture, since they were not allowed to approach other people. According to the law of Moses, they were ceremonially unclean for as long as they had a skin disease. Luke assumes that his readers will know that, but if it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate it explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “They stood at a distance, as they were required to do because they were ceremonially unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2950	LUK	17	13	l1j4	figs-idiom	αὐτοὶ ἦραν φωνὴν	1	they lifted up their voice	This idiom means that they spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “they called out in loud voices” or “they shouted out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2951	LUK	17	13	m134		αὐτοὶ ἦραν φωνὴν	1	they lifted up their voice	If it would be unusual in your language for someone to speak as if a group of people had only one voice, you can use the plural form here. Alternate translation: “they called out in loud voices”
2952	LUK	17	13	fsn5	figs-imperative	ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς	1	have mercy on us	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
2953	LUK	17	13	m135	figs-explicit	ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς	1	have mercy on us	The ten lepers assume that Jesus will know that they are specifically asking to be healed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on us and heal us” or “please be merciful to us by healing us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2954	LUK	17	14	mrx8	figs-explicit	πορευθέντες ἐπιδείξατε ἑαυτοὺς τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν	1	Go show yourselves to the priests	People who had been lepers but who had been healed were required under the law of Moses to have the priests verify that fact. So the implication of this command is that Jesus is healing the men. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are healed. Now go and show yourselves to the priests so they can verify that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2955	LUK	17	14	m137	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in the episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2956	LUK	17	14	jpk2	figs-activepassive	ἐκαθαρίσθησαν	1	they were cleansed	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God healed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2957	LUK	17	14	m138	figs-explicit	ἐκαθαρίσθησαν	1	they were cleansed	Luke uses the term cleansed for the healing of these lepers because when they were healed, they were no longer ceremonially unclean. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God healed them and so they were no longer ceremonially unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2958	LUK	17	15	tdt1	figs-activepassive	ἰδὼν ὅτι ἰάθη	1	seeing that he had been healed	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “when he realized that Jesus had healed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2959	LUK	17	15	x5ja		ὑπέστρεψεν	1	returned	Alternate translation: “came back to where Jesus was”
2960	LUK	17	15	pe1z	figs-idiom	μετὰ φωνῆς μεγάλης δοξάζων τὸν Θεόν	1	glorifying God with a loud voice	This is an idiom that means the leper raised the volume of his voice. Alternate translation: “loudly praising God” or “shouting praises God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2961	LUK	17	16	ca9n	translate-symaction	ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ	1	he fell on his face at his feet	Bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a humble sign of gratitude and respect for him. Be sure that it is clear in your translation that this man did not fall down accidentally. Alternate translation: “he bowed down in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2962	LUK	17	16	m139	writing-background	καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν Σαμαρείτης	1	And he was a Samaritan	Luke provides this background information about the man to help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now he was a Samaritan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2963	LUK	17	17	m140	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	Then Jesus answering said	Together the two words answering and said mean that Jesus spoke in response to the Samaritan man coming back to thank him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2964	LUK	17	17	hfa2	figs-explicit	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	Then Jesus answering said	Jesus responded to what the man did, but he did so by speaking about the man to the group of people around him, rather than to the man directly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said to the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2965	LUK	17	17	m141	figs-activepassive	οὐχὶ οἱ δέκα ἐκαθαρίσθησαν?	1	Were not the ten cleansed?	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Did I not cleanse ten lepers?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2966	LUK	17	17	cvb2	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ οἱ δέκα ἐκαθαρίσθησαν?	1	Were not the ten cleansed?	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis, to show the people around him how surprised and disappointed he is that only one of the ten men whom he healed came back to thank and praise God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know that I healed ten men of their leprosy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2967	LUK	17	17	w8y3	figs-rquestion	οἱ δὲ ἐννέα ποῦ?	1	But where are the nine?	Jesus is not asking the crowd to tell him where the other nine men are. He is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “The other nine men should have come back too!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2968	LUK	17	18	m142	grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες δοῦναι δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἀλλογενὴς οὗτος	1	Were they not found returning to give glory to God except this foreigner	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Was this foreigner the only one who returned to give glory to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
2969	LUK	17	18	rxh9	figs-rquestion	οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες δοῦναι δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἀλλογενὴς οὗτος?	1	Were they not found returning to give glory to God except this foreigner?	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “No one but this foreigner came back to give glory to God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2970	LUK	17	18	m143	writing-pronouns	οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες	1	Were they not found returning	The pronoun they refers to the lepers who were healed. Alternate translation: “Did none of the lepers I healed return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2971	LUK	17	18	m144		οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες	1	Were they not found returning	If it would be clearer in your language, you could make the subject negative and the verb positive here. Alternate translation: “Did none of the lepers I healed return”
2972	LUK	17	18	m145	figs-idiom	οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες	1	Were they not found returning	The term found is an idiom that means “could be found” or “was there.” Alternate translation: “Was there no one else who returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2973	LUK	17	18	x64q	figs-explicit	ὁ ἀλλογενὴς οὗτος	1	this foreigner	Samaritans had non-Jewish ancestors, and they did not worship God in the same way that the Jews did. The implication is that some of the lepers in the group were Jews, and Jesus would have expected them to return to give thanks to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “this foreigner, when the Jewish men should certainly have returned to thank God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2974	LUK	17	19	n2ce	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Your faith has saved you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun faith with a verb such as “believe.” Alternate translation: “Because you believed, that has saved you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2975	LUK	17	19	m196	figs-explicit	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Your faith has saved you	While the word saved can mean “healed,” as in 7:3 and 8:48, that does not seem to be the meaning here. Since all ten of the lepers were healed, but only this man demonstrated that he believed, Jesus seems to be saying that beyond being healed, he received salvation through faith. Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have received salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2976	LUK	17	19	m146	figs-personification	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Your faith has saved you	Jesus speaks figuratively of the leper’s faith as if it had actively saved him. Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have received salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
2977	LUK	17	20	lvu1	grammar-connect-time-background	ἐπερωτηθεὶς δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν Φαρισαίων πότε ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	And having been asked by the Pharisees when the kingdom of God was coming	Luke uses this phrase to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens next. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Now when some Pharisees asked Jesus when the kingdom of God was coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2978	LUK	17	20	m147	figs-quotations	ἐπερωτηθεὶς δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν Φαρισαίων πότε ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	And having been asked by the Pharisees when the kingdom of God was coming	If it would be clearer in your language, you could present this as a direct quotation rather than as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Now some Pharisees asked Jesus, ‘When is the kingdom of God coming?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2979	LUK	17	20	m148	figs-activepassive	ἐπερωτηθεὶς…ὑπὸ τῶν Φαρισαίων	1	having been asked by the Pharisees	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who was the recipient of the action. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees asked Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2980	LUK	17	20	m149	figs-abstractnouns	πότε ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	when the kingdom of God was coming	See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “when God would begin to rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2981	LUK	17	20	m150	figs-hendiadys	ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς καὶ εἶπεν	1	he answered them and said	Together the two words answered and said mean that Jesus said what follows in response to the question that the Pharisees asked him. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2982	LUK	17	20	yc3i	figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ μετὰ παρατηρήσεως	1	The kingdom of God is not coming with observation	Jesus uses the word observation figuratively to mean things that people can observe. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God is not coming with signs that people can observe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2983	LUK	17	20	m151	figs-abstractnouns	οὐκ ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The kingdom of God is not coming	See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God is not going to begin to rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2984	LUK	17	21	m152	figs-quotesinquotes	οὐδὲ ἐροῦσιν, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε, ἤ, ἐκεῖ	1	Neither will they say, ‘Behold, here!’ or ‘There!’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “People will not say that they see it near them in one place or over in another place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2985	LUK	17	21	m153	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, ὧδε, ἤ, ἐκεῖ	1	‘Behold, here!’ or ‘There!’	These people would be using the term behold to get others to focus their attention on what they were saying. In this case, it would be appropriate to translate the term with a popular expression in your language that has this meaning. Alternate translation: “‘Hey, here it is!’ or ‘There it is!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2986	LUK	17	21	m154	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ γὰρ	1	For behold	Jesus is using the term behold to get the Pharisees to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “For indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2987	LUK	17	21	xj7z	figs-you	ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν	1	the kingdom of God is within you	This could mean: (1) the kingdom is not coming with observable signs because it is a matter of what people believe and decide within themselves. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God is inside of you” (2) since the word you is plural here, Jesus may be saying that the kingdom is not coming with observable signs because it is a matter of something that happens within communities of people. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God is in your midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2988	LUK	17	21	xpi7	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν	1	the kingdom of God is within you	See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God is ruling inside of you” or “God is ruling in your midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2989	LUK	17	22	x3y2	figs-idiom	ἐλεύσονται ἡμέραι ὅτε	1	The days will come when	Jesus is using the term days figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “There will be a time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2990	LUK	17	22	v2i3	figs-idiom	ἐπιθυμήσετε…ἰδεῖν	1	you will desire to see	Jesus is using the term see figuratively to mean “experience.” Alternate translation: “you will want very much to experience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2991	LUK	17	22	ly8x	figs-metonymy	μίαν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	one of the days of the Son of Man	Jesus is using his title the Son of Man figuratively to refer to the time when he will rule as king. Alternate translation: “one of the days when the Son of Man will rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2992	LUK	17	22	m155	figs-synecdoche	μίαν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	one of the days of the Son of Man	Jesus is using one of these days to refer figuratively to the whole time that it belongs to. Alternate translation: “the time when the Son of Man will rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2993	LUK	17	22	z11c	figs-123person	τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	of the days of the Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “of my days as the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2994	LUK	17	22	m156	figs-explicit	τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	of the days of the Son of Man	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “of my days as the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2995	LUK	17	22	x7sq	figs-idiom	καὶ οὐκ ὄψεσθε	1	but you will not see it	Jesus is using the term see figuratively to mean “experience.” Alternate translation: “but you will not experience it yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2996	LUK	17	23	dp8g	figs-explicit	ἐροῦσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐκεῖ, ἤ, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε	1	they will say to you, ‘Behold, there!’ or ‘Behold, here!’	The implication in context is that Jesus is speaking of the Son of Man or Messiah. Alternate translation: “People will say to you, ‘Look, the Messiah is over there!’ or, ‘Look, the Messiah is over here!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2997	LUK	17	23	m157	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐροῦσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐκεῖ, ἤ, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε	1	they will say to you, ‘Behold, there!’ or ‘Behold, here!’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “people will tell you that the Messiah is over in one place or with them in another place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2998	LUK	17	23	m158	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ…ἰδοὺ	1	Behold … Behold	These people would be using the term behold to get others to focus their attention on what they were saying. Alternate translation: “Hey … Hey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2999	LUK	17	23	m159	figs-doublet	μὴ ἀπέλθητε μηδὲ διώξητε	1	Do not go out or run after them	The expressions go out and run after mean similar things. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms into a single expression. Alternate translation: “Do not go where they tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
3000	LUK	17	23	kjy2	figs-explicit	μὴ ἀπέλθητε μηδὲ διώξητε	1	Do not go out or run after them	The implication is that people would go to look for the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not go where they tell you to look for the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3001	LUK	17	24	m160		ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἀστράπτουσα ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰς τὴν ὑπ’ οὐρανὸν λάμπει	1	just as the lightning flashing from a place under the sky shines to a place under the sky	Alternate translation: “just as lightning that flashes lights up the sky from one end to the other”
3002	LUK	17	24	i5rz	figs-simile	ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἀστράπτουσα ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰς τὴν ὑπ’ οὐρανὸν λάμπει	1	just as the lightning flashing from a place under the sky shines to a place under the sky	Jesus is using this comparison to indicate that he will be revealed suddenly and visibly as the Messiah and the world’s reigning king. Alternate translation: “the lightning appears suddenly and visibly across the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
3003	LUK	17	24	m161	translate-textvariants	οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	so will the Son of Man be	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include the phrase “in his day” at the end of this verse in your translation. The note below suggests one way to do that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3004	LUK	17	24	m162	figs-explicit	οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	so will the Son of Man be	The implication is that so will the Son of Man be refers to the future reign of Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. (If you have chosen to represent the phrase “in his day” in your translation, the alternate translation offered here would be expressing that as explicit meaning.) Alternate translation: “it will be like that when the Son of Man comes to reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3005	LUK	17	24	m163	figs-123person	οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	so will the Son of Man be	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “so will I, the Son of Man, be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
3006	LUK	17	24	m164	figs-explicit	οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	so will the Son of Man be	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “so will I, the Messiah, be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3007	LUK	17	25	csa3	figs-123person	δεῖ αὐτὸν…παθεῖν	1	it is necessary for him to suffer	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for me to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
3008	LUK	17	25	dp8a	figs-activepassive	ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	be rejected by this generation	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “the people of this generation must reject him” or, if you translated with the first person, “the people of this generation must reject me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3009	LUK	17	25	m165	figs-metonymy	τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	this generation	Jesus is using the term generation figuratively to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “the people living at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3010	LUK	17	26	d2ne		καθὼς ἐγένετο…οὕτως ἔσται καὶ	1	just as it happened … so it will also be	Alternate translation: “just as people were doing certain things … so people will be doing the same things”
3011	LUK	17	26	v1sr	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Νῶε	1	in the days of Noah	Jesus is using the term days figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when Noah was living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3012	LUK	17	26	m166	translate-names	Νῶε	1	Noah	Noah is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3013	LUK	17	26	ktl1	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	in the days of the Son of Man	Jesus is using the term days figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when the Son of Man is about to return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3014	LUK	17	26	m167	figs-123person	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	in the days of the Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “in my days as the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
3015	LUK	17	26	m168	figs-explicit	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	in the days of the Son of Man	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “in my days as the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3016	LUK	17	27	eu24	figs-synecdoche	ἤσθιον, ἔπινον, ἐγάμουν, ἐγαμίζοντο	1	They were eating, they were drinking, they were marrying, they were being given in marriage	Jesus describes several regular activities to refer figuratively to regular activities in general. Alternate translation: “They were going about their normal lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3017	LUK	17	27	uh5k	figs-activepassive	ἐγαμίζοντο	1	they were being given in marriage	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “parents were giving their daughters in marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3018	LUK	17	27	m169	figs-idiom	ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας	1	until the day	While Noah and his family did enter the ark on a specific day, Jesus is likely using the word day figuratively to mean a specific time. Alternate translation: “right up to the moment when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3019	LUK	17	27	hb8s	translate-unknown	τὴν κιβωτόν	1	the ark	The term the ark refers to the structure that Noah built on God’s instructions to save himself and his family from the flood. If your readers would not recognize this specific term, you could use a more general one. Alternate translation: “the ship he built” or “the barge he built” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3020	LUK	17	27	qt8b	figs-hyperbole	πάντας	1	them all	Here, them all does not include Noah and his family, who were in the ark. Alternate translation: “all those who were not in the ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3021	LUK	17	28	m170	figs-ellipsis	καθὼς ἐγένετο ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Λώτ	1	just as it happened in the days of Lot	Jesus is drawing another analogy like the one in 17:27, but in this case he does not specify the object of the comparison right away. He does not do so explicitly until 17:30. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply that information here. Alternate translation: “people were doing certain things at the time when Lot lived, and people will be doing the same things at the time when I am about to return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
3022	LUK	17	28	m171	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Λώτ	1	in the days of Lot	Jesus is using the term days figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when Lot was living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3023	LUK	17	28	m172	translate-names	Λώτ	1	Lot	Lot is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3024	LUK	17	28	m173	figs-synecdoche	ἤσθιον, ἔπινον, ἠγόραζον, ἐπώλουν, ἐφύτευον, ᾠκοδόμουν	1	they were eating, they were drinking, they were buying, they were selling, they were planting, they were building	Jesus describes several regular activities to refer figuratively to regular activities in general. Alternate translation: “they were going about their normal lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3025	LUK	17	28	u93v	writing-pronouns	ἤσθιον	1	they were eating	The implication from 17:29 is that the pronoun they refers to the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: “the people of Sodom were eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3026	LUK	17	29	m174	figs-idiom	ᾗ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ	1	but in the day	While Lot did leave Sodom on a specific day, Jesus is likely using the word day figuratively to mean a specific time. Alternate translation: “But at the moment when” or “But as soon as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3027	LUK	17	29	m175	translate-names	Σοδόμων	1	Sodom	Sodom is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3028	LUK	17	29	gp77	figs-simile	ἔβρεξεν πῦρ καὶ θεῖον ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ	1	it rained fire and sulfur from heaven	In some languages, rained can mean “fell in large quantities.” If the verb for water falling from the sky does not have that extended meaning in your language, you can translate this as a simile. Alternate translation: “fire and burning sulfur fell from the sky like rain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
3029	LUK	17	29	skp4	figs-hyperbole	πάντας	1	them all	Here, them all does not include Lot and his family. Alternate translation: “all those who stayed in the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3030	LUK	17	30	m176		κατὰ ταὐτὰ ἔσται	1	It will be according to these things	Alternate translation: “It will be just like that”
3031	LUK	17	30	w3uh	figs-explicit	κατὰ ταὐτὰ ἔσται	1	It will be according to these things	The implication is that people will be occupied with ordinary activities and not expecting anything out of the ordinary to happen. Alternate translation: “In the same way, people will not be ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3032	LUK	17	30	m177	figs-idiom	ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ	1	in the day	Jesus is using the term day figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3033	LUK	17	30	v9ki	figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἀποκαλύπτεται	1	the Son of Man is revealed	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man appears” or “the Son of man returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3034	LUK	17	30	pfe1	figs-123person	ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἀποκαλύπτεται	1	in the day the Son of Man is revealed	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “when I, the Son of Man, am revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
3035	LUK	17	30	m178	figs-explicit	ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἀποκαλύπτεται	1	in the day the Son of Man is revealed	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “when I, the Messiah, am revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3036	LUK	17	31	m179	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	In that day	Jesus is using the term day figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “At that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3037	LUK	17	31	i9eq	figs-hypo	ὃς ἔσται ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ, μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι αὐτά	1	whoever is on the housetop and his goods are in the house, let him not go down to take them away	Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone is doing something on the roof of his house. Then he should not go inside to get his valuables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
3038	LUK	17	31	ep81	translate-unknown	ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος	1	on the housetop	In this culture, housetops were flat and people could go up onto them without being in danger of sliding off. Housetops were used for a variety of purposes, such as storing and ripening grain and fruit, sleeping in hot weather, and gathering in a large open space. If housetops or roofs are different in your culture and your readers would not understand that Jesus is speaking of someone doing an ordinary activity, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “doing something outside the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3039	LUK	17	31	jj9c		τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ	1	his goods	Alternate translation: “his possessions” or “his valuables”
3040	LUK	17	31	m180	figs-explicit	μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι αὐτά	1	let him not go down to take them away	The implication is that people should flee immediately without even taking the time to secure their valuables. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he should flee immediately, without going inside to get his valuables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3041	LUK	17	31	m181	figs-hypo	καὶ ὁ ἐν ἀγρῷ, ὁμοίως μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1	and the one in the field, likewise let him not turn to the things behind	Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone is out working in the field. Then he too should not go back into the house for anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
3042	LUK	17	31	suh5	figs-explicit	μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1	let him not turn to the things behind	The implication once again is that people should flee immediately without even taking the time to secure their valuables. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he should flee immediately, without going back to the house to get his valuables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3043	LUK	17	32	fz8m	figs-explicit	μνημονεύετε τῆς γυναικὸς Λώτ	1	Remember the wife of Lot	Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that Lot’s wife looked back toward Sodom and that God punished her along with the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: “Remember what happened to Lot’s wife when she looked back toward Sodom” or “Do not do what Lot’s wife did and wish you were back among people whom God is punishing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3044	LUK	17	32	m182	translate-names	Λώτ	1	Lot	Lot is the name of a man. See how you translated it in 17:28. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3045	LUK	17	33	d9fl		ὃς ἐὰν ζητήσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ περιποιήσασθαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν	1	Whoever seeks to keep his life will lose it	Alternate translation: “Whoever tries to save his old way of living will lose his life”
3046	LUK	17	33	kvw6		ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσει, ζῳογονήσει αὐτήν	1	but whoever will lose it will preserve it	Alternate translation: “but whoever gives up his old way of living will save his life”
3047	LUK	17	34	p84l		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “Indeed”
3048	LUK	17	34	j3b6	figs-hypo	ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ ἔσονται δύο ἐπὶ κλίνης μιᾶς	1	in that night there will be two in one bed	Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Suppose this were to happen at night, and suppose there were two people sleeping in the same bed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
3049	LUK	17	34	at99	translate-unknown	ἐπὶ κλίνης μιᾶς	1	in one bed	If your readers would not be familiar with what a bed is, you could use the name of the sleeping furniture that people in your own culture use, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “sleeping on one mat” or “sleeping side by side” or “sleeping in the same place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3050	LUK	17	34	e9hj	figs-activepassive	ὁ εἷς παραλημφθήσεται, καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται	1	The one will be taken and the other will be left	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you can say who would do the actions. This could mean: (1) the person who is taken may be one whom God takes out of a situation in which they would be destroyed, as God brought Lot out of Sodom, and the person who is left may be one who remains in a situation where they will be destroyed, like the people who remained in Sodom. That is the interpretation of UST. Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” (2) in the parallel to this passage in the gospel of Matthew, Jesus says that the people living in Noah’s time “knew nothing until the flood came and took them all away” (Matthew 24:39 ULT). So the person who is taken may actually be one whom God destroys, and the one who is left may be one whom God spares and allows to remain alive. Alternate translation: “God will destroy one of them but spare the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3051	LUK	17	34	m183	figs-hypo	ὁ εἷς παραλημφθήσεται	1	The one will be taken	If you translated the first sentence in this verse as the condition of a hypothetical situation, translate this sentence as the result of that condition. Alternate translation: “Then one of them will be taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
3052	LUK	17	35	il9v	figs-hypo	ἔσονται δύο ἀλήθουσαι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό	1	There will be two grinding together	Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Suppose that when this happens, two women are grinding grain together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
3053	LUK	17	35	m184		δύο	1	two	The verb is feminine, so this means “two women.” (In 17:34 and 17:36, grammatically masculine forms are used, but conventionally in Greek that means that the people are not known to be all women; they could be men or women, so a general term such as “people” would be appropriate in those verses.) Alternate translation: “two women”
3054	LUK	17	35	t4zn	translate-unknown	ἀλήθουσαι	1	grinding	The term grinding refers to the process of breaking up grain into very small pieces so that it can be used for cooking. If your readers would not be familiar with grain, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “grinding grain” or “preparing food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3055	LUK	17	35	m185	figs-activepassive	ἡ μία παραλημφθήσεται, ἡ δὲ ἑτέρα ἀφεθήσεται	1	The one will be taken, but the other will be left	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you can say who would do the actions. See how you decided to translate this in 17:34. Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” or “God will destroy one of them but spare the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3056	LUK	17	35	m186	figs-hypo	ἡ μία παραλημφθήσεται	1	The one will be taken	If you translated the first sentence in this verse as the condition of a hypothetical situation, translate this sentence as the result of that condition. Alternate translation: “Then one of them will be taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
3057	LUK	17	36	m187	translate-textvariants	δύο ἐν ἀγρῷ εἰς παραληφθήσεται καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται	1	There will be two in the field; one will be taken and the other will be left	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in the verse, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3058	LUK	17	36	m188	figs-hypo	δύο ἐν ἀγρῷ	1	There will be two in the field	Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Suppose that when this happens, two people are out working in a field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
3059	LUK	17	36	m189	figs-activepassive	εἰς παραληφθήσεται καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται	1	one will be taken and the other will be left	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you can say who would do the actions. See how you decided to translate this in 17:34. Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” or “God will destroy one of them but spare the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3060	LUK	17	36	m190	figs-hypo	εἰς παραληφθήσεται	1	one will be taken	If you translated the beginning of this verse as the condition of a hypothetical situation, translate this as the result of that condition, as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Then one of them will be taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
3061	LUK	17	37	m191		ἀποκριθέντες λέγουσιν αὐτῷ	1	answering they say to him	To convey the vividness and immediacy of the disciples’ question, Luke uses the present tense in past narration here. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “the disciples responded to him”
3062	LUK	17	37	m192	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθέντες λέγουσιν αὐτῷ	1	answering they say to him	Together the two words answering and say mean that the disciples responded to what Jesus had been telling them by asking him a question about it. Alternate translation: “the disciples responded to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
3063	LUK	17	37	wmg6	figs-explicit	ποῦ, Κύριε	1	Where, Lord	The implication is that the disciples are asking where the things that Jesus has been describing will happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Lord, where will these things happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3064	LUK	17	37	fen1	writing-proverbs	ὅπου τὸ σῶμα, ἐκεῖ καὶ οἱ ἀετοὶ ἐπισυναχθήσονται	1	Where the body is, there also the vultures will be gathered together	Jesus may be quoting a popular proverb of the time. Alternate translation: “The location will be obvious from the things that you see happening there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
3065	LUK	17	37	m193	figs-metaphor	ὅπου τὸ σῶμα, ἐκεῖ καὶ οἱ ἀετοὶ ἐπισυναχθήσονται	1	Where the body is, there also the vultures will be gathered together	In this proverb, the body and the vultures are figurative. If you would like to present the same image to your readers but your language does not use metaphors, you could express this as a simile. Alternate translation: “Just as vultures gather where there is a dead body, so the things I have described will indicate where this is about to happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3066	LUK	17	37	m6ca	translate-unknown	οἱ ἀετοὶ	1	the vultures	The word vultures describes large birds that travel in flocks and eat the flesh of dead animals that they find. If your readers would not be familiar with vultures, you could use the name of similar birds in your area, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the scavenger birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3067	LUK	17	37	m194	figs-activepassive	ἐπισυναχθήσονται	1	will be gathered together	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will flock together” or “will assemble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3068	LUK	18	intro	v92v			0		Luke 18 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus tells a parable about a widow and a judge (18:1-8) Jesus tells a parable about a Pharisee and a tax collector (18:9-14) Jesus blesses little children (18:15-17) Jesus teaches about wealth and the kingdom of God (18:18-30) Jesus warns about his impending death (18:31-34) Jesus heals a blind man in Jericho (18:35-43) Special concepts in this chapter Judges People expected judges always to do what God said was right and to make sure that other people did what was right. But some judges did not care about doing right or making sure others did right. Jesus called this kind of judge “unjust.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) Pharisees and tax collectors The Pharisees thought that they themselves were the best examples of good, righteous people, and they thought that tax collectors were the most unrighteous of sinners. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) Important textual issues in this chapter “that he had become sad” At the beginning of 18:24, in the story of the ruler who asked Jesus how he could have eternal life, some ancient manuscripts of the Bible say that Jesus saw “that he had become sad.” However, the ancient manuscripts considered to be the most accurate do not have that phrase. They say simply that Jesus looked at him. ULT does not have the phrase in its text, but it does have it in a footnote. “we have left everything” In 18:28, in some ancient manuscripts of the Bible, Peter says that the disciples have left “everything” to follow Jesus. In other manuscripts, the expression is “our own possessions.” ULT says “everything” in its text, but it acknowledges the variant “our own possessions” in a footnote. In each of these cases, if a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to follow its reading. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3069	LUK	18	1	r26t	figs-parables	ἔλεγεν δὲ παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς, πρὸς τὸ	1	Then he spoke a parable to them to show that	Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told his disciples this story to help them understand that it was necessary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
3070	LUK	18	2	l2qr		λέγων	1	saying	If it would be clearer in your language, you could begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He said”
3071	LUK	18	2	ph5w	writing-participants	κριτής τις ἦν ἔν τινι πόλει	1	In a certain city there was a certain judge	Jesus uses this phrase to introduce one of the main characters in this parable. Alternate translation: “There once was a judge who lived in a certain city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3072	LUK	18	2	d77j	writing-background	τὸν Θεὸν μὴ φοβούμενος καὶ ἄνθρωπον μὴ ἐντρεπόμενος	1	not fearing God and not respecting men	Jesus provides this background information about the judge to help his disciples understand what happens in the story. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He did not make his decisions based on what God wanted or on what other people thought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
3073	LUK	18	2	m195	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	1	men	Here, Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
3074	LUK	18	3	ie2v	writing-participants	χήρα δὲ ἦν ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ	1	And there was a widow in that city	Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the other main character into the story. Alternate translation: “There was also a woman who lived in that city whose husband had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3075	LUK	18	3	jhk6	figs-explicit	χήρα	1	a widow	A widow is a woman whose husband has died and who has not remarried. Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that in this culture, she would have had no one to protect her from anyone who was trying to take advantage of her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a woman whose husband had died, and so she had no one to protect her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3076	LUK	18	3	xfg3		ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτὸν	1	she was coming to him	Here the Greek verb indicates repeated or continual action. Alternate translation: “she kept coming to the judge”
3077	LUK	18	3	m131	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγουσα, ἐκδίκησόν με ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου μου	1	saying, ‘Vindicate me against my opponent’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and asking him to make a fair ruling in her case against her opponent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3078	LUK	18	3	kj2l	figs-imperative	ἐκδίκησόν με ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου μου	1	Vindicate me against my opponent	This is an imperative, but since the woman is not in a position to make a demand, it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give me a fair ruling in my case against my opponent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
3079	LUK	18	3	xc7k	translate-unknown	τοῦ ἀντιδίκου μου	1	my opponent	The term opponent refers specifically to the opposing party in a lawsuit. It is not clear whether the widow is suing the man to protect her interests, or the man is suing the widow to try to take things from her unfairly. If your language has a specific term for a legal adversary, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3080	LUK	18	4	m197		μετὰ ταῦτα	1	after these things	Alternate translation: “later on” or “eventually”
3081	LUK	18	4	m198	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, εἰ καὶ τὸν Θεὸν οὐ φοβοῦμαι οὐδὲ ἄνθρωπον ἐντρέπομαι	1	he said to himself, ‘Even if I do not fear God or respect man’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he decided that even though he did not make his decisions based on what God wanted or on what other people thought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3082	LUK	18	4	m199	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ καὶ τὸν Θεὸν οὐ φοβοῦμαι οὐδὲ ἄνθρωπον ἐντρέπομαι	1	Even if I do not fear God or respect man	The judge speaks as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what the judge is saying is not actually the case, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Even though I do not make my decisions based on what God wants or on what other people think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
3083	LUK	18	4	bh3q	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	1	men	The judge is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
3084	LUK	18	5	m200	figs-quotesinquotes	διά γε τὸ παρέχειν μοι κόπον τὴν χήραν ταύτην, ἐκδικήσω αὐτήν, ἵνα μὴ εἰς τέλος ἐρχομένη ὑπωπιάζῃ με	1	yet because this widow causes me trouble, I will vindicate her, so that she will not beat me up by coming to the end	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation (continuing the sentence from the previous verse): “because this widow bothered him, he would give a fair ruling in her case, so that she would not wear him out by coming incessantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3085	LUK	18	5	v9uu		παρέχειν μοι κόπον	1	causes me trouble	Alternate translation: “bothers me”
3086	LUK	18	5	cf4e	figs-metaphor	μὴ…ὑπωπιάζῃ με	1	she will not beat me up	The judge speaks figuratively of the wearying effect of the widow’s constant pleas as if they were physically pummeling him. Alternate translation: “she will not wear me out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3087	LUK	18	5	ub29	figs-idiom	εἰς τέλος ἐρχομένη	1	by coming to the end	The expression to the end is an idiom that means “perpetually” or “forever.” Alternate translation: “by coming to me incessantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3088	LUK	18	6	m201		ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord	Here Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title the Lord. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
3089	LUK	18	6	t9mg	figs-idiom	ἀκούσατε τί ὁ κριτὴς τῆς ἀδικίας λέγει	1	Listen to what the unrighteous judge says	Listen to is an idiom that means “think about.” Jesus says this to get his disciples to reflect on what the judge said at the end of the parable. He is not introducing a further statement from the judge. Translate this in such a way that your readers will understand that Jesus has already related what the judge said. Alternate translation: “Think about what the unjust judge said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3090	LUK	18	7	t1sk	figs-rquestion	ὁ δὲ Θεὸς οὐ μὴ ποιήσῃ τὴν ἐκδίκησιν τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν αὐτοῦ	1	And will not God do the vindication of his elect	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis as he teaches his disciples. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Now God will certainly answer the prayers of the people he has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3091	LUK	18	7	e2lv	figs-explicit	ὁ δὲ Θεὸς οὐ μὴ ποιήσῃ τὴν ἐκδίκησιν τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν αὐτοῦ	1	And will not God do the vindication of his elect	Jesus is drawing an implicit comparison between the unrighteous human judge and God, who is the perfectly righteous divine judge. The implication is that if even the human judge would ensure justice for someone who persevered in pleading for it, God would certainly do so. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If an unrighteous human judge would ensure justice for someone who persevered in pleading for it, God will certainly answer the prayers of the people he has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3092	LUK	18	7	m202	figs-merism	τῶν βοώντων αὐτῷ ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός	1	the ones crying out to him day and night	Jesus is using the phrase day and night figuratively to describe all of time, by referring to its two components. Alternate translation: “who pray to him all the time” or “who ask him for help continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
3093	LUK	18	7	ljb4	figs-idiom	καὶ μακροθυμεῖ ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς	1	and he delays long over them	Here Jesus may be using the word and in an idiomatic sense to mean “even if.” (UST offers another possible interpretation of this phrase.) Alternate translation: “even if he takes a long time to answer their prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3094	LUK	18	8	m203		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
3095	LUK	18	8	m204	figs-explicit	ποιήσει τὴν ἐκδίκησιν αὐτῶν ἐν τάχει	1	he will do the vindication of them quickly	The point of the parable and of this teaching is that people should continue to pray even if God does not answer right away. So this statement might seem contradictory, since it suggests that God will answer right away. The implication may be that God is concerned for his people and will begin to act immediately to help them, even if his actions do not become apparent for some time. If you think your readers would be puzzled or troubled by the apparent contradiction, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will start to answer their prayers right away” or “he will begin to send them help right away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3096	LUK	18	8	zi1f	figs-rquestion	πλὴν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐλθὼν, ἆρα εὑρήσει τὴν πίστιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς?	1	Nevertheless, when the Son of Man comes, will he indeed find faith on the earth?	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. This particular question uses a word that anticipates a negative answer. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless, it is doubtful that the Son of Man will find faith on the earth when he returns.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3097	LUK	18	8	m205	figs-explicit	πλὴν	1	Nevertheless	The reference of this word is implied in the context. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make it explicit. Alternate translation: “Even though God readily answers prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3098	LUK	18	8	inw3	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐλθὼν	1	when the Son of Man comes	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “when I, the Son of Man, come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
3099	LUK	18	8	m206	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐλθὼν	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “when I, the Messiah, come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3100	LUK	18	8	m207	figs-explicit	τὴν πίστιν	1	faith	When Jesus asks whether he will find faith on the earth, he may be referring implicitly to the kind of persevering trust in God that would lead a person to continue praying even when the answer was delayed. (UST offers another possible interpretation of this word.) Alternate translation: “this kind of persevering faith” or “this kind of persevering trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3101	LUK	18	9	n2b5	figs-parables	εἶπεν δὲ καὶ πρός τινας…τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην	1	Then he also spoke this parable to some	Jesus now tells a brief story to correct some wrong attitudes that he realized certain people had. The story is designed teach something that is true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told this story to correct certain people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
3102	LUK	18	9	pmp1	writing-participants	πρός τινας	1	to some	Luke uses this phrase to introduce some new characters, but he does not say specifically who these people were. (The story that Jesus tells suggests that they may have been Pharisees.) Alternate translation: “to some people who were there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3103	LUK	18	9	b6zy		τοὺς πεποιθότας ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῖς, ὅτι εἰσὶν δίκαιοι	1	who were persuaded in themselves that they were righteous	Alternate translation: “who had convinced themselves that they were righteous” or “who considered themselves to be righteous”
3104	LUK	18	9	rs6q		καὶ ἐξουθενοῦντας τοὺς λοιποὺς	1	who disdained others	Alternate translation: “and who thought they were superior to other people”
3105	LUK	18	10	m208	writing-participants	ἄνθρωποι δύο	1	Two men	Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the characters in this parable. Alternate translation: “Once there were two men who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3106	LUK	18	10	m209	figs-idiom	ἀνέβησαν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν προσεύξασθαι	1	went up to the temple to pray	When Jesus says that these men went up, he likely means that they traveled to Jerusalem. That was the customary way of speaking about going there, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “went to pray in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3107	LUK	18	10	qp39	figs-synecdoche	εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1	to the temple	Since only priests could enter the temple building, this means the temple courtyard. Jesus is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3108	LUK	18	10	m210	writing-background	ὁ εἷς Φαρισαῖος καὶ ὁ ἕτερος τελώνης	1	the one a Pharisee, and the other a tax collector	Jesus provides this background information to help his listeners understand what happens in the story. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Now one of these men was a Pharisee, and the other man was a tax collector” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
3109	LUK	18	11	mi9g	figs-quotesinquotes	ταῦτα πρὸς ἑαυτὸν προσηύχετο, ὁ Θεός, εὐχαριστῶ σοι ὅτι οὐκ εἰμὶ ὥσπερ οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἅρπαγες, ἄδικοι, μοιχοί, ἢ καὶ ὡς οὗτος ὁ τελώνης	1	was praying these things about himself, ‘God, I thank you that I am not like the rest of men—robbers, unrighteous, adulterers—or even like this tax collector	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “prayed about himself and thanked God that he was not like other people, who were robbers, unrighteous, and adulterers, or even like the tax collector who was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3110	LUK	18	11	m211	figs-youformal	εὐχαριστῶ σοι	1	I thank you	Here, the pronoun you is singular because the Pharisee is addressing God. If your language has a formal form of you that it uses to address a superior respectfully, you may wish to use that form here. Alternatively, it might be effective to show this man addressing God using a familiar form, as if he could presume on God’s friendship and approval. Use your best judgment about what form to use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
3111	LUK	18	11	m212	figs-gendernotations	οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	the rest of men	The Pharisee is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
3112	LUK	18	11	lud3	translate-unknown	ἅρπαγες	1	robbers	The word robbers describes people who steal from other people by forcing them to give things to them. Your language may have a specific term for this kind of person. Alternate translation: “bandits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3113	LUK	18	11	m213	figs-nominaladj	ἄδικοι	1	unrighteous	The Pharisee is using the adjective unrighteous as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “evildoers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3114	LUK	18	11	z78w	figs-explicit	ἢ καὶ ὡς οὗτος ὁ τελώνης	1	or even like this tax collector	The Pharisees believed that any tax collector would be dishonest and cheat others, and so as a group they were as sinful as robbers, unrighteous people, and adulterers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “and I am certainly not like this sinful tax collector who cheats people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3115	LUK	18	12	m214	figs-quotesinquotes	νηστεύω δὶς τοῦ σαββάτου; ἀποδεκατεύω πάντα, ὅσα κτῶμαι	1	I fast twice a week. I tithe all that I acquire	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He boasted that he fasted twice a week and that he gave ten percent of all his income to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3116	LUK	18	12	ru63	figs-idiom	ἀποδεκατεύω πάντα, ὅσα κτῶμαι	1	I tithe all that I acquire	To tithe means to give ten percent of one’s income to God, as required in the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “I give you ten percent of all my income” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3117	LUK	18	13	c37t	translate-symaction	ὁ δὲ τελώνης μακρόθεν ἑστὼς	1	But the tax collector, standing at a distance	This was a sign of humility. The tax collector did not feel worthy to be near the Pharisee and the other people in the temple courtyard. It may be helpful to make each of the phrases in this verse a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “But the tax collector humbly stood by himself, away from the other people who were there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
3118	LUK	18	13	qtt7	figs-idiom	οὐκ ἤθελεν οὐδὲ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἐπᾶραι εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν	1	not even willing to lift his eyes toward heaven	The phrase lift up his eyes means to look at something. Alternate translation: “did not even want to look up toward heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3119	LUK	18	13	m215	figs-explicit	εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν	1	toward heaven	See how you translated the similar expression in 9:16. Alternate translation: “beyond the sky towards God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3120	LUK	18	13	c7x7	translate-symaction	ἀλλ’ ἔτυπτε τὸ στῆθος αὐτοῦ	1	but was beating his breast	This was a physical expression of great sorrow, and it showed this man’s repentance and humility. Alternate translation: “Instead, he hit his chest to demonstrate his shame and sorrow over his sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
3121	LUK	18	13	m216	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγων, ὁ Θεός, ἱλάσθητί μοι, τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ	1	saying, ‘God, have mercy on me, the sinner’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He admitted that he was a sinner and asked God to have mercy on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3122	LUK	18	13	mx5p	figs-imperative	ὁ Θεός, ἱλάσθητί μοι, τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ	1	God, have mercy on me, the sinner	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “God, please be merciful to me, I confess that I am a sinner” or “God, please forgive me for the many sins I have committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
3123	LUK	18	14	m217		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
3124	LUK	18	14	s1yr	figs-explicit	κατέβη οὗτος δεδικαιωμένος εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ, παρ’ ἐκεῖνον	1	this one went down to his house justified rather than that one	The implication is that the tax collector was right with God because God forgave his sin when he prayed humbly and repentantly. Alternate translation: “the tax collector was right with God when he went home, rather than the Pharisee, because God forgave his sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3125	LUK	18	14	m218		οὗτος…παρ’ ἐκεῖνον	1	this one … rather than that one	Alternate translation: “the latter … rather than the former” or “the tax collector … rather than the Pharisee”
3126	LUK	18	14	m219	figs-activepassive	δεδικαιωμένος	1	justified	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of the passive verbal form justified with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3127	LUK	18	14	m220	figs-idiom	κατέβη…εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ	1	went down to his house	When Jesus says that this man went down to his house, he likely means that he returned home from Jerusalem, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “returned to his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3128	LUK	18	14	qrg3	figs-explicit	παρ’ ἐκεῖνον	1	rather than that one	The implication is that the Pharisee was not right with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but the Pharisee was not right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3129	LUK	18	14	n7xr	figs-activepassive	ταπεινωθήσεται	1	will be humbled	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3130	LUK	18	14	uuc5	figs-activepassive	ὑψωθήσεται	1	will be exalted	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3131	LUK	18	14	m221	figs-metaphor	ὑψωθήσεται	1	will be exalted	Jesus is using a spatial metaphor to describe someone who is honored as if he were high up. Alternate translation: “God will honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3132	LUK	18	15	m260	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
3133	LUK	18	15	abcm	writing-pronouns	προσέφερον…αὐτῷ καὶ τὰ βρέφη	1	they were bringing even the infants to him	Here, they refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “people were bringing their children to Jesus, even their newborns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3134	LUK	18	15	m222	translate-symaction	ἵνα αὐτῶν ἅπτηται	1	so that he might touch them	If Jesus would touch the babies, this would express God’s love for them and convey God’s blessing to them. Alternate translation: “so that he could put his hands on them and bless them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
3135	LUK	18	15	kxd9	figs-explicit	ἐπετίμων αὐτοῖς	1	they were rebuking them	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “they tried to stop the parents from bringing their children to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3136	LUK	18	16	y3qg	writing-pronouns	ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς προσεκαλέσατο αὐτὰ λέγων	1	But Jesus summoned them, saying	Alternate translation: “But Jesus called the children to come to him, telling his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3137	LUK	18	16	j8x3	figs-verbs	ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά	1	Permit the little children to come to me, and do not forbid them	The verb in the first phrase indicates a one-time action, while the verb in the second phrase indicates an ongoing action. Alternate translation: “Allow these children to come to me, and do not ever forbid children to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
3138	LUK	18	16	u7sq	figs-simile	τῶν…τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	of such is the kingdom of God	It becomes clear in 18:17 that this is simile. You could express it as one here. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God consists of people who are like these little children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
3139	LUK	18	16	m223	figs-abstractnouns	τῶν…τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	of such is the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “people who are like children will let God rule their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3140	LUK	18	17	p5lq		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, ὃς ἂν	1	Truly I say to you, whoever	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that whoever”
3141	LUK	18	17	m224	figs-abstractnouns	δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	receive the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “let God rule over him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3142	LUK	18	17	ar8e	figs-simile	ὡς παιδίον	1	like a child	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of this comparison. Alternate translation: “with trust and humility like a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
3143	LUK	18	17	m225		οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν	1	will certainly not enter into it	Alternate translation: “will not let God rule over him at all”
3144	LUK	18	18	a5qz	writing-participants	καὶ ἐπηρώτησέν τις αὐτὸν ἄρχων	1	And a certain ruler asked him	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “Then a Jewish leader came up to Jesus and asked him a question” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3145	LUK	18	18	d6kf		τί ποιήσας…κληρονομήσω	1	doing what will I inherit	Alternate translation: “what do I need to do to inherit”
3146	LUK	18	18	xrs8	figs-metaphor	κληρονομήσω	1	will I inherit	The ruler is using the term inherit figuratively to mean coming into possession of something. Alternate translation: “will I receive” or “will I obtain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3147	LUK	18	19	fxi2	figs-rquestion	τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός	1	Why do you call me good? No one is good except God alone	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. He is not asking the ruler to explain why he used this term. Jesus is also not denying that he is God. Rather, he is challenging the ruler to reflect on whether, in light of God’s holiness, he should consider any human being to be good. The ruler apparently considers Jesus to be a good human being, and he wants to know how he can be good enough himself to earn God’s approval. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement, and it may be helpful to combine that statement with the next sentence in the verse. Alternate translation: “You should not consider any human being to be good, since no one is good except God alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3148	LUK	18	20	m226	figs-explicit	τὰς ἐντολὰς οἶδας	1	You know the commandments	The implication is that Jesus is saying this in response to the ruler’s question. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “As for what God expects from us, you know what he has commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3149	LUK	18	20	m227	figs-quotesinquotes	μὴ μοιχεύσῃς, μὴ φονεύσῃς, μὴ κλέψῃς, μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα	1	do not commit adultery, do not murder, do not steal, do not testify falsely, honor your father and mother	You may wish to represent these commandments as a second-level direct quotation within Jesus’ reply to the ruler, using the capitalization and punctuation conventions of your language. That is what UST does. However, that would be a quotation within a quotation, and you may wish to avoid that by leaving the commandments as an indirect quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3150	LUK	18	20	m261	figs-youcrowd	σου	1	your	Jesus is reciting these commandments from the Scriptures, and the word your is singular because that is the way Moses spoke the commandments, since even though he gave them to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was supposed to obey them. So in your translation, it would be appropriate to use the singular form of your. The implied you in the imperative verbs would also be singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
3151	LUK	18	21	m5qf	figs-abstractnouns	ταῦτα πάντα ἐφύλαξα ἐκ νεότητος μου	1	All these things I have kept from my youth	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun youth with an adjective such as “young.” Alternate translation: “I have obeyed all of these commandments ever since I was young” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3152	LUK	18	22	e8il		ἀκούσας δὲ, ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	But Jesus, hearing, said to him	Alternate translation: “When Jesus heard the ruler say that, he responded”
3153	LUK	18	22	t2cw		ἔτι ἕν σοι λείπει	1	One thing is still lacking to you	Alternate translation: “You still need to do one more thing” or “There is one thing that you have not yet done”
3154	LUK	18	22	d3ar		πάντα ὅσα ἔχεις, πώλησον	1	Sell all that you have	Alternate translation: “Sell all your possessions” or “Sell everything that you own”
3155	LUK	18	22	c4s5	figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς	1	distribute to the poor	Jesus is using the adjective poor as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3156	LUK	18	22	hy6a	figs-metaphor	δεῦρο, ἀκολούθει μοι	1	come, follow me	As in 5:27, to follow Jesus means to be one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “come with me as my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3157	LUK	18	23	m228	writing-pronouns	ὁ δὲ ἀκούσας ταῦτα…ἐγενήθη	1	But he, hearing these things, became	Alternate translation: “But when the ruler heard what Jesus said, he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3158	LUK	18	24	m229	translate-textvariants	ἰδὼν δὲ αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Then Jesus, looking at him	Many manuscripts have two additional Greek words here, so that this says, “Then Jesus, seeing him having become sad.” See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to represent those words in your translation. Alternate translation (if you choose to represent them): “Then Jesus, noticing how sad the ruler had become” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3159	LUK	18	24	qcm7	figs-exclamations	πῶς δυσκόλως οἱ τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες, εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσπορεύονται	1	How difficultly those who have riches are entering into the kingdom of God	This is an exclamation, not a question. Alternate translation: “It is so very difficult for those who are rich to enter the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
3160	LUK	18	24	m230	figs-abstractnouns	πῶς δυσκόλως οἱ τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες, εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσπορεύονται	1	How difficultly those who have riches are entering into the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “It is so very difficult for those who are rich to allow God to rule their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3161	LUK	18	25	hdz1	figs-hyperbole	εὐκοπώτερον γάρ ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρήματος βελόνης εἰσελθεῖν, ἢ	1	it is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle than for	It is impossible for a camel to fit through the eye of a needle Jesus is using an exaggeration to express how difficult it is for a rich person to enter God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “It is extremely difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3162	LUK	18	25	m231	translate-unknown	κάμηλον	1	camel	A camel is a large animal that was used in this culture to transport people and goods. If your readers would not know what a camel is, you could use the name of a similar animal that they would recognize, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a huge beast of burden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3163	LUK	18	25	j7x3	translate-unknown	τρήματος βελόνης	1	the eye of a needle	The eye of a needle is the hole in a sewing needle through which the thread is passed. If your language has an expression of its own that describes this hole, you can use it in your translation. Otherwise, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the tiny hole for thread in a needle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3164	LUK	18	25	m232	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν	1	to enter into the kingdom of God	See how you translated this phrase in 18:24. Alternate translation: “to allow God to rule his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3165	LUK	18	26	ycm3		οἱ ἀκούσαντες	1	the ones who heard	Alternate translation: “the people who were listening to Jesus”
3166	LUK	18	26	vu3z	figs-rquestion	καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι?	1	And who is able to be saved?	It is possible that these people were asking for an answer. But it is more likely that they were using the question form to emphasize their surprise at what Jesus said. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “Then no one can be saved!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3167	LUK	18	26	m233	figs-activepassive	καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι?	1	And who is able to be saved?	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could specify the agent. Alternate translation: “Then God is not going to save anyone!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3168	LUK	18	27	ms9b	figs-nominaladj	τὰ ἀδύνατα παρὰ ἀνθρώποις, δυνατὰ παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ ἐστιν	1	The impossible with men is possible with God	Jesus is using the adjectives impossible and possible as nouns to describe types of things. The terms are plural. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these terms with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “The things that are impossible for people to do are possible for God to do” or “God is able to do the things that people are not able to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3169	LUK	18	28	m235	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Peter uses the term Behold to get Jesus to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3170	LUK	18	28	znu6	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν…ἠκολουθήσαμέν	1	we have left … we have followed	Peter is referring to himself and his fellow disciples, but not to Jesus, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive we, use the exclusive form in both of these cases. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
3171	LUK	18	28	yk9b		πάντα	1	everything	This is not hyperbole. Peter and the others did leave behind everything they had in order to become Jesus’ disciples. Alternate translation: “all our possessions”
3172	LUK	18	28	m236	translate-textvariants	πάντα	1	everything	Some manuscripts say “our own possessions” here instead of “everything.” See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide which reading to use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3173	LUK	18	28	m262	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἠκολουθήσαμέν σοι	1	and we have followed you	As in 18:22, to follow Jesus means to be one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “in order to become your disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3174	LUK	18	29	vz2w		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
3175	LUK	18	29	sk6z	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδείς ἐστιν ὃς ἀφῆκεν	1	there is no one who has left	A double negative statement begins in this verse and concludes in the next verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the entire double negative statement as a positive statement. Alternate translation, beginning here: “anyone who has left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
3176	LUK	18	29	m237	figs-abstractnouns	εἵνεκεν τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	for the sake of the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “in order to allow God to rule over his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3177	LUK	18	30	s6rp	figs-doublenegatives	ὃς οὐχὶ μὴ ἀπολάβῃ	1	who will by no means not receive	This is the conclusion of the double negative statement that began in the previous verse with “there is no one who has left.” If you started to translate it there as a positive statement, you can finish that translation here. Alternate translation: “will certainly receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
3178	LUK	18	30	m238	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ…ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ	1	in this time … in the age that is coming	Jesus is using the word time in the same figurative sense as the word age in 16:8, to mean the long period of time defined by the duration of the created world; by association, it means the world itself. Here, Jesus is using the word age similarly to mean the new world that God will introduce after the end of this present world. Alternate translation: “in this present world … in the world to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3179	LUK	18	30	d3xa	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ, ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	and in the age that is coming, eternal life	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from what he says earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and they will also receive eternal life in the world to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
3180	LUK	18	31	pwk9		παραλαβὼν…τοὺς δώδεκα	1	he took the Twelve aside	Alternate translation: “Jesus took the Twelve to a place away from other people where they would be alone”
3181	LUK	18	31	m239	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	See how you translated this in 8:1. You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective Twelve with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3182	LUK	18	31	m240	translate-names	τοὺς δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	You may have decided instead in 8:1 to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3183	LUK	18	31	g4yx	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Jesus uses the term behold to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3184	LUK	18	31	m241	figs-idiom	ἀναβαίνομεν εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	we are going up to Jerusalem	When Jesus says that they are going up to Jerusalem, he means that they are traveling there. That was the customary way of speaking about going to Jerusalem, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “we are traveling to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3185	LUK	18	31	pg4k	figs-activepassive	πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα διὰ τῶν προφητῶν	1	all the things that have been written by the prophets	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “all the things that the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3186	LUK	18	31	ss78	figs-explicit	τὰ γεγραμμένα διὰ τῶν προφητῶν	1	the things that have been written by the prophets	Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that he is referring to the Old Testament prophets. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the things that the prophets have written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3187	LUK	18	31	zj2x	figs-123person	τῷ Υἱῷ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “about me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
3188	LUK	18	31	m242	figs-explicit	τῷ Υἱῷ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “about me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3189	LUK	18	31	i5ya	figs-activepassive	τελεσθήσεται	1	will be accomplished	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will occur” or “will take place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3190	LUK	18	32	h2a3	figs-activepassive	παραδοθήσεται	1	he will be delivered	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders will hand him over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3191	LUK	18	32	es98	figs-123person	παραδοθήσεται	1	he will be delivered	If you decided in 18:31 to use the second person for what Jesus is telling his disciples, also use it here. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders will hand me over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
3192	LUK	18	32	m243	figs-metonymy	τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1	to the Gentiles	Jesus is speaking figuratively of the Roman authorities by association with the fact that they are not Jews. Alternate translation: “to the Roman authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3193	LUK	18	32	hc2k	figs-activepassive	ἐμπαιχθήσεται, καὶ ὑβρισθήσεται, καὶ ἐμπτυσθήσεται	1	he be mocked, and will be mistreated, and will be spit upon	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they will mock him, mistreat him, and spit on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3194	LUK	18	32	m244	figs-123person	ἐμπαιχθήσεται, καὶ ὑβρισθήσεται, καὶ ἐμπτυσθήσεται	1	he be mocked, and will be mistreated, and will be spit upon	If you decided in 18:31 to use the second person for what Jesus is telling his disciples, also use it here. Alternate translation: “they will mock me, mistreat me, and spit on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
3195	LUK	18	33	u86r	figs-123person	καὶ μαστιγώσαντες, ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν; καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ, ἀναστήσεται	1	And having whipped him, they will kill him. And on the third day he will rise up	If you decided in 18:31 to use the second person for what Jesus is telling his disciples, use it here as well. Alternate translation: “And after they have whipped me, they will kill me. But two days later I will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
3196	LUK	18	33	fie4	figs-explicit	καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ, ἀναστήσεται	1	And on the third day he will rise up	See how you translated this in 9:22. In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was the third day. To make sure that this is clear to your readers, you may wish to use a different expression than “the third day,” especially if, in your culture, this would mean one day longer than Jesus intends. Otherwise, your readers may be confused when they read later in the book that Jesus died on a Friday and came back to life on a Sunday, if that would be “the second day” according to the way your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “and he will spend the next full day in the grave, but on the day after that, he will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3197	LUK	18	33	m245	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ	1	And on the third day	Jesus uses the word and to introduce a contrast between the belief of the authorities that they could kill him and the fact that he would come back to life. Alternate translation: “but on the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
3198	LUK	18	33	m246	translate-ordinal	τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ	1	on the third day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
3199	LUK	18	33	m247	figs-metonymy	ἀναστήσεται	1	he will rise up	Jesus speaks figuratively of his coming back to life as if he will rise up, since he will come up out of the grave. Alternate translation: “he will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3200	LUK	18	34	bm7h		αὐτοὶ οὐδὲν τούτων συνῆκαν	1	they understood none of these things	If it would be clearer in your language, you could make the verb negative and the object positive here. Alternate translation: “they did not understand any of these things”
3201	LUK	18	34	b29z	figs-explicit	οὐδὲν τούτων	1	none of these things	Implicitly, these things refers to Jesus’ description of how he would suffer and die in Jerusalem and then rise from the dead. Alternate translation: “none of what Jesus had told them about what was going to happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3202	LUK	18	34	fn58	figs-activepassive	ἦν τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο κεκρυμμένον ἀπ’ αὐτῶν	1	this word was hidden from them	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God prevented them from understanding the meaning of what Jesus was telling them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3203	LUK	18	34	m248		τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο	1	this word	Here Luke uses the term word in a specific sense. Alternate translation: “this saying” or “what Jesus was telling them”
3204	LUK	18	34	qx2n	figs-activepassive	τὰ λεγόμενα	1	the things that were spoken	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the things that Jesus said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3205	LUK	18	35	w3sw	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
3206	LUK	18	35	m249	translate-names	ἐν τῷ ἐγγίζειν αὐτὸν εἰς Ἰερειχὼ	1	as he came near to Jericho	Jericho is the name of a city. Alternate translation: “as Jesus approached the city of Jericho” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3207	LUK	18	35	dyf9	writing-participants	τυφλός τις	1	a certain blind man	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “there was a blind man who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3208	LUK	18	36	t35v		τί εἴη τοῦτο	1	what this might be	Alternate translation: “what was happening”
3209	LUK	18	37	ckr3	writing-pronouns	ἀπήγγειλαν…αὐτῷ	1	they reported to him	Here, they is indefinite. It does not refer to particular individuals. Alternate translation: “people in the crowd told the blind man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3210	LUK	18	37	ku9j	translate-names	Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος	1	Jesus the Nazarene	The people call Jesus the Nazarene because he was from the town of Nazareth in Galilee. Alternate translation: “Jesus from the town of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3211	LUK	18	38	u9ct	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses and to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. When the blind man learned that Jesus was walking by, he knew that Jesus would hear him if he called out, so as a result, he shouted to him. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3212	LUK	18	38	yaj2		ἐβόησεν	1	cried out	Alternate translation: “he called out” or “he shouted”
3213	LUK	18	38	m250	figs-metaphor	Υἱὲ Δαυείδ	1	Son of David	The blind man is using the word Son figuratively to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “Descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3214	LUK	18	38	ehf6	figs-explicit	Υἱὲ Δαυείδ	1	Son of David	David was Israel’s most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title Son of David implicitly meant “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3215	LUK	18	38	m251	translate-names	Δαυείδ	1	David	David is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3216	LUK	18	38	u69g	figs-imperative	ἐλέησόν με	1	have mercy on me	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please be merciful to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
3217	LUK	18	38	m252	figs-explicit	ἐλέησόν με	1	have mercy on me	The blind man assumes that Jesus will know that he is asking specifically to be healed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on me and heal me” or “please be merciful to me by healing me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3218	LUK	18	39	m253		οἱ προάγοντες	1	the ones who were walking ahead	Alternate translation: “the people who were walking ahead of Jesus”
3219	LUK	18	39	z7r6		ἐπετίμων αὐτῷ, ἵνα σιγήσῃ	1	were rebuking him, so that he would be silent	Alternate translation: “kept telling him not to shout”
3220	LUK	18	39	zug7		πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἔκραζεν	1	he kept crying out much more	This could mean: (1) “he shouted even louder.” (2) “he called out even more persistently.”
3221	LUK	18	39	m254	figs-explicit	Υἱὲ Δαυείδ, ἐλέησόν με	1	Son of David, have mercy on me	See how you decided to translate this phrase in 18:38. Alternate translation: “Messiah, please have mercy on me and heal me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3222	LUK	18	40	m255	figs-activepassive	αὐτὸν ἀχθῆναι πρὸς αὐτόν	1	him to be brought to him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the people to bring the blind man to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3223	LUK	18	41	al8g		ἵνα ἀναβλέψω	1	that I might see again	Alternate translation: “I want to be able to see again” or “I want you to restore my sight”
3224	LUK	18	42	n67h	figs-imperative	ἀνάβλεψον	1	See again	This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “I have restored your sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
3225	LUK	18	42	m256	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Your faith has saved you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun faith with a verb such as “believe.” Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have been healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3226	LUK	18	42	gcv1	figs-personification	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Your faith has saved you	Jesus speaks figuratively of the man’s faith as if it had actively healed him. Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have been healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
3227	LUK	18	42	m257		ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Your faith has saved you	Here Jesus seems to be using the word saved in one of its particular senses, to mean “healed.” Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have been healed”
3228	LUK	18	43	m258		ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ	1	he followed him	Here, followed does not necessarily have the figurative meaning of “became a disciple.” Alternate translation: “he walked down the road with the rest of the crowd that was around Jesus”
3229	LUK	18	43	d1kk		δοξάζων τὸν Θεόν	1	glorifying God	Alternate translation: “giving glory to God” or “praising God”
3230	LUK	19	intro	zn2b			0		Luke 19 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus helps a man named Zacchaeus repent of his sins (19:1-10) Jesus tells a parable about a man who entrusted money to his servants (19:11-27) Jesus rides into Jerusalem on a colt (19:28-48) Special concepts in this chapter “Sinner” The Pharisees refer to a group of people as “sinners.” The Jewish leaders thought these people were sinful, but in reality the leaders were also sinful. This can be taken as irony. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) Servants God expects his people to remember that everything in the world belongs to God. God gives his people things so they can serve him. He wants them to please him by doing what he wants them to do with everything he has given them. One day Jesus will ask his servants what they have done with everything he gave them to use. He will give a reward to those who have done what he wanted them to do, and he will punish those who have not. The donkey and the colt Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings. Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that the disciples brought Jesus both a donkey and a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 21:1-7 and Mark 11:1-7 and Luke 19:29-36 and John 12:14-15) Spreading garments and branches When kings would enter the cities they ruled, people would cut branches from trees and take off the outer garments that they wore to stay warm in cold weather and spread them all on the road so the king would ride over them. They did this to honor the king and show that they loved him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/honor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) The merchants in the temple Jesus forced the people who were selling animals in the temple to leave. He did this to show everyone that he had authority over the temple and that only those who were righteous, who did what God said was good, could be in it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
3231	LUK	19	1	j35m	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
3232	LUK	19	1	m259	translate-names	Ἰερειχώ	1	Jericho	Jericho is the name of a city. See how you translated it in 18:35. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3233	LUK	19	2	m263	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term behold to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3234	LUK	19	2	y5i5	writing-participants	ἀνὴρ	1	a man	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man who lived there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3235	LUK	19	2	m264	figs-idiom	ὀνόματι καλούμενος Ζακχαῖος	1	called Zacchaeus by name	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “whose name was Zacchaeus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3236	LUK	19	2	m265	translate-names	Ζακχαῖος	1	Zacchaeus	Zacchaeus is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3237	LUK	19	2	z91v	writing-background	καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν ἀρχιτελώνης, καὶ αὐτὸς πλούσιος	1	and he was a chief tax collector, and he was rich	Luke provides this background information about Zacchaeus to help readers understand what happens in this episode. Alternate translation: “who had become wealthy through his work as a chief tax collector” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
3238	LUK	19	3	m3ux		ἐζήτει ἰδεῖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν τίς ἐστιν	1	he was trying to see Jesus, who he was	Alternate translation: “Zacchaeus was trying to get a good look at Jesus” or “Zacchaeus was trying to see what kind of man Jesus was”
3239	LUK	19	3	njt7	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐκ ἠδύνατο ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου, ὅτι τῇ ἡλικίᾳ μικρὸς ἦν	1	he was not able from the crowd, because he was small in stature	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because he was short, he could not see over the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3240	LUK	19	3	m266	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἠδύνατο ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου, ὅτι τῇ ἡλικίᾳ μικρὸς ἦν	1	he was not able from the crowd, because he was small in stature	The implication may be that the people resented Zacchaeus for taking their money, and so they would not let him come forward and stand in front of them, even though they would have been able to see over him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he could not see over the crowd because he was short, and the people would not let him stand in the front, because they resented him for taking their money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3241	LUK	19	4	k984	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3242	LUK	19	4	pzr6	translate-unknown	συκομορέαν	1	a sycamore tree	This is a type of fig tree. It would have been tall enough and strong enough to hold Zacchaeus at a height from which he could see the street. If you readers would not be familiar with this particular tree, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a fig tree” or “a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3243	LUK	19	5	mr51		ὡς ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον	1	when he came to the place	Alternate translation: “when Jesus got to that tree” or “when Jesus reached the place where Zacchaeus was”
3244	LUK	19	6	zrw4	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3245	LUK	19	7	mit4	figs-hyperbole	πάντες διεγόγγυζον	1	they all complained	Luke is using the term all as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the people in the crowd complained” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3246	LUK	19	7	k2cl		παρὰ ἁμαρτωλῷ ἀνδρὶ εἰσῆλθεν καταλῦσαι	1	He has gone in to lodge with a sinful man	Alternate translation: “Jesus is going to stay in the house of an obvious sinner”
3247	LUK	19	7	yl4h		ἁμαρτωλῷ ἀνδρὶ	1	a sinful man	By using two terms together, rather than simply saying “sinner,” the crowd is emphasizing that Zacchaeus has openly done many wrong things. Alternate translation: “an obvious sinner”
3248	LUK	19	8	m267	translate-symaction	σταθεὶς	1	stood	At a relaxed meal such as this one, it was the custom in this culture for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around the table. So by standing up, Zacchaeus was signifying that he had something important to say. Alternate translation: “stood up from the meal to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
3249	LUK	19	8	s46z		τὸν Κύριον	1	the Lord	Here Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title the Lord. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
3250	LUK	19	8	m268	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Zacchaeus uses behold to get Jesus to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Please listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3251	LUK	19	8	m269		Κύριε	1	Lord	Zacchaeus is addressing Jesus directly by a respectful title. It would be appropriate to represent the title with the corresponding term in your language and culture, rather than using the name “Jesus.”
3252	LUK	19	8	m270	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἴ τινός τι ἐσυκοφάντησα, ἀποδίδωμι τετραπλοῦν	1	if I have defrauded anything from anyone, I will restore four-fold	Zacchaeus speaks as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. He is inviting anyone he has cheated to come to him for restitution. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Zacchaeus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “I know that I have cheated many people out of their money, and I promise to pay each one back four times as much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
3253	LUK	19	8	u2bt		ἀποδίδωμι τετραπλοῦν	1	I will restore four-fold	Alternate translation: “I will return to them four times as much as I took from them”
3254	LUK	19	9	m271	figs-explicit	εἶπεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Then Jesus said to him	Jesus spoke not just to Zacchaeus but also to the people from the crowd who were complaining that he had gone to visit him. In this culture, people were allowed to stand around the walls of the banquet room in a private home and listen to what an invited guest was saying. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said to Zacchaeus and to the people from the crowd who were standing around the room” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3255	LUK	19	9	m272	figs-123person	σωτηρία τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ ἐγένετο, καθότι καὶ αὐτὸς υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ ἐστιν	1	salvation has come to this house, because he too is a son of Abraham	Jesus is speaking to Zacchaeus, but he addresses him in the third person because he is also speaking to the people from the crowd. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use the second person here. Alternate translation: “salvation has come to your household, because you too are a son of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
3256	LUK	19	9	m273	figs-personification	σωτηρία τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ ἐγένετο	1	salvation has come to this house	Jesus speaks figuratively of salvation as if it were a living thing that could come to the house of Zacchaeus. Alternate translation: “God has brought salvation to this household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
3257	LUK	19	9	u2bx	figs-abstractnouns	σωτηρία τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ ἐγένετο	1	salvation has come to this house	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun salvation with a verb such as “save,” and show that God has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has saved this household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3258	LUK	19	9	i8yg	figs-metonymy	τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ	1	this house	Jesus is using the word house figuratively to refer to the people living in the house. Alternate translation: “to this household” or “to this family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3259	LUK	19	9	f65b		καὶ αὐτὸς	1	he too	Alternate translation: “this man too” or “Zacchaeus also”
3260	LUK	19	9	m274	figs-metaphor	υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ	1	a son of Abraham	Jesus may be using the word son figuratively to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “a descendant of Abraham” or “one of our fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3261	LUK	19	9	v3hq	figs-idiom	υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ	1	a son of Abraham	Alternatively, Jesus could be using the expression son of as an idiom to mean someone who shares the qualities of someone else. Alternate translation: “a person who has faith as Abraham did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3262	LUK	19	10	myp2	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
3263	LUK	19	10	m275	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3264	LUK	19	10	fqx4	figs-nominaladj	τὸ ἀπολωλός	1	the lost	Jesus is using the participle lost, which functions here as an adjective, as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are lost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3265	LUK	19	10	m276	figs-123person	τὸ ἀπολωλός	1	the lost	If you decided to use the second person in the previous verse, you could use it here as well. Alternate translation: “lost people like you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
3266	LUK	19	10	m277	figs-metaphor	τὸ ἀπολωλός	1	the lost	Jesus is using the term lost figuratively. Alternate translation: “people who have wandered away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3267	LUK	19	11	m278	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
3268	LUK	19	11	vue7	figs-parables	προσθεὶς, εἶπεν παραβολὴν	1	he proceeded to speak a parable	To help the people in the crowd have the correct expectations about the kingdom of God, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. Alternate translation: “Jesus told the crowd this story to help them understand better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
3269	LUK	19	11	m279	grammar-connect-logic-result	προσθεὶς, εἶπεν παραβολὴν	1	he proceeded to speak a parable	If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this clause last in the verse, since the two statements that follow give the reason for the result that it describes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3270	LUK	19	11	qs7z	figs-abstractnouns	ὅτι παραχρῆμα μέλλει ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναφαίνεσθαι	1	that the kingdom of God was about to appear immediately	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “that God was going to begin to rule immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3271	LUK	19	12	m9j6	writing-participants	ἄνθρωπός τις εὐγενὴς	1	A certain well-born man	Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the main character into the story. Alternate translation: “There once was a nobleman who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3272	LUK	19	12	mtz9	figs-explicit	λαβεῖν ἑαυτῷ βασιλείαν	1	to receive for himself a kingdom	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that he is speaking of a lesser king going to a greater king or emperor. The emperor would give the lesser king the right and authority to rule over his own country. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to receive authorization from the emperor to rule over his own kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3273	LUK	19	12	m280		καὶ ὑποστρέψαι	1	and to return	Alternate translation: “and then to return and rule that kingdom in person”
3274	LUK	19	13	m387	figs-explicit	καλέσας δὲ	1	So calling	It may be helpful to state that the man did this before he left to receive his kingdom. Alternate translation: “So before he left, the nobleman called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3275	LUK	19	13	xx6p		ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς δέκα μνᾶς	1	he gave them ten minas	Alternate translation: “he gave each of them one mina”
3276	LUK	19	13	t82q	translate-bweight	ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς δέκα μνᾶς	1	he gave them ten minas	A mina was a unit of weight equal to about half a kilogram. The term refers to silver coins of that weight. Each one was equal to what people would be paid for about four months’ work. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might say something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “he gave each of them a valuable silver coin” or “he gave each of them four months’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
3277	LUK	19	13	m281	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, πραγματεύσασθαι ἐν ᾧ ἔρχομαι	1	said to them, ‘Conduct business while I go’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “told them to trade with the money while he was away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3278	LUK	19	13	vwp2		πραγματεύσασθαι	1	Conduct business	Alternate translation: “Trade with this money” or “Use this money to earn more money”
3279	LUK	19	13	m282		ἐν ᾧ ἔρχομαι	1	in that I go	Alternate translation: “while I am gone.”
3280	LUK	19	14	i998	figs-hyperbole	οἱ…πολῖται αὐτοῦ	1	his citizens	This means “the people of his country.” It suggests that all the people hated him, and that may be a generalization. In your translation, you may wish to say “many people of his country,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3281	LUK	19	14	j9v1		πρεσβείαν	1	a delegation	Alternate translation: “a group of people to represent them”
3282	LUK	19	14	m283	figs-explicit	ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ λέγοντες	1	after him, saying	The implication is that the citizens gave the delegation this message for the emperor who was going to appoint the nobleman as king. Alternate translation: “after him to tell the emperor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3283	LUK	19	14	m284	figs-quotesinquotes	ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ λέγοντες, οὐ θέλομεν τοῦτον βασιλεῦσαι ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς	1	after him, saying, ‘We do not want this one to rule over us’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “after him to tell the emperor that they did not want this nobleman to be their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3284	LUK	19	15	g3jp	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Jesus uses this phrase to mark an important development in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
3285	LUK	19	15	s9a7		λαβόντα τὴν βασιλείαν	1	having received the kingdom	Alternate translation: “after the emperor had appointed him king”
3286	LUK	19	15	s2x2	figs-activepassive	εἶπεν φωνηθῆναι αὐτῷ	1	he commanded to be called to him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he told some of his other servants to bring in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3287	LUK	19	15	m285	figs-metonymy	τὸ ἀργύριον	1	the silver	Jesus is speaking figuratively of the money by reference to the precious metal, silver, that gives it its value. Alternate translation: “the money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3288	LUK	19	15	xc6s		τί διεπραγματεύσαντο	1	what they had gained by doing business	Alternate translation: “how much money they had earned with the money he had given them”
3289	LUK	19	16	iy7i	figs-quotesinquotes	παρεγένετο…ὁ πρῶτος λέγων, Κύριε, ἡ μνᾶ σου, δέκα προσηργάσατο μνᾶς	1	the first came and said, ‘Master, your mina has earned ten minas’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the first servant came and told him that he had used his mina to earn ten more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3290	LUK	19	16	m286	figs-nominaladj	ὁ πρῶτος	1	the first	Jesus is using the adjective first as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3291	LUK	19	16	mf96	translate-ordinal	ὁ πρῶτος	1	the first	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
3292	LUK	19	16	ejx9	figs-personification	ἡ μνᾶ σου, δέκα προσηργάσατο μνᾶς	1	your mina has earned ten minas	The servant is speaking figuratively of the mina as if it had earned the money. Alternate translation: “I used the mina you gave me to earn ten more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
3293	LUK	19	16	j7ag	translate-bweight	μνᾶ	1	mina	See how you translated mina in 19:13. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
3294	LUK	19	17	abcq	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, εὖ ἀγαθὲ δοῦλε! ὅτι ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ, πιστὸς ἐγένου, ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων	1	And he said to him, ‘Well done, good servant. Because you were faithful in very little, be having authority over ten cities’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the king told this first servant that he had done a good job, and that because he had shown in a small task that he was faithful, he was making him the ruler of ten cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3295	LUK	19	17	m287	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	And he said to him	Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So the king said to the first servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3296	LUK	19	17	n5at	figs-exclamations	εὖ ἀγαθὲ δοῦλε!	1	Well done, good servant!	Your language may have a phrase that an employer would use to show approval. If so, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “Good job!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
3297	LUK	19	17	t6zk		ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ	1	in very little	This could mean: (1) “in a small responsibility.” (2) “with a little bit of money.”
3298	LUK	19	17	m288	figs-imperative	ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων	1	be having authority over ten cities	The new king speaks this as a command, but it is not one that the servant is capable of obeying on his own. Rather, the king is using the command form to appoint the servant to a position of authority. Alternate translation: “I am making you the ruler of ten cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
3299	LUK	19	18	zsr1	figs-quotesinquotes	ἦλθεν ὁ δεύτερος λέγων, ἡ μνᾶ σου, Κύριε, ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς	1	the second came and said, ‘Your mina, master, has made five minas’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the second servant came and told him that he had used his mina to make five more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3300	LUK	19	18	m289	figs-nominaladj	ὁ δεύτερος	1	the second	Jesus is using the adjective second as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3301	LUK	19	18	ic7p	translate-ordinal	ὁ δεύτερος	1	the second	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
3302	LUK	19	18	irh6	figs-personification	ἡ μνᾶ σου…ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς	1	Your mina … has made five minas	The servant is speaking figuratively of the mina as if it had earned the money. Alternate translation: “I used the mina you gave me … to earn five more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
3303	LUK	19	18	d811	translate-bweight	μνᾶ	1	mina	See how you translated mina in 19:13. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
3304	LUK	19	19	abcr	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δὲ καὶ τούτῳ, καὶ σὺ ἐπάνω γίνου πέντε πόλεων	1	So he also said to this one, ‘And you will be over five cities’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the king similarly told this second servant that he was making him the ruler of five cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3305	LUK	19	19	jxa9	figs-imperative	σὺ ἐπάνω γίνου πέντε πόλεων	1	you be over five cities	The new king speaks this as a command, but it is not one that the servant is capable of obeying on his own. Rather, the king is using the command form to appoint the servant to a position of authority. Alternate translation: “I am making you the ruler of five cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
3306	LUK	19	19	m290	figs-metaphor	σὺ ἐπάνω γίνου πέντε πόλεων	1	you be over five cities	In a spatial metaphor, the new king describes this servant as over these cities to mean that he will rule them. Alternate translation: “I am making you the ruler of five cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3307	LUK	19	20	n71e		ὁ ἕτερος	1	the other one	Alternate translation: “another servant to whom the nobleman had entrusted a mina”
3308	LUK	19	20	m291	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγων, Κύριε, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μνᾶ σου, ἣν εἶχον ἀποκειμένην ἐν σουδαρίῳ	1	saying, ‘Master, behold your mina, which I have been keeping put away in a cloth’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and gave the king back the mina he had entrusted to him, explaining that he had kept it hidden in a cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3309	LUK	19	20	m292		ἰδοὺ, ἡ μνᾶ σου	1	behold your mina	This does not seem to be a figurative use of the term behold. The servant wants the king to look and see that he is giving him the mina back. Alternate translation: “look, here is your mina back”
3310	LUK	19	20	r25f	translate-bweight	μνᾶ	1	mina	See how you translated mina in 19:13. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
3311	LUK	19	20	l2wr	figs-activepassive	ἣν εἶχον ἀποκειμένην ἐν σουδαρίῳ	1	which I was keeping put away in a cloth	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. It may be helpful to make this a new sentence, as UST does. Alternate translation: “I put it in a cloth to keep it safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3312	LUK	19	21	m293	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐφοβούμην γάρ σε, ὅτι ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρὸς εἶ; αἴρεις ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκας, καὶ θερίζεις ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρας	1	for I feared you, because you are a harsh man. You take up what you did not put down, and you reap what you did not sow’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. If you do, it may be helpful to make this a new sentence. Alternate translation: “This servant told the king that he had been afraid of him because he was a demanding man who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3313	LUK	19	21	w5yw		ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρὸς	1	a harsh man	Alternate translation: “a man who is very demanding”
3314	LUK	19	21	a6ja	figs-metaphor	αἴρεις ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκας	1	You take up what you did not put down	The servant is speaking figuratively of the king as if he would pick up things that others had set down and take them away as his own property. Alternate translation: “You take other people’s property as your own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3315	LUK	19	21	mi5b	figs-metaphor	θερίζεις ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρας	1	you reap what you did not sow	The servant is speaking figuratively of the king as if he would harvest a crop that someone else had planted. Alternate translation: “you benefit from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3316	LUK	19	22	q2k2	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγει αὐτῷ, ἐκ τοῦ στόματός σου κρίνω σε, πονηρὲ δοῦλε; ᾔδεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρός εἰμι, αἴρων ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκα, καὶ θερίζων ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρα?	1	He says to him, ‘By your mouth I will judge you, wicked servant! Did you know that I am a harsh man, taking up what I did not put down, and reaping what I did not sow?’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king told him that he was a wicked servant and that he would judge him by what he had just said. The king said to suppose that he really was a harsh man who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3317	LUK	19	22	m294		λέγει αὐτῷ	1	He says to him	To call attention to a development in the story, this parable uses the present tense here in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “The king said to this servant”
3318	LUK	19	22	wt8q	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τοῦ στόματός σου	1	By your mouth	The king is using the term mouth figuratively to refer to what the servant said using his mouth. Alternate translation: “based on what you have just said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3319	LUK	19	22	xga8	figs-rquestion	ᾔδεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρός εἰμι, αἴρων ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκα, καὶ θερίζων ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρα?	1	Did you know that I am a harsh man, taking up what I did not put down, and reaping what I did not sow?	The king is not asking the servant to verify what he has just said. Rather, he is using the question form to challenge the servant. He is repeating what the servant said about him, but not to grant that it is true. Rather, he is about to tell the servant what he should have done if it actually had been true. Alternate translation: “So you thought I was a harsh man who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3320	LUK	19	22	m295	figs-metaphor	αἴρων ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκα, καὶ θερίζων ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρα	1	taking up what I did not put down, and reaping what I did not sow	See how you translated these expressions in 19:21. Alternate translation: “who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3321	LUK	19	23	m296	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ διὰ τί οὐκ ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν, κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν, σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα?	1	And for what reason did you not put my silver in a bank, and when I returned, I would have collected it with interest?	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king told him that in that case, he should have put his money in the bank so that he could have collected it with interest when he returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3322	LUK	19	23	spx7	figs-rquestion	καὶ διὰ τί οὐκ ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν, κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν, σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα?	1	And for what reason did you not put my silver in a bank, and when I returned, I would have collected it with interest?	The king is not asking the servant to explain why he did not do this. Rather, he is using the question form to rebuke the servant. Alternate translation: “Even if I were like that, you had no reason not to put my money in the bank so that I could have collected it with interest when I returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3323	LUK	19	23	m297	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	The king uses this word to introduce the results of what he said in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Then” or “Even if I was like that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3324	LUK	19	23	e1yh	translate-unknown	ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν…σὺν τόκῳ	1	put my silver in a bank … with interest	A bank is an institution that accepts deposits of money and uses them to make loans. It pays an interest premium on the deposits and charges an interest premium on the loans. If your culture does not have banks, or if your culture does not allow interest payments, you could translate this in a different way that would be meaningful to your readers. Alternate translation: “let someone borrow my money … with a share of the profits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3325	LUK	19	23	m298	figs-metonymy	μου τὸ ἀργύριον	1	my silver	The king is speaking figuratively of the money by reference to the precious metal, silver, that gives it its value. Alternate translation: “my money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3326	LUK	19	23	c8ca		σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα	1	I would have collected it with interest	Alternate translation: “I could have gotten that amount back plus the interest it would have earned” or “I would have gained a profit from it”
3327	LUK	19	24	h1nn	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ τοῖς παρεστῶσιν εἶπεν, ἄρατε ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τὴν μνᾶν, καὶ δότε τῷ, τὰς δέκα μνᾶς ἔχοντι	1	And he said to those standing by, ‘Take the mina away from him and give it to the one who has the ten minas’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And the king told his attendants to take the mina away from this servant and give it to the one who had the ten minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3328	LUK	19	24	aj1c		τοῖς παρεστῶσιν	1	those standing by	The phrase those standing by refers to the king’s attendants, who would stand nearby him waiting to carry out any instructions that he gave. Alternate translation: “to his attendants”
3329	LUK	19	24	zh5s	translate-bweight	τὴν μνᾶν…τὰς δέκα μνᾶς	1	the mina … the ten minas	See how you translated the term mina in 19:13. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
3330	LUK	19	25	m299	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	This word introduces a contrast between what the king wanted and what the attendants thought they should do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
3331	LUK	19	25	m300	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπαν αὐτῷ, Κύριε, ἔχει δέκα μνᾶς	1	they said to him, ‘Master, he has ten minas’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the attendants objected to the king that that servant already had ten minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3332	LUK	19	25	m7ql	figs-exclamations	ἔχει δέκα μνᾶς	1	he has ten minas	You could translate this as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “he already has ten minas!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
3333	LUK	19	25	m301	translate-bweight	μνᾶς	1	minas	See how you translated the term mina in 19:13. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
3334	LUK	19	26	xww6	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι παντὶ τῷ ἔχοντι, δοθήσεται; ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται	1	I say to you that to everyone who has, it will be given, but from the one who does not have, even what he has will be taken away	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king responded that to everyone who had, it would be given, but from the one who did not have, even what he had would be taken away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3335	LUK	19	26	x6ay	figs-explicit	λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that the king is speaking. You may wish to indicate that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “But the king replied, ‘I say to you’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3336	LUK	19	26	m302		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	The king says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
3337	LUK	19	26	m303	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	you	The word you is plural because the king is speaking to his servants as a group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
3338	LUK	19	26	f5hn	figs-explicit	παντὶ τῷ ἔχοντι, δοθήσεται	1	to everyone who has, it will be given	The king means implicitly that what a servant has is the money he earned by using his mina faithfully. Alternate translation: “I will entrust more money to everyone who uses the money wisely that I have already given him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3339	LUK	19	26	m304	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται	1	it will be given	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will entrust more money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3340	LUK	19	26	ab42	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ…τοῦ μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται	1	from the one who does not have, even what he has will be taken away	The king means implicitly that a servant who does not have is a servant who did not use his mina faithfully to earn more money. Alternate translation: “If someone does not use the money wisely that I have given him, I will take even that small amount away from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3341	LUK	19	26	d1g9	figs-activepassive	καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται	1	even what he has will be taken away	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will take even that small amount away from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3342	LUK	19	27	m305	figs-quotesinquotes	πλὴν τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου τούτους, τοὺς μὴ θελήσαντάς με βασιλεῦσαι ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, ἀγάγετε ὧδε καὶ κατασφάξατε αὐτοὺς ἔμπροσθέν μου	1	But these enemies of mine, the ones who did not want me to reign over them, bring them here and kill them before me	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king then commanded his servants to bring in his enemies, the ones who had not wanted him to reign over them, and kill them in front of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3343	LUK	19	27	u44z		τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου τούτους	1	these enemies of mine	Since the enemies were not right there, instead of these, some languages would say “those,” as UST does. Alternate translation: “those enemies of mine”
3344	LUK	19	27	m306	figs-metaphor	ἔμπροσθέν μου	1	before me	Here, before means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in my presence” or “where I can see them die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3345	LUK	19	28	l43i		εἰπὼν ταῦτα	1	when he had said these things	Alternate translation: “after Jesus had said these things”
3346	LUK	19	28	ja5p	figs-idiom	ἀναβαίνων εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	going up to Jerusalem	It was customary for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “traveling towards Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3347	LUK	19	29	y9q8	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to mark an important development in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
3348	LUK	19	29	q1wn	translate-names	Βηθφαγὴ καὶ Βηθανίαν	1	Bethphage and Bethany	These are the names of two small cities near Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3349	LUK	19	29	lj69	figs-activepassive	τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν	1	the hill that is called Olivet	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the hill that people call Olivet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3350	LUK	19	29	m307	translate-names	τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν	1	the hill that is called Olivet	You could also translate this entire expression as a proper name. Olivet is the name of a hill or mountain. Alternate translation: “the Mount of Olives” or “Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3351	LUK	19	30	m308	figs-youdual	ὑπάγετε…ἐν ᾗ εἰσπορευόμενοι εὑρήσετε…λύσαντες…ἀγάγετε	1	Go … entering, you will find … Untie … bring	Since Jesus is speaking to two of his disciples, you as a pronoun and as implied in the participle and imperative verbs would be in the dual form, if your language uses the dual form. Otherwise, all of those things would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
3352	LUK	19	30	m309		τὴν κατέναντι κώμην	1	the village opposite	Alternate translation: “that village right ahead of us”
3353	LUK	19	30	qq5c	translate-unknown	πῶλον	1	a colt	The term colt refers to a young donkey. If your readers would not be familiar with what a donkey is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a young donkey” or “a young riding animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3354	LUK	19	30	m310	figs-activepassive	δεδεμένον	1	tied up	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “whose owner has tied its reins securely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3355	LUK	19	30	w1yp	figs-gendernotations	ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς πώποτε ἀνθρώπων ἐκάθισεν	1	on which no one of men has ever sat	Here Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “that no person has ever ridden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
3356	LUK	19	30	m311	figs-metonymy	ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς πώποτε ἀνθρώπων ἐκάθισεν	1	on which no one of men has ever sat	Jesus is using the term sat to refer to riding on an animal by association with the way people sit on an animal they are riding. Alternate translation: “that no person has ever ridden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3357	LUK	19	31	px4k	figs-hypo	ἐάν τις ὑμᾶς ἐρωτᾷ, διὰ τί λύετε? οὕτως ἐρεῖτε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει	1	if anyone asks you, ‘Why are you untying it?’ thus you will say, ‘The Lord has need of it’	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation that could occur. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone asks you, ‘Why are you untying it?’ Then you should tell him, ‘The Lord needs to use it’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
3358	LUK	19	31	emu8	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐάν τις ὑμᾶς ἐρωτᾷ, διὰ τί λύετε? οὕτως ἐρεῖτε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει	1	if anyone asks you, ‘Why are you untying it?’ thus you will say, ‘The Lord has need of it’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “if anyone asks you why you are untying it, tell them that the Lord needs to use it’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3359	LUK	19	31	m312	figs-youdual	ὑμᾶς…διὰ τί λύετε?…ἐρεῖτε	1	you … ‘Why are you untying it?’ … you will say	Since the word you applies to the two disciples in all of these instances, it would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
3360	LUK	19	31	m313	figs-declarative	ἐρεῖτε	1	you will say	Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction. Alternate translation: “you are to say” or “you should say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
3361	LUK	19	31	m314		ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord	The disciples are to refer to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
3362	LUK	19	32	hdd8	figs-activepassive	οἱ ἀπεσταλμένοι	1	the ones who were sent	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the two disciples whom Jesus sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3363	LUK	19	33	biw8	figs-youdual	τί λύετε	1	why are you untying	The owners of the colt are speaking to the two disciples, so you would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
3364	LUK	19	33	m315	translate-unknown	τὸν πῶλον	-1	the colt … the colt	See how you translated colt in 19:30. Alternate translation: “the young donkey … this young donkey” or “the young riding animal … this young riding animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3365	LUK	19	34	m316	figs-explicit	οἱ δὲ εἶπαν, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει	1	So they said, “The Lord has need of it”	The implication is that when the owners of the colt heard this, they allowed the disciples to take it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “So they said, ‘The Lord has need of it.’ And the owners let them take it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3366	LUK	19	34	m317		ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord	The disciples refer to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
3367	LUK	19	35	m318	translate-symaction	ἐπιρίψαντες αὐτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐπὶ τὸν πῶλον	1	throwing their cloaks upon the colt	The disciples did this to show that the person riding the colt was special and important. In this culture, animals that important people rode were draped with rich fabrics. Alternate translation: “draping the colt with their cloaks as a sign of honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
3368	LUK	19	35	scz2	translate-unknown	τὰ ἱμάτια	1	cloaks	The word cloaks refers to outer garments. You could translate this with the name of an outer garment that your readers would recognize, or with a general expression. Alternate translation: “coats” or “outer garments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3369	LUK	19	35	g49k		ἐπεβίβασαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	mounted Jesus on it	Alternate translation: “helped Jesus get up onto the colt so he could ride it”
3370	LUK	19	36	m319	translate-symaction	ὑπεστρώννυον τὰ ἱμάτια ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	they were spreading their cloaks on the road	The word they refers to other people besides the disciples. Alternate translation: “other people began spreading their cloaks on the road” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
3371	LUK	19	36	lxj5	translate-symaction	ὑπεστρώννυον τὰ ἱμάτια ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	they were spreading their cloaks on the road	This was a way of showing honor to someone. Alternate translation: “other people began spreading their cloaks on the road in front of Jesus as a sign of honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
3372	LUK	19	36	m320	translate-unknown	τὰ ἱμάτια	1	cloaks	See how you translated cloaks in 19:35. Alternate translation: “coats” or “outer garments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3373	LUK	19	37	ba9e	grammar-connect-time-sequential	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to indicate that this event came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
3374	LUK	19	37	t4nk		τῇ καταβάσει τοῦ Ὄρους τῶν Ἐλαιῶν	1	the descent of the Mount of Olives	Alternate translation: “where the road goes down from the Mount of Olives”
3375	LUK	19	37	m321	translate-names	τοῦ Ὄρους τῶν Ἐλαιῶν	1	the Mount of Olives	This is the name of a hill or mountain. See how you translated it in 19:29. Alternate translation: “Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3376	LUK	19	37	m322	figs-hendiadys	χαίροντες αἰνεῖν τὸν Θεὸν	1	to rejoice and praise God	The phrase rejoice and praise expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The word rejoice tells how they began to praise. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to praise God joyfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
3377	LUK	19	37	m323	figs-idiom	φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1	with a loud voice	This is an idiom that means the people in the crowd raised the volume of their voices. Alternate translation: “loudly” or “shouting out loud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3378	LUK	19	37	m324		φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1	with a loud voice	If you would like to reproduce this idiom, but it would be unusual in your language to speak as if a whole crowd had one voice, you could make this plural. Alternate translation: “with loud voices” or “in loud voices”
3379	LUK	19	37	m8hn	figs-explicit	ὧν εἶδον δυνάμεων	1	the mighty works that they had seen	This means implicitly the mighty works that they had seen Jesus do. Alternate translation: “the miracles that they had seen Jesus do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3380	LUK	19	38	x7wk	figs-explicit	λέγοντες	1	saying	The implication is that the crowd was saying this about Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “saying about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3381	LUK	19	38	nsg4	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	in the name of the Lord	The term name refers figuratively to a person’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “with the Lord’s authority” or “as God’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3382	LUK	19	38	d7b4	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν οὐρανῷ εἰρήνη	1	Peace in heaven	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun peace with an adjective such as “peaceful.” Alternate translation: “May heaven be peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3383	LUK	19	38	m325	figs-metonymy	ἐν οὐρανῷ εἰρήνη	1	Peace in heaven	The word heaven is a figurative way of referring to the inhabitants of heaven, and perhaps specifically to God. Alternate translation: “May everyone in heaven be peaceful towards this king” or “May God be peaceful towards this king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3384	LUK	19	38	vb29	figs-metaphor	καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις	1	and glory in the highest	The term highest is a spatial metaphor that figuratively describes heaven. Alternate translation: “and glory in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3385	LUK	19	38	m327	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις	1	and glory in the highest	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun glory with an adjective such as “glorious.” Alternate translation: “and may heaven be glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3386	LUK	19	38	m326	figs-explicit	καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις	1	and glory in the highest	The implication is that this glory is praise that would be given to God. Alternate translation: “and may God be praised in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3387	LUK	19	38	m328	figs-explicit	καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις	1	and glory in the highest	The implication is that God would be praised for sending this king. Alternate translation: “and may God be praised in heaven for sending this king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3388	LUK	19	39	m329	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καί	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between what the crowd was saying and what the Pharisees thought was appropriate. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
3389	LUK	19	39	m330		Διδάσκαλε	1	Teacher	Teacher is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
3390	LUK	19	39	yv21		ἐπιτίμησον τοῖς μαθηταῖς σου	1	rebuke your disciples	Alternate translation: “tell your disciples to stop saying these things”
3391	LUK	19	40	m331	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between what the Pharisees wanted Jesus to do and what he was willing to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
3392	LUK	19	40	m332	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν	1	answering he said	Together the words answering and said mean that Jesus said what follows in response to the complaint of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
3393	LUK	19	40	efm9		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
3394	LUK	19	40	m333	figs-explicit	ἐὰν οὗτοι σιωπήσουσιν, οἱ λίθοι κράξουσιν	1	if these were silent, the stones would cry out	The implication is that Jesus is refusing to do what the Pharisees are asking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “No, I will not tell them to be silent, because if they were, then the stones would cry out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3395	LUK	19	40	v8tc		οἱ λίθοι κράξουσιν	1	the stones would cry out	Alternate translation: “the stones would shout out praises”
3396	LUK	19	41	v3pq	figs-explicit	ὡς ἤγγισεν, ἰδὼν τὴν πόλιν	1	as he approached, seeing the city	The phrase the city refers to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “when he got close enough to Jerusalem to see it well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3397	LUK	19	41	k4l2	figs-metonymy	ἔκλαυσεν ἐπ’ αὐτήν	1	he wept over it	Luke is using the city of Jerusalem figuratively to mean the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “he wept over the people who lived there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3398	LUK	19	42	g1ee	figs-apostrophe	εἰ ἔγνως	1	If you had known	Starting here and through 19:44, Jesus is figuratively addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Jerusalem. He is doing this to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about the people who live there. Alternate translation: “I wish that you people of Jerusalem knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
3399	LUK	19	42	m334	figs-idiom	εἰ ἔγνως	1	If you had known	Jesus is idiomatically using what sounds like a conditional statement to express a wish. Alternate translation: “I wish that you knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3400	LUK	19	42	q8fm	figs-you	ἔγνως…καὶ σὺ…σου	1	you had known … even you … your	The words you and your are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in your translation, you can use plural forms of you and your. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
3401	LUK	19	42	m335	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ταύτῃ	1	in this day	Jesus is using the term day figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3402	LUK	19	42	m336	figs-explicit	τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην	1	the things towards peace	The implication is that Jesus is speaking about people being at peace with God. Alternate translation: “the things that enable people to be at peace with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3403	LUK	19	42	tgs6	figs-metonymy	ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σου	1	they have been hidden from your eyes	The term eyes figuratively means the ability to see. Alternate translation: “you are not able to see them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3404	LUK	19	42	m337	figs-activepassive	ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σου	1	they have been hidden from your eyes	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are not able to see them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3405	LUK	19	43	y3g2	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	For	Jesus uses this word to introduce the reason why he wishes the people of Jerusalem had known “the things toward peace,” as he said in the previous verse. Because they have not known them, their city will be surrounded by armies and destroyed. Alternate translation: “I wish you had known those things because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3406	LUK	19	43	tib4	figs-idiom	ἥξουσιν ἡμέραι ἐπὶ σὲ	1	the days will come upon you	This is an idiom that indicates that the people of Jerusalem will experience difficult times. If your language do not say that a particular time will come, you can use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “you are going to experience difficult times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3407	LUK	19	43	m338	figs-idiom	ἡμέραι	1	days	Jesus is using the term days figuratively to refer to specific times. Alternate translation: “times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3408	LUK	19	43	n88i	figs-you	σὲ…σου…σοι…σε…σε	1	you … your … you … you … you	The words you and your are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in 19:42, you can use the plural forms of you and your. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
3409	LUK	19	43	e7xp	translate-unknown	χάρακά	1	a barricade	The term barricade refers to a wooden wall with pointed stakes at the top that the enemies would make to keep people from getting out of the city. Your language may have a term for an enclosure like this. If not, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a palisade” or “a fence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3410	LUK	19	44	m339	figs-metaphor	ἐδαφιοῦσίν σε	1	they will dash you to the ground	Jesus is speaking figuratively. To dash something to the ground means to pick it up and throw it forcefully aganist the ground in order to destroy it. But the enemies of Jerusalem are not going to do this literally to the city. So Jesus means that they will destroy it completely. Alternate translation: “they will completely destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3411	LUK	19	44	p7qg	figs-apostrophe	ἐδαφιοῦσίν σε	1	they will dash you to the ground	As the first note to 19:42 explains, Jesus is figuratively addressing the city of Jerusalem. If it would be unusual in your language for someone to speak to a city that could not hear or understand him, you could explain the meaning of what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: “the enemies of Jerusalem will completely destroy that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
3412	LUK	19	44	m340	figs-idiom	καὶ τὰ τέκνα σου ἐν σοί	1	and your children within you	To dash people to the ground figuratively means to kill them. Alternate translation: “and they will kill your children within you” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
3413	LUK	19	44	m341	figs-metaphor	τὰ τέκνα σου ἐν σοί	1	your children within you	Jesus speaks figuratively of the people who live in Jerusalem as if the city were their mother and they were her children. Here as well you could explain the meaning of what Jesus is saying, if someone in your language would not speak directly to a city. Alternate translation: “the people who live there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3414	LUK	19	44	m342	figs-you	σε…σου…σοί…σοί…ἔγνως…σου	1	you … your … you … you … you did not know … your	The words you and your are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in 19:42, you can use the plural forms of you and your. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
3415	LUK	19	44	f51h	figs-hyperbole	οὐκ ἀφήσουσιν λίθον ἐπὶ λίθον ἐν σοί	1	they will not leave stone upon stone in you	This is a figurative overstatement to emphasize how completely the enemies will destroy the city. Alternate translation: “they will destroy the walls and buildings you have built of stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3416	LUK	19	44	xv9n	figs-idiom	οὐκ ἔγνως τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς σου	1	you did not know the time of your visitation	Here, visitation is idiomatic, with the same meaning as the word “visit” in 1:68, 1:78, and 7:16. Alternate translation: “you did not recognize that God had sent me to help you, his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3417	LUK	19	45	xq47	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to indicate that this event came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
3418	LUK	19	45	u91v	figs-explicit	εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1	entering into the temple	You may need to say explicitly that Jesus first entered Jerusalem, where the temple was located. Alternate translation: “Jesus entered Jerusalem and went into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3419	LUK	19	45	j6ce	figs-synecdoche	τὸ ἱερὸν	1	the temple	Only priests were allowed to enter the temple building, so Luke means that Jesus went into the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3420	LUK	19	45	py1x		ἐκβάλλειν	1	drive out	Alternate translation: “throw out” or “force out”
3421	LUK	19	46	m343	figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται, ὁ οἶκός μου οἶκος προσευχῆς; ὑμεῖς δὲ αὐτὸν ἐποιήσατε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	It is written, ‘My house will be a house of prayer,’ but you have made it ‘a den of robbers’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures that ‘his temple will be a place of prayer,’ but you have made it ‘a den of robbers’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3422	LUK	19	46	v81e	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	It is written	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3423	LUK	19	46	uvf7	figs-metaphor	ὁ οἶκός μου	1	My house	God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers figuratively to his temple as his house, because his presence is there. Alternate translation: “My temple will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3424	LUK	19	46	wac1	figs-metaphor	οἶκος προσευχῆς	1	a house of prayer	God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers figuratively to a place where people would pray as a house. Alternate translation: “a place where people pray to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3425	LUK	19	46	ba8w	figs-metaphor	σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	a den of robbers	God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers figuratively to a place where thieves would gather to hide and plot their crimes as if it were a wild animal’s den or lair. Alternate translation: “a place where thieves gather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3426	LUK	19	47	m344	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple	Only priests were allowed to enter the temple building, so Luke means that Jesus was teaching in the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3427	LUK	19	47	mn6e	writing-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
3428	LUK	19	47	m345	figs-nominaladj	οἱ πρῶτοι τοῦ λαοῦ	1	the first of the people	Luke is using the adjective first as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. The term is plural. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the people” or “many prominent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3429	LUK	19	47	m346	figs-metaphor	οἱ πρῶτοι τοῦ λαοῦ	1	the first of the people	The term first figuratively represents being significant or important. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the people” or “many prominent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3430	LUK	19	48	m347	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders were trying to do and what they were able to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
3431	LUK	19	48	m348		οὐχ εὕρισκον τὸ τί ποιήσωσιν	1	they were not finding that which they might do	Alternate translation: “they were not able to find a way to kill Jesus”
3432	LUK	19	48	m349	figs-hyperbole	ὁ λαὸς…ἅπας	1	all the people	Luke is using the term all as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “so many of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3433	LUK	19	48	pnf9	figs-metaphor	ἐξεκρέμετο αὐτοῦ ἀκούων	1	were hanging on him listening	Luke speaks figuratively of the people hanging on Jesus to emphasize how closely they were listening to what he said. Alternate translation: “were paying close attention to him to hear what he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3434	LUK	20	intro	h6in			0		Luke 20 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus answers a question about his authority (20:1-8) Jesus tells a parable about a man who rented a vineyard to farmers (20:9-19) Jesus answers a question about paying taxes to Caesar (20:20-26) Jesus answers a question about marriage and the resurrection (20:27-40) Jesus asks a challenging question about the Messiah (20:41-44) Jesus warns about the scribes (20:45-47) Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in 20:17 and 20:42-43, which is quoted from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter Questions that seem to have no good answer In 20:4, Jesus asks the Pharisees a question that seems to have no good answer. His goal is to show them that they should have recognized John the Baptist as someone who came with God’s authority. So he asks them who gave John the authority to baptize. They could not answer, because any answer they gave would show that they should have respected John 20:5-6. In 20:22, the Pharisees ask Jesus a question that seems to have no good answer. They thought that they would get Jesus in trouble either with the Roman government or the Jewish people when they asked him if people should pay taxes to Caesar. If he said “yes,” then the Jewish people would be angry with him for telling them to pay taxes to a foreign government. If he said “no,” then the religious leaders could tell the Romans that Jesus was teaching the people to break the Roman laws. But Jesus gave them an answer they had not anticipated, and instead everyone respected the wisdom of Jesus even more. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Paradox A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. In this chapter, Jesus quotes a psalm that records David calling his son “lord,” that is, “master.” However, to the Jews, ancestors were greater than their descendants, so a father would not call his son “master.” In this passage, Luke 20:41-44, Jesus is trying to lead his hearers to the true understanding that the Messiah will be divine, and that he himself is the Messiah. So David is speaking to his son, that is, his descendant, as the Messiah, and it is appropriate for him to address him as his “Lord.”
3435	LUK	20	1	h8gv	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
3436	LUK	20	1	vtg4	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple	Only priests were allowed to enter the temple building, so Luke means that Jesus was teaching in the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3437	LUK	20	1	m350	writing-participants	ἐπέστησαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς σὺν τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις	1	the chief priests and the scribes approached with the elders	Luke uses this statement to reintroduce these characters into the story. He mentioned their activity in opposition to Jesus as background information in 19:47-48, but here he brings them back into the main action of the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3438	LUK	20	2	m351	figs-imperative	εἰπὸν ἡμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς, ἢ τίς ἐστιν ὁ δούς σοι τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην	1	Tell us by what authority you are doing these things, or who the one is who gave you this authority	The Jewish leaders are using an imperative to ask a question, so you could translate this as a question. It may be helpful to make it two sentences. Alternate translation: “Tell us, by what authority are you doing these things? Or who is the one who gave you this authority?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
3439	LUK	20	3	qn89	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς…εἶπεν	1	answering he said	Together the words answering and said mean that Jesus said what follows in response to the question from the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
3440	LUK	20	3	ku6a		ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς κἀγὼ λόγον καὶ εἴπατέ μοι	1	I also will ask you a word, and you say to me	Jesus begins his response with a statement, but then he gives a command, you say to me. It might be helpful to make the statement one sentence and the command another sentence, leading into the next verse. Alternate translation: “I will also ask you a question. Now you tell me”
3441	LUK	20	3	m352		λόγον	1	a word	Here Jesus is using the term word in a specific sense. Alternate translation: “a question”
3442	LUK	20	4	uph3		τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων?	1	The baptism of John, was it from heaven or from men?	Jesus knows that John’s authority came from God, so he is not asking the Jewish leaders for information. However, this is not a rhetorical question that could be translated as a statement, for example, “Surely you must admit that God, not people, gave John the authority to baptize.” This is an actual question that Jesus wants the Jewish leaders to try to answer, because he knows that either way they answer, they will have a problem. So his words should be translated as a question. Alternate translation: “Was it God who told John to baptize people, or did people tell him to do it?”
3443	LUK	20	4	z7cg	figs-euphemism	ἐξ οὐρανοῦ	1	from heaven	In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word heaven instead. That seems to be what Jesus is doing here. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
3444	LUK	20	4	m353	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων	1	men	Here Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
3445	LUK	20	5	mn6x		οἱ…συνελογίσαντο πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς	1	they reasoned among themselves	Alternate translation: “they discussed with each other what they should say”
3446	LUK	20	5	m354	figs-hypo	ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ	1	If we should say, ‘From heaven,’ he will say, ‘For what reason did you not believe him?’	The Jewish leaders are describing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say, ‘From heaven.’ Then he will ask, ‘Then why did you not believe him’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
3447	LUK	20	5	z599	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ	1	If we should say, ‘From heaven,’ he will say, ‘For what reason did you not believe him?’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “If we say that John’s authority came from God, Jesus will ask us why we did not believe him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3448	LUK	20	5	m4l7	figs-euphemism	ἐξ οὐρανοῦ	1	from heaven	See how you translated this expression in 20:4. Alternate translation: “From God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
3449	LUK	20	6	m355	figs-hypo	ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ὁ λαὸς ἅπας καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς	1	But if we should say, ‘From men,’ the whole people will stone us	The Jewish leaders are describing another hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose we say, ‘From men.’ Then all the people will stone us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
3450	LUK	20	6	e9ps	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ὁ λαὸς ἅπας καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς	1	But if we should say, ‘From men,’ the whole people will stone us	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that John’s authority came from people, then all the people will stone us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3451	LUK	20	6	m356	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων	1	men	See how you translated this in 20:4. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
3452	LUK	20	6	m357	figs-hyperbole	ὁ λαὸς ἅπας	1	the whole people	For emphasis, the Jewish leaders speak figuratively as if every single person in the Jewish nation believed that John was God’s prophet and would stone them if they said otherwise. Alternate translation: “many of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3453	LUK	20	6	m358	figs-idiom	ὁ λαὸς	1	the … people	This was a customary way of speaking of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: “the … Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3454	LUK	20	6	nns5	figs-explicit	καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς	1	stone us	The implication is that the people would do this as a punishment for blasphemy, for saying that one of God’s prophets had only human authority. Alternate translation: “kill us by throwing stones at us, as punishment for blasphemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3455	LUK	20	6	m359	figs-activepassive	πεπεισμένος…ἐστιν	1	it is persuaded	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. If you translated the … people as “the Jewish people,” this would be plural. Alternate translation: “they firmly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3456	LUK	20	7	ia28	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3457	LUK	20	7	w2bc	figs-quotations	ἀπεκρίθησαν, μὴ εἰδέναι πόθεν	1	they answered that they did not know from where	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “they replied, ‘We do not know where it came from’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
3458	LUK	20	7	eeg7	figs-ellipsis	πόθεν	1	from where	Luke leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from 20:4. Alternate translation: “where John’s authority to baptize came from” or “who gave John the authority to baptize people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
3459	LUK	20	8	d3bg	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Nor will I tell you	Jesus is indicating that this is the result of what the Jewish leaders told him. Alternate translation: “Then I will not tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3460	LUK	20	9	mf5e	figs-parables	ἤρξατο δὲ πρὸς τὸν λαὸν λέγειν τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην	1	Then he began to speak this parable to the people	To help the people understand what the Jewish leaders were doing by rejecting him and John the Baptist, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. Alternate translation: “Jesus told the people this story to help them understand better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
3461	LUK	20	9	m360	writing-participants	ἄνθρωπος ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπελῶνα	1	A man planted a vineyard	Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the main character into the story. Alternate translation: “There once was a man who planted a vineyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3462	LUK	20	9	s8tt	translate-unknown	ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς	1	rented it to farmers	As the rest of the story shows, the man rented the vineyard not for regular cash payments, but under an arrangement that entitled him to a share of the crop in exchange for the use of the land. If an arrangement like that would not be familiar to your readers, you could translate this in a way that explains it. Alternate translation: “allowed some grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3463	LUK	20	9	y37s		γεωργοῖς	1	farmers	While farmers is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to people who tend grape vines and grow grapes. Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers”
3464	LUK	20	10	wm51	figs-explicit	καιρῷ	1	at the time	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what time this was. Alternate translation: “at the time at which they had agreed to give him a share of the crop” or “at harvest time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3465	LUK	20	10	m361		γεωργοὺς…γεωργοὶ	1	farmers … farmers	See how you translated farmers in 20:9. Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers”
3466	LUK	20	10	kr7j	figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τοῦ καρποῦ τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	of the fruit of the vineyard	The word fruit could be: (1) intended literally. Alternate translation: “some of the grapes they had grown” (2) figurative. Alternate translation: “some of what they had produced from the grapes they had grown” or “some of the money they had earned by selling their produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3467	LUK	20	10	m362	figs-explicit	οἱ…γεωργοὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν, δείραντες κενόν	1	the farmers sent him away, having beaten him, empty	It may be helpful to state explicitly that the farmers did this after the servant arrived, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/ttranslate/figs-explicit]])
3468	LUK	20	10	isk1	figs-metaphor	ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν…κενόν	1	sent him away empty	Jesus speaks figuratively of this servant as if he were a container with nothing in it. Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3469	LUK	20	11	r72a		ἀτιμάσαντες	1	treated him shamefully	Alternate translation: “humiliated him”
3470	LUK	20	11	vxh2	figs-metaphor	ἐξαπέστειλαν κενόν	1	sent him away empty	See how you translated this in 20:10. Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3471	LUK	20	12	m363	figs-nominaladj	τρίτον	1	a third	Jesus is using the adjective third as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “a third servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3472	LUK	20	12	lr3h	translate-ordinal	τρίτον	1	a third	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
3473	LUK	20	12	ub4g		οἱ…καὶ τοῦτον τραυματίσαντες	1	they also wounded that one	Alternate translation: “they injured that servant as well”
3474	LUK	20	12	h32a	figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον	1	threw him out	Jesus is likely speaking figuratively when he says that the farmers threw this servant out of the vineyard. It is unlikely that they actually picked him up and heaved him through the air. Alternate translation: “chased him off the property” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3475	LUK	20	13	m364		ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	the lord of the vineyard	Alternate translation: “the owner of the vineyard” or “the man who had planted the vineyard”
3476	LUK	20	13	kt8i	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν…τί ποιήσω? πέμψω τὸν υἱόν μου τὸν ἀγαπητόν; ἴσως τοῦτον ἐντραπήσονται	1	said, ‘What should I do? I will send my beloved son. Perhaps they will respect him.’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “asked himself what he should do. He decided to send his beloved son, hoping that the farmers would respect him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3477	LUK	20	13	m365		ἴσως τοῦτον ἐντραπήσονται	1	Perhaps they will respect him	In this context, the term that ULT translates as perhaps indicates something that is not certain but should be expected. If your language has a word or phrase that indicates the same thing, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “They ought to respect him”
3478	LUK	20	14	ib2b	figs-explicit	ἰδόντες δὲ αὐτὸν, οἱ γεωργοὶ	1	But when the farmers saw him	It may be helpful to state explicitly that this happened after the owner sent his son and he arrived. Alternate translation: “So the owner sent his son. But when he arrived and the farmers saw him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3479	LUK	20	14	m366		οἱ γεωργοὶ	1	the farmers	See how you translated farmers in 20:9. Alternate translation: “the vine growers” or “the grape farmers”
3480	LUK	20	14	rvi4	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγοντες, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος; ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν, ἵνα ἡμῶν γένηται ἡ κληρονομία	1	saying, ‘This is the heir. Let us kill him so that the inheritance may become ours’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that the son was the owner’s heir, and that they should kill him in order to get for themselves the vineyard he would have inherited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3481	LUK	20	14	m367	figs-metonymy	ἡ κληρονομία	1	the inheritance	By inheritance, the farmers mean the vineyard, which the son would inherit. Alternate translation: “this vineyard, which he is going to inherit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3482	LUK	20	15	u7us	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Jesus uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. The farmers carried out the plan they had decided on. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3483	LUK	20	15	m6en	figs-metaphor	ἐκβαλόντες αὐτὸν ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	they threw him out of the vineyard	As in 20:12, Jesus is likely speaking figuratively when he says that the farmers threw the son out of the vineyard, as if they heaved him through the air. Alternate translation: “the vine growers forced the son out of the vineyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3484	LUK	20	15	dlu4	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ποιήσει αὐτοῖς ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος?	1	What then will the lord of the vineyard do to them?	Jesus does not want the people to tell him what the owner of the vineyard will do. Rather, he is using the question form to get his listeners to pay attention to what he says the owner will do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “So now, listen to what the lord of the vineyard will do to them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3485	LUK	20	15	m368		ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	the lord of the vineyard	Alternate translation: “the owner of the vineyard” or “the man who had planted the vineyard”
3486	LUK	20	16	m369		τοὺς γεωργοὺς τούτους	1	these farmers	See how you translated the term farmers in 20:9. Your language might say “those” instead of these in a context like this. Alternate translation: “those vine growers” or “those grape farmers”
3487	LUK	20	16	m370	translate-unknown	δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις	1	give the vineyard to others	See how you translated the similar expression in 20:9. Alternate translation: “allow different grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3488	LUK	20	16	k18g	figs-exclamations	μὴ γένοιτο	1	May it not be	This is an exclamation. Alternate translation: “May nothing like that ever happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
3489	LUK	20	17	qtb7	translate-symaction	ὁ δὲ ἐμβλέψας αὐτοῖς εἶπεν	1	But looking at them he said	Jesus was looking at the people to hold them accountable for understanding what he was saying. Alternate translation: “But Jesus looked straight at them and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
3490	LUK	20	17	m371	figs-quotesinquotes	τί οὖν ἐστιν τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	What then is this that is written: ‘The stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “What then does Scripture mean when it says that the stone that the builders rejected became the cornerstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3491	LUK	20	17	rf5f	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ἐστιν τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο	1	What then is this that is written	Jesus does not expect the people to explain the meaning of the scripture he is quoting. Rather, he is using the question form to get them to consider its implications carefully. Alternate translation: “Think carefully about what this scripture is saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3492	LUK	20	17	l6l3	figs-activepassive	τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο	1	this that is written	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this passive verbal form with a noun. Alternate translation: “this scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3493	LUK	20	17	a5kc	figs-metaphor	λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	The stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner	This is a quotation from Psalm 118, and it is a metaphor. It refers to the Messiah as if he were a stone that builders chose not to use. This means that people will reject him. When the psalm says that this stone became the cornerstone, this means figuratively that God will nevertheless make the Messiah the ruler of these people. However, since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing a non-figurative explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3494	LUK	20	17	bd2f	figs-explicit	λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες	1	The stone that the builders rejected	The psalm refers implicitly to the way people in this culture used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings. Alternate translation: “The stone that the builders thought was not good enough to use for building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3495	LUK	20	17	bh2r	figs-idiom	κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	the head of the corner	The phrase the head of the corner is an idiom that refers to a large stone with straight edges that builders would place down first and use as a reference to make sure that the walls of a stone building were straight and that the building was oriented in the right direction. Your language may have its own term for such a stone. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the cornerstone” or “the reference stone for the whole building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3496	LUK	20	18	d7n2	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ πεσὼν ἐπ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν λίθον, συνθλασθήσεται	1	Everyone who falls on that stone will be broken to pieces	Jesus is applying the metaphor from the psalm to himself. He is speaking figuratively of people who reject him as Messiah as if they would fall over a stone and be injured. Jesus’ words are a direct allusion to the figurative language of Scripture, and he does not explain the metaphor to the people who are listening. So it would not be appropriate to change them into a non-figurative explanation of the metaphor, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3497	LUK	20	18	n3n5	figs-activepassive	συνθλασθήσεται	1	will be broken to pieces	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will break up into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3498	LUK	20	18	fdu6	figs-metaphor	ἐφ’ ὃν δ’ ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν	1	and on whomever it may fall, it will crush him	Jesus is making a further application of the metaphor from the psalm to himself. He is speaking figuratively of the Messiah judging those who reject him as if he were a large stone that would crush them. Once again it would not be appropriate to change Jesus’ words, which allude directly to the figurative language of Scripture, into a non-figurative explanation of the metaphor. However, you could explain the meaning of the metaphor in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3499	LUK	20	19	vbf7	figs-metonymy	ἐζήτησαν…ἐπιβαλεῖν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας	1	sought to lay hands on him	The expression to lay hands on means figuratively to arrest a person by association with the way that arresting officers might physically take hold of the person with their hands. Alternate translation: “looked for a way to arrest Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3500	LUK	20	19	u4tz	figs-idiom	ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	in that hour	Here Luke uses the term hour figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “right at that time” or “immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3501	LUK	20	19	m372	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν λαόν	1	and they feared the people	Luke uses the word and to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders wanted to do and this reason why they were not able to do. Alternate translation: “but they were afraid of what the people might do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
3502	LUK	20	19	u4ta	figs-explicit	ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν λαόν	1	they feared the people	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly that the religious leaders did not arrest Jesus, even though they wanted to, and why they did not. Alternate translation: “but they knew that the people respected Jesus and they were afraid of what the people might do if they did arrest him, so they did not arrest him right then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3503	LUK	20	19	m373	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἔγνωσαν γὰρ ὅτι πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἶπεν τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην	1	for they knew that he had spoken this parable against them	If it would be clearer in your language, you could make this the first clause in the verse, since it gives the reason why the religious leaders wanted to arrest Jesus. That is what UST does, making the clause a separate sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3504	LUK	20	20	m374	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. The religious leaders could not arrest Jesus openly, so this is what they did instead. Alternate translation: “So” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3505	LUK	20	20	f1en	writing-participants	ἀπέστειλαν ἐνκαθέτους	1	they sent spies	Luke uses this statement to introduce these spies as new characters into the story. It may be helpful to say more about where they came from. Alternate translation: “they found some people who agreed to act as spies, and they sent them to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3506	LUK	20	20	m375		ὑποκρινομένους ἑαυτοὺς δικαίους εἶναι	1	who pretended themselves to be righteous	Alternate translation: “who pretended that they were sincere”
3507	LUK	20	20	ml5w	figs-metaphor	ἵνα ἐπιλάβωνται αὐτοῦ λόγου	1	that they might take hold of his word	Luke says figuratively that these religious leaders wanted to take hold of something Jesus said, as if they could physically grasp his words. Alternate translation: “because they wanted to use something he might say against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3508	LUK	20	20	m376	figs-metonymy	αὐτοῦ λόγου	1	his word	Luke uses the term word figuratively to mean something Jesus might say by using words. Alternate translation: “of something he might say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3509	LUK	20	20	r84a	figs-doublet	ὥστε παραδοῦναι αὐτὸν τῇ ἀρχῇ καὶ τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος	1	in order to deliver him to the rule and to the authority of the governor	The terms rule and authority mean basically the same thing. Luke is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms into a single, equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “so that the governor would take Jesus into custody” or “so that the governor would arrest Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
3510	LUK	20	21	xn1w	figs-explicit	ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν	1	they asked him	It may be helpful to state explicitly that this happened after the spies whom the leaders sent arrived where Jesus was. Alternate translation: “the spies came and asked Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3511	LUK	20	21	i3fr	figs-synecdoche	ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν	1	they asked him	Luke could mean that one spy spoke on behalf of the whole group. So instead of they, you could say “one of them,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3512	LUK	20	21	m377		Διδάσκαλε	1	Teacher	Teacher is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
3513	LUK	20	21	v93z	figs-exclusive	οἴδαμεν	1	we know	The spies are speaking only of themselves, so we would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
3514	LUK	20	21	fi1t	figs-metonymy	οὐ λαμβάνεις πρόσωπον	1	you do not receive a face	The spies are using the term face figuratively to mean “person.” Alternate translation: “it does not matter to you who a person is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3515	LUK	20	21	ubu9	figs-metaphor	τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the way of God	The spies speak figuratively of how God wants people to live as if it were a way or path that people should follow. Alternate translation: “how God wants people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3516	LUK	20	22	j6wb	figs-explicit	ἔξεστιν	1	Is it lawful	The spies are asking about God’s law, not the law of the Roman government. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Does God’s law permit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3517	LUK	20	22	m378		φόρον δοῦναι	1	to give tribute	Alternate translation: “to pay taxes”
3518	LUK	20	22	h4cc	figs-metonymy	Καίσαρι	1	to Caesar	The spies are referring figuratively to the Roman government by Caesar’s name, since he was its ruler. Alternate translation: “to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3519	LUK	20	23	z9dm		κατανοήσας δὲ αὐτῶν τὴν πανουργίαν, εἶπεν	1	but perceiving their craftiness, he said	Alternate translation: “But Jesus realized that these spies were trying to trick him, and so he said”
3520	LUK	20	24	j21y	translate-bmoney	δηνάριον	1	a denarius	See how you translated this in 7:41. Alternate translation: “a Roman coin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
3521	LUK	20	24	cvs9	figs-rquestion	τίνος ἔχει εἰκόνα καὶ ἐπιγραφήν?	1	Whose image and inscription does it have?	This is not a rhetorical question, since Jesus does want the spies to answer, even though he already knows the answer to the question himself and he is using it as a teaching tool. So it would not be appropriate to translate this as if it were a statement or an exclamation, for example, “Surely you can see whose picture and name are on this coin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3522	LUK	20	24	wt51	figs-metonymy	ἐπιγραφήν	1	inscription	Jesus is referring figuratively to the name on the coin by association with the fact that it is an inscription, that is, something written on the coin. Alternate translation: “name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3523	LUK	20	25	rey9	figs-metonymy	ἀπόδοτε τὰ Καίσαρος Καίσαρι, καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ	1	give back the things of Caesar to Caesar, and the things of God to God	Jesus is referring figuratively to the Roman government by the name of Caesar, its ruler. Alternate translation: “pay the Roman government what it deserves, and pay God what he deserves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3524	LUK	20	25	gj71	figs-ellipsis	καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ	1	and the things of God to God	Jesus is speaking compactly and he does not repeat the verb give back, but it may be supplied from the previous phrase. AT: “and pay God what he deserves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
3525	LUK	20	26	wa3s	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἴσχυσαν ἐπιλαβέσθαι τοῦ ῥήματος	1	they were not able to take hold of his word	Luke says figuratively that the spies had wanted to take hold of something Jesus said, as if they could physically grasp his words. Alternate translation: “the spies were not able to use what he said against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3526	LUK	20	26	m379	figs-metaphor	ἐναντίον τοῦ λαοῦ	1	in front of the people	Luke speaks of this spatially to refer figuratively to the people’s attention. Alternate translation: “while the people were watching” or “while the people were listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3527	LUK	20	27	m380	writing-participants	προσελθόντες δέ τινες τῶν Σαδδουκαίων	1	Then some of the Sadducces came	Luke uses this statement to introduce these new characters into the story. It may be helpful to introduce them more fully in your translation. Alternate translation: “Some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees then came to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3528	LUK	20	27	m381	figs-explicit	προσελθόντες δέ τινες τῶν Σαδδουκαίων	1	Then some of the Sadducces came	The implication is that these people also wanted to discredit Jesus. Alternate translation: “Because they too wanted to discredit Jesus, some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees then came to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3529	LUK	20	27	m382	translate-names	τῶν Σαδδουκαίων	1	the Sadducees	Sadducees is the name of a group of Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3530	LUK	20	27	f9e3	figs-distinguish	οἱ, λέγοντες ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι	1	the ones who say there is no resurrection	This phrase is identifying the Sadducees as a group of Jews that said no one would rise from the dead. It is not identifying the Sadducees who came to question Jesus as members of that group who held that belief, as if other members did not. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “The Sadducees believe that no one will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
3531	LUK	20	28	m383	figs-synecdoche	λέγοντες	1	saying	Luke could mean that one Sadducee spoke on behalf of the whole group, and you could indicate that as UST does. If you decide to do that, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “One of them said to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3532	LUK	20	28	m384		Διδάσκαλε	1	Teacher	Teacher is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
3533	LUK	20	28	m385	figs-metonymy	Μωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν	1	Moses wrote for us	These Sadducees are figuratively describing Moses giving this instruction in the law by association with the way that he wrote it down. Alternate translation: “Moses instructed us in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3534	LUK	20	28	m386	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	us	Here, the word us would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. The Sadducces mean “us Jews,” and they are speaking to Jesus, who is also a Jew. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
3535	LUK	20	28	d6yl	figs-hypo	ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ ἔχων γυναῖκα, καὶ οὗτος ἄτεκνος ᾖ, ἵνα	1	if the brother of anyone should die, having a wife, and he is childless, that	Alternate translation: “if a man’s brother dies who is married but who does not have children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
3536	LUK	20	28	sjt5		λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα	1	his brother should take his wife	Alternate translation: “that man should marry his dead brother’s widow”
3537	LUK	20	28	pn1c	figs-metaphor	ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ	1	and raise up seed for his brother	The Sadducees assume that Jesus will know that this law specified that if the widow had children by her late husband’s brother, those children would be considered the children of her late husband. Alternate translation: “and have children who will be considered his brother’s descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3538	LUK	20	28	m388	figs-metaphor	σπέρμα	1	seed	See how you translated this figurative sense of the word seed in 1:55. Alternate translation: “descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3539	LUK	20	29	c2jr	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	οὖν	1	Therefore	The Sadducees are not saying this to draw a logical inference, but to lead into a question about a hypothetical possibility. Alternate translation (as a separate sentence): “We would like to ask you how this law would be applied in a possible situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
3540	LUK	20	29	ax5n	figs-hypo	ἑπτὰ οὖν ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν; καὶ ὁ πρῶτος, λαβὼν γυναῖκα, ἀπέθανεν ἄτεκνος	1	there were seven brothers, and the first, having taken a wife, died childless	While the Sadducees describe this as if it happened, they are actually asking about a hypothetical possibility in order to test Jesus. Alternate translation: “Suppose there were seven brothers, and the oldest brother got married, but he died before he had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
3541	LUK	20	29	si57	figs-nominaladj	ὁ πρῶτος	1	the first	Jesus is using the adjective first as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first brother” or “the oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3542	LUK	20	29	m389	translate-ordinal	ὁ πρῶτος	1	the first	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
3543	LUK	20	30	m390	figs-hypo	καὶ	1	and	The Sadducees are continuing to describe a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And suppose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
3544	LUK	20	30	p5mw	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ὁ δεύτερος	1	and the second	The division at the end of this verse separates this subject from its verb, effectively creating an ellipsis that is not in the original Greek. The verb, “took her,” must now be supplied from the next verse. Alternate translation: “the second brother then married her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
3545	LUK	20	30	m391	figs-explicit	καὶ ὁ δεύτερος	1	and the second	The implication, as the next verse says specifically, is that after this second brother married the first brother’s widow, he too died before they had any children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the second brother then married her, but he also died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3546	LUK	20	30	m392	figs-nominaladj	ὁ δεύτερος	1	the second	Jesus is using the adjective second as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3547	LUK	20	30	r4xe	translate-ordinal	ὁ δεύτερος	1	the second	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number two” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
3548	LUK	20	31	m393	figs-hypo	καὶ	1	and	The Sadducees are continuing to describe a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And suppose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
3549	LUK	20	31	d5tq	figs-explicit	ὁ τρίτος ἔλαβεν αὐτήν	1	the third took her	The implication, as the end of the verse says specifically, is that after this third brother married the widow, he too died before they had any children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The third brother then married her, but he also died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3550	LUK	20	31	m394	figs-nominaladj	ὁ τρίτος	1	the third	Jesus is using the adjective third as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the third brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3551	LUK	20	31	ky9p	translate-ordinal	ὁ τρίτος	1	the third	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number three” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
3552	LUK	20	31	f1fj	figs-explicit	ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ οἱ ἑπτὰ, οὐ κατέλιπον τέκνα, καὶ ἀπέθανον	1	and likewise the seven also left no children, and died	The Sadducees are speaking in a compact way in order to keep the story short. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply the information they leave out from the context. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “In the same way, the rest of the seven brothers married this widow, but they all died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3553	LUK	20	33	avu1		ἐν τῇ…ἀναστάσει	1	in the resurrection	The Sadducees did not actually believe that there would be a resurrection. Your language may have a way of showing this. Alternate translation: “in the supposed resurrection” or “when people supposedly rise from the dead”
3554	LUK	20	33	m395	figs-hypo	οὖν	1	Therefore	This introduces the question that the Sadducees had planned all along to ask Jesus about the hypothetical situation they were describing. If you said “Suppose” in the previous three verses, you could begin this sentence with “Then.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
3555	LUK	20	33	m396		οἱ…ἑπτὰ ἔσχον αὐτὴν γυναῖκα	1	the seven had her as wife	Alternate translation: “each of the seven were married to her”
3556	LUK	20	34	nlu3	figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου γαμοῦσιν καὶ γαμίσκονται	1	The sons of this age marry and are given in marriage	In this culture, the idiom was to say that men married their wives and that women were given in marriage to their husbands by their parents. If your culture does not use different expressions like that, you can use a single term here. Alternate translation: “The people of this present world get married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3557	LUK	20	34	m397	figs-activepassive	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου γαμοῦσιν καὶ γαμίσκονται	1	The sons of this age marry and are given in marriage	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can say who does the action in the second case. Alternate translation: “In this present world, men marry wives and parents give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3558	LUK	20	34	n91c	figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου	1	the sons of this age	The term sons of is an idiom that means the people in view share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of living in the present world. Alternate translation: “The people of this present world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3559	LUK	20	34	m398	figs-gendernotations	οἱ υἱοὶ	1	the sons	Jesus is using the word sons in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “The people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
3560	LUK	20	34	m399	figs-metonymy	τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου	1	this age	As in 16:8, here the term age means specifically the long period of time defined by the duration of the world; by association, it means the world itself. Alternate translation: “this present world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3561	LUK	20	35	m8m9	figs-activepassive	οἱ…καταξιωθέντες…οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται	1	those who are considered worthy … neither marry nor are given in marriage	As in 20:34, if your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can specify the agent in the second case. Alternate translation: “among the people whom God considers worthy … the men will not marry wives and parents will not give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3562	LUK	20	35	m400	figs-activepassive	οἱ…καταξιωθέντες	1	those who are considered worthy	If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who does the action. Alternate translation: “the people whom God considers worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3563	LUK	20	35	m401	figs-metonymy	τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐκείνου, τυχεῖν καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	to obtain that age and resurrection that is from the dead	Jesus is using the word age in the same figurative sense as in 18:30, to mean the new world that God will introduce after the end of this present world. See how you translated the expression there. Alternate translation: “to live in his new world when he brings back to life the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3564	LUK	20	35	ct9h	figs-abstractnouns	τυχεῖν…τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	to obtain … the resurrection that is from the dead	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun resurrection with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “when he brings back to life the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3565	LUK	20	35	m3gm	figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν	1	the dead	Jesus is using the adjective dead as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3566	LUK	20	35	rh62	figs-idiom	οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται	1	neither marry nor are given in marriage	If your culture does not use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you may have you translated this with a single term in 20:34. If so, you can do the same thing here. Alternate translation: “will not get married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3567	LUK	20	36	lk28	figs-explicit	οὐδὲ…ἀποθανεῖν ἔτι δύνανται	1	neither are they able to die anymore	The implication is that these people will not need to get married and have children anymore in order to carry on the human race, because they will not die. Alternate translation: “they will not need to have children anymore, since they will not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3568	LUK	20	36	m402	figs-explicit	ἰσάγγελοι γάρ εἰσιν	1	for they are like the angels	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that angels do not die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they will be like the angels, who do not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3569	LUK	20	36	m403	figs-gendernotations	υἱοί εἰσιν Θεοῦ	1	they are sons of God	Here Jesus is using the term sons in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “they are God’s own children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
3570	LUK	20	36	btb3	figs-idiom	τῆς ἀναστάσεως υἱοὶ ὄντες	1	being sons of the resurrection	Jesus is using the term sons in this second case idiomatically to mean people who share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of God bringing them back to life after they have died. Alternate translation: “since God has brought them back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3571	LUK	20	37	j8z5	figs-activepassive	ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροὶ	1	the dead are raised	If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who does the action. Alternate translation: “God brings back to life people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3572	LUK	20	37	m404	figs-nominaladj	οἱ νεκροὶ	1	the dead	Jesus is using the adjective dead as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3573	LUK	20	37	g3xg		καὶ Μωϋσῆς	1	even Moses	Jesus is using the word even for emphasis. He is stressing the authority of Moses as someone to whom God gave an extensive revelation of his character and actions. Alternate translation: “Moses himself”
3574	LUK	20	37	m405	translate-names	Μωϋσῆς	1	Moses	Moses is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3575	LUK	20	37	n82t	figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου	1	at the bush	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that he means the bush in the desert that was burning without being consumed, at which Moses encountered God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3576	LUK	20	37	m406	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου	1	at the bush	Jesus is not referring to the actual encounter that Moses had with God at the burning bush, since during that encounter Moses did not say the words that Jesus attributes to him here. Rather, God said those words about himself, and Moses recorded them in the Scriptures. So Jesus is referring by association to the passage in which Moses describes his encounter with God at the burning bush. Alternate translation: “in the passage where he wrote about the burning bush” or “in the scripture about the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3577	LUK	20	37	nx7f	figs-verbs	λέγει	1	he calls	In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “he called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
3578	LUK	20	37	pqm8	figs-explicit	τὸν Θεὸν Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰακώβ	1	the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob	The implication is that God would not have identified himself as the God of these men if they were not alive. This must mean that God brought them back to life after they died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3579	LUK	20	37	m407	translate-names	Ἀβραὰμ…Ἰσαὰκ…Ἰακώβ	1	Abraham … Isaac … Jacob	translate-names
3580	LUK	20	38	tdq7	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Jesus uses this word to introduce a teaching about God that will help the Sadducees understand how God’s description of himself at the burning bush proves that God raises people from the dead. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
3581	LUK	20	38	u1y5	figs-parallelism	οὐκ…νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων	1	not … of the dead, but of the living	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can express this idea with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “of living people only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
3582	LUK	20	38	m408	figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν	1	the dead	Jesus is using the adjective dead as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3583	LUK	20	38	dxi9	figs-nominaladj	ζώντων	1	the living	Jesus is using the adjective living as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are alive” or “people whom he has brought back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3584	LUK	20	38	i6am	figs-explicit	πάντες γὰρ αὐτῷ ζῶσιν	1	for all are alive to him	Interpreters understand this statement in various ways. One likely possibility is that Jesus is saying implicitly that after people die, while they are dead as far as other people are concerned, they are alive as far as God is concerned. That is because their spirits live on after death, and God is still able to relate to their spirits. Alternate translation: “because even after people die, God is still able to relate to them as living spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3585	LUK	20	39	n5nq	writing-participants	ἀποκριθέντες δέ τινες τῶν γραμματέων εἶπαν	1	Then answering some of the scribes said	Luke uses this statement to reintroduce these characters into the story. Alternate translation: “There were some scribes listening to what Jesus was saying, and they responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3586	LUK	20	39	m409	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθέντες…εἶπαν	1	answering … said	Together the two words answering and said mean that these scribes responded to the teaching that Jesus gave in answer to the question that the Sadducees asked. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
3587	LUK	20	39	m410		Διδάσκαλε	1	Teacher	Teacher is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
3588	LUK	20	40	m411	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκέτι…ἐτόλμων ἐπερωτᾶν αὐτὸν οὐδέν	1	they no longer dared to ask him anything	Here Luke uses a double negative in Greek for emphasis, saying no longer and “nothing.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning, “they still dared to ask him something.” If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
3589	LUK	20	40	vjx9	figs-explicit	οὐκέτι…ἐτόλμων ἐπερωτᾶν αὐτὸν οὐδέν	1	they no longer dared to ask him anything	The implication in context is that Jesus’ enemies were afraid that if they continued to ask him difficult questions, his wise answers would continue to show how much more he understood than they did. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they were afraid to ask him any more difficult questions, because they realized he would give more wise answers that would show how much more he understood than they did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3590	LUK	20	40	i6sv	writing-pronouns	οὐκέτι…ἐτόλμων	1	they no longer dared	It is unclear whether they refers to the scribes, the Sadducees, or everyone who had been trying to trap Jesus with difficult questions. It may be best to translate this with a general statement. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ enemies no longer dared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3591	LUK	20	41	t981	writing-pronouns	εἶπεν…πρὸς αὐτούς	1	he said to them	As in 20:40, it is unclear to whom the pronoun them refers. It may be best to translate it with a general statement here as well. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to those who were listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3592	LUK	20	41	mda6	figs-rquestion	πῶς λέγουσιν τὸν Χριστὸν εἶναι Δαυεὶδ Υἱόν?	1	How do they say that the Christ is the son of David?	This does not seem to be a rhetorical question that Jesus is using as a teaching tool. Rather, it seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer. They had asked him some difficult questions, and they had admitted that he answered them well. Now, in return, he is asking them a difficult question. None of them will be able to answer it, and this will demonstrate his wisdom even further. His question actually will teach something to those who are able to recognize its implications. But it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3593	LUK	20	41	sq2g	writing-pronouns	λέγουσιν	1	they say	Here Jesus is using the pronoun they in an indefinite sense. He does not have specific individuals in mind. Alternate translation: “do people say that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3594	LUK	20	41	b7rb	figs-metaphor	Δαυεὶδ Υἱόν	1	the son of David	Here Jesus is using the term son figuratively to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “a descendant of King David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3595	LUK	20	41	m412	translate-names	Δαυεὶδ	1	David	David is the name of a man, Israel’s most important king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3596	LUK	20	42	m413		λέγει	1	says	In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “said”
3597	LUK	20	42	h2al	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγει ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν, εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	says in the book of Psalms, ‘The Lord said to my Lord, “Sit at my right	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “says in the book of Psalms that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3598	LUK	20	42	e1i2	figs-euphemism	εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου	1	The Lord said to my Lord	Here, the term Lord does not refer to the same person in both instances. The first instance is representing the name Yahweh, which David actually uses in this psalm. In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying that name and and said Lord instead. The second instance is the regular term for “lord” or “master.” ULT and UST capitalize the word because it refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “The Lord God said to my Lord” or “God said to my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
3599	LUK	20	42	m415	figs-nominaladj	κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	Sit at my right	In this quotation, Yahweh is using the adjective right as a noun in order to indicate his right side. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could say that specifically. Alternate translation: “Sit at my right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3600	LUK	20	42	pse3	translate-symaction	κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	Sit at my right	The seat at the right side of a ruler was a position of great honor and authority. By telling the Messiah to sit there, God was symbolically conferring honor and authority on him. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
3601	LUK	20	43	m416	figs-quotesinquotes	ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet	This is the continuation of a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. If you decided in 20:42 to have only one level of quotation, you can make the same adjustment here. Alternate translation: “until he made his enemies a footstool for his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3602	LUK	20	43	fl1h	figs-metaphor	ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet	The psalm speaks figuratively of the Messiah using his enemies as a footstool to mean that Yahweh would make those enemies stop resisting the Messiah and submit to him. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3603	LUK	20	43	m418	figs-metaphor	ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	a footstool for your feet	If your readers would not know what a footstool is, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something on which you can rest your feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3604	LUK	20	44	m419	figs-quotesinquotes	Δαυεὶδ οὖν, Κύριον, αὐτὸν καλεῖ	1	David therefore calls him ‘Lord’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “David therefore calls the Messiah his Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3605	LUK	20	44	zk2h	figs-explicit	Δαυεὶδ οὖν, Κύριον, αὐτὸν καλεῖ	1	David therefore calls him ‘Lord’	In this culture, an ancestor was more respected than a descendant. But to call someone Lord was to address that person as the more respected one. As the General Notes to this chapter describe, this is a paradox, that is, is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus is calling attention to this paradox to get his listeners to think more deeply about who the Messiah is. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what makes this a paradox. Alternate translation: “David therefore addresses the Messiah respectfully as his Lord. But if the Messiah is his descendant, David should be the more respected person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3606	LUK	20	44	k1tp	figs-rquestion	καὶ πῶς υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν	1	And how is he his son	Like the question in 20:41, this seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer, even though he is also using it to teach. It is a difficult question, like the ones they asked him, which he answered well. They will not be able to answer his question, and this should give them a further appreciation for his wisdom, in addition to what they might learn from reflecting on the question later. So it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So why do people say that the Messiah is David’s descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3607	LUK	20	44	m427	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Jesus is using this word to show that a conclusion should be drawn as a result of what he has just said, and that this conclusion would be different from what his listeners had previoiusly believed. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3608	LUK	20	44	m426	figs-metaphor	υἱός	1	son	Here Jesus is using the term son figuratively to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3609	LUK	20	45	k3pf	grammar-connect-time-sequential	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to indicate that after asking his own difficult question to the people who had been trying to trap him, Jesus turned to speak to his disciples. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
3610	LUK	20	45	m420	figs-hyperbole	παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ	1	all the people	Luke is generalizing to refer to everyone who was present as Jesus was teaching. Alternate translation: “all the people who were there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3611	LUK	20	46	m421	figs-metonymy	προσέχετε ἀπὸ τῶν γραμματέων	1	Beware of the scribes	Jesus says beware to warn about the influence of these people. He is not saying that the scribes themselves are physically dangerous, but that it would be dangerous spiritually to follow their example. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to follow the example of the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3612	LUK	20	46	ang2	translate-symaction	θελόντων περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς	1	who desire to walk in long robes	In this culture, long robes were a symbol of wealth and status. To walk around in public in a long robe was to assert wealth and status. Alternate translation: “who like to walk around looking important in their long robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
3613	LUK	20	46	m422	figs-explicit	φιλούντων ἀσπασμοὺς	1	love greetings	The implication is that these would be respectful greetings, in which the scribes would be addressed by important titles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “love to be greeted respectfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3614	LUK	20	46	m423	figs-metaphor	πρωτοκαθεδρίας…πρωτοκλισίας	1	the first seats … the first places	As in 14:7, first here figuratively means “best.” Alternate translation: “the best seats … the best places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3615	LUK	20	47	m424	figs-metonymy	οἳ κατεσθίουσιν τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν	1	They devour the houses of widows	Jesus speaks figuratively of the houses of widows to mean their wealth and possessions, which they would have in their houses. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3616	LUK	20	47	c7yv	figs-metaphor	οἳ κατεσθίουσιν τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν	1	They devour the houses of widows	Jesus says figuratively that the scribes devour or eat up the possessions of widows to mean that they continually ask the widows for money until the widows have none left. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3617	LUK	20	47	g67x		προφάσει μακρὰ προσεύχονται	1	for a pretext they pray at length	Here, pretext refers to something that someone would do in order to appear a certain way. Alternate translation: “in order to seem godly, they offer long prayers”
3618	LUK	20	47	zpp5	figs-metonymy	οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα	1	These will receive greater condemnation	Jesus is using the word condemnation figuratively to mean the punishment that a person would receive after being condemned (found guilty) for doing something wrong. Alternate translation: “These scribes will receive greater punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3619	LUK	20	47	zpx5	figs-explicit	οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα	1	These will receive greater condemnation	The implication seems to be that these proud and greedy scribes will receive greater punishment than they would have if they had not pretended to be so godly. It is also implicit that God will be the one who punishes them. Alternate translation: “God will punish these scribes more severely because they do all these wrong things while pretending to be godly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3620	LUK	21	intro	ny7d			0		Luke 21 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus teaches about a widow who gave her little money to God (21:1-4) Jesus tells his disciples what will happen before he returns (21:5-38) Special concepts in this chapter “the times of the nations” The Jews spoke of the time between when the Babylonians forced their ancestors to go to Babylon and the time when the Messiah would come as “the times of the nations.” In this expression, the term “nations” means people groups who are not Jews, that is, the Gentiles. So this expression meant the time when the Gentiles ruled over the Jews. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Paradox A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. There is a paradox in this chapter. Jesus tells his disciples in 21:16, “they will put to death some of you,” but then, in 21:18, he tells them, “not even a hair of your head will perish.” As a note to 21:18 explains, Jesus means this second statement in a spiritual sense.
3621	LUK	21	1	k2zb	writing-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
3622	LUK	21	1	m425	writing-newevent	εἶδεν τοὺς βάλλοντας εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον τὰ δῶρα αὐτῶν πλουσίους	1	he saw the rich who were putting their gifts into the treasury	This background information that Luke provides introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “he noticed that there were some rich people who were placing gifts of money in the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
3623	LUK	21	1	m428	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς…πλουσίους	1	the rich	Jesus is using the adjective rich as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “rich people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3624	LUK	21	1	nf4c	figs-explicit	τὰ δῶρα	1	gifts	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what the gifts were. Alternate translation: “gifts of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3625	LUK	21	1	unv2	figs-metonymy	τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον	1	the treasury	Luke is figuratively describing the boxes in the temple courtyard where people put money that they were giving to God by association with the name of the place where this money would be kept until it was needed, the treasury. Alternate translation: “the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3626	LUK	21	2	xrk2	writing-participants	εἶδεν δέ τινα χήραν πενιχρὰν	1	And he saw a certain poor widow	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “There was also a poor widow there, and Jesus saw her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3627	LUK	21	2	vzu8	translate-bmoney	λεπτὰ δύο	1	two lepta	The word lepta is the plural of “lepton.” A lepton was a small bronze or copper coin equivalent to a few minutes’ wages. It was the least valuable coin that people used in this culture. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “two pennies” or “two small coins of little value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
3628	LUK	21	3	i8gf	figs-explicit	εἶπεν	1	he said	Jesus is still speaking to his disciples, as in 20:45. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he said to his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3629	LUK	21	3	t97j		ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
3630	LUK	21	3	rwt3	figs-metaphor	ἡ χήρα αὕτη ἡ πτωχὴ, πλεῖον πάντων ἔβαλεν	1	this poor widow put in more than all	Even though it is not literally true that the widow has put more money into the offering box than all the rich people, this is still not figurative language. As Jesus explains in the next verse, he means that she has put in proportionately more than all the others, relative to her means, and that is literally true. But Jesus makes the seemingly untrue statement first, to get his disciples to reflect on how it can be true. So it would be appropriate to translate Jesus’ words directly and not interpret them as if they were figurative. For example, it would be a figurative interpretation to say, “God considers what this poor widow has given to be more valuable than the gifts of all the others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3631	LUK	21	3	m429	figs-explicit	πάντων	1	all	In context, all means specifically all of the rich people who were putting large monetary gifts in the collection boxes. Alternate translation: “all of those rich people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3632	LUK	21	4	x3qb		ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον εἰς τὰ δῶρα	1	put in the gifts out of their abundance	Alternate translation: “had a lot of money but only gave a small portion of it”
3633	LUK	21	4	gaj8		αὕτη δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ὑστερήματος αὐτῆς, πάντα τὸν βίον ὃν εἶχεν ἔβαλεν	1	But she, out of her poverty, put in all the livelihood that she had	Alternate translation: “But she only had a very little money but gave everything she had to live on”
3634	LUK	21	5	vgp3	figs-explicit	τινων	1	some	The implication is that these were some of Jesus’ disciples. Alternate translation: “some of Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3635	LUK	21	5	m430	figs-activepassive	κεκόσμηται	1	it was decorated	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “people had decorated it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3636	LUK	21	5	vk7z	figs-metonymy	ἀναθέμασιν	1	offerings	In this context, offerings refers specifically to golden ornaments that people had given to beautify the temple and its courtyards. The ornaments were known by this name since people had given them as offerings. Alternate translation: “ornaments that people had donated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3637	LUK	21	6	lcz6		ταῦτα ἃ θεωρεῖτε	1	These things that you are looking at	Alternate translation: “As for this beautiful temple and its decorations”
3638	LUK	21	6	wcd9	figs-idiom	ἐλεύσονται ἡμέραι ἐν αἷς	1	the days will come in which	Here Jesus is using the term days figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “there will be a time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3639	LUK	21	6	jfl1	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται λίθος ἐπὶ λίθῳ	1	stone upon stone will not be left	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “your enemies will not leave one stone upon another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3640	LUK	21	6	ajx2		οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται λίθος ἐπὶ λίθῳ	1	stone upon stone will not be left	If it would be clearer in your language, you could make this statement in positive form. Alternate translation: “your enemies will topple every stone off the stone it is resting on”
3641	LUK	21	6	dps1	figs-hyperbole	οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται λίθος ἐπὶ λίθῳ	1	stone upon stone will not be left	See how you translated the similar expression “they will not leave stone upon stone” in 19:44. Here as well this is a figurative overstatement to emphasize how completely the enemies of the Jews will destroy the temple. Alternate translation: “your enemies will completely destroy this building of stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3642	LUK	21	6	m431		ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται	1	which will not be torn down	If it would be clearer in your language, you could make this statement in positive form and make it a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Every stone will be torn down”
3643	LUK	21	6	m432	figs-activepassive	ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται	1	which will not be torn down	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this as a separate sentence with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. (In the alternate translation that is suggested here, “they” would mean “your enemies,” and “it” would mean “this building of stone,” as in the alternate translation in the last note to the previous phrase in this verse.) Alternate translation: “They will tear it all down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3644	LUK	21	7	rix4	writing-pronouns	ἐπηρώτησαν…αὐτὸν	1	they asked him	The pronoun they refers to Jesus’ disciples, and the word him refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the disciples asked Jesus” or “Jesus’ disciples asked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3645	LUK	21	7	m433		Διδάσκαλε	1	Teacher	Teacher is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
3646	LUK	21	7	a11j	figs-explicit	πότε οὖν ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα γίνεσθαι	1	when therefore will these things be, and what will be the sign when these things are about to happen	The phrase these things refers implicitly to what Jesus has just said about enemies destroying the temple. Alternate translation: “then when will the temple be destroyed, and how will we know that our enemies are about to destroy it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3647	LUK	21	8	vu18	figs-activepassive	μὴ πλανηθῆτε	1	you are not deceived	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “no one deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3648	LUK	21	8	f1ed	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	in my name	Here Jesus uses the word name figuratively to mean identity. The people he is talking about will likely not say that their name is Jesus, but they will claim to be the Messiah. Alternate translation: “claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3649	LUK	21	8	h6zp	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I am he	The implication is that he means the Messiah. Alternate translation: “I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3650	LUK	21	8	m434	figs-explicit	ὁ καιρὸς ἤγγικεν	1	The time has come near	This implicitly means the time when God will establish his kingdom, which these false Messiahs would understand to mean defeating their enemies. Alternate translation: “God is about to establish his kingdom” or “God is about to defeat all of our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3651	LUK	21	8	sls1	figs-metaphor	μὴ πορευθῆτε ὀπίσω αὐτῶν	1	Do not go after them	Here the expression go after seems to have a figurative sense like that of the term follow, found in 5:27 and several other places in the book, meaning to become someone’s disciple. Alternate translation: “Do not become their disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3652	LUK	21	9	p5w5	figs-doublet	πολέμους καὶ ἀκαταστασίας	1	wars and rebellions	The term wars probably refers to countries fighting against each other, and the term rebellions probably refers to people fighting against their own leaders or against other people in their own countries. Jesus may be using the two terms together to refer generally to violent fighting. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “of armed conflicts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
3653	LUK	21	9	eze2	figs-activepassive	μὴ πτοηθῆτε	1	do not be terrified	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “do not let these things terrify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3654	LUK	21	9	m435	grammar-connect-logic-result	δεῖ γὰρ ταῦτα γενέσθαι πρῶτον	1	for these things must happen first	If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this phrase before do not be terrified, as UST does, since this phrase gives the reason why followers of Jesus should not be terrified. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3655	LUK	21	9	msn6	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ οὐκ εὐθέως τὸ τέλος	1	but not immediately the end	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “but the end will not happen immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
3656	LUK	21	9	jyh8	figs-explicit	τὸ τέλος	1	the end	This implicitly means the end of the world. Alternate translation: “the end of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3657	LUK	21	10	yj1i	writing-pronouns	τότε ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς	1	Then he said to them	The pronoun he refers to Jesus, and the word them refers to his disciples. Since this is a continuation of Jesus speaking from the previous verse, some languages may prefer to leave out this phrase, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said to his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3658	LUK	21	10	m436	figs-parallelism	ἐγερθήσεται ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Different groups of people will attack each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
3659	LUK	21	10	ms79	figs-genericnoun	ἐγερθήσεται ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος	1	Nation will rise against nation	The word nation represents nations in general, not one particular nation. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
3660	LUK	21	10	ax4w	figs-metonymy	ἐγερθήσεται ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος	1	Nation will rise against nation	The term nation refers figuratively to the people of one nationality or ethnic group. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3661	LUK	21	10	m437	figs-idiom	ἐγερθήσεται ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος	1	Nation will rise against nation	The expression rise against is an idiom that means to attack. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3662	LUK	21	10	e65b	figs-ellipsis	καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	and kingdom against kingdom	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
3663	LUK	21	10	m438	figs-genericnoun	βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	kingdom against kingdom	The word kingdom represents kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
3664	LUK	21	10	m439	figs-metonymy	βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	kingdom against kingdom	The term kingdom figuratively represents the people of a kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3665	LUK	21	11	ib3l		φόβηθρά	1	terrifying events	Alternate translation: “events that terrify people” or “events that cause people to be very afraid”
3666	LUK	21	11	m440	figs-metonymy	σημεῖα ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ μεγάλα	1	great signs from heaven	Here, the term heaven could mean: (1) based on what Jesus says in 21:25 about signs in the sun, moon, and stars, it has the sense of “sky.” Alternate translation: “great signs in the sky” (2) a way of referring to God figuratively by association, since heaven is the abode of God. Alternate translation: “great signs from God” or “great signs that God sends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3667	LUK	21	12	unm4	figs-metonymy	τούτων	1	these things	This refers implicitly to the things that Jesus has said will happen. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3668	LUK	21	12	w5uz	figs-metonymy	ἐπιβαλοῦσιν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν	1	they will lay their hands on you	This expression figuratively means to arrest a person by association with the way that arresting officers might physically take hold of that person. Alternate translation: “they will arrest you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3669	LUK	21	12	qd99	writing-pronouns	ἐπιβαλοῦσιν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν	1	they will lay their hands on you	The pronoun they refers to the government authorities, who will be led to arrest the followers of Jesus by their enemies, as Jesus explains in 21:16. Alternate translation: “the authorities will arrest you” or “your enemies will get the authorities to arrest you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3670	LUK	21	12	w2i4	figs-metonymy	παραδιδόντες εἰς τὰς συναγωγὰς	1	delivering you to the synagogues	The term synagogues figuratively means the leaders of the synagogues, who had the authority to put Jews on trial. Alternate translation: “turning you over for trial to the leaders of the synagogues” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3671	LUK	21	12	xt6d	figs-ellipsis	τὰς συναγωγὰς καὶ φυλακάς, ἀπαγομένους ἐπὶ	1	the synagogues and prisons, bringing you before	Jesus is speaking compactly here. Alternate translation: “the synagogue rulers, who will put you in prison and bring you before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
3672	LUK	21	12	m441	figs-metonymy	ἀπαγομένους ἐπὶ	1	bringing you before	This expression figuratively means to turn someone over to an authority for trial, where the person would stand before the authority and answer the charges. Alternate translation: “turning you over for trial to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3673	LUK	21	12	cwq9	figs-metonymy	ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀνόματός μου	1	for the sake of my name	Here, name figuratively represents Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you are my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3674	LUK	21	13	d98x		ἀποβήσεται ὑμῖν εἰς μαρτύριον	1	It will turn out for you for a testimony	Alternate translation: “This will give you an opportunity to speak about how you believe in me”
3675	LUK	21	14	q1s1	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	οὖν	1	But	But is usually translated “therefore” because it typically introduces a result or conclusion from something that has just been said. However, in some cases, including this one, the term instead indicates a contrast with what has just been said. Knowing they would be put on trial, Jesus’ disciples would naturally want to think about how to defend themselves, but Jesus is telling them, by contrast, not to do that. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
3676	LUK	21	14	he8s	figs-metaphor	θέτε…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	put in your hearts	Jesus speaks figuratively of his disciples’ hearts as if they were containers in which the disciples could put the resolution he describes. Alternate translation: “make up your minds” or “decide firmly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3677	LUK	21	14	m442	figs-metaphor	θέτε…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	put in your hearts	Jesus is using the disciples’ hearts figuratively to represent their minds. Alternate translation: “make up your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3678	LUK	21	14	usf9	figs-explicit	μὴ προμελετᾶν ἀπολογηθῆναι	1	not to prepare to be defended	The implication is that Jesus’ disciples would be thinking about how to defend themselves against their enemies’ accusations. Alternate translation: “not to try to figure out ahead of time what you should say in order to defend yourself against the accusations of your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3679	LUK	21	14	m443	figs-activepassive	ἀπολογηθῆναι	1	to be defended	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to defend yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3680	LUK	21	15	m788	translate-versebridge	γὰρ	1	For	Jesus is giving the reason why his disciples should do what he told them in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this reason before the result by creating a verse bridge. You could combine 21:14 and 21:15, putting all of 21:15 first, followed by all of 21:14. You could begin 21:15 with “Since” and have no introductory word for 21:14, or you could have no introductory word for 21:15 and begin 21:14 with “So.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
3681	LUK	21	15	z6ua	figs-metonymy	στόμα καὶ σοφίαν	1	a mouth and wisdom	Jesus is using the term mouth figuratively to refer to speech. Alternate translation: “speech and wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3682	LUK	21	15	gm5t	figs-hendiadys	στόμα καὶ σοφίαν	1	a mouth and wisdom	The phrase a mouth and wisdom expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The word wisdom describes what kind of speech Jesus will give the disciples. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “wise things to say” or “wise responses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
3683	LUK	21	15	d3zh	figs-doublenegatives	ᾗ οὐ δυνήσονται ἀντιστῆναι ἢ ἀντειπεῖν, πάντες οἱ ἀντικείμενοι ὑμῖν	1	that all the ones opposing you will not be able to resist or contradict	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of the negative word not combined with the negative verbs resist and contradict as a single positive statement. (See note just below explaining that these two verbs likely form a doublet.) Alternate translation: “that all of your adversaries will have to agree are true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
3684	LUK	21	15	m444	figs-doublet	ἀντιστῆναι ἢ ἀντειπεῖν	1	to resist or contradict	The terms resist and contradict mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms into a single, equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to deny” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
3685	LUK	21	16	xc2s	figs-activepassive	παραδοθήσεσθε…καὶ ὑπὸ γονέων, καὶ ἀδελφῶν, καὶ συγγενῶν, καὶ φίλων	1	you will be delivered even by parents, and brothers, and relatives, and friends	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “even your parents, brothers, relatives, and friends will turn you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3686	LUK	21	16	m445	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφῶν	1	brothers	Here, the term brothers has a generic sense that includes both brothers and sisters. Alternate translation: “siblings” or “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
3687	LUK	21	16	ue17	writing-pronouns	θανατώσουσιν ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	they will put to death some of you	The pronoun they could mean: (1) “the authorities will kill some of you.” (2) “those who turn you in will kill some of you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3688	LUK	21	17	m446	figs-activepassive	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1	you will be hated by all	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3689	LUK	21	17	wbh8	figs-hyperbole	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1	you will be hated by all	The term all is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “many people will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3690	LUK	21	17	lm66	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	because of my name	Here, name figuratively represents Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you are my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3691	LUK	21	18	m447	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	Jesus uses this word to introduce a contrast with what he has just said. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
3692	LUK	21	18	m448	figs-doublenegatives	θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται	1	a hair of your head will not at all perish	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of the negative words not at all combined with the negative verb perish as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “God will keep you entirely safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
3693	LUK	21	18	y7bi	figs-synecdoche	θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται	1	a hair of your head will not at all perish	Jesus speaks of one of the smallest parts of a person to mean the entire person. Alternate translation: “God will keep you entirely safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3694	LUK	21	18	m449		θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται	1	a hair of your head will not at all perish	If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate who will make sure that the disciples do not perish. Alternate translation: “God will keep you entirely safe”
3695	LUK	21	18	m450	figs-metaphor	θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται	1	a hair of your head will not at all perish	Since Jesus says in 21:16 that some of them would be put to death, he must be speaking figuratively here. He means that his disciples will not perish spiritually; that is, their souls will be saved. Alternate translation: “God will keep you entirely safe spiritually” or “God will save your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3696	LUK	21	19	g85h		ἐν τῇ ὑπομονῇ ὑμῶν	1	By your endurance	Alternate translation: “If you remain faithful to me”
3697	LUK	21	19	r5zc		κτήσασθε τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν	1	you will gain your souls	The soul means the eternal part of a person. Alternate translation: “you will receive eternal life”
3698	LUK	21	20	nqb6	figs-activepassive	κυκλουμένην ὑπὸ στρατοπέδων Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Jerusalem surrounded by armies	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “armies surrounding Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3699	LUK	21	20	m451	translate-names	Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Jerusalem	Jerusalem is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3700	LUK	21	20	dfy7	figs-abstractnouns	ἤγγικεν ἡ ἐρήμωσις αὐτῆς	1	its desolation is near	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun desolation with a verb such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “those armies will soon destroy it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3701	LUK	21	21	m452	translate-names	τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ	1	Judea	Judea is the name of a province. Alternate translation: “the other parts of the province of Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3702	LUK	21	21	m453	figs-explicit	εἰς τὰ ὄρη	1	to the mountains	The implication is that people who fled to the mountains would be safe there. Alternate translation: “to the mountains, where they will be safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3703	LUK	21	21	ubh7	writing-pronouns	ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῆς	1	in the midst of it	Here the pronoun it means Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “within the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3704	LUK	21	21	m454	figs-explicit	οἱ ἐν ταῖς χώραις, μὴ εἰσερχέσθωσαν εἰς αὐτήν	1	let those in the fields not enter into it	The term fields refers implicitly to the farms around Jerusalem that provided the main food supply for the city. Alternate translation: “the people living on the farms around the city should not seek shelter within its protective walls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3705	LUK	21	21	m455		οἱ ἐν ταῖς χώραις, μὴ εἰσερχέσθωσαν εἰς αὐτήν	1	let those in the fields not enter into it	If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this positively. Alternate translation: “the people living on the farms around the city should stay outside of it where they will be safer”
3706	LUK	21	22	vs2g	figs-idiom	ἡμέραι ἐκδικήσεως αὗταί εἰσιν	1	these are days of vengeance	Jesus is using the term days figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “this will be the time when God punishes this city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3707	LUK	21	22	m456	figs-abstractnouns	ἡμέραι ἐκδικήσεως αὗταί εἰσιν	1	these are days of vengeance	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun vengeance with a verb such as “punish.” Alternate translation: “this will be the time when God punishes this city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3708	LUK	21	22	eba2	figs-activepassive	τοῦ πλησθῆναι πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα	1	to fulfill all the things that have been written	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “when all the things that the prophets wrote in the Scriptures will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3709	LUK	21	22	m457	figs-hyperbole	πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα	1	all the things that have been written	Here, all has a limited meaning. It does not mean everything that the prophets wrote about every subject. Rather, it means specifically all that the prophets wrote about this particular event. Alternate translation: “that the prophets wrote in the Scriptures about how Jerusalem would be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3710	LUK	21	23	m458	figs-idiom	ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις	1	the ones having in the womb	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “to women who are pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3711	LUK	21	23	e1pj		ταῖς θηλαζούσαις	1	the ones nursing	This does not mean babies who are nursing. Alternate translation: “mothers who are nursing their babies”
3712	LUK	21	23	m459	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	in those days	Jesus is using the term days figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3713	LUK	21	23	m460	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	Jesus uses this word to introduce the reason why it will be very difficult for pregnant women and nursing mothers at this time. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put the sentence that this word introduces first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that the other sentence in the verse describes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3714	LUK	21	23	m461	figs-parallelism	ἔσται…ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ὀργὴ τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ	1	there will be great distress upon the land and wrath to this people	If the word land figuratively means the people who live in the land (see note below), then these two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus may be using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “God will angrily punish the people who live in this land by making them suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
3715	LUK	21	23	mzp3	figs-metonymy	ἔσται…ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	there will be great distress upon the land	The term land could be: (1) a figurative reference to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “the people who live in this land will suffer greatly” (2) literal. Alternate translation: “there will be physical disasters in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3716	LUK	21	23	m462	figs-abstractnouns	ἔσται…ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	there will be great distress upon the land	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun distress with a verb such as “suffer.” Alternate translation: “the people who live in this land will suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3717	LUK	21	23	iw4r	figs-metonymy	καὶ ὀργὴ τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ	1	and wrath to this people	Jesus is using the word wrath figuratively to mean what God will do in his wrath. Alternate translation: “and God will angrily punish this people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3718	LUK	21	24	lmj8	figs-metonymy	πεσοῦνται	1	they will fall	Here, fall figuratively means to die by association with the way that people who die fall to the ground. Alternate translation: “they will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3719	LUK	21	24	m463	figs-metaphor	στόματι μαχαίρης	1	by the mouth of the sword	Here, the term mouth may be a figurative way of saying “edge” or “end,” by analogy to the way that the mouth of an animal is typically at one end of the animal. Alternate translation: “by the edge of the sword” or “when soldiers kill them with their swords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3720	LUK	21	24	m464	figs-personification	στόματι μαχαίρης	1	by the mouth of the sword	This phrase could also be depicting the sword figuratively as a devouring monster. Alternate translation: “as if swords were eating them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
3721	LUK	21	24	m465	figs-genericnoun	μαχαίρης	1	the sword	The word sword represents swords in general, not one particular sword. Alternate translation: “of the swords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
3722	LUK	21	24	m466	figs-synecdoche	μαχαίρης	1	the sword	Jesus may figuratively be using one kind of weapon, the sword, to represent all weapons. Alternate translation: “of the weapons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3723	LUK	21	24	cg3n	figs-activepassive	αἰχμαλωτισθήσονται εἰς τὰ ἔθνη πάντα	1	they will be led captive into all the nations	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “their enemies will capture them and take them away into other countries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3724	LUK	21	24	zn4e	figs-hyperbole	εἰς τὰ ἔθνη πάντα	1	into all the nations	The word all is a generalization that emphasizes that their enemies will take the people away to many other countries. Alternate translation: “into many other countries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3725	LUK	21	24	m467	figs-metonymy	ἐθνῶν	1	nations	Jesus is using the term nations figuratively to mean the places where various people groups live. Alternate translation: “countries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3726	LUK	21	24	d356	figs-metaphor	Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἔσται πατουμένη ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν	1	Jerusalem will be trampled by the nations	Jesus speaks figuratively of the Gentiles walking all over the city of Jerusalem. This image could be: (1) of people walking around on land that they own or control. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will occupy Jerusalem” (2) of walking over something to flatten it. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will completely destroy Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3727	LUK	21	24	m468	figs-metaphor	Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἔσται πατουμένη ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν	1	Jerusalem will be trampled by the nations	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will occupy Jerusalem” or “the Gentiles will completely destroy Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3728	LUK	21	24	m469	figs-explicit	ἐθνῶν	2	the nations	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that by the nations, he means in this instance the people groups who are not Jews. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3729	LUK	21	24	na6l	figs-activepassive	ἄχρι οὗ πληρωθῶσιν καιροὶ ἐθνῶν	1	until the times of the nations are fulfilled	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. (See the discussion of the meaning of this phrase in the General Notes to this chapter.) Alternate translation: “until the time when the Gentiles rule the Jews is over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3730	LUK	21	25	bza4	figs-metonymy	συνοχὴ ἐθνῶν	1	distress of nations	As in 21:10, the term nations here refers figuratively to the people of one nationality or ethnic group. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations will be distressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3731	LUK	21	25	sz1c	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἀπορίᾳ ἤχους θαλάσσης καὶ σάλου	1	in perplexity at the roaring and tossing of the sea	These storms could be literal. Jesus may be saying that there will be larger and more frequent hurricanes at this time. However, they could also be figurative. Jesus may be using the image of being in a storm at sea to portray how the people will feel about what they are experiencing. You could represent this possible metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They will be as anxious as they would be in a great storm at sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3732	LUK	21	25	m470	figs-doublet	ἤχους θαλάσσης καὶ σάλου	1	at the roaring and tossing of the sea	Jesus may be using the words roaring and tossing together to depict a great storm in the ocean, whose waves would rise up high and make loud sounds. If you decide to retain the metaphor in your translation, you could translate these words with a single expression. Alternate translation: “about the great storms at sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
3733	LUK	21	26	m471	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων	1	men	Here Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
3734	LUK	21	26	m472	figs-hendiadys	ἀπὸ φόβου καὶ προσδοκίας	1	from fear and expectation	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The term fear describes what the expectation of people will be like. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “from fearful expectation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
3735	LUK	21	26	az37		τῶν ἐπερχομένων τῇ οἰκουμένῃ	1	the things that are coming upon the inhabited world	Alternate translation: “of the things that are happening in the world” or “of the things that are happening to the world”
3736	LUK	21	26	m473	grammar-connect-logic-result	αἱ γὰρ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται	1	for the powers of the heavens will be shaken	If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this statement first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that the rest of the verse describes. You could begin this statement with “Since,” or you could have no introductory word for it and introduce the rest of the verse with “and so.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3737	LUK	21	26	wn9g	figs-idiom	αἱ…δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται	1	the powers of the heavens will be shaken	The phrase the powers of the heavens is most likely an idiomatic reference back to the sun, moon, and stars, which Jesus mentioned at the beginning of the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the sun, moon, and stars will be shaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3738	LUK	21	26	m474	figs-activepassive	αἱ…δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται	1	the powers of the heavens will be shaken	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will shake the sun, moon, and stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3739	LUK	21	27	m475	writing-pronouns	ὄψονται	1	they will see	The pronoun they refers to the people of the nations, about whom Jesus has been speaking since 21:25. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations will see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3740	LUK	21	27	k9pr	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
3741	LUK	21	27	m476	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3742	LUK	21	27	wyj9	figs-explicit	ἐρχόμενον ἐν νεφέλῃ	1	coming in a cloud	Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that this means coming down from heaven in a cloud. Alternate translation: “coming down from heaven in a cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3743	LUK	21	27	acp6	figs-hendiadys	μετὰ δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης πολλῆς	1	with power and much glory	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The term glory describes what kind of power Jesus will have. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “with very glorious power” or “shining brightly because he is so powerful” or, if you decided to use the first person, “shining brightly because I am so powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
3744	LUK	21	27	m477	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης πολλῆς	1	with power and much glory	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns power and glory with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “shining brightly because he is so powerful” or, if you decided to use the first person, “shining brightly because I am so powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3745	LUK	21	28	mv82	translate-symaction	ἀνακύψατε καὶ ἐπάρατε τὰς κεφαλὰς ὑμῶν	1	stand up and lift up your heads	Jesus tells his disciples to assume this posture rather than fearfully crouching down and looking down, to demonstrate their confidence that God is coming to deliver them. Alternate translation: “confidently stand up straight and hold your heads high” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
3746	LUK	21	28	up9z	figs-metonymy	διότι ἐγγίζει ἡ ἀπολύτρωσις ὑμῶν	1	because your deliverance is coming near	Jesus is speaking figuratively of God as if he himself were the deliverance that he is going to bring. Alternate translation: “because God will soon deliver you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3747	LUK	21	28	m478	figs-abstractnouns	διότι ἐγγίζει ἡ ἀπολύτρωσις ὑμῶν	1	because your deliverance is coming near	If it would be clearer in your language, you could represent the idea behind the abstract noun deliverance with a verb such as “deliver.” Alternate translation: “because God will soon deliver you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3748	LUK	21	29	h6a9	figs-parables	καὶ εἶπεν παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς	1	And he spoke a parable to them	Jesus now gives a brief illustration to teach something that is true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then he gave his disciples this illustration to help them understand what he had been saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
3749	LUK	21	29	m479	figs-genericnoun	τὴν συκῆν	1	the fig tree	Jesus is speaking of these trees in general, not one particular fig tree. Alternate translation: “the fig trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
3750	LUK	21	29	m480	translate-unknown	τὴν συκῆν	1	the fig tree	See how you translated this in 13:6. Alternate translation: “the fruit trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3751	LUK	21	30	l2ts		ὅταν προβάλωσιν	1	When they already sprout	Alternate translation: “When they start to grow new leaves”
3752	LUK	21	30	yic5		ἤδη ἐγγὺς τὸ θέρος ἐστίν	1	the summer is already near	Alternate translation: “summer is about to start” or “the warm season is about to start”
3753	LUK	21	31	y81z		ταῦτα	1	these things	Alternate translation: “the signs I have just described”
3754	LUK	21	31	t1ca	figs-abstractnouns	ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the kingdom of God is near	See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God will soon begin to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3755	LUK	21	32	gsh9		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
3756	LUK	21	32	h921	figs-metonymy	ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη	1	this generation	Jesus uses the term generation figuratively to mean the people who were born a certain generation. This could mean: (1) “the people who are alive when these signs first start happening.” (2) “the people who are alive now.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3757	LUK	21	32	m3il		οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ…ἕως ἂν	1	will certainly not pass away until	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “will still be alive when”
3758	LUK	21	32	m481		πάντα	1	all	Alternate translation: “all of these things”
3759	LUK	21	33	t53u	figs-merism	ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσονται	1	The heaven and the earth will pass away	Jesus is using heaven and earth together figuratively to describe all of creation. Here, the term heaven refers to the sky, not to the abode of God, which will not cease to exist. Alternate translation: “Everything that God originally created will someday cease to exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
3760	LUK	21	33	c3yl	figs-metonymy	οἱ δὲ λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται	1	but my words will certainly not pass away	Jesus is using the term words figuratively to refer to what he has just said. Alternate translation: “but everything that I have said will always continue to be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3761	LUK	21	33	kym8		οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται	1	will certainly not pass away	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “will remain forever” or “will always be true”
3762	LUK	21	34	m482	figs-activepassive	μήποτε βαρηθῶσιν ὑμῶν αἱ καρδίαι ἐν κρεπάλῃ, καὶ μέθῃ, καὶ μερίμναις βιωτικαῖς	1	so that your hearts may not be burdened with hangover and drunkenness and everyday worries	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that drunken hangovers and everyday worries do not dull your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3763	LUK	21	34	y2qk	figs-metaphor	μήποτε βαρηθῶσιν ὑμῶν αἱ καρδίαι ἐν κρεπάλῃ, καὶ μέθῃ, καὶ μερίμναις βιωτικαῖς	1	so that your hearts may not be burdened with hangover and drunkenness and everyday worries	Jesus speaks figuratively of these things as if they would be a weight pressing down on the minds of his disciples. Alternate translation: “so that drunken hangovers and everyday worries do not dull your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3764	LUK	21	34	r69y	figs-metaphor	ὑμῶν αἱ καρδίαι	1	your hearts	Here, the heart figuratively represents the mind. Alternate translation: “your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3765	LUK	21	34	se3c	figs-hendiadys	κρεπάλῃ, καὶ μέθῃ	1	hangover and drunkenness	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The term drunkenness explains the source of the hangover. Alternate translation: “drunken hangovers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
3766	LUK	21	34	unw9		μερίμναις βιωτικαῖς	1	everyday worries	Alternate translation: “the cares of this life”
3767	LUK	21	34	x8jh	figs-personification	ἐπιστῇ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς αἰφνίδιος ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη	1	that sudden day will come upon you	Jesus speaks figuratively of this day as if it could actively spring upon his disciples like a trap. (The traditional verse divisions put the phrase “like a trap” at the start of the next verse. A note will discuss it there.) This could mean one of two things, depending on whether sudden is understood as an adjective or with the sense of an adverb. Alternate translation: “that day you are not expecting will come upon you” or “that day will come upon you suddenly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
3768	LUK	21	34	r486	figs-explicit	καὶ ἐπιστῇ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς αἰφνίδιος ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη	1	and that sudden day will come upon you	The implication is that this is why Jesus is telling his disciples to pay attention to themselves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for if you are not careful, that day you are not expecting will come upon you” or “for if you are not careful, that day will come upon you suddenly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3769	LUK	21	34	q6ph	figs-explicit	καὶ ἐπιστῇ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς αἰφνίδιος ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη	1	and that sudden day will come upon you	This implicitly means the day when Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “the day when I return, which you will not be expecting, will come upon you” or “the day when I return will come upon you suddenly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3770	LUK	21	35	m483	figs-simile	ὡς παγίς	1	like a trap	Jesus says figuratively that just as a trap closes on an animal when the animal is not expecting it, so he will return when people are not expecting it. Alternate translation: “as when a trap closes suddenly on an animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
3771	LUK	21	35	qh1b		ἐπεισελεύσεται…ἐπὶ πάντας	1	it will come upon all	Alternate translation: “it will affect all the people”
3772	LUK	21	35	m484	figs-metaphor	τοὺς καθημένους	1	who are sitting	Jesus speaks figuratively of sitting to mean “living.” Alternate translation: “who are living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3773	LUK	21	35	ry3f	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ πρόσωπον πάσης τῆς γῆς	1	on the face of the whole earth	Jesus speaks figuratively of the surface of the earth as if it were the outward part or face of a person. Alternate translation: “on the surface of the whole earth” or “all over the entire earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3774	LUK	21	36	auh8	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	But	Jesus uses this word to introduce a contrast with what he has just said. Alternate translation: “Instead,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
3775	LUK	21	36	m4l4	figs-hyperbole	ἀγρυπνεῖτε…ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ	1	stay awake in every time	The expression in every time means “all the time” or “always.” Jesus is using it figuratively, as a generalization. Alternate translation: “continue to watch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3776	LUK	21	36	m485	figs-metaphor	ἀγρυπνεῖτε	1	stay awake	Jesus is using this expression in a figurative sense. Alternate translation: “stay alert” or “watch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3777	LUK	21	36	m486	figs-explicit	ἀγρυπνεῖτε	1	stay awake	The implication is that Jesus is telling his disciples to do this so that they will not be surprised when he returns. Alternate translation: “watch for the signs of my coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3778	LUK	21	36	m487	figs-metaphor	καὶ σταθῆναι ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	and to stand before the Son of Man	Here, before means “in front of” or “in the presence of” another person. Alternate translation: “and to stand in the presence of the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3779	LUK	21	36	h83d	figs-metaphor	καὶ σταθῆναι ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	and to stand before the Son of Man	Here, stand is an idiom that means to be declared innocent when judged, as in Psalm 130:3, “If you, Yahweh, would mark iniquities, Lord, who could stand?” (That is, “If you, Yahweh, kept a record of sins, no one would be declared innocent.”) Jesus is referring to the time when he will judge everyone. Alternate translation: “and so that the Son of Man will declare you innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3780	LUK	21	36	m488	figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” or “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
3781	LUK	21	36	m489	figs-explicit	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3782	LUK	21	37	tfe8	writing-endofstory	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce information about ongoing action that continues after the part of the story in 20:1-21:36 ends. Your language may have its own way of showing how such information is related to the preceding part of a story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
3783	LUK	21	37	zh1m	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple	Only priests were allowed to enter the temple building, so Luke means that Jesus was teaching in the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3784	LUK	21	37	m490	figs-activepassive	τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν	1	the hill that is called Olivet	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the hill that people call Olivet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3785	LUK	21	37	m491	translate-names	τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν	1	the hill that is called Olivet	You could also translate this entire expression as a proper name. Olivet is the name of a hill or mountain. See how you translated it in 19:29. Alternate translation: “the Mount of Olives” or “Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3786	LUK	21	38	m492	figs-hyperbole	πᾶς ὁ λαὸς	1	all the people	The word all is a generalization that emphasizes how many people came to hear Jesus teach each morning. Alternate translation: “large numbers of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3787	LUK	21	38	bky8	figs-ellipsis	ὤρθριζεν πρὸς αὐτὸν	1	were getting up early to him	Here Luke is leaving out some words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “were getting up early to come to him” or “were coming to him starting early each morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
3788	LUK	21	38	cbx2	figs-explicit	ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ	1	to hear him	The implication is that the people wanted to hear Jesus teach. Alternate translation: “to listen to him teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3789	LUK	21	38	m493	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple	Only priests were allowed to enter the temple building, so Luke figuratively means the temple courtyard. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3790	LUK	22	intro	y8nr			0		Luke 22 General Notes Structure and formatting Judas Iscariot agrees to betray Jesus to his enemies (22:1-6) Jesus shares the Passover meal with his disciples (22:7-38) Jesus prays on the Mount of Olives and is arrested there (22:39-53) Peter denies Jesus (22:54-62) Soldiers mock Jesus and the Jewish leaders question him (22:63-71) Special concepts in this chapter The meaning of the “body” and “blood” of Jesus 22:14-20 describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. During this meal, Jesus said of the bread, “This is my body,” and of the wine, “This cup is the new covenant in my blood.” As Jesus instructed, Christian churches around the world re-enact this meal regularly, calling it “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion.” But they have different understandings of what Jesus meant by these sayings. Some churches believe that Jesus was speaking figuratively and that he meant that the bread and wine represented his body and blood. Other churches believe that he was speaking literally and that the actual body and blood of Jesus are really present in the bread and wine of this ceremony. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage. The new covenant Some people think that Jesus established the new covenant during the supper. Others think he established it after he went up to heaven. Others think it will not be established until Jesus comes again. Your translation should say no more about this than ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]]) Important textual issues in this chapter “And an angel from heaven appeared to him … his sweat became like drops of blood falling on the ground” Verses 43 and 44 of Luke 22 are not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible, and so they are likely not an original part of the gospel of Luke. However, many scholars consider them to provide accurate accounts of real events in Jesus’ life that were preserved in oral or written traditions about him and copied into the book of Luke at an early stage. ULT and UST include these verses, but some other versions do not. If you decide to translate these verses, you should put them inside square brackets to indicate that they are probably not original to Luke’s gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3791	LUK	22	1	q8fa	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
3792	LUK	22	1	jjy9	figs-explicit	ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἀζύμων	1	the Festival of Unleavened Bread	During this festival the Jews did not eat bread that was made with yeast. You could translate this as either a description or as a name. Alternate translation: “the festival during which the Jews did not eat any bread that was made with yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3793	LUK	22	1	m494	figs-activepassive	ἡ λεγομένη Πάσχα	1	which is called the Passover	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which people call Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3794	LUK	22	1	m495	translate-names	Πάσχα	1	Passover	Passover is the name of a festival. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3795	LUK	22	1	u5jm		ἤγγιζεν	1	was coming near	Here Luke uses this phrase in the sense of near in time. Alternate translation: “was about to begin”
3796	LUK	22	2	m496	writing-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce further background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
3797	LUK	22	2	n9v6	figs-explicit	τὸ πῶς ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν	1	how they might kill him	These leaders did not have the authority to kill Jesus themselves. Rather, they were hoping to get others to kill him. Alternate translation: “how they might cause Jesus to be put to death” or “how they could have Jesus killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3798	LUK	22	2	aij5	figs-explicit	ἐφοβοῦντο γὰρ τὸν λαόν	1	for they were fearing the people	These leaders were not trying to have Jesus killed because they were afraid of the people. Rather, they were seeking how to have him killed, by implication quietly, because they were afraid that the people would make a great disturbance if they did this publicly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “quietly, because they were afraid that the people would riot if they did it publicly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3799	LUK	22	2	m497	figs-explicit	τὸν λαόν	1	the people	This means specifically the great crowds of people who had been coming to hear Jesus teach, as Luke describes in 21:38. Alternate translation: “the many people who were coming to hear him teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3800	LUK	22	3	m498	translate-names	Σατανᾶς	1	Satan	Satan is the name of the devil. See how you translated it in 10:18. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3801	LUK	22	3	r65v		εἰσῆλθεν…εἰς	1	entered into	This was probably very similar to demon possession. Alternate translation: “took control of”
3802	LUK	22	3	m499	translate-names	Ἰούδαν…Ἰσκαριώτην	1	Judas Iscariot	Judas is the name of a man, and Iscariot is a distinguishing surname. See how you translated these words in 6:16. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3803	LUK	22	3	m500	figs-activepassive	τὸν καλούμενον Ἰσκαριώτην	1	the one called Iscariot	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom people called Iscariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3804	LUK	22	3	m501	figs-nominaladj	ὄντα ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα	1	who was from the number of the Twelve	See how you translated this in 8:1. You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective Twelve with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “who was one of the 12 disciples whom Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3805	LUK	22	3	m502	translate-names	τῶν δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	You may have decided instead in 8:1 to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3806	LUK	22	4	qpi4	figs-explicit	στρατηγοῖς	1	captains	The temple had its own guards, and these were their commanding officers. Alternate translation: “captains of the temple guard” or “temple military officers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3807	LUK	22	4	s7qx	writing-pronouns	πῶς αὐτοῖς παραδῷ αὐτόν	1	how he might deliver him to them	The pronoun him refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “how he could help them arrest Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3808	LUK	22	5	ir4p		ἐχάρησαν	1	they rejoiced	Alternate translation: “this made the chief priests and captains very glad”
3809	LUK	22	5	usn7	figs-metonymy	αὐτῷ ἀργύριον δοῦναι	1	to give him silver	Luke is speaking figuratively of money by reference to the precious metal, silver, that gives it its value. Alternate translation: “to pay Judas money for doing this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3810	LUK	22	6	r6xx		τοῦ παραδοῦναι αὐτὸν	1	to deliver him	Alternate translation: “to help the leaders arrest Jesus”
3811	LUK	22	6	bw75		ἄτερ ὄχλου	1	away from the crowd	Alternate translation: “when there was no crowd around him”
3812	LUK	22	7	veh1	figs-explicit	ἡ ἡμέρα τῶν Ἀζύμων	1	the Day of Unleavened Bread	This was the first day of the seven-day festival described in 22:1. You could translate this as either a description or as a name, depending on what you did there. Alternate translation: “the first day of the Festival of Unleavened Bread” or “the day when the Jews removed all bread made with yeast from their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3813	LUK	22	7	rqi1	figs-metonymy	ἔδει θύεσθαι τὸ Πάσχα	1	it was necessary to sacrifice the Passover	Luke is using the name of this part of the festival, Passover, to refer figuratively to the lamb that the law of Moses told Jews to kill and eat for their celebration meal. Alternate translation: “people had to kill a lamb for their Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3814	LUK	22	8	abcs	writing-pronouns	ἀπέστειλεν	1	he sent	The pronoun he refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3815	LUK	22	8	m503	translate-names	Πέτρον…Ἰωάννην	1	Peter … John	These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in 6:14. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3816	LUK	22	8	m504	figs-youdual	πορευθέντες, ἑτοιμάσατε	1	Going, prepare	Since Jesus is speaking to two men, you as implied in the participle and imperative verb would be in the dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
3817	LUK	22	8	nkz4	figs-explicit	πορευθέντες	1	Going	The implication is that Jesus is sending Peter and John into the city of Jerusalem to do this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Your language might translate this as an imperative. Alternate translation: “Go into the city of Jerusalem and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3818	LUK	22	8	e4ev	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν…ἵνα φάγωμεν	1	us … that we may eat	Peter and John would be part of the group that would eat the meal, so the terms us and we would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
3819	LUK	22	8	m505	figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1	the Passover	Jesus is using the name of this part of the festival, Passover, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3820	LUK	22	9	j52e	figs-exclusive	θέλεις ἑτοιμάσωμεν	1	do you wish that we should prepare it	Jesus was not part of the group that would prepare the meal, so the word we does not include Jesus and it would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
3821	LUK	22	9	s8yw	figs-verbs	ἑτοιμάσωμεν	1	that we should prepare it	Peter and John are speaking as a group of two, so this verb would be in the dual form if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
3822	LUK	22	10	um6z	figs-youdual	αὐτοῖς…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν…ἀκολουθήσατε	1	them … you … you … follow	Since Jesus is speaking to two men, the pronouns them and you and the implied you in the imperative verb would all be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, they would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
3823	LUK	22	10	c13w	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Jesus uses this word to tell Peter and John to pay close attention to what he is saying and to do exactly what he tells them. It may be helpful to explain the meaning of the word more fully and to do so as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Now pay close attention to these instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3824	LUK	22	10	i45e		συναντήσει ὑμῖν ἄνθρωπος, κεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων	1	a man carrying a pitcher of water will meet you.	Alternate translation: “you will see a man carrying a pitcher of water”
3825	LUK	22	10	a677	translate-unknown	κεράμιον ὕδατος	1	a pitcher of water	This means not a small serving pitcher, but a large earthen jug, which the man would likely be carrying on his shoulder. If your language has its own term for a large container that people use to transport water, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3826	LUK	22	11	khy9	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐρεῖτε τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ τῆς οἰκίας, λέγει σοι ὁ διδάσκαλος, ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμα, ὅπου τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω?	1	say to the master of the house, ‘The Teacher says to you, “Where is the guest room where I may eat the Passover with my disciples?”’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “tell the owner of the house that the Teacher wants to know where the guest room is where he can eat the Passover meal with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3827	LUK	22	11	iv6f		ὁ διδάσκαλος	1	the Teacher	Teacher is a respectful title for Jesus. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
3828	LUK	22	11	pq8q	figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1	the Passover	Jesus is telling Peter and John to use the name of this part of the festival, Passover, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3829	LUK	22	12	lpw6		κἀκεῖνος	1	and that one	Alternate translation: “And the owner of the house”
3830	LUK	22	12	lg2z	translate-unknown	ἀνάγαιον	1	upper room	In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built above other rooms. If your community does not have houses like that, you can use another expression to describe a large indoor space that people could use for a celebration meal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3831	LUK	22	12	m506	figs-activepassive	ἐστρωμένον	1	furnished	This is a passive verbal form. If your language does not use such forms, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “that has carpets, dining couches, and a dining table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3832	LUK	22	13	m507	grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Because Jesus told Peter and John to do this, they did it. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3833	LUK	22	13	g9ty	figs-explicit	ἀπελθόντες	1	they went	The implication is that these two disciples went into the city of Jerusalem, as Jesus had told them to do. Alternate translation: “Peter and John went into the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3834	LUK	22	13	m508	figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1	the Passover	Luke is using the name of this part of the festival, Passover, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3835	LUK	22	14	j1dn	figs-idiom	ὅτε ἐγένετο ἡ ὥρα	1	when the hour came	Luke is using the term hour figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “when it was time for the meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3836	LUK	22	14	lnc6	translate-unknown	ἀνέπεσεν	1	he reclined to eat	See how you translated this in 5:29. It was the custom in this culture for dinner guests to eat while lying comfortably around the table on banqueting couches. Alternate translation: “Jesus took his place at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3837	LUK	22	15	hue3	figs-explicitinfo	ἐπιθυμίᾳ ἐπεθύμησα	1	With desire I have desired	Jesus is using a characteristic Hebrew construction, a cognate noun with a verb, to express intensity. If your language has this same construction, you can use it here. But if this construction would seem to express unnecessary extra information in your language, you could show the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I have wanted very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
3838	LUK	22	15	m509	figs-metonymy	τοῦτο τὸ Πάσχα	1	this Passover	Jesus is using the name of this part of the festival, Passover, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “this Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3839	LUK	22	15	s1sj	figs-metonymy	πρὸ τοῦ με παθεῖν	1	before I suffer	Jesus is referring figuratively to his death by association with the way that he will suffer much pain and shame as he is dying. Alternate translation: “before I experience a painful death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3840	LUK	22	16	m510	translate-versebridge	γὰρ	1	For	Jesus is giving the reason why he has been so eager to share this Passover meal with his disciples, as he said in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this reason before the result by creating a verse bridge. You could combine 22:15 and 22:16, putting all of 22:16 first, followed by all of 22:15. This would require saying “this Passover meal” in 22:16 and it in 22:15. You could have no introductory word for 22:16 and begin 22:15 with “And so.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
3841	LUK	22	16	gbj7		λέγω…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
3842	LUK	22	16	m511	figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ φάγω αὐτὸ	1	I will certainly not eat it	Since Jesus is just about to eat a Passover meal, he means implicitly that he will not eat such a meal again until the later time he describes. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not eat it again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3843	LUK	22	16	k28r	figs-activepassive	ἕως ὅτου πληρωθῇ ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	until when it is fulfilled in the kingdom of God	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter. This could mean: (1) “until people celebrate this feast in the kingdom of God.” (2) “until God gives this feast its full meaning when he establishes his kingdom.” (3) “until I die as the true Passover sacrifice and establish the kingdom of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3844	LUK	22	17	l5e6	figs-metonymy	δεξάμενος ποτήριον	1	he took a cup	Luke is using the term cup figuratively to mean what it contained, which was wine. Alternate translation: “Jesus picked up a cup of wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3845	LUK	22	17	d7pc		εὐχαριστήσας	1	having given thanks	Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “when he had given thanks to God”
3846	LUK	22	17	xvm7	figs-metonymy	διαμερίσατε εἰς ἑαυτούς	1	divide it among yourselves	Jesus meant that the apostles were to divide up the contents of the cup, not the cup itself. Alternate translation: “share the wine that is in this cup among yourselves” or “each of you drink some wine from this cup” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3847	LUK	22	18	m512	translate-versebridge	γὰρ	1	For	Jesus is giving the reason why he wants his disciples to share the wine, as he told them to do in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in 22:16 for how you might do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
3848	LUK	22	18	m78n		λέγω…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus is using this phrase to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
3849	LUK	22	18	h5tl	figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου	1	of the fruit of the vine	Jesus is referring figuratively to the juice that people squeeze from grapes that grow on grapevines as if it were the fruit or grapes themselves. Wine is made from fermented grape juice. Alternate translation: “wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3850	LUK	22	18	crv5	figs-personification	ἕως οὗ ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔλθῃ	1	until the kingdom of God comes	Jesus is speaking figuratively of the kingdom of God as if it could actively come on its own. Alternate translation: “until God establishes his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
3851	LUK	22	18	m513	figs-abstractnouns	ἕως οὗ ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔλθῃ	1	until the kingdom of God comes	See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “until God begins to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3852	LUK	22	19	m514	translate-unknown	ἄρτον	1	bread	The term bread refers to a loaf of bread, which is a lump of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. See how you translated this term in 9:13. Alternate translation: “a loaf of bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3853	LUK	22	19	nd2m	figs-explicit	ἄρτον	1	bread	Since Jews did not eat bread made with yeast during this festival, this bread would not have had any yeast in it and it would have been flat. Alternate translation: “a loaf of unleavened bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3854	LUK	22	19	m515		εὐχαριστήσας	1	when he had given thanks	Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “when he had given thanks to God”
3855	LUK	22	19	d3yc		ἔκλασεν	1	he broke it	Jesus may have divided the loaf of bread into many pieces, as UST says, or he may have divided it into two pieces and given those to the apostles to divide among themselves. If possible, use an expression in your language that would apply to either situation.
3856	LUK	22	19	m516	figs-explicit	καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς	1	and gave to them	The implication is that Jesus gave the bread to the disciples to eat. Alternate translation: “and gave it to them to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3857	LUK	22	19	d8r1	figs-metaphor	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου	1	This is my body	See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about how to translate this phrase. Christians understand this phrase to be: (1) a metaphor. Alternate translation: “This represents my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) (2) literal. Alternate translation: “My body is really present in this bread”
3858	LUK	22	19	lc9m	figs-activepassive	τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν διδόμενον	1	which is given for you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “which I am giving for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3859	LUK	22	19	cxy5	figs-explicit	τοῦτο ποιεῖτε εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἀνάμνησιν	1	Do this in my remembrance	Jesus seems to be telling his disciples implicitly that he wants them to re-enact this part of the meal regularly in the future in order to remember him. Alternate translation: “When you meet together, break and share bread like this in order to remember me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3860	LUK	22	20	m517	figs-ellipsis	καὶ τὸ ποτήριον	1	And the cup	Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And he took the cup” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
3861	LUK	22	20	z3cx	figs-metonymy	τὸ ποτήριον…τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον	1	the cup … This cup	In each case, the term cup figuratively means what the cup contained, which was wine. Alternate translation: “the cup of wine … The wine in this cup” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3862	LUK	22	20	gc8h	figs-explicit	ἡ καινὴ διαθήκη ἐν τῷ αἵματί μου	1	the new covenant in my blood	In the Hebrew culture, covenants were customarily ratified through animal sacrifices that involved shedding the blood of the animals. Here, Jesus is likely alluding to that practice in light of his impending sacrificial death. Alternate translation: “the new covenant that will be ratified when I shed my blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3863	LUK	22	20	v4d3	figs-activepassive	τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐκχυννόμενον	1	which is poured out for you	Jesus is referring to the way his blood is going to be poured out when he dies. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which I will pour out for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3864	LUK	22	21	swj1	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Jesus is using the term behold to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3865	LUK	22	21	g6ks	figs-synecdoche	ἡ χεὶρ τοῦ παραδιδόντος με μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης	1	the hand of the one betraying me is with me on the table	Jesus is figuratively using one part of this person, his hand, to represent the entire person. There is significance to the part that Jesus chooses. With the same hand with which Judas has just received the bread and wine, he will receive the money for betraying Jesus. Alternate translation: “the man who is going to betray me is sharing this meal with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3866	LUK	22	21	m518	figs-metonymy	μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης	1	is with me on the table	Jesus is using the shared location of the table figuratively to mean sharing the meal that is being served on the table. Alternate translation: “sharing this meal with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3867	LUK	22	22	wtj2	translate-versebridge	ὅτι	1	For	Jesus is giving the reason why one of his disciples is going to betray him, as he said in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in 22:16 for how you might do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
3868	LUK	22	22	mk3q	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς μὲν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…πορεύεται	1	the Son of Man indeed goes	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, indeed go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
3869	LUK	22	22	m519	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς μὲν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…πορεύεται	1	the Son of Man indeed goes	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, indeed go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3870	LUK	22	22	m520	figs-euphemism	πορεύεται	1	goes	Jesus is speaking about his impending death in a discreet way. Alternate translation: “is going to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
3871	LUK	22	22	p2qa	figs-activepassive	κατὰ τὸ ὡρισμένον	1	according to what has been determined	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “as God has determined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3872	LUK	22	22	wy2s	figs-activepassive	δι’ οὗ παραδίδοται	1	through whom he is betrayed	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who betrays him” or, if you decided to use the first person, “who betrays me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3873	LUK	22	24	yyw9	grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	Then	Luke may use this word simply to indicate that the quarrel about which disciple was the greatest took place after the discussion about which disciple would betray Jesus. However, he could also be using the word to indicate that the quarrel arose directly from the discussion. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3874	LUK	22	24	y9ce		δοκεῖ εἶναι μείζων	1	seems to be greater	Here Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “appeared to be the greatest one” or “people should consider to be the greatest one”
3875	LUK	22	24	m521		μείζων	1	greater	Your language might naturally use the comparative form of the adjective here, greater, to express the issue in terms of which one disciple was greater than all the others. Or your language might naturally use the superlative form, “greatest,” to express the issue in terms of which disciple was the greatest of them all. Alternate translation: “the greatest one”
3876	LUK	22	25	m522	figs-explicit	οἱ βασιλεῖς τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	the kings of the nations	Here Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that by the nations he means the people groups who are not Jews. Alternate translation: “the kings of the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3877	LUK	22	25	zjf5		κυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν	1	lord it over them	Alternate translation: “order them around” or “are arrogant and domineering”
3878	LUK	22	25	tw4y	figs-irony	εὐεργέται, καλοῦνται	1	are called Benefactors	The subjects of these rulers did not call them this spontaneously and gratefully. Rather, the rulers gave themselves this title, even though they were not really ruling in a way that was good for their subjects, as Jesus says in the first part of this sentence. Jesus is mentioning the title to emphasize how undeserved it is. Alternate translation: “nevertheless give themselves the title of Benefactor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
3879	LUK	22	25	m523	figs-activepassive	καλοῦνται	1	are called	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “call themselves” or “give themselves the title” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3880	LUK	22	25	m524	translate-names	εὐεργέται	1	Benefactors	This is a title that several rulers of this time had given themselves. Your language may have an equivalent title. If not, you can express the meaning with an equivalent expression, as UST does. Alternate translation: “the Good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3881	LUK	22	26	ne9r		ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως	1	But you be not thus	Alternate translation: “But you should not act like that”
3882	LUK	22	26	m525		ὁ μείζων ἐν ὑμῖν, γενέσθω ὡς ὁ νεώτερος	1	let the greater among you become like the younger	As the last note to 22:24 discusses, your language might naturally use the superlative form of these adjectives rather than the comparative form. Alternate translation: “let the greatest one among you become like the youngest one”
3883	LUK	22	26	m526	figs-nominaladj	ὁ μείζων…ὁ νεώτερος	1	the greater … the younger	Jesus is using the adjectives greater and younger as nouns to describe types of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “the greatest one … the youngest one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3884	LUK	22	26	cdq7	figs-metonymy	ὁ νεώτερος	1	the younger	This culture respected older people and followed them as leaders. Jesus is referring figuratively to a person who was less important and influential by association with the fact that this would be the case if they were younger. Alternate translation: “the least important one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3885	LUK	22	26	y4n1		ὁ διακονῶν	1	the one who serves	Alternate translation: “a servant”
3886	LUK	22	27	mw2l	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	Jesus uses this word to introduce a reason why his disciples should do what he told them in the previous verse. The reason is that he is already setting a personal example of this himself. Alternate translation: “After all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3887	LUK	22	27	jt7r	figs-rquestion	τίς…μείζων, ὁ ἀνακείμενος ἢ ὁ διακονῶν?	1	who is greater, the one who reclines to eat, or the one who serves?	Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to think about who is greater, the person who is dining, or the who is serving the food.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3888	LUK	22	27	n3dl	translate-unknown	ὁ ἀνακείμενος	1	the one who reclines to eat	See how you translated this in 5:29. It was the custom in this culture for dinner guests to eat while lying comfortably around the table on banqueting couches. Alternate translation: “the person who is dining” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3889	LUK	22	27	lu3a	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ὁ ἀνακείμενος?	1	Is it not the one who reclines to eat?	Jesus is using a further question to teach his disciples. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “You must agree that it is the person who is dining.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3890	LUK	22	27	qbn6	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ δὲ ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν εἰμι ὡς ὁ διακονῶν	1	But I am in the midst of you as one who serves	Jesus is likely referring to the example that he has set at this meal. This would include serving the bread to the disciples, which Luke describes in 22:19. John 13:4-5 also records that before this meal, Jesus washed the disciples feet, which a household servant would ordinarily have done. Alternate translation: “But I have been acting like a servant here at this meal with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3891	LUK	22	28	i9xb		οἱ διαμεμενηκότες μετ’ ἐμοῦ, ἐν τοῖς πειρασμοῖς μου	1	the ones who have continued with me in my trials	Alternate translation: “the ones who have stayed with me through my struggles”
3892	LUK	22	29	w4pd		κἀγὼ διατίθεμαι ὑμῖν, καθὼς διέθετό μοι ὁ Πατήρ μου βασιλείαν	1	And I grant to you, just as my Father has granted to me, a kingdom	If it would be clearer in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “And so, just as my Father has given a kingdom to me, I am giving one to you”
3893	LUK	22	29	nly5	figs-abstractnouns	κἀγὼ διατίθεμαι ὑμῖν, καθὼς διέθετό μοι ὁ Πατήρ μου βασιλείαν	1	And I grant to you, just as my Father has granted to me, a kingdom	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “And so I am giving you the authority to rule, just as my Father has done for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3894	LUK	22	29	m527	grammar-connect-logic-result	κἀγὼ	1	And I	Jesus uses this expression to indicate that what he is about to say is the result of what he has just said. Alternate translation: “And so I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3895	LUK	22	29	ii65	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατήρ	1	Father	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
3896	LUK	22	30	m528	figs-metonymy	ἵνα ἔσθητε καὶ πίνητε ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης μου	1	so that you may eat and drink at my table	Jesus may simply be referring to the way he and his disciples will renew their table fellowship in the kingdom of God, as he described in 22:16. But he may also be referring figuratively to his disciples becoming important officials in his kingdom, since such officials would have their meals at the king’s table. Alternate translation: “so that you may be important officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3897	LUK	22	30	m529	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ μου	1	in my kingdom	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule” and a concrete noun such as “king.” Alternate translation: “when I rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3898	LUK	22	30	us1j	translate-symaction	καθῆσθε ἐπὶ θρόνων	1	sit on thrones	Rulers have thrones that symbolize their authority. These special seats are signs of status and power. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in some way in your translation. Alternate translation: “sit on royal thrones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
3899	LUK	22	30	m530	figs-metonymy	τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς…τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	the 12 tribes of Israel	Here Jesus uses the term tribes figuratively to refer to the people who belong to those tribes. Alternate translation: “the people of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3900	LUK	22	31	t8qd		Σίμων, Σίμων	1	Simon, Simon	Jesus says the name of this disciple twice to show him that what he is about to say to him is very important. Your language may have a way of addressing someone to show this same thing. Alternate translation: “Now Simon”
3901	LUK	22	31	m531	translate-names	Σίμων	1	Simon	Simon is the name of a man. See how you translated it in 4:38. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3902	LUK	22	31	m532	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Jesus uses the term behold to get Simon to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3903	LUK	22	31	m533	translate-names	ὁ Σατανᾶς	1	Satan	Satan is the name of the devil. See how you translated it in 10:18. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3904	LUK	22	31	m534		ἐξῃτήσατο	1	has asked	Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “has asked God for permission”
3905	LUK	22	31	m535	translate-unknown	ὑμᾶς τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον	1	to sift you as wheat	To sift wheat means to put it in a sieve, which is a container with a mesh bottom, and shake it back and forth so that the grain stays in the sieve and the husk or chaff falls out. If your readers would not be familiar with wheat, you could use the name of a grain that they would recognize, or use a general expression. Alternate translation: “to shake you as if he were separating grain from its husks in a sieve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3906	LUK	22	31	qyy7	figs-simile	ἐξῃτήσατο ὑμᾶς τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον	1	has asked to sift you as wheat	Jesus is using this comparison to say figuratively that Satan wants to put the disciples through difficult experiences in order to show that many of them are not unconditionally loyal to Jesus. You could use this same comparison in your translation, or you could explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “to shake you as if he were separating grain from its husks in a sieve” or “to test you to show that many of you will not stay loyal to me when threatened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
3907	LUK	22	31	m536	figs-explicit	ἐξῃτήσατο ὑμᾶς τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον	1	has asked to sift you as wheat	The implication is that God has given Satan permission to do this, and that is why Jesus is giving this warning. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to test you to show that many of you are not unconditionally loyal to me, and God has given him permission to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3908	LUK	22	31	dmw8	figs-you	ὑμᾶς	1	you	Here, you is plural. Jesus is referring to all of the apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
3909	LUK	22	32	m537		ἐγὼ…ἐδεήθην	1	I have asked	Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. In this context the verb has a strong sense. Alternate translation: “I have prayed to God” or “I have pleaded with God”
3910	LUK	22	32	pd1t	figs-you	ἐγὼ δὲ ἐδεήθην περὶ σοῦ	1	you … your … you … you … your	Jesus is addressing Simon specifically, and so the terms you and your are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
3911	LUK	22	32	zp8w	figs-doublenegatives	ἵνα μὴ ἐκλίπῃ ἡ πίστις σου	1	that your faith may not fail	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of the negative word not combined with the negative verb fail as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “that you will continue to have faith” or “that you will continue to trust me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
3912	LUK	22	32	qxk7	figs-metaphor	ποτε ἐπιστρέψας	1	when you have turned back	This expression refers figuratively to resuming a previous course of action. Alternate translation: “when you are once more openly loyal to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3913	LUK	22	32	f9v8	figs-explicit	στήρισον τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου	1	strengthen your brothers	The implication is that Jesus wants Simon to strengthen the other disciples in their faith. Alternate translation: “encourage the other disciples to be strong in their faith as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3914	LUK	22	32	r7ux	figs-metaphor	τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου	1	your brothers	Jesus is using the term brothers figuratively to mean someone who shares the same belief. Alternate translation: “your fellow believers” or “the other disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3915	LUK	22	32	m538	figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου	1	your brothers	Here Jesus has the other apostles, who are all men, initially in view. But he may also want Simon to strengthen the faith of any of his other disciples, male or female, who need encouragement. In that case, he would be using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “your fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
3916	LUK	22	33	m539	writing-pronouns	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	But he said to him	He refers to Simon, who was also known as Peter, and the word him refers to Jesus. Jesus calls him Peter in the next verse. So that your readers will know that Jesus is talking to the same man there, you could use both of his names here. Alternate translation: “But Simon Peter said to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3917	LUK	22	34	m540	writing-pronouns	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν	1	But he said	The pronoun he refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “But Jesus answered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3918	LUK	22	34	m541		λέγω σοι	1	I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell Peter. Alternate translation: “Indeed”
3919	LUK	22	34	tu15		οὐ φωνήσει σήμερον ἀλέκτωρ, ἕως τρίς με ἀπαρνήσῃ εἰδέναι	1	the rooster will not crow today before you will deny three times that you know me	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “before the rooster crows today, you will deny three times that you know me”
3920	LUK	22	34	pwj1	figs-metonymy	οὐ φωνήσει σήμερον ἀλέκτωρ, ἕως	1	the rooster will not crow today before	Jesus is referring figuratively to a certain time of day. Roosters crow just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. Alternate translation: “before another morning begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3921	LUK	22	34	eq7h	translate-unknown	οὐ φωνήσει σήμερον ἀλέκτωρ, ἕως	1	the rooster will not crow today before	A rooster is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “before the birds begin to sing in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3922	LUK	22	34	m542	figs-genericnoun	ἀλέκτωρ	1	the rooster	Jesus is not speaking of one particular rooster but of roosters in general. Alternate translation: “the roosters” or “the birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
3923	LUK	22	34	m543	figs-explicit	σήμερον	1	today	The Jewish day began at sunset. Jesus was speaking after the sun had set. The rooster would crow just before morning. That morning was considered part of the same day. Alternate translation: “in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3924	LUK	22	35	m544	figs-metonymy	ἄτερ βαλλαντίου, καὶ πήρας, καὶ ὑποδημάτων	1	without a money bag and sack and sandals	As in 10:4, Jesus is speaking of these items figuratively to mean what they represent. See how you translated these terms there. Alternate translation: “without any money or provisions or extra clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3925	LUK	22	35	m545	figs-doublenegatives	μή τινος ὑστερήσατε?	1	you did not lack anything, did you?	The first word of this question in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, “did you?” Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “did you lack anything?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
3926	LUK	22	35	cv68	figs-rquestion	μή τινος ὑστερήσατε?	1	you did not lack anything, did you?	Even though Jesus already knows the answer to this question and he is using it as a teaching tool, in this case he does want the disciples to reply. If you translated his words as a statement, for example, “I know that you did not lack anything,” then the disciples might seem to be interrupting him by speaking uninvited. Since Jesus did want them to speak, it would probably be most appropriate to present his words in the form of a question. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3927	LUK	22	35	tb51	figs-ellipsis	οὐθενός	1	Nothing	Luke may be summarizing the disciples’ response briefly, or the disciples themselves may have responded this briefly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could expand on what this means. Alternate translation: “We did not lack anything” or “We had everything we needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
3928	LUK	22	36	h7j7	figs-genericnoun	ὁ ἔχων βαλλάντιον…ὁ μὴ ἔχων…μάχαιραν	1	the one who has a money bag … the one who does not have a sword	Jesus was not referring to a specific one of the disciples who had a money bag or did not have a sword. Alternate translation: “anyone who has a money bag … anyone who does not have a sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
3929	LUK	22	36	m546	figs-explicit	ὁ ἔχων βαλλάντιον…ὁ μὴ ἔχων…μάχαιραν	1	the one who has a money bag … the one who does not have a sword	Jesus is giving these instructions specifically to his disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in your translation. Alternate translation: “any one of you who has a money bag … any one of you who does not have a sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3930	LUK	22	36	q717	translate-unknown	τὸ ἱμάτιον	1	cloak	See how you translated cloak in 19:35. Alternate translation: “coat” or “outer garment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3931	LUK	22	37	n73l	translate-versebridge	γὰρ	1	For	Jesus is giving the reason why the disciples should now be concerned about providing for and protecting themselves, as he said in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in 22:16 for how you might do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
3932	LUK	22	37	m547		λέγω…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell the disciples. Alternate translation: “indeed”
3933	LUK	22	37	g4l7	figs-activepassive	τοῦτο τὸ γεγραμμένον	1	this that is written	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “what a prophet wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3934	LUK	22	37	m548	figs-explicit	τοῦτο τὸ γεγραμμένον	1	this that is written	Jesus may be assuming that his disciples know the source and subject of this passage. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could identify it more specifically. Alternate translation: “what Isaiah wrote about the Messiah in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3935	LUK	22	37	u9jx	figs-activepassive	δεῖ τελεσθῆναι	1	must be accomplished in me	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. The meaning of accomplished is the same as for the word “fulfilled” in 1:1, 1:20, and many other places in the book, even though the Greek verb is different. Alternate translation: “must happen to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3936	LUK	22	37	m549	figs-quotesinquotes	τό καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη	1	And he was reckoned with the lawless	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be more natural in your language to use a singular form here. Alternate translation: “that people would consider me to be a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3937	LUK	22	37	jz9d	figs-nominaladj	μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη	1	he was reckoned with the lawless	Jesus is using the adjective lawless as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “he was considered a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3938	LUK	22	37	jf1f	figs-activepassive	μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη	1	he was reckoned with the lawless	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “people considered him to be a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3939	LUK	22	37	se1d	figs-explicit	καὶ γὰρ τὸ περὶ ἐμοῦ τέλος ἔχει	1	For indeed the thing concerning me has an accomplishment	Here Jesus is speaking implicitly about what the Scriptures say about him. Alternate translation: “Yes, what the Scriptures say about me must certainly happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3940	LUK	22	38	kbt8	figs-explicit	ἱκανόν ἐστιν	1	It is enough	This could mean: (1) Jesus is indicating that when he told his disciples to buy swords, he meant for their own defense, not to attack their enemies, and that they have enough swords for that purpose. Alternate translation: “That will be enough for us to defend ourselves” (2) Jesus wants them to stop talking about having swords. The implication would be that when he said they should buy swords, he was mainly warning them that they were going to face dangers, and he did not really want them to buy swords and fight. Alternate translation: “That is enough talk about swords, I do not really want you to buy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3941	LUK	22	39	zaw6	writing-background	ἐξελθὼν, ἐπορεύθη κατὰ τὸ ἔθος εἰς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν	1	going out, he went according to his custom to the Mount of Olives	Luke provides this background information about where Jesus went to help readers understand what happens next in the story. Luke has already indicated in 21:37 that during this time in Jerusalem, Jesus did not spend the nights in the city, but rather in this location. Alternate translation: “leaving the city of Jerusalem, Jesus went to spend the night on the Mount of Olives, as he had been doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
3942	LUK	22	39	m550	translate-names	τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν	1	the Mount of Olives	This is the name of a hill or mountain. See how you translated it in 19:29. Alternate translation: “Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3943	LUK	22	40	m551	figs-synecdoche	γενόμενος δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ τόπου	1	when he came to the place	Luke says he, meaning Jesus, to refer figuratively to Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “when Jesus and his disciples arrived at the Mount of Olives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3944	LUK	22	40	b6pz	figs-abstractnouns	προσεύχεσθε μὴ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς πειρασμόν	1	Pray not to enter into temptation	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun temptation with a verb such as “tempt.” Alternate translation: “Pray that nothing will tempt you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3945	LUK	22	40	m552	figs-explicit	προσεύχεσθε μὴ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς πειρασμόν	1	Pray not to enter into temptation	The implications are that the disciples will soon face the temptation to abandon Jesus in order to save themselves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pray that when the Jewish leaders come to arrest me and you are tempted to try to save yourselves by running away or denying that you know me, you will not sin by doing that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3946	LUK	22	41	sp1s	figs-idiom	ὡσεὶ λίθου βολήν	1	about the throw of a stone	This is an idiom that means “about as far as someone can throw a stone.” If it would be clearer in your language, you could represent this with a general expression or with an estimated measurement. Alternate translation: “a short distance” or “about 30 meters” or “about 100 feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3947	LUK	22	41	m553	translate-symaction	θεὶς τὰ γόνατα	1	having put down his knees	As Jesus indicates in his parable in 18:11, the customary posture of prayer in this culture was standing. By kneeling down, Jesus indicated that he was praying urgently about a serious matter. Alternate translation: “after kneeling down to show the urgency of his request” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
3948	LUK	22	42	y51l	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	Father is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
3949	LUK	22	42	m554	figs-youformal	εἰ βούλει…τὸ σὸν	1	if you are willing … yours	Use your best judgment about whether the formal or informal forms of you and yours would be more natural in your language here. Jesus is speaking as an adult son would to a father with whom he had a close relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
3950	LUK	22	42	ic7y	figs-metaphor	παρένεγκε τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	remove this cup from me	Jesus is referring to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a cup of bitter-tasting liquid that he would have to drink. Alternate translation: “please spare me from these sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3951	LUK	22	42	m555	figs-imperative	παρένεγκε τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	remove this cup from me	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please spare me from these sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
3952	LUK	22	42	zw2y	figs-imperative	πλὴν μὴ τὸ θέλημά μου, ἀλλὰ τὸ σὸν γινέσθω	1	But let not my will, but yours, happen	This is another imperative that should be translated as a request rather than as a command. Alternate translation: “However, please do what is according to your will, rather than what is according to my will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
3953	LUK	22	43	m556	translate-textvariants	Ὤφθη δὲ αὐτῷ ἄγγελος ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ ἐνισχύων αὐτόν	1	And an angel from heaven appeared to him, strengthening him	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The note below discusses a translation issue in this verse, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3954	LUK	22	43	m557	figs-idiom	Ὤφθη…αὐτῷ	1	appeared to him	Appeared does not mean that the angel simply seemed to be there, or that Jesus saw the angel in a vision. Rather, this expression indicates that the angel was actually present with Jesus. Alternate translation: “came there to be with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3955	LUK	22	44	m558	translate-textvariants	Καὶ γενόμενος ἐν ἀγωνίᾳ ἐκτενέστερον προσηύχετο. καὶ Ἐγένετο ὁ ἱδρὼς αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ θρόμβοι αἵματος καταβαίνοντες ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν	1	And being in agony, he was praying more earnestly, and his sweat became like drops of blood falling on the ground	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The two notes below discusses translation issues in this verse, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3956	LUK	22	44	m559		ἐκτενέστερον προσηύχετο	1	he was praying more earnestly	This could mean: (1) Luke is using the comparative form of the adjective earnest, which has an adverbial sense here, with a superlative meaning. Alternate translation: “he was praying most earnestly” or “he was praying very fervently” (2) the word has an actual comparative sense. Alternate translation: “he began to pray even more earnestly than he had been praying before”
3957	LUK	22	44	m560	figs-simile	Ἐγένετο ὁ ἱδρὼς αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ θρόμβοι αἵματος καταβαίνοντες ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν	1	his sweat became like drops of blood falling on the ground	This could mean one of two things. The first is more likely. (1) It could describe the appearance of the drops. This would mean that Jesus had been under such stress that the small blood vessels that fed his sweat glands ruptured, and his sweat became mixed with blood. (This is a rare but well-document medical condition known as hematohidrosis.) Alternate translation: “his sweat became mixed with blood and it fell to the ground in drops” (2) It could describe the way in which the drops of sweat fell to the ground. Alternate translation: “he began to sweat so intensely that the sweat formed drops and fell to the ground as blood drops do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
3958	LUK	22	45	m561	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word and to indicate that what he describes next came after what he described just previously. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
3959	LUK	22	45	m562		ἀναστὰς ἀπὸ τῆς προσευχῆς, ἐλθὼν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς	1	having risen up from the prayer, he came to the disciples	Alternate translation: “when Jesus had finished praying, he got up and went back to his disciples”
3960	LUK	22	45	gb3z	figs-abstractnouns	εὗρεν κοιμωμένους αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς λύπης	1	found them sleeping from the sorrow	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun sorrow with an adjective such as “sad.” Alternate translation: “saw that they were sleeping because they were tired from being sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3961	LUK	22	46	in7g	figs-rquestion	τί καθεύδετε?	1	Why are you sleeping?	Jesus is not looking for information. He is using the question form to rebuke his disciples. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be sleeping now!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3962	LUK	22	46	nl7w	figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν	1	so that you may not enter into temptation	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun temptation with a verb such as “tempt.” See how you translated the similar phrase in 22:40. Alternate translation: “so that nothing tempts you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3963	LUK	22	46	m563	figs-explicit	ἵνα μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν	1	so that you may not enter into temptation	As in 22:40, the implications are that the disciples will soon face the temptation to abandon Jesus in order to save themselves. If you indicated that explicitly in your translation there, you could say something similar here. Alternate translation: “so that when the Jewish leaders arrest me and you are tempted to abandon me to save yourselves, you will not sin by doing that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3964	LUK	22	47	m564	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term behold to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3965	LUK	22	47	kt25	writing-participants	ὄχλος	1	a crowd	Luke is introducing new characters into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a crowd that arrived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3966	LUK	22	47	m565	figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰούδας	1	the one called Judas	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the man whose name was Judas” or “the man that people called Judas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3967	LUK	22	47	m56x	translate-names	Ἰούδας	1	Judas	Judas is the name of a man. See how you translated it in 22:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3968	LUK	22	47	m567	figs-nominaladj	εἷς τῶν δώδεκα	1	one of the Twelve	See how you translated this in 8:1. You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective Twelve with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “who was one of the 12 men Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3969	LUK	22	47	m568	translate-names	τῶν δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	You may have decided instead in 8:1 to translate Twelve as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3970	LUK	22	47	mva7	figs-explicit	προήρχετο αὐτούς	1	was leading them	Judas was showing the people where Jesus was. He was not the person in charge of the whole group. Alternate translation: “leading them to where Jesus was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3971	LUK	22	47	c2l7	translate-symaction	φιλῆσαι αὐτόν	1	to kiss him	In this culture, when men greeted other men who were family or friends, they would kiss them on one cheek or on both cheeks. If your readers would find it embarrassing if you said that one man would kiss another man, you could explain the purpose of the gesture, or you could translate the expression in a more general way. Alternate translation: “to greet him by kissing him on the cheek” or “to give him a friendly greeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
3972	LUK	22	48	e2n9	figs-rquestion	φιλήματι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδως?	1	are you betraying the Son of Man with a kiss?	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke Judas. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be using a kiss to betray the Son of Man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3973	LUK	22	48	zvk8	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
3974	LUK	22	48	m569	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3975	LUK	22	49	njs1		οἱ περὶ αὐτὸν	1	those who were around him	The expression those who were around him refers to Jesus' disciples. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ disciples, who were around him,”
3976	LUK	22	49	y5za	figs-explicit	τὸ ἐσόμενον	1	what was going to happen	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “that the Jewish leaders and soldiers who had come were going to arrest Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3977	LUK	22	49	m570	figs-idiom	εἰ πατάξομεν ἐν μαχαίρῃ	1	if we will strike with the sword	This was an idiomatic way to ask a question. Alternate translation: “should we strike with the sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3978	LUK	22	49	m571	figs-synecdoche	εἰ πατάξομεν ἐν μαχαίρῃ	1	if we will strike with the sword	The disciples may be asking specifically not about what weapon to use, but generally whether they should fight back to prevent Jesus from being arrested. In that case they would be using one kind of weapon, a sword, to mean fighting in general. The disciples said in 22:38 that they had two swords, but they could also have resisted by further means. Alternate translation: “should we fight to defend you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3979	LUK	22	49	gv81	figs-explicit	εἰ πατάξομεν ἐν μαχαίρῃ	1	if we will strike with the sword	Alternatively, the disciples may implicitly be asking whether this was the kind of occasion for which Jesus told them in 22:38 that they should have swords. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you told us we should have swords; should we use them now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3980	LUK	22	50	b4ij	writing-participants	εἷς τις ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	a certain one of them	Luke uses this phrase to bring one of the characters into the story into the center of the action, but he does not identify the person by name. John indicates in his gospel that it was Peter, but since Luke does not name him here, it would not be appropriate to use his name in your translation. Alternate translation: “one of the disciples who was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3981	LUK	22	50	f2fm	figs-explicit	ἐπάταξεν…τὸν δοῦλον τοῦ ἀρχιερέως	1	struck the servant of the high priest	The implication is that this disciple did this with a sword. Alternate translation: “struck the servant of the high priest with a sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3982	LUK	22	51	m572	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς…ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	answering Jesus said	Together the two words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to what the disciple had just done. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
3983	LUK	22	51	rcp5	figs-idiom	ἐᾶτε ἕως τούτου	1	Allow up to this	This is an idiom. It is in the form of a positive statement, but it actually has a strong negative meaning. Alternate translation: “No more of this” or “Do not do anything more like that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3984	LUK	22	51	c6pz	figs-explicit	ἁψάμενος τοῦ ὠτίου, ἰάσατο αὐτόν	1	touching his ear, he healed him	It may be necessary to explain what it means that Jesus touched the servant’s ear, since it had been cut off. Alternate translation: “Jesus put the servant’s ear back in place and healed it” or “Jesus touched the servant at the place where his ear had been cut off and restored it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3985	LUK	22	52	m573	figs-explicit	στρατηγοὺς τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1	captains of the temple	See how you translated this in 22:4. Alternate translation: “captains of the temple guard” or “temple military officers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3986	LUK	22	52	fa7z	figs-rquestion	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων?	1	Have you come out as against a robber, with swords and clubs?	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the Jewish leaders. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You did not need to bring soldiers with weapons to arrest me, as if I were a bandit!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3987	LUK	22	52	m574	figs-explicit	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων?	1	Have you come out as against a robber, with swords and clubs?	The implication, as Jesus will say specifically in the next verse, is that he has demonstrated that he is a peaceful person. He has taught openly and undefened in the temple. He has not gathered an armed band around him and operated from a hidden location. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have seen that I am a peaceful person, yet you come to arrest me bringing soldiers with weapons, as if I were a bandit!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3988	LUK	22	52	m575	figs-simile	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν	1	as against a robber	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of this simile. Here, the term robber likely indicates a violent person who steals from others by forcing them to hand over their valuables, threatening to harm them if they refuse. Alternate translation: “as if I were a bandit who needed to be subdued with force” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
3989	LUK	22	52	m576	figs-metonymy	μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων	1	swords and clubs	Jesus is speaking of these weapons figuratively, to mean the soldiers who are carrying them. Alternate translation: “soldiers armed with weapons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3990	LUK	22	53	a6qu	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple	Only priests were allowed to enter the temple building, so Jesus means the temple courtyard. He is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3991	LUK	22	53	c4is	figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἐξετείνατε τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ’ ἐμέ	1	you did not lay your hands on me	As in 20:19, here this expression means figuratively to arrest a person by association with the way that arresting officers might physically take hold of the person with their hands. Alternate translation: “you did not arrest me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3992	LUK	22	53	gw9n	figs-idiom	αὕτη ἐστὶν ὑμῶν ἡ ὥρα	1	this is your hour	Jesus is using the term hour figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “this is a time when you can do whatever you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3993	LUK	22	53	mzb4	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ σκότους	1	and the authority of the darkness	Jesus is using this phrase to characterize the hour further. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show that by repeating the reference to “time” from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “because it is a time when darkness is in authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
3994	LUK	22	53	m577	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ σκότους	1	and the authority of the darkness	Jesus is referring figuratively to Satan as darkness. Alternate translation: “because it is a time when God is allowing Satan to do what he wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3995	LUK	22	54	mtp8	figs-explicit	ἤγαγον	1	they led him away	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “they led Jesus away from the place where they had arrested him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3996	LUK	22	54	m578	writing-background	ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει μακρόθεν	1	And Peter was following from a distance	Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now Peter followed the group there, staying some distance away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
3997	LUK	22	54	m579	figs-explicit	ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει μακρόθεν	1	And Peter was following from a distance	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why Peter followed from a distance. Alternate translation: “Now Peter followed the group there, staying some distance away so that he would not be recognized and arrested himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3998	LUK	22	55	b3x7	writing-pronouns	περιαψάντων…πῦρ	1	they having kindled a fire	Here the pronoun they does not mean the same thing as in the previous verse. Luke is not saying that the leaders and soldiers who had arrested Jesus built this fire. Rather, Luke is using the word they in an indefinite sense. Alternate translation: “some people had started a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3999	LUK	22	55	m580	writing-participants	περιαψάντων…πῦρ	1	they having kindled a fire	Luke is using this phrase to introduce some new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “some of the people who were there at the high priest’s house had started a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4000	LUK	22	55	m581	figs-explicit	πῦρ	1	a fire	Implicitly, the purpose of the fire was to keep the people warm during the cool night. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a fire to keep warm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4001	LUK	22	55	qx64	figs-explicit	ἐν μέσῳ τῆς αὐλῆς	1	in the middle of the courtyard	Luke assumes that his readers will know that in this culture, the courtyard of a house had walls around it, but no roof. You may wish to clarify this for your readers. This was an outdoor fire. Alternate translation: “in the middle of the open courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4002	LUK	22	55	m8ew		μέσος αὐτῶν	1	in the midst of them	Alternate translation: “there together with them”
4003	LUK	22	56	m582	writing-participants	ἰδοῦσα δὲ αὐτὸν, παιδίσκη τις	1	Then a certain female servant, seeing him	Luke says this to introduce this new character into the story. Alternate translation: “Now there was a female servant there who saw him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4004	LUK	22	56	fm4t		καθήμενον πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1	sitting towards the light	Alternate translation: “sitting facing the light of the fire” or “sitting with his face lit up by the fire”
4005	LUK	22	56	fxz3	figs-explicit	καὶ ἀτενίσασα αὐτῷ εἶπεν	1	and looking steadily at him, said	Though this woman was looking at Peter, she was not speaking to him but to the others around them. It might be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “She looked straight at Peter and said to the other people in the courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4006	LUK	22	56	zu63	figs-explicit	καὶ οὗτος σὺν αὐτῷ ἦν	1	This one also was with him	This could mean: (1) Peter was with Jesus when the group came to arrest him, as UST suggests. (2) since it is perhaps unlikely that this female servant accompanied that group, she may mean instead that she saw Peter with Jesus somewhere in Jerusalem earlier in the week and she could tell that he was associated with Jesus. Alternate translation: “I know that this man is one of Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4007	LUK	22	57	dzq9		ὁ δὲ ἠρνήσατο	1	But he denied it	Alternate translation: “But Peter said that was not true”
4008	LUK	22	57	vdm1		γύναι	1	Woman	Peter addresses the female servant as Woman because he does not know her name. He is not insulting her by calling her that. If your readers might think he was insulting her, you could use a way that is acceptable in your culture for a man to address a woman he does not know. Alternate translation: “Miss” or “Ma’am”
4009	LUK	22	58	m583	writing-participants	ἕτερος	1	another	Luke uses this word to introduce another new character into the story. Alternate translation: “another of the people who was there by the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4010	LUK	22	58	i65s		καὶ σὺ ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ	1	You are also of them	Alternate translation: “You are also one of the people who were with Jesus”
4011	LUK	22	58	cyv7		ἄνθρωπε	1	Man	Peter addresses this person as Man because he does not know his name. He is not insulting him by calling him that. If your readers might think he was insulting him, you could use a way that is acceptable in your culture for a man to address another man he does not know. Alternate translation: “Sir”
4012	LUK	22	59	m584		διαστάσης ὡσεὶ ὥρας μιᾶς	1	about one hour having passed	You can express this in the way your language describes time. Alternate translation: “about an hour later”
4013	LUK	22	59	m585	writing-participants	ἄλλος τις	1	a certain other one	Luke uses this expression to introduce a further character into the story. Alternate translation: “yet another of the people who was there by the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4014	LUK	22	59	h5tb		διϊσχυρίζετο	1	was insisting	Alternate translation: “kept saying loudly”
4015	LUK	22	59	fc42		οὗτος	1	this one	The phrase this one refers to Peter. The speaker probably did not know Peter’s name. Alternate translation: “this man”
4016	LUK	22	59	qwf7	figs-explicit	καὶ γὰρ Γαλιλαῖός ἐστιν	1	for he is also a Galilean	The man could probably tell Peter was from Galilee from the way he talked. If it wold be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for he speaks with a Galilean accent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4017	LUK	22	59	m586	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ γὰρ Γαλιλαῖός ἐστιν	1	for he is also a Galilean	If it would be clearer in your language, you put this phrase before the previous phrase, as UST does, since this phrase gives the reason for the conclusion that the previous phrase states. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4018	LUK	22	60	ck93		ἄνθρωπε	1	Man	See how you translated this in 22:58. Peter did not know the man’s name. He was not insulting him by calling him Man. Alternate translation: “Sir”
4019	LUK	22	60	al3s	figs-idiom	οὐκ οἶδα ὃ λέγεις	1	I do not know what you are saying	This is an idiom that means that Peter completely disagrees with the man. Alternate translation: “what you are saying is not true at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4020	LUK	22	60	p6c5	writing-pronouns	ἔτι λαλοῦντος αὐτοῦ	1	while he was still speaking	The pronoun he refers to Peter, not to the other man. Alternate translation: “while Peter was speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4021	LUK	22	60	lt62	translate-unknown	ἐφώνησεν ἀλέκτωρ	1	a rooster crowed	See how you translated the similar phrase in 22:34. You may have decided to use a general expression there. Alternate translation: “the birds began to sing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4022	LUK	22	61	gdp5		ὁ Κύριος…τοῦ Κυρίου	1	the Lord … the Lord	Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation in each case: “the Lord Jesus”
4023	LUK	22	61	dpk1	figs-metonymy	τοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ Κυρίου	1	the word of the Lord	Luke is using the term word figuratively to describe what Jesus had said using words. Alternate translation: “the statement Jesus had made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4024	LUK	22	61	kkq8	translate-unknown	ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι	1	a rooster crows	See how you translated this in 22:60 and the similar phrase in 22:34. You may have decided to use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the birds begin to sing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4025	LUK	22	61	ui26	figs-explicit	σήμερον	1	today	See how you translated this in 22:34. The Jewish day started at sundown and continued to the next evening. Jesus had spoken the previous evening about what would happen shortly before dawn or at dawn, so this was still the same day. Alternate translation: “in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4026	LUK	22	61	zjc6		ἀπαρνήσῃ με τρίς	1	you will deny me three times	Alternate translation: “you will say three times that you do not know me”
4027	LUK	22	62	m5gu	figs-explicit	ἐξελθὼν ἔξω, ἔκλαυσεν πικρῶς	1	going outside, he wept bitterly	As the note to 22:55 explains, this was an open-air courtyard, so the people in it were already outside in that sense. This expression means that Peter left the courtyard and went completely outside the house of the high priest. Alternate translation: “Peter went out of the courtyard and away from the house, and he wept bitterly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4028	LUK	22	63	abcu	writing-pronouns	οἱ συνέχοντες αὐτὸν, ἐνέπαιζον αὐτῷ δέροντες	1	the men who were holding him mocked and beat him	The pronoun him refers to Jesus in both cases. Alternate translation: “the soldiers who were guarding Jesus mocked and beat Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4029	LUK	22	64	zn1p	translate-unknown	καὶ περικαλύψαντες αὐτὸν	1	And having blindfolded him	A blindfold is a thick cloth that people tie around the middle of a person’s head to cover the eyes and prevent that person from seeing. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you could explain it with a general expression. Alternate translation: “They covered his eyes so that he could not see, and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4030	LUK	22	64	cl2v	figs-irony	προφήτευσον, τίς ἐστιν ὁ παίσας σε?	1	Prophesy! Who is the one who hit you?	The guards did not believe that Jesus was a prophet. Rather, they believed that a real prophet would know who hit him even if he could not see. When they called Jesus a prophet, they were saying the opposite of what they believed to be true. They were only calling him a prophet to mock him. Alternate translation: “Prove that you really are a prophet. Tell us who hit you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
4031	LUK	22	64	m587	figs-rquestion	τίς ἐστιν ὁ παίσας σε?	1	Who is the one who hit you?	The guards do not expect Jesus to be able to answer their question. They are really using the question form to give a command, to tell Jesus what he should do if he wants to convince them that he is a prophet. So if it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a command. Alternate translation: “Tell us who hit you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4032	LUK	22	64	q4g1	figs-explicit	προφήτευσον	1	Prophesy	The implication is that God would have to tell Jesus who struck him, since Jesus was blindfolded and could not see. Alternate translation: “Speak words from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4033	LUK	22	65	m588		βλασφημοῦντες	1	blaspheming him	Blaspheming can have a technical sense, as it often does in this book. It can refer to a human being claiming to be God, as the Jewish leaders felt Jesus was doing in 5:21. It can also refer to a human being wrongly denying that something is divine or of divine origin, as the Jewish leaders were afraid the people would consider them to be doing in 20:6. By ironically suggesting that Jesus was not a true prophet, the soldiers actually were guilty of blasphemy in this technical sense. But the word can also have a general sense of “insult,” and that may be the sense in which Luke is using it here. Alternate translation: “insulting him”
4034	LUK	22	66	v9m2		καὶ ὡς ἐγένετο ἡμέρα	1	And when it became day	Alternate translation: “As soon as it was light”
4035	LUK	22	66	vp8u	writing-pronouns	ἀπήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ Συνέδριον αὐτῶν	1	they led him into their Sanhedrin	The pronoun they does not necessarily refer to the elders. Rather, since Jesus was in the custody of the guards, the elders would have had the guards bring Jesus in. Alternate translation: “the elders had Jesus brought into the Sanhedrin” or “the guards led Jesus into the Sanhedrin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4036	LUK	22	66	m589	figs-explicit	τὸ Συνέδριον αὐτῶν	1	their Sanhedrin	The Sanhedrin is the name of the ruling council of the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Sanhedrin, their ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4037	LUK	22	66	cboi	figs-metonymy	τὸ Συνέδριον αὐτῶν	1	their Sanhedrin	Luke is figuratively using the name of the Jewish ruling council to mean by association the meeting place of that council. Alternate translation: “the place where the Sanhedrin, their ruling council, met” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4038	LUK	22	66	m590	translate-names	Συνέδριον	1	Sanhedrin	Sanhedrin is the name of a governing body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4039	LUK	22	67	br8y		λέγοντες	1	saying	It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “The elders said to Jesus”
4040	LUK	22	67	h12k		εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστός, εἰπὸν ἡμῖν	1	If you are the Christ, tell us	This sounds like a conditional statement, but it is actually an imperative. Alternate translation: “Tell us whether you are the Messiah”
4041	LUK	22	67	g8iy	figs-hypo	ἐὰν ὑμῖν εἴπω, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε	1	If I told you, you would certainly not believe	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to avoid answering the question directly, since that might give the elders a reason to say that he was guilty of blasphemy for claiming to be the Messiah. Alternate translation: “Suppose I said that I was the Messiah. Then you would certainly not believe me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
4042	LUK	22	68	l7nz	figs-hypo	ἐὰν δὲ ἐρωτήσω, οὐ μὴ ἀποκριθῆτε	1	and if I questioned you, you would certainly not answer	Jesus is using a further hypothetical situation to avoid answering the question directly, in order not to give the elders a reason to say that he was guilty of blasphemy. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “And suppose I asked you whether you thought I was the Messiah. Then you would certainly not tell me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
4043	LUK	22	68	m591	figs-explicit	ἐὰν…ἐρωτήσω	1	if I questioned you	The implicit meaning is that Jesus would question them about whether they thought he was the Messiah. Alternate translation: “suppose I asked you whether you thought I was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4044	LUK	22	69	z3ea		ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν	1	from now on	Alternate translation: “after this”
4045	LUK	22	69	p8kt	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
4046	LUK	22	69	m592	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4047	LUK	22	69	m593	figs-activepassive	ἔσται…καθήμενος	1	will be seated	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will sit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4048	LUK	22	69	nka9	translate-symaction	ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	at the right hand of the power of God	To sit at the right hand … of God means to receive great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “in a place of honor next to the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
4049	LUK	22	69	h4n3	figs-hendiadys	τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the power of God	This expression is like a hendiadys, in which two nouns are used together and one of them describes the other. Alternate translation: “the powerful God” or “the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
4050	LUK	22	70	udh2	figs-explicit	σὺ οὖν εἶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Therefore are you the Son of God	The council asked this question because they wanted Jesus to confirm explicitly their understanding that he was saying he was the Son of God. Alternate translation: “So when you said that, did you mean that you are the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4051	LUK	22	70	l4j7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	This is an important title that Jesus deserves, even though the elders did not think he deserved it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
4052	LUK	22	70	jtr9	figs-idiom	ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι	1	You are saying that I am	This is an idiom. Jesus is using it to acknowledge that what the elders are asking about is true. Alternate translation: “Yes, it is just as you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4053	LUK	22	71	u3m3	figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι ἔχομεν μαρτυρίας χρείαν?	1	What further need do we have of a witness?	The elders are using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “We have no further need for testimony!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4054	LUK	22	71	m594	figs-explicit	τί ἔτι ἔχομεν μαρτυρίας χρείαν?	1	What further need do we have of a witness?	The implications are that no further testimony is needed to prove a charge of blasphemy. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “We have no further need for testimony to prove a charge of blasphemy!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4055	LUK	22	71	m595	figs-exclusive	ἔχομεν…αὐτοὶ…ἠκούσαμεν	1	do we have … we ourselves have heard	The elders are speaking to one another about themselves, so we and ourselves would be exclusive, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
4056	LUK	22	71	m596	grammar-connect-logic-result	αὐτοὶ γὰρ ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	For we ourselves have heard from his own mouth	If it would be clearer in your language, you put this phrase before the previous phrase, as UST does, since this phrase gives the reason for the conclusion that the previous phrase states. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4057	LUK	22	71	lpm4	figs-metonymy	ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	we … have heard from his own mouth	The elders are using the expression his own mouth figuratively to refer to what Jesus has just said using his mouth. Alternate translation: “we … have heard what he just said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4058	LUK	22	71	m597	figs-explicit	ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	we … have heard from his own mouth	The implications are that what Jesus has just said proves a charge of blasphemy by itself, because Jesus has claimed to be equal with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we have heard him say that he is equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4059	LUK	23	intro	p6wq			0		Luke 23 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus stands trial before Pilate and Herod (23:1-25) The Roman soldiers crucify Jesus (23:26-49) Joseph of Arimathea buries Jesus and women prepare spices (23:50-56) Special concepts in this chapter “The curtain of the temple was split in two” The curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins. The tomb The tomb in which Jesus was buried (Luke 23:53) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “Truly I say to you, today you will be with me in paradise” There are two translation issues related to the statement, “Truly I say to you, today you will be with me in paradise” in 23:42. (1) When Jesus said this to the criminal who was crucified with him, it is possible that he was using the term paradise figuratively to mean “heaven,” describing it by association with the way that it is a place of comfort and consolation. Some groups of believers would understand it that way. However, other groups of believers would say that people who express their faith in Jesus, as this criminal did, still need to wait until the final resurrection before they go to heaven, and so paradise refers to a place where such people go when they die and await the final resurrection. Be sensitive to this difference in your translation. You may decide it is best simply to use the term paradise and leave the meaning open to either understanding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) (2) Some groups that may be active in your area, such as the Jehovah’s Witnesses, do not honor Jesus as the Son of God, and so they do not believe that he would have been able to promise the criminal entrance into paradise with himself that day, when they both would die. And so they translate or punctuate this so that the word today describes when Jesus is making the statement, rather than when the criminal will be in paradise. However, if that were actually the case, the Greek wording and word order would be different. The expression that introduces the statement would be, “Truly, today, I say to you,” or, “Truly I say to you today that.” The actual expression, “Truly I say to you,” occurs ten times in the book of Luke, and it always stands by itself as an introduction to a statement that follows. So today belongs with the statement, not with the introduction to the statement. Your language may have a way of making this clear, for example, by saying, “Truly I say to you, you will be with me in paradise today.” Important textual issues in this chapter “And he was obligated to release one to them at every feast” 23:17 This verse is not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible. Most scholars consider it to be a later addition for explanation. Many current versions of the Bible do not include it. Some versions put it into square brackets. We recommend that you do not translate this verse. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in your region that include this verse, you may include it. “Jesus said, ‘Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing.’” 23:34 This sentence is not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible, and so it is likely not an original part of the gospel of Luke. However, many scholars consider it an authentic saying of Jesus that was copied into the book at an early stage. ULT and UST include this sentence in this verse, but some other versions do not. If you decide to include either 23:17 or the additional sentence 23:34 in your translation, you should enclose the material in square brackets to indicate that it is probably not original to Luke’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
4060	LUK	23	1	pi3d	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to indicate that this event came after the events he has just described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
4061	LUK	23	1	sgf1	figs-hyperbole	ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος αὐτῶν	1	the whole multitude of them	The word whole is a generalization. Luke says in 23:51 that at least one member of the Sanhedrin did not agree that Jesus was guilty of blasphemy and should be punished. Alternate translation: “the many members of the ruling council who wanted to condemn Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
4062	LUK	23	1	mvn9	figs-metonymy	ἀναστὰν	1	rose up	This means literally that they “stood up” or “stood to their feet,” but figuratively by extension it means that they adjourned the meeting and left the meeting place. Alternate translation: “ended the meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4063	LUK	23	1	k4aa	figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τὸν Πειλᾶτον	1	to Pilate	The implication is that the Jewish leaders brought Jesus to Pilate because they wanted Pilate to judge him. Alternate translation: “to Pilate so that Pilate would judge him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4064	LUK	23	1	m598	translate-names	Πειλᾶτον	1	Pilate	Pilate is the name of the man who was the Roman ruler of Judea in this time. See how you translated his name in 3:1. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4065	LUK	23	2	m599	figs-explicit	κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ	1	to accuse him	The chief priests and scribes accused Jesus of doing wrong things because they wanted Pilate to kill Jesus. But they were accusing him falsely, because Jesus had never done what they accused him of doing. For example, in 20:25, Jesus had specifically said that the Jews could pay taxes to the Roman government. To make sure that your readers are not confused, you could say explicitly that these accusations were false. Alternate translation: “to accuse him falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4066	LUK	23	2	mtc8	figs-exclusive	εὕρομεν…τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν	1	we found … our nation	The terms we and our refer only the members of the Jewish ruling council who are speaking, not to Pilate or any of the other people nearby. So in your translation, use the exclusive forms of these words, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
4067	LUK	23	2	im4v	figs-metaphor	διαστρέφοντα τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν	1	misleading our nation	The Jewish leaders speak figuratively of Jesus as if he were a guide who was leading someone in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “encouraging our people to do things that are wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4068	LUK	23	2	xsa4		κωλύοντα φόρους…διδόναι	1	forbidding to give tribute	Alternate translation: “telling them not to pay taxes”
4069	LUK	23	2	l68k	figs-metonymy	Καίσαρι	1	to Caesar	See how you translated this in 20:22. The Jewish leaders are referring figuratively to the Roman government by Caesar’s name, since he was its ruler. Alternate translation: “to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4070	LUK	23	3	m600	figs-hendiadys	ὁ…ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ ἔφη	1	answering him he said	Together the two words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to what Pilate asked him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
4071	LUK	23	3	ve4s	figs-idiom	σὺ λέγεις	1	You say so	Like the similar expression in 22:70, this is an idiom. Jesus is using it to acknowledge that what Pilate has said is true. Alternate translation: “Yes, it is as you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4072	LUK	23	4	fx7d	writing-participants	καὶ τοὺς ὄχλους	1	and the crowds	Luke uses this phrase subtly within the narrative to introduce these new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “and to the crowds that had gathered there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4073	LUK	23	4	s8fi	figs-explicit	οὐδὲν εὑρίσκω αἴτιον ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τούτῳ	1	I find no cause in this man	Pilate means implicitly no cause to convict Jesus of a crime and punish him. Alternate translation: “I do not find this man to be guilty of anything” or “I find no grounds for conviction in this man’s case” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4074	LUK	23	5	m601	writing-pronouns	οἱ…ἐπίσχυον	1	they were insisting	The pronoun they refers to the Jewish leaders who had brought Jesus to Pilate for trial. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders kept insisting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4075	LUK	23	5	yy6w	figs-metaphor	ἀνασείει τὸν λαὸν	1	He stirs up the people	The Jewish leaders speak figuratively as if Jesus were stirring a pot and putting in motion things that had been lying quietly on the bottom. They mean that he is encouraging rebellion. Alternate translation: “He encourages the people to rebel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4076	LUK	23	5	cr78		καὶ ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ἕως ὧδε	1	beginning from Galilee as far as here	It might be helpful to make this a new sentence. Alternate translation: “He began causing trouble in Galilee, and he has done so all the way to here”
4077	LUK	23	6	vvp6	figs-explicit	Πειλᾶτος…ἀκούσας	1	when Pilate heard this	As the rest of the verse shows, this refers implicitly to Pilate hearing that Jesus had begun teaching in Galilee. Alternate translation: “when Pilate heard that Jesus had begun to teach in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4078	LUK	23	6	px94	figs-quotations	ἐπηρώτησεν εἰ ὁ ἄνθρωπος Γαλιλαῖός ἐστιν	1	he asked whether the man was a Galilean	If it would be clearer in your language, you could represent this as a direct quotation, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
4079	LUK	23	6	dr1s	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	the man	The term the man refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4080	LUK	23	7	cbn1	figs-explicit	ἐπιγνοὺς ὅτι	1	when he learned that	The implication is that the Jewish leaders answered Pilate’s question and confirmed that Jesus came from Galilee. Alternate translation: “when the Jewish leaders confirmed to Pilate that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4081	LUK	23	7	mn6i	figs-explicit	ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου ἐστὶν	1	he was under the authority of Herod	The implication is that Jesus was under Herod’s authority because Herod was the ruler of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus was under the authority of Herod, since Herod ruled over Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4082	LUK	23	7	ay2i	figs-explicit	ἀνέπεμψεν αὐτὸν πρὸς Ἡρῴδην	1	he sent him to Herod	The implication seems to be that Pilate used these grounds to get someone else to decide Jesus’ case. He did not want to decide it himself, because he would either have to release someone the Jewish leaders wanted condemned or else condemn someone he knew was innocent. Alternate translation: “he referred Jesus’ case to Herod so that he would not have to decide it himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4083	LUK	23	7	ys2n	figs-idiom	ἐν ταύταις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	in those days	Luke is using the term days figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4084	LUK	23	8	z3zz	writing-pronouns	θέλων ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν…διὰ τὸ ἀκούειν περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	he had been desiring to see him … because he had heard about him	In these phrases, he refers to Herod and him refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “wanting to see Jesus … because he had heard about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4085	LUK	23	8	b424	figs-activepassive	ἤλπιζέν τι σημεῖον ἰδεῖν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ γινόμενον	1	he was hoping to see some sign happen by him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Herod wanted to see Jesus perform a miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4086	LUK	23	9	hbp3	figs-metonymy	ἐπηρώτα…αὐτὸν ἐν λόγοις ἱκανοῖς	1	he questioned him in many words	Luke is using the term words figuratively to refer to what Herod said as he questioned Jesus. Alternate translation: “Herod asked Jesus many questions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4087	LUK	23	9	c8li		οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο αὐτῷ	1	he answered him nothing	If it would be clearer in your language, you could make the verb negative and the object positive here. Alternate translation: “Jesus did not say anything in reply”
4088	LUK	23	10	lpu6		ἵστήκεισαν	1	stood by	Alternate translation: “were standing there”
4089	LUK	23	10	hn8g		εὐτόνως κατηγοροῦντες αὐτοῦ	1	vehemently accusing him	Alternate translation: “insisting strongly that Jesus was guilty of doing wrong”
4090	LUK	23	11	m602		ἐξουθενήσας…αὐτὸν	1	despised him	This does not mean that Herod hated Jesus, but that he treated him as if he were worthless. Alternate translation: “humiliated him”
4091	LUK	23	11	qt1c	figs-explicit	περιβαλὼν ἐσθῆτα λαμπρὰν	1	Putting elegant clothing around him	Herod and his soldiers did this to mock Jesus and to make fun of him, so be sure that your readers do not get the impression that they did this to honor or care for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Dressing him mockingly in beautiful clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4092	LUK	23	12	b6f1	figs-explicit	ἐγένοντο…φίλοι ὅ τε Ἡρῴδης καὶ ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ μετ’ ἀλλήλων	1	both Herod and Pilate became friends with each other on that day	Luke does not say specifically why these two men became friends. This could mean: (1) Pilate had shown Herod courtesy by respecting his jurisdiction over Jesus. Alternate translation: “Herod and Pilate became friends with each other that very day because Pilate had respectfully sent Jesus to Herod to judge him” (2) they realized that they agreed in their opinion about Jesus. They both felt that he was not guilty of doing wrong, but they also felt they could mistreat him as a way of asserting their power and authority over someone the people considered a leader. Alternate translation: “Herod and Pilate became friends with each other that very day because they had both responded to Jesus in the same way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4093	LUK	23	12	x7r8	grammar-connect-logic-result	προϋπῆρχον γὰρ ἐν ἔχθρᾳ ὄντες πρὸς αὑτούς	1	for they were previously being in hostility between themselves	If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this clause first in the verse, as UST does, since it gives the reason for the results that the rest of the verse describes. These two men had to become friends because they had not been friends previously. Alternate translation, as the beginning of the verse, replacing “Then”: “Before this Herod and Pilate had been enemies, but now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4094	LUK	23	13	d7gn	writing-participants	τὸν λαὸν	1	the people	This is a further reference reintroducing these participants, whom Luke first introduced subtly in 23:4. It is not likely that Pilate asked a crowd to gather. Instead, the crowd was probably still there waiting to see what would happen to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the crowd of people that was still there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4095	LUK	23	14	dh77	figs-explicit	εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον	1	said to them, “You brought this man to me”	By this man, Pilate means Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “said to them about Jesus, ‘You brought this man to me’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4096	LUK	23	14	wsw6	figs-metaphor	ὡς ἀποστρέφοντα τὸν λαόν	1	as turning the people away	Here Pilate uses a figurative term that is similar to the one that the council members use in 23:2 when they accuse Jesus of “misleading” the Jewish nation, meaning that he was encouraging them to do wrong things. The slightly different term that Pilate uses to summarize their charges means that they accused Jesus of turning the people away from their duties to the Roman Empire. It does not mean that Jesus refused to welcome people who came to him for help. Alternate translation: “saying that he encourages the people to be disloyal to the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4097	LUK	23	14	m603	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Pilate uses the term behold to get the Jewish leaders and the crowd to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4098	LUK	23	14	m604	writing-pronouns	ἐγὼ ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ἀνακρίνας	1	I, having examined him before you	For emphasis, since he is declaring Jesus innocent, Pilate uses the personal pronoun I here when it would not ordinarily be required in Greek. If your language uses pronouns in this same way, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4099	LUK	23	14	m605	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ἀνακρίνας, οὐθὲν εὗρον	1	I, having examined him before you, found nothing	The term before figuratively means “in the presence” of another person. Alternate translation: “I have questioned him in your presence, and I have found nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4100	LUK	23	14	ee53	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ἀνακρίνας, οὐθὲν εὗρον	1	I, having examined him before you, found nothing	The implication is that the Jewish leaders were witnesses to the proceedings. Alternate translation: “I have questioned him with you present as witnesses, and I have found nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4101	LUK	23	14	e517		οὐθὲν εὗρον ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τούτῳ αἴτιον ὧν κατηγορεῖτε κατ’ αὐτοῦ	1	found nothing in this man as cause for what you are accusing against him	See how you translated the similar expression in 23:4. Alternate translation: “found no grounds to convict this man on the charges you are making against him”
4102	LUK	23	15	h623	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ Ἡρῴδης	1	But neither did Herod	Here Pilate is speaking in an abbreviated way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could clarify his meaning by adding information from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “But Herod did not find any grounds to convict him either” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
4103	LUK	23	15	bn7l	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀνέπεμψεν γὰρ αὐτὸν πρὸς ἡμᾶς	1	for he sent him back to us	If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this clause first in the verse, as UST does, since it gives the reason why it is clear that Herod did not consider Jesus guilty. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4104	LUK	23	15	i2ba	figs-exclusive	πρὸς ἡμᾶς	1	to us	Pilate means that Herod sent Jesus back not just to him and his soldiers, but also to the Jewish leaders who were the accusers in this trial. Since Pilate is speaking specifically to those leaders (he says in the previous verse, “You brought this man to me”), the word us includes the addressees. So it would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
4105	LUK	23	15	gs4m	figs-activepassive	οὐδὲν ἄξιον θανάτου ἐστὶν πεπραγμένον αὐτῷ	1	nothing worthy of death has been done by him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he has not done anything to deserve being put to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4106	LUK	23	16	p5wa	figs-explicit	παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσω	1	Therefore, having punished him, I will release him	Your readers may find this hard to understand. Since Pilate had found Jesus not guilty, he should have released him without punishing him. The implications are that Pilate punished Jesus anyway, even though he knew he was innocent, to try to satisfy the Jewish leaders. However, since Luke does not provide this explanation in his book, you probably should not add it to your translation. But you could make explicit that Pilate is saying he is not going to execute Jesus. Alternate translation: “So I will not execute him, but whip him, and then let him go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4107	LUK	23	16	m606	figs-synecdoche	παιδεύσας…αὐτὸν	1	having punished him	Pilate will not administer this punishment personally. Rather, he will have his soldiers do it. Alternate translation: “after having my soldiers whip him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
4108	LUK	23	17	m607	translate-textvariants	Ἀνάγκην δὲ εἶχεν ἀπολύειν αὐτοῖς κατὰ ἑορτὴν ἕνα	1	And he had obligation to release one to them at every feast	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in the verse, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
4109	LUK	23	17	m608	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	This verse uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what is happening. In the previous verse, Pilate was saying that Jesus would be the prisoner he was obligated to release. But in the next verse, the crowd shouts for him to release a different man instead. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
4110	LUK	23	17	m609	writing-pronouns	Ἀνάγκην…εἶχεν	1	he had obligation	The pronoun he refers to Pilate. Alternate translation: “Pilate was obligated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4111	LUK	23	17	m610	figs-nominaladj	ἕνα	1	one	This verse is using the adjective one as a noun. In context, the term clearly means one prisoner. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can supply the noun for clarity, as ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4112	LUK	23	17	m611	figs-synecdoche	κατὰ ἑορτὴν	1	at every feast	This verse uses the general term feast to mean one feast in particular, Passover. Alternate translation: “during each Passover celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
4113	LUK	23	18	v7pf	writing-pronouns	ἀνέκραγον…πανπληθεὶ	1	they cried out all together	The pronoun they refers to the people in the crowd. Alternate translation: “the people in the crowd shouted together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4114	LUK	23	18	ib9q	figs-imperative	αἶρε τοῦτον	1	Take away this one	This is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you can translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to execute this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
4115	LUK	23	18	m612	figs-imperative	ἀπόλυσον δὲ ἡμῖν τὸν Βαραββᾶν	1	but release to us Barabbas	This is another imperative, and since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this either, you can also translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “and we want you to set Barabbas free instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
4116	LUK	23	18	i6pj	figs-exclusive	ἀπόλυσον…ἡμῖν	1	release to us	When the people in the crowd say us, they are referring to themselves only, not to Pilate and his soldiers as well. So if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive us, you would use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
4117	LUK	23	18	m613	translate-names	Βαραββᾶν	1	Barabbas	Barabbas is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4118	LUK	23	19	vd6b	writing-background	ὅστις ἦν διὰ στάσιν τινὰ γενομένην ἐν τῇ πόλει καὶ φόνον, βληθεὶς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ	1	He had been put in prison for a certain rebellion that happened in the city, and for murder	Luke provides this background information to explain to his readers who Barabbas was. Alternate translation: “Now Barabbas was a man whom the Romans had put in prison because he had led a rebellion in Jerusalem and he had killed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
4119	LUK	23	19	qdv7	figs-activepassive	ὅστις ἦν…βληθεὶς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ	1	He had been put in prison	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “The Romans had put him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4120	LUK	23	19	zl1f	figs-explicit	διὰ στάσιν τινὰ γενομένην ἐν τῇ πόλει	1	for a certain rebellion that happened in the city	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly that Barabbas led this rebellion against the Roman government. Alternate translation: “because he had led a rebellion in Jerusalem against the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4121	LUK	23	20	vbp4	writing-pronouns	πάλιν…προσεφώνησεν αὐτοῖς	1	again addressed them	The pronoun them refers to the religious leaders who had accused Jesus and the crowd that was shouting for him to be executed. Alternate translation: “spoke again to the religious leaders and to the people in the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4122	LUK	23	20	t1i2	grammar-connect-logic-result	θέλων ἀπολῦσαι τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	desiring to release Jesus	If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this phrase before the previous one, as UST does, since it gives the reason why Pilate spoke to the leaders and the crowd again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4123	LUK	23	21	m614	translate-unknown	σταύρου, σταύρου αὐτόν	1	Crucify, crucify him	As a note to 14:27 explains, the Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with crossbar and setting the beam upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. That was what it meant to crucify someone. Alternate translation: “Nail him to a cross! Execute him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4124	LUK	23	21	m615	figs-imperative	σταύρου, σταύρου αὐτόν	1	Crucify, crucify him	This is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you can translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to nail him to a cross to execute him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
4125	LUK	23	22	iz5v	translate-ordinal	ὁ…τρίτον εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς	1	he spoke to them a third time	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “Pilate spoke to the crowd again, for time number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
4126	LUK	23	22	ck75	figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν οὗτος?	1	For what evil has this one done?	Pilate does not expect the crowd to tell him what Jesus has done wrong. Rather, he is using the question form to emphasize to the crowd that Jesus is innocent. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is no reason to execute this man, because he has not done anything wrong!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4127	LUK	23	22	de5a		οὐδὲν αἴτιον θανάτου εὗρον ἐν αὐτῷ	1	No cause for death have I found in him	Alternate translation: “I have not found any grounds to convict him of a crime for which he should be executed”
4128	LUK	23	22	mij1	figs-explicit	παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσω	1	Therefore, having punished him, I will release him	See the note to this same sentence in 23:16. Pilate should have released Jesus without punishment, because he was innocent. It seems that Pilate decided to punish Jesus anyway to try to satisfy the Jewish leaders. However, since Luke does not provide this explanation in his book, you probably should not add it to your translation. But you could make explicit that Pilate is saying he is not going to execute Jesus. Alternate translation: “So I will not execute him, but whip him, and then let him go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4129	LUK	23	22	m616	figs-synecdoche	παιδεύσας…αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσω	1	having punished him, I will release him	Pilate is not going to administer this punishment personally. Rather, he will have his soldiers do it. Alternate translation: “I will have my soldiers whip him, and then I will release him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
4130	LUK	23	23	sni4	figs-metonymy	φωναῖς μεγάλαις	1	with loud voices	Luke is describing the shouts of the crowd figuratively by reference to the voices that the people used to make them. Alternate translation: “with loud shouts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4131	LUK	23	23	pst8	figs-activepassive	αὐτὸν σταυρωθῆναι	1	for him to be crucified	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “that Pilate have his soldiers crucify Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4132	LUK	23	23	pgz9	figs-personification	κατίσχυον αἱ φωναὶ αὐτῶν	1	their voices prevailed	Luke speaks figuratively of the voices as if they were a living thing that actively overcame Pilate’s reluctance. Alternate translation: “the crowd kept shouting until they convinced Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
4133	LUK	23	24	m617	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Because the people in the crowd overcame his reluctance with their shouts, Pilate agreed to do what they wanted. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4134	LUK	23	24	tfw2		γενέσθαι τὸ αἴτημα αὐτῶν	1	for their demand to happen	Alternate translation: “to do what the crowd was demanding”
4135	LUK	23	25	nwd3	figs-explicit	τὸν…βεβλημένον εἰς φυλακὴν	1	the one who had been put in prison	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly that this means Barabbas. Alternate translation: “Barabbas, whom the Romans had put in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4136	LUK	23	25	t66f	figs-activepassive	βεβλημένον εἰς φυλακὴν	1	who had been put in prison	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom the Romans had put in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4137	LUK	23	25	z8v8	figs-personification	τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν παρέδωκεν τῷ θελήματι αὐτῶν	1	he handed over Jesus to their will	Luke speaks figuratively of the will of the people as if it were a living thing into whose custody Pilate delivered Jesus. Alternate translation: “but he ordered his soldiers to do to Jesus what the crowd had demanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
4138	LUK	23	26	s9kc		ὡς ἀπήγαγον αὐτόν	1	as they led him away	Alternate translation: “while the soldiers were leading Jesus away from where Pilate had judged him”
4139	LUK	23	26	ysu3	figs-explicit	ἐπιλαβόμενοι Σίμωνά…ἐπέθηκαν	1	seizing Simon … they put	Luke assumes that his readers will know that Roman soldiers had the authority to compel people to carry their loads. Be sure that your translation does not suggest that the soldiers arrested Simon or that he had done anything wrong. Alternate translation: “making use of their authority, they conscripted Simon … and put” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4140	LUK	23	26	m618	writing-background	Σίμωνά, τινα Κυρηναῖον ἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ	1	Simon, a certain Cyrenean coming from the country	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could treat this information about this man, where he was from, and what he was doing as background information and put it first in the verse, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
4141	LUK	23	26	m619	writing-participants	Σίμωνά, τινα Κυρηναῖον	1	Simon, a certain Cyrenean	Luke uses this phrase to introduce this new character into the story. Alternate translation: “a man named Simon, who was from the city of Cyrene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4142	LUK	23	26	x5qz	translate-names	Σίμωνά	1	Simon	Simon is the name of a man. See how you translated it in 4:38. (It is the same name there, even though it is the name of a different person.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4143	LUK	23	26	m620	translate-names	Κυρηναῖον	1	Cyrenean	The term Cyrenean is a name that refers to a person who is from the city of Cyrene. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4144	LUK	23	26	i5ua		ἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ	1	coming from the country	Alternate translation: “who was coming into Jerusalem from the countryside”
4145	LUK	23	26	fub3		ἐπέθηκαν αὐτῷ τὸν σταυρὸν	1	they put the cross on him	Alternate translation: “the soldiers put the cross on his shoulders”
4146	LUK	23	26	y3p6		ὄπισθεν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	to carry behind Jesus	Alternate translation: “and made him walk along behind Jesus carrying it”
4147	LUK	23	27	ad9f		ἠκολούθει…αὐτῷ πολὺ πλῆθος τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ γυναικῶν	1	a great crowd of the people was following him, and of women	The women were part of the large crowd. They were not in a separate crowd of their own. Alternate translation: “a great crowd of people, which included women, was following him”
4148	LUK	23	27	s7gx	writing-background	καὶ γυναικῶν αἳ ἐκόπτοντο καὶ ἐθρήνουν αὐτόν	1	and of women who were mourning and wailing for him	Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next, when Jesus speaks to these women. It might be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Now the crowd included women who were mourning and wailing for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
4149	LUK	23	27	m621	translate-symaction	ἐκόπτοντο	1	mourning	See the note to this term at 8:52, and see how you translated it there. It could mean that the women were pounding on their chests as a sign of grief, as was customary in this culture, or it could mean more generally that they were expressing their sorrow over what was happening to Jesus. Alternate translation: “pounding on their chests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
4150	LUK	23	27	bp3x		ἠκολούθει…αὐτῷ	1	was following him	Here, the word following is not figurative. It does not mean that these people were Jesus’ disciples. Alternate translation: “were walking along behind him”
4151	LUK	23	28	nl38	figs-metaphor	θυγατέρες Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Daughters of Jerusalem	As in 13:34, Jesus is figuratively describing people who live in Jerusalem as if they were the children of the city and it was their mother. Alternate translation: “You women who live in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4152	LUK	23	28	wi15	figs-explicit	ἐφ’ ἑαυτὰς κλαίετε, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν	1	weep for yourselves and for your children	Jesus does not say specifically why the women should weep for themselves and for their children, but the implication from what he says in 23:31 is that they should weep because even worse things are going to happen to them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “weep for yourselves and for your children, because even worse things are going to happen to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4153	LUK	23	29	s9uj	translate-versebridge	ὅτι	1	For	Jesus is giving the reason why the women of Jerusalem should weep for themselves and their children, as he told them to do in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in 22:16 for how you might do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
4154	LUK	23	29	rd8v	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Jesus is using the term behold to get the women to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4155	LUK	23	29	bjb7	figs-idiom	ἔρχονται ἡμέραι ἐν αἷς	1	the days are coming in which	Jesus is using the term days figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “there will be a time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4156	LUK	23	29	xi9e	writing-pronouns	ἐν αἷς ἐροῦσιν	1	in which they will say	Here Jesus is using the pronoun they in an indefinite sense. He does not have specific individuals in mind. Alternate translation: “when people will say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4157	LUK	23	29	m622	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐροῦσιν, μακάριαι αἱ στεῖραι, καὶ αἱ κοιλίαι αἳ οὐκ ἐγέννησαν, καὶ μαστοὶ οἳ οὐκ ἔθρεψαν	1	they will say, ‘Blessed are the barren, yes, the wombs that did not give birth and the breasts that did not nurse.’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “people will say that women are fortunate if they never had children, if they never gave birth or nursed babies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
4158	LUK	23	29	rgj1	figs-parallelism	αἱ στεῖραι, καὶ αἱ κοιλίαι αἳ οὐκ ἐγέννησαν, καὶ μαστοὶ οἳ οὐκ ἔθρεψαν	1	the barren, yes, the wombs that did not give birth and the breasts that did not nurse	After speaking of women who were barren, that is, who did not have children, Jesus describes the same women in more detail. He is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
4159	LUK	23	29	m623	figs-synecdoche	αἱ κοιλίαι αἳ οὐκ ἐγέννησαν, καὶ μαστοὶ οἳ οὐκ ἔθρεψαν	1	the wombs that did not give birth and the breasts that did not nurse	These are two figures of speech in which Jesus is using one part of a person to represent the entire person. Alternate translation: “women who have never given birth or nursed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
4160	LUK	23	30	te1i	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	τότε	1	Then	Here, then does not mean that people would say this after what they said in the previous verse. Rather, it means that they would say this at the same time that they were saying that. Alternate translation: “At that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
4161	LUK	23	30	u1x1	writing-pronouns	ἄρξονται λέγειν	1	they will begin to say	Here Jesus is likely using the pronoun they in an indefinite sense, as in the previous verse. He probably does not have specific individuals in mind. However, the general reference may be to the people of Jerusalem, as UST suggests. Alternate translation: “people will begin to say” or “the people of Jerusalem will begin to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4162	LUK	23	30	m624	figs-apostrophe	λέγειν τοῖς ὄρεσιν, πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς; καὶ τοῖς βουνοῖς, καλύψατε ἡμᾶς	1	to say to the mountains, ‘Fall on us,’ and to the hills, ‘Cover us’	Jesus is saying that at this time people will figuratively address something they know cannot hear them in order to express in a strong way what they are feeling. Alternate translation: “to say that they wished the mountains would fall on them and the hills would cover them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
4163	LUK	23	30	m625	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγειν τοῖς ὄρεσιν, πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς; καὶ τοῖς βουνοῖς, καλύψατε ἡμᾶς	1	to say to the mountains, ‘Fall on us,’ and to the hills, ‘Cover us’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to tell the mountains to fall on them and the hills to cover them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
4164	LUK	23	30	m626	figs-imperative	πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς…καλύψατε ἡμᾶς	1	Fall on us … Cover us	This is an imperative, but since the people cannot order the mountains and hills to do this, they would be using the imperative to express their wishes. Alternate translation: “We wish you would fall on us … We wish you would cover us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
4165	LUK	23	30	m627	figs-explicit	πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς…καλύψατε ἡμᾶς	1	Fall on us … Cover us	The people do not want the mountains and hills to fall on them to harm them, but rather to protect them. Alternate translation: “We wish you would fall on us to protect us … We wish you would cover us to protect us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4166	LUK	23	30	m628	figs-exclusive	πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς…καλύψατε ἡμᾶς	1	Fall on us … Cover us	When the people say us, they are referring to themselves only, not to the mountains and hills as well. So here, use the exclusive form of us if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
4167	LUK	23	31	nkk3	figs-metaphor	ὅτι εἰ ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ ξύλῳ, ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν; ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ, τί γένηται?	1	For if they do these things in the moist tree, what will happen in the dry?	This is a figure of speech based on the idea that dry wood catches fire much more easily than moist wood. The fire, in turn, represents terrible things that people will experience. Jesus is saying that under the present relatively stable conditions, it was difficult for his enemies to arrest him and sentence him to death. In the future, conditions will become so desperate and chaotic that people will be able to do much worse things much more easily. He is probably referring to what conditions will be like during the siege and destruction of Jerusalem, which he described in 21:20-24. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of this metaphor in your translation, and you could represent the metaphor itself as a simile, as UST does. Alternate translation: “If people are able to do this when conditions are good, what will they do when conditions become very bad?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4168	LUK	23	31	y238	figs-rquestion	ὅτι εἰ ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ ξύλῳ, ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν; ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ, τί γένηται?	1	For if they do these things in the moist tree, what will happen in the dry?	Jesus does not expect the women to tell him what people will do in the future. Rather, he is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Since people are doing this when conditions are good, they will certainly do much worse when conditions become very bad!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4169	LUK	23	31	m629	writing-pronouns	ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν	1	they do these things	Here Jesus is using the pronoun they in an indefinite sense. Alternate translation: “people are doing these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4170	LUK	23	31	m630	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ ξύλῳ	1	in the moist tree	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “when the wood is fresh” or “when the wood is wet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4171	LUK	23	31	m631	figs-metonymy	ξύλῳ	1	tree	Jesus is using the term tree figuratively to refer to wood that comes from a tree. Alternate translation: “wood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4172	LUK	23	31	m632	translate-unknown	ξύλῳ	1	tree	A tree is a large plant with a hard exterior that people use for fuel and as building material. If your readers would not know what a tree is, or if people do not use wood from a tree as fuel in your area, you could use the name of something else that they use for fuel, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “burning material” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4173	LUK	23	31	zt5s	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ	1	in the dry	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “when the wood is dry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4174	LUK	23	31	m633	figs-nominaladj	ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ	1	in the dry	Jesus is using the adjective dry as a noun. In context, the term means dry wood. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can supply the noun for clarity. Alternate translation: “with dry wood” or “when the wood is dry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4175	LUK	23	32	m634	writing-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
4176	LUK	23	32	w8yj	figs-activepassive	ἤγοντο…καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο σὺν αὐτῷ	1	others, two criminals, were also being led away with him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “with him the soldiers were also leading away two other men, who were criminals,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4177	LUK	23	32	m635	figs-verbs	ἤγοντο…καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο	1	others, two criminals, were also being led away	If your language does use passive verb forms, and if it also uses a dual form, this verb should be in the dual form if it is passive, since the two criminals would be the subject. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
4178	LUK	23	32	m636	writing-participants	ἤγοντο δὲ καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο	1	And others, two criminals, were also being led away	Luke uses this phrase to introduce these new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “And there were two other men, who were criminals, who were also being led away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4179	LUK	23	32	m2nh	figs-distinguish	ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο	1	others, two criminals	This does not mean “two other criminals,” which would imply that Jesus was also a criminal. Jesus was innocent, even though the Romans were treating him as if he were a criminal. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “two other men, who actually were criminals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
4180	LUK	23	32	m637	figs-activepassive	ἀναιρεθῆναι	1	to be put to death	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that they could execute them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4181	LUK	23	33	wj2q	writing-pronouns	ὅτε ἦλθον ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον	1	when they came to the place	The pronoun they includes the soldiers, the criminals, and Jesus. Alternate translation: “when they all arrived at the place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4182	LUK	23	33	m638	figs-activepassive	τὸν καλούμενον	1	that is called	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that people call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4183	LUK	23	33	m639	translate-names	Κρανίον	1	The Skull	The Skull is the name of a place. Even though it consists of an article and a common noun, translate it following the conventions of your language for names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4184	LUK	23	33	i3vx	writing-pronouns	ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτὸν	1	they crucified him	In this case the pronoun they refers to the Roman soldiers. Alternate translation: “the Roman soldiers crucified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4185	LUK	23	33	m640	translate-unknown	ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτὸν	1	they crucified him	See how you translated the term “crucify” in 23:21. Alternate translation: “the Roman soldiers nailed Jesus to a cross to execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4186	LUK	23	33	bjr2	figs-nominaladj	ὃν μὲν ἐκ δεξιῶν, ὃν δὲ ἐξ ἀριστερῶν	1	one at the right and one at the left	Luke is using the adjectives right and left as nouns to indicate locations. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can supply a noun such as “side” for clarity. Alternate translation: “they crucified one criminal at Jesus’ right side and the other criminal at Jesus’ left side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4187	LUK	23	34	m641	translate-textvariants		0	But Jesus said, “Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing”	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this sentence in your translation. The next four notes below discuss translation issues in the sentence, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
4188	LUK	23	34	m642	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	But	Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between what the Roman soldiers were doing to Jesus and the way in which Jesus responded. It would appropriate to indicate a strong contrast here. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
4189	LUK	23	34	m643	grammar-connect-logic-result		0	Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of the phrases in Jesus’ prayer, since the first phrase gives the reason for the result that Jesus is requesting in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “Father, they do not know what they are doing, so please forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4190	LUK	23	34	m644	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples		0	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
4191	LUK	23	34	m645	figs-imperative		0	forgive them	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
4192	LUK	23	34	qbj8	writing-pronouns	διαμεριζόμενοι δὲ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, ἔβαλον κλῆρον	1	Then, dividing up his garments, they threw lots	The pronoun they refers to the Roman soldiers. Alternate translation: “Then the Roman soldiers threw lots to decide which of them would get each piece of Jesus’ clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4193	LUK	23	34	uk4s	translate-unknown	ἔβαλον κλῆρον	1	they threw lots	The term lots refers to objects with different markings on various sides that were used to decide randomly among several possibilities. They were tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with lots, you could say that they were “something like dice,” as UST does. But if your readers would also not be familiar with dice, then you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the Roman soldiers gambled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4194	LUK	23	35	a2h5	figs-explicit	καὶ ἵστήκει, ὁ λαὸς θεωρῶν ἐξεμυκτήριζον, δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες	1	And the people stood by watching, and the rulers were also ridiculing him	The implication is that the people who stood by watching were also ridiculing Jesus. Alternate translation: “People had come to watch the crucifixion and they ridiculed Jesus, and the Jewish leaders ridiculed him as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4195	LUK	23	35	m646	figs-explicit	οἱ ἄρχοντες	1	the rulers	Rulers refers specifically to the Jewish leaders, not to the Roman rulers of the area. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4196	LUK	23	35	t7mb	figs-irony	ἄλλους ἔσωσεν	1	He saved others	Here the Jewish leaders are using irony. They do not really believe that Jesus saved other people. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
4197	LUK	23	35	m647	figs-explicit	ἄλλους ἔσωσεν	1	He saved others	In context, the Jewish leaders are implicitly referring to how Jesus saved others by doing miracles on their behalf. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people by doing miracles for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4198	LUK	23	35	m648	figs-hypo	ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, σωσάτω ἑαυτόν, εἰ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστὸς, τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ ἐκλεκτός	1	He saved others, let him save himself, if he is the Christ of God, the Chosen One	The Jewish leaders are mockingly suggesting a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose he really is the Messiah whom God has sent. Then he ought to be able to save himself; after all, he supposedly saved others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
4199	LUK	23	35	m3f6	figs-explicit	σωσάτω ἑαυτόν	1	let him save himself	The implication is that Jesus ought to be able to save himself from dying on the cross, if he is the Messiah and can do miracles. Alternate translation: “let him do a miracle to save himself from dying on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4200	LUK	23	35	a963	figs-nominaladj	ὁ ἐκλεκτός	1	the Chosen One	The leaders are using the adjective Chosen as a noun. ULT adds the term One to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the One whom God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4201	LUK	23	35	m649	translate-names	ὁ ἐκλεκτός	1	the Chosen One	This is a title, not a description, so translate it following the conventions in your language for titles, for example, by capitalizing the main words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4202	LUK	23	36	b3jz	figs-explicit	ἐνέπαιξαν δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται, προσερχόμενοι ὄξος προσφέροντες αὐτῷ	1	Then the soldiers also mocked him, coming up and offering him vinegar	Luke does not say specifically in what way the soliders mocked Jesus by offering him vinegar, that is, the sour wine that was their common drink. This could mean: (1) since Luke records in the next verse that the soldiers spoke of Jesus being the “king of the Jews,” the common drink may have been intended to show that they did not really believe he was a king, since a king would have drunk fine wine. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers also mocked him by coming and offering him cheap sour wine, which was not what a real king would drink” (2) the soldiers may have mocked Jesus just by offering him something to drink, but then not giving it to him, even though he would have been very thirsty. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers also mocked him by coming and offering him some of their sour wine but then not giving him any to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4203	LUK	23	37	x5wr	figs-hypo	εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων, σῶσον σεαυτόν	1	If you are the King of the Jews, save yourself	The soldiers are mockingly suggesting a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose you really are the King of the Jews. Then save yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
4204	LUK	23	37	m650	figs-explicit	σῶσον σεαυτόν	1	save yourself	The implication is that Jesus ought to be able to save himself from dying on the cross. Alternate translation: “do a miracle to save yourself from dying on that cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4205	LUK	23	38	l5be	figs-metonymy	ἦν δὲ καὶ ἐπιγραφὴ ἐπ’ αὐτῷ	1	there was also an inscription over him	Luke is referring figuratively to a placard that the soldiers placed above Jesus by association with the fact that it bore an inscription, that is, something that the soldiers had written on it. Alternate translation: “The soldiers also attached a placard at the top of Jesus’ cross on which they had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4206	LUK	23	38	w7aw	figs-irony	ἦν δὲ καὶ ἐπιγραφὴ ἐπ’ αὐτῷ	1	there was also an inscription over him	The soliders did not really believe that Jesus was the King of the Jews. Rather, putting up this placard was another of the ways in which they mocked him. So the sign said the opposite of what the people who wrote it actually believed. Alternate translation: “the soldiers also attached a placard at the top of Jesus’ cross on which they had written mockingly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
4207	LUK	23	39	m651	figs-activepassive	κρεμασθέντων	1	having been hung	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom the soldiers had hung on a cross next to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4208	LUK	23	39	z9ej		ἐβλασφήμει αὐτόν	1	blasphemed him	As in 22:65, the term blasphemed here likely has the general sense of “insulted,” although technically this criminal was guilty of blasphemy in the more specific sense, since he was suggesting that Jesus was not the Messiah. Alternate translation: “insulted him”
4209	LUK	23	39	tmy7	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστός?	1	Are you not the Christ?	The criminal is using the question form to mock Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I thought you were supposed to be the Messiah!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4210	LUK	23	39	g6uk	figs-irony	σῶσον σεαυτὸν καὶ ἡμᾶς	1	Save yourself and us	The criminal did not really think that Jesus could rescue himself and the two criminals from dying by crucifixion. Instead, he is telling Jesus to do this in order to suggest that Jesus actually cannot do it. So he is saying the opposite of what he actually believes. Alternate translation: “But it looks like you can’t save yourself or us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
4211	LUK	23	39	m652	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	us	Since this criminal is using the term us to mean himself and the other criminal, but not Jesus, the term us would be exclusive here, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
4212	LUK	23	40	lb4e	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ ἕτερος ἐπιτιμῶν αὐτῷ ἔφη	1	But answering, the other, rebuking him, said	Together the two words answering and said mean that the second criminal rebuked the first one in response to what he said to Jesus. You could combine these words into a single expression. Alternate translation: “But the other criminal responded, rebuking him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
4213	LUK	23	40	m653	figs-nominaladj	ὁ ἕτερος	1	the other	Luke is using the adjective other as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can supply the noun “criminal” for clarity. Alternate translation: “the other criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4214	LUK	23	40	nk1r	figs-rquestion	οὐδὲ φοβῇ σὺ τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ?	1	Do you not even fear God, since you are under the same judgment?	The second criminal does not expect the first criminal to tell him whether he fears God. Rather, the second criminal is using the question form to rebuke the first criminal. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You ought to fear God, since you are dying on a cross just as he is!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4215	LUK	23	40	m654	figs-explicit	οὐδὲ φοβῇ σὺ τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ?	1	Do you not even fear God, since you are under the same judgment?	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could bring out the implications of this statement more explicitly. Alternate translation: “You ought to fear God and show more respect for this godly man, since you are dying on a cross just as he is, and you will soon have to face God and answer for your actions!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4216	LUK	23	40	m655	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ	1	you are under the same judgment	The second criminal is using the word judgment figuratively to mean the punishment to which the first criminal was sentenced when the Romans pronounced judgment on him. Alternate translation: “you are being executed on a cross just as he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4217	LUK	23	41	qyp6	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς…ἐπράξαμεν…ἀπολαμβάνομεν	1	we … we are receiving … we did	The second criminal, speaking to the first criminal, is using the term we to mean himself and the first criminal. So we would be inclusive in all these cases, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
4218	LUK	23	41	m656	figs-verbs	ἡμεῖς…ἐπράξαμεν…ἀπολαμβάνομεν	1	we … we are receiving … we did	Since the term we refers to two people here, it would be in the dual form if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
4219	LUK	23	41	i4gm	figs-ellipsis	ἡμεῖς…δικαίως	1	we justly	The second criminal is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we are receiving this punishment justly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
4220	LUK	23	41	m657	figs-nominaladj	ἄξια…ὧν ἐπράξαμεν	1	worthy of what we did	The second criminal is using the adjective worthy as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “a just punishment for what we did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4221	LUK	23	41	nu35	figs-nominaladj	οὗτος	1	this one	The second criminal is using the adjective this as a noun in order to indicate a particular person, Jesus. ULT supplies the noun one to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4222	LUK	23	42	mht9	writing-pronouns	καὶ ἔλεγεν	1	And he said	The pronoun he refers to the second criminal, who continues speaking, now to Jesus. Alternate translation: “The second criminal then said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4223	LUK	23	42	j9d9	figs-idiom	μνήσθητί μου	1	remember me	As in 1:72, the word remember here figuratively describes Jesus thinking about this second criminal and considering what action he can take on his behalf. It does not suggest that Jesus would forget about him. Alternate translation: “do what you can to help me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4224	LUK	23	42	m658	figs-imperative	μνήσθητί μου	1	remember me	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please do what you can to help me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
4225	LUK	23	42	zyv3	figs-idiom	ὅταν ἔλθῃς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου	1	when you come into your kingdom	To come into a kingdom means to begin to rule as king, as UST indicates. Alternate translation: “when you begin to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4226	LUK	23	43	abcv	writing-pronouns	εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	he said to him	The pronoun he refers to Jesus, and the pronoun him refers to the second criminal. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to this criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4227	LUK	23	43	n6w9		ἀμήν, σοι λέγω	1	Truly I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell the criminal. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
4228	LUK	23	43	m659		σήμερον μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἔσῃ ἐν τῷ Παραδείσῳ	1	today you will be with me in paradise	See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter of how the term today belongs with this promise that Jesus is making to the criminal, and not with the introduction to the statement. Alternate translation: “you will be with me in paradise today”
4229	LUK	23	43	f1fl		τῷ Παραδείσῳ	1	in paradise	See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter of the term paradise. Alternate translation: “in the place where people whom God has accepted go when they die”
4230	LUK	23	44	m660	writing-background	καὶ ἦν ἤδη	1	And it was already	Luke uses this phrase to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. He explains that it was about noon so that readers will appreciate how extraordinary it was that the entire sky became dark. Alternate translation: “Now by this time it was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
4231	LUK	23	44	x7fl		ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη	1	about the sixth hour	In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about noon”
4232	LUK	23	44	m661	translate-ordinal	ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη	1	about the sixth hour	If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “around hour six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
4233	LUK	23	44	q4t3		σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν	1	darkness was over the whole land	The term translated as land could refer to: (1) a particular area. Alternate translation, as in UST: “it became dark throughout that whole area” (2) the earth. Alternate translation: “darkness covered the entire earth”
4234	LUK	23	44	m662	figs-metonymy	σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν	1	darkness was over the whole land	This could also be a figurative reference to the sky, since it is over the land. Alternate translation: “the entire sky became dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4235	LUK	23	44	e8zn		ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης	1	until the ninth hour	This phrase also expresses the way people in this culture began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “until three o’clock in the afternoon”
4236	LUK	23	44	m663	translate-ordinal	ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης	1	until the ninth hour	If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “until hour nine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
4237	LUK	23	45	hjt3	figs-personification	τοῦ ἡλίου ἐκλειπόντος	1	The sun failed	This means figuratively that the sun, as if it were an active agent, failed to give its light. Luke is speaking from an observational perspective. The sun was still shining above the darkness, but its light could not be seen through the darkness. Alternate translation: “It was too dark even to see the light of the sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
4238	LUK	23	45	m664	translate-symaction	ἐσχίσθη δὲ τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ μέσον	1	the curtain of the temple was torn in the middle	See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of the symbolic significance of this action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
4239	LUK	23	45	ssh2	figs-explicit	τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ	1	the curtain of the temple	Luke assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to the curtain that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the temple. Alternate translation: “the curtain in front of the Most Holy Place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4240	LUK	23	45	ah4k	figs-activepassive	ἐσχίσθη	1	was torn	If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God tore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4241	LUK	23	45	m665	figs-explicit	μέσον	1	in the middle	The implication, as the General Notes to this chapter explain, is that God tearing the curtain opened the way into the Most Holy Place. And so in the middle means not “across the middle,” from side to side, but “down through the middle,” from top to bottom. Alternate translation: “into two pieces, from top to bottom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4242	LUK	23	46	z1fq	figs-idiom	φωνήσας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1	crying out with a loud voice	This is an idiom that means Jesus raised the volume of his voice. Alternate translation: “crying out loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4243	LUK	23	46	r4ub	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	Father is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
4244	LUK	23	46	mix5	figs-metonymy	εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ Πνεῦμά μου	1	into your hands I entrust my spirit	Jesus is using God’s hands figuratively to represent God’s care. Alternate translation: “I give my spirit to you, knowing you will care for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4245	LUK	23	46	m666		τὸ Πνεῦμά μου	1	my spirit	The spirit of a person lives on after they die. So you could also translate this as a reference to Jesus’ life after death. Alternate translation: “my life”
4246	LUK	23	46	bd6y	figs-euphemism	ἐξέπνευσεν	1	he breathed out	Luke is describing the death of Jesus in a discreet way. Alternate translation: “he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
4247	LUK	23	47	p6lh	figs-explicit	ὁ ἑκατοντάρχης	1	the centurion	The implication is that this was the Roman officer who was in charge of the other Roman soldiers who crucified Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Roman officer in charge of the crucifixion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4248	LUK	23	47	ar1d	figs-nominaladj	ἰδὼν…τὸ γενόμενον	1	having seen the thing having happened	Luke is using the participle having happened, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term thing to show this. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “when he saw what had happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4249	LUK	23	47	m667	figs-explicit	τὸ γενόμενον	1	the thing having happened	This expression is singular and so it refers to the immediately preceding event, the death of Jesus. (The expression is plural in the next verse, where it refers to all of the events of the crucifixiion.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “how Jesus had entrusted his spirit to God when he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4250	LUK	23	47	m668		ἐδόξαζεν τὸν Θεὸν λέγων	1	glorified God, saying	This means that the centurion glorified God by what he said. Alternate translation: “brought honor to God by saying”
4251	LUK	23	47	c2ti		ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος δίκαιος ἦν	1	this man was righteous	Alternate translation: “this man had not done anything wrong”
4252	LUK	23	48	gt8y	figs-explicit	συνπαραγενόμενοι…ἐπὶ τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην	1	that had come together for this spectacle	The term spectacle describes something that people would look at. It refers here to the crucifixion of Jesus and the two criminals. Alternate translation: “who had gathered to watch the crucifixions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4253	LUK	23	48	yq19	figs-nominaladj	θεωρήσαντες τὰ γενόμενα	1	having seen the things having happened	Luke is using the participle having happened, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term things to show this, since the participle is plural. It refers to all of the events of the crucifixion, not just to the way Jesus died. If your language does not use adjectives as nouns, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “when they saw all that had happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4254	LUK	23	48	whs7	figs-explicit	ὑπέστρεφον	1	returned	The implication is that the people in the crowds returned to their homes. Alternate translation: “returned to their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4255	LUK	23	48	ft9q	translate-symaction	τύπτοντες τὰ στήθη	1	beating their breasts	As in 18:13, this was a physical expression of great sorrow. Alternate translation: “hitting their chests to express their great sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
4256	LUK	23	49	m669	figs-nominaladj	πάντες οἱ γνωστοὶ αὐτῷ	1	all the ones acquainted with him	Luke is using the adjective acquainted as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. ULT adds the term ones to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “all the people who knew Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4257	LUK	23	49	m670	figs-explicit	πάντες οἱ γνωστοὶ αὐτῷ	1	all the ones acquainted with him	These means implicitly all the people in the crowd that had come to watch the crucifixion who knew Jesus. It does not mean the disciples, since they had fled and were hiding. Rather, it means other people in Jerusalem who knew Jesus personally, which could include people such as the ones who lent him the colt in 19:30-33 and the one who provided the room for the Passover meal in 22:11-13. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the people in the crowd who knew Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4258	LUK	23	49	xzh8	figs-explicit	γυναῖκες αἱ συνακολουθοῦσαι αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1	the women who followed him from Galilee	Here, followed does not have the figurative meaning of “became a disciple.” Rather, the implication is that the women whom Luke describes in 8:2-3, who accompanied Jesus and his disciples and provided for them out of their own means, had traveled with the group here to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the women who helped Jesus and his disciples, who had traveled with him from Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4259	LUK	23	49	s74u		ταῦτα	1	these things	Alternate translation: “what happened”
4260	LUK	23	50	cbj7	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term behold to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4261	LUK	23	50	ud7p	writing-participants	ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι Ἰωσὴφ, βουλευτὴς ὑπάρχων, ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ δίκαιος	1	a man named Joseph was a council member, a good and righteous man	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. It may be helpful to make this more than one sentence. Alternate translation: “there was a man named Joseph who was a member of the Sanhedrin. He was a good and righteous man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4262	LUK	23	50	m671	translate-names	Ἰωσὴφ	1	Joseph	Joseph is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4263	LUK	23	50	wx2z	figs-explicit	βουλευτὴς	1	a council member	The term council refers implicitly to the Sanhedrin, the Jewish ruling council whose name Luke provides in 22:66. You could use that name here. If so, see how you translated it there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4264	LUK	23	50	m672	figs-doublet	ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ δίκαιος	1	a good and righteous man	The terms good and righteous mean similar things. Luke may be using repetition for emphasis. Alternate translation: “a very upright man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
4265	LUK	23	51	m673	writing-background	(οὗτος οὐκ ἦν συνκατατεθειμένος τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῇ πράξει αὐτῶν)	1	(he had not agreed with the council and their action)	Luke provides this background information about Joseph to help readers understand what happens in the next verse, when Joseph asks Pilate for permission to bury Jesus’ body. It may be helpful to make this a continuation of the last sentence in the previous verse, since it also shows that Joseph was a “good and righteous man,” as that sentence says. Alternate translation: “who had not agreed with the action of the council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
4266	LUK	23	51	m674	figs-hendiadys	τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῇ πράξει αὐτῶν	1	the council and their action	Luke is using a figure of speech in which two nouns are connected with the word and, and one of the nouns describes the other. Alternate translation: “the action of the council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
4267	LUK	23	51	ddr1	figs-explicit	τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῇ πράξει αὐτῶν	1	the council and their action	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “the decision of the Sanhedrin to condemn Jesus for blasphemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4268	LUK	23	51	rba6	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, πόλεως τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	from Arimathea, a city of the Jews	Since Joseph was a member of the Sanhedrin, he had likely come to live in Jerusalem, so Luke would mean that he was originally from Arimathea. Joseph had not come from Arimathea to Jerusalem for this occasion. Alternate translation: “who was originally from Arimathea, a city in Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4269	LUK	23	51	m675	translate-names	Ἁριμαθαίας	1	Arimathea	Arimathea is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4270	LUK	23	51	m676	figs-idiom	ὃς προσεδέχετο τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	who was waiting for the kingdom of God	As in 2:25 and 2:38, the term waiting does not mean passively waiting for something to happen, but eagerly anticipating something that someone wants to happen. See how you translated the term in those places. Alternate translation: “who was eagerly anticipating the coming of the kingdom of God” or “who was looking forward to the coming of the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4271	LUK	23	52	tk6r	figs-explicit	οὗτος	1	This one	This one implicitly means Joseph. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that it was Joseph who went to Pilate by using his name, as UST does, or by saying “this man.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4272	LUK	23	52	m677	figs-explicit	οὗτος, προσελθὼν τῷ Πειλάτῳ, ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	This one, approaching Pilate, requested the body of Jesus	The implication is that Joseph requested the body of Jesus so that he could give it a proper burial. Ordinarily, to make crucifixion as gruesome a death as possible, the Romans left the dead bodies of people who had been crucified on the crosses to be eaten by wild animals, and they then burned whatever remained in the Valley of Hinnom where, as a note to 12:5 explains, refuse was thrown and fires burned continually. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain why Joseph asked for Jesus’ body. You could also specify that Pilate gave Joseph permission to bury Jesus, as UST does. Alternate translation: “This man went to Pilate and asked for the body of Jesus so that he could bury it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4273	LUK	23	53	ec9d	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word And to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. When Pilate gave Joseph permission to take Jesus’ body down from the cross and bury it, Joseph did so. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4274	LUK	23	53	f5bq	translate-unknown	ἐνετύλιξεν αὐτὸ σινδόνι	1	he wrapped it in a linen cloth	This was the burial custom in this culture. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “and he wrapped it in a fine linen burial cloth” or “and he prepared it for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4275	LUK	23	53	yy3n	translate-unknown	μνήματι λαξευτῷ	1	a hewn tomb	This means specifically a burial place that had been cut or chiseled out of rock, most likely into the face of a cliff, as UST suggests. You could say that more specifically, or you could use a general expression if there are no rock cliffs in your area and readers might not understand the meaning. Alternate translation: “a tomb that had been chiseled out of rock” or “a special burial place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4276	LUK	23	53	m5wu	figs-doublenegatives	οὗ οὐκ ἦν οὐδεὶς οὔπω κείμενος	1	where no one ever had lain	Here Luke uses a triple negative in Greek for emphasis, “where no one not yet had not lain.” This stresses the honor that Joseph was showing Jesus by putting his body in a tomb that was being used for the very first time. If your language uses multiple negatives for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. You might express the emphasis in other ways, and it may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “No body had ever before been put in that tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
4277	LUK	23	54	m678	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses and to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
4278	LUK	23	54	tia9	figs-explicit	ἡμέρα ἦν παρασκευῆς	1	it was the Day of Preparation	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what this day was used in preparation for. Alternate translation: “the day when people made preparations for the Sabbath, the Jewish day of rest, since they could not do any work then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4279	LUK	23	54	b4i1	figs-metaphor	Σάββατον ἐπέφωσκεν	1	the Sabbath was dawning	For the Jews, the day began at sunset. But Luke speaks figuratively of this day dawning to mean that it was about to begin, even though this would happen at sunset rather than at sunrise. Alternate translation: “it was nearly sunset, when the Sabbath would begin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4280	LUK	23	55	pu3i	figs-idiom	αἵτινες ἦσαν συνεληλυθυῖαι ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας αὐτῷ	1	who had come out of Galilee with him	The expression had come out is an idiom that means to have traveled from a place. Alternate translation: “who had traveled from the region of Galilee with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4281	LUK	23	55	m679	figs-ellipsis	κατακολουθήσασαι	1	having followed after	Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “followed Joseph when he took the body of Jesus away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
4282	LUK	23	55	m680	figs-hendiadys	τὸ μνημεῖον καὶ ὡς ἐτέθη τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ	1	the tomb and how his body was laid	Luke is using a figure of speech in which two phrases are connected with the word and, and one of the phrases describes the other. Alternate translation: “the tomb where Joseph laid the body of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
4283	LUK	23	55	nhd9	figs-activepassive	ὡς ἐτέθη τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ	1	how his body was laid	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “how Joseph laid the body of Jesus there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4284	LUK	23	56	sm68	figs-explicit	ὑποστρέψασαι	1	returning	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say where the women returned. Alternate translation: “returning to the place where they were staying in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4285	LUK	23	56	mj6q	figs-explicit	ἡτοίμασαν ἀρώματα καὶ μύρα	1	they prepared spices and ointments	In keeping with the burial customs of the time, the women prepared these spices and ointments to put on Jesus’ body, to honor him and to counteract the smell of decay. Alternate translation: “they prepared spices and ointments to put on Jesus’ body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4286	LUK	23	56	m681	translate-unknown	ἀρώματα καὶ μύρα	1	spices and ointments	The spices were sweet-smelling substances that were dry, and the ointments were sweet-smelling substances that were moist. If your readers would not be familiar with spices and ointments, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “sweet-smelling substances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4287	LUK	23	56	uzk9		ἡσύχασαν	1	they rested	Alternate translation: “the women did not do any work”
4288	LUK	23	56	tk6s		κατὰ τὴν ἐντολήν	1	according to the commandment	Alternate translation: “as Moses had commanded in the law”
4289	LUK	24	intro	r5qx			0		Luke 24 General Notes Structure and formatting The women go to Jesus’ tomb and find it empty (24:1-12) Two disciples meet Jesus on a journey to Emmaus (24:13-35) Jesus, risen from the dead, appears to his disciples (24:36-53) Special concepts in this chapter The loyalty of the women Many of Luke’s original readers would have thought that women were less important than men. But Luke carefully demonstrates that some women who loved Jesus very much showed him greater loyalty than the twelve disciples did. While the disciples ran away and hid, the women lovingly cared for Jesus’ body, and as a result, they were the first to learn that he had risen from the dead. Resurrection Luke wants his readers to understand that Jesus came alive again in a physical body (Luke 24:38-43). Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “the third day” This expression occurs three times in this chapter, in 24:7, 24:21, and 24:46. See the explanation of this expression in the note to Luke 18:33. In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was the “third day.” By that way of reckoning time, since Jesus died on a Friday, when he rose from the dead on a Sunday, that was the “third day.” Two men in bright shining robes Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all write about angels in white clothing speaking with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Matthew and John call them angels, while Mark and Luke call them men, but that is only because the angels appeared in human form. Luke and John write about both angels, while Matthew and Mark write about only one of them. It would be best to translate each of these passages as it appears in ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 28:1-2 and Mark 16:5 and Luke 24:4 and John 20:12)
4290	LUK	24	1	m682	figs-explicit	τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1	on the first of the week	This implicitly means the first day of the week. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4291	LUK	24	1	r62f	translate-ordinal	τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1	on the first of the week	Here Luke is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean first. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
4292	LUK	24	1	m683	figs-idiom	ὄρθρου βαθέως	1	deeply at dawn	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “at the first light of dawn” or “as dawn was just beginning to break” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4293	LUK	24	1	qg7a	writing-pronouns	ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα ἦλθαν	1	they came to the tomb	The pronoun they refers to the women whom Luke describes in 23:55-56. Alternate translation: “these women returned to the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4294	LUK	24	2	jq9p		εὗρον…τὸν λίθον ἀποκεκυλισμένον	1	they found the stone rolled away	Alternate translation: “they saw that the stone had been rolled away”
4295	LUK	24	2	l6uk	figs-activepassive	τὸν λίθον ἀποκεκυλισμένον	1	the stone rolled away	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4296	LUK	24	2	t4mf	figs-explicit	τὸν λίθον	1	the stone	Luke assumes that his readers will know that this was a large, cut, round stone that was big enough to completely block the entrance to the tomb. It had been put in place to seal off the entrance, and it would have required several people to move it. Alternate translation: “the large stone that had been put in place at the entrance to the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4297	LUK	24	3	m684		εἰσελθοῦσαι	1	having entered	Alternate translation: “once they entered the tomb”
4298	LUK	24	3	elq2	figs-explicit	οὐχ εὗρον τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	they did not find the body of the Lord Jesus	You can state explicitly that they did not find the body because it was not there. Alternate translation: “they discovered that the body of the Lord Jesus was not there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4299	LUK	24	4	bmt4	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
4300	LUK	24	4	m685	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	2	and	Luke uses this word to indicate that this event, the appearance of the two men, came after the events he has just described, the women discovering that the tomb was empty and wondering about that. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
4301	LUK	24	4	m686	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term behold to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4302	LUK	24	5	c11i	writing-pronouns	ἐμφόβων…γενομένων αὐτῶν…εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτάς	1	as they became terrified … they said to them	The first instance of they refers to the women, while the second instance refers to the men. Alternate translation: “as the women became terrified … the men said to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4303	LUK	24	5	n5xf	translate-symaction	κλινουσῶν τὰ πρόσωπα εἰς τὴν γῆν	1	bowed their faces toward the ground	Looking down at the ground was a gesture of respect towards these men. Alternate translation: “respectfully lowered their gaze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
4304	LUK	24	5	abcw	figs-verbs	εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτάς	1	they said to them	If your language uses dual forms for verbs, use that form here, since two men are speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
4305	LUK	24	5	fs3y	figs-rquestion	τί ζητεῖτε τὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν?	1	Why are you seeking the living among the dead?	The men do not expect the women to tell them why they are looking for a living person in a tomb. Rather, the men are using the question form to make an announcement. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be looking for Jesus here, because he is no longer dead, he is alive again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4306	LUK	24	5	m687	figs-nominaladj	τὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	the living among the dead	The men are using the adjectives living and dead as nouns to refer to groups of people. (The term living is actually a participle that functions here as an adjective.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “someone who is alive among the bodies of people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4307	LUK	24	6	m688	figs-idiom	ἠγέρθη	1	has been raised	The term raised is an idiom that means “brought back to life.” Alternate translation: “has been brought back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4308	LUK	24	6	awf1	figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη	1	has been raised	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has made him alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4309	LUK	24	6	s8k5		μνήσθητε ὡς ἐλάλησεν ὑμῖν	1	Remember how he spoke to you	Alternate translation: “Remember that he said to you”
4310	LUK	24	6	m689	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	you	The word you is plural. It refers to the women, and possibly also to Jesus’ disciples. If your language has a form of you that includes both the addressees and a larger group besides, it would be appropriate to use it here. Alternate translation: “all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
4311	LUK	24	6	m690		ὑμῖν, ἔτι ὢν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ	1	to you, still being in Galilee	Alternate translation: “to you when he was still in Galilee”
4312	LUK	24	7	sj3u	figs-quotations	λέγων…ὅτι	1	saying that	These words introduce an indirect quotation. You could also translate what follows as a direct quotation, as UST does. However, that would be a quotation within a quotation, and you may wish to avoid that by leaving what follows as an indirect quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
4313	LUK	24	7	pl6b	figs-activepassive	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…παραδοθῆναι	1	for the Son of Man to be delivered	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for someone to betray the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4314	LUK	24	7	m691	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	When Jesus said this, he was referring to himself in the third person. If you decide to represent this as a direct quotation, and if it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
4315	LUK	24	7	m692	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated this title in 5:24. Alternate translation: “him, the Messiah” or, if you are translating as a direct quotation in the first person, “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4316	LUK	24	7	e4ca	figs-metaphor	εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων ἁμαρτωλῶν	1	into the hands of sinful men	As in 9:44, hands here figuratively represent power and control. Alternate translation: “and give sinful men power over him” or, if you are translating as a direct quotation in the first person, “and give sinful men power over me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4317	LUK	24	7	m693	figs-activepassive	καὶ σταυρωθῆναι	1	and to be crucified	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “and for those sinful men to crucify him” or, if you are translating as a direct quotation in the first person, “and for those sinful men to crucify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4318	LUK	24	7	m694	figs-explicit	καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἀναστῆναι	1	and on the third day to rise up	See how you translated this in 9:22. Alternate translation: “and after spending the next full day in the grave, to come back to life on the day after that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4319	LUK	24	7	dta4	translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the third day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
4320	LUK	24	7	m695	figs-metonymy	ἀναστῆναι	1	to rise up	Jesus spoke figuratively of coming back to life in this way, since it involved coming up out of the grave. Alternate translation: “to come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4321	LUK	24	8	rew5	figs-metonymy	ἐμνήσθησαν τῶν ῥημάτων αὐτοῦ	1	they remembered his words	Luke is using the term words figuratively to describe the statement that Jesus made using words. Alternate translation: “the women remembered what Jesus had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4322	LUK	24	9	iz68	figs-nominaladj	τοῖς ἕνδεκα	1	the Eleven	This expression is equivalent to “the Twelve,” which occurs in 8:1 and several other places in the book. See how you translated it there. Luke now says the Eleven because Judas Iscariot was no longer part of the group. You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective “Twelve” with an equivalent phrase. If so, you could do the same thing here. Alternate translation: “the 11 men who remained of those whom Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4323	LUK	24	9	m696	translate-names	τοῖς ἕνδεκα	1	the Eleven	Alternatively, you may have decided in 8:1 to translate “the Twelve” as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing with the Eleven here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4324	LUK	24	9	fnh6	figs-explicit	καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς λοιποῖς	1	and to all the rest	Implicitly this means all the other disciples of Jesus who were together with the 11 apostles at that time. Alternate translation: “and to all the rest of the disciples who were with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4325	LUK	24	10	h1ml	writing-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this phrase to introduce some background information, specifically, the names of some of the women who came from the tomb and told the apostles what had happened there. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
4326	LUK	24	10	m697	translate-names	Μαγδαληνὴ Μαρία	1	Mary Magdalene	Mary is the name of a woman, and Magdalene is a distinguishing term that most likely means that she came from the town of Magdala. See how you translated this in 8:2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4327	LUK	24	10	m698	translate-names	Ἰωάννα	1	Joanna	Joanna is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4328	LUK	24	10	m699	translate-names	Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου	1	Mary the mother of James	Mary is the name of a woman, and James is the name of her son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4329	LUK	24	11	m700	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between the exciting good news that the women were sharing and the disbelieving reaction of the people they shared it with. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
4330	LUK	24	11	apl7	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα	1	these words	Luke is using the term words figuratively to describe the report that the women gave using words. Alternate translation: “what the women were saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4331	LUK	24	11	m701	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν	1	before them	Luke uses this expression, which means “in front them,” to mean “where they could see.” Seeing, in turn, figuratively means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “in their opinion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4332	LUK	24	11	m702	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	2	and	This phrase describes the result of the fact that the report seemed like nonsense to the apostles and other believers. Alternate translation: “so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4333	LUK	24	11	m703	writing-pronouns	ἠπίστουν αὐταῖς	1	they disbelieved them	The word they refers to the apostles and other believers, and the word them refers to the women. Alternate translation: “so the apostles and other believers did not believe the women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4334	LUK	24	12	rm1d	figs-idiom	ἀναστὰς	1	rising up	This expression is an idiom that means to take initiative. It does not necessarily mean that Peter had been sitting or lying down and then stood up. Alternate translation: “taking initiative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4335	LUK	24	12	ax6s	figs-explicit	παρακύψας	1	stooping down	Peter had to bend over in order to see inside the tomb because tombs cut in solid rock were very low. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “bending at the waist in order to look into the low tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4336	LUK	24	12	m704		βλέπει	1	he sees	To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he saw”
4337	LUK	24	12	n1tg	figs-explicit	τὰ ὀθόνια μόνα	1	only the linen cloths	The phrase the linen cloths refers to the cloths that Joseph of Arimathea used to wrap Jesus’ body when he was buried, as described in 23:53. The implication is that the body of Jesus was no longer in the tomb. Alternate translation: “the linen cloths in which Jesus’ body had been wrapped, but the body was not there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4338	LUK	24	12	m705		ἀπῆλθεν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν, θαυμάζων τὸ γεγονός	1	he went away, wondering to himself what had happened	This phrase can be understood in two different ways, depending on how the words in it are grouped together. Different versions of the Bible interpret this differently. If there is already a version of the Bible in your area, see how it translates this. You may wish to translate it in the same way. Otherwise, we recommend that you follow the reading of ULT. (1) If the grouping is “he went away, to himself wondering,” then the meaning is as in ULT and UST. (2) If the grouping is “he went away to himself, wondering,” then the meaning is that Peter went back to his own home. Alternate translation: “he went away to his home, wondering what had happened”
4339	LUK	24	13	emc5	writing-newevent	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the word behold to introduce a new event in the story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
4340	LUK	24	13	m706	writing-background	δύο ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, ἦσαν πορευόμενοι εἰς κώμην ἀπέχουσαν	1	on that same day, two of them were going to a distant village	Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “there were two disciples who were going to a distant village on that same day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
4341	LUK	24	13	e8gx	writing-pronouns	δύο ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	two of them	The word them refers to Jesus’ disciples, but not specifically to the apostles, since at the end of this episode, these two men return to Jerusalem and report to the apostles. Alternate translation: “two of Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4342	LUK	24	13	s5n1	figs-explicit	ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on that same day	Alternate translation: “on the same day when the women found that the tomb was empty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4343	LUK	24	13	m707		σταδίους ἑξήκοντα ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ, ᾗ ὄνομα Ἐμμαοῦς	1	that was named Emmaus, 60 stadia from Jerusalem	It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The name of the village was Emmaus, and it was 60 stadia from Jerusalem”
4344	LUK	24	13	d8jk	translate-names	Ἐμμαοῦς	1	Emmaus	Emmaus is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4345	LUK	24	13	cea7	translate-bdistance	σταδίους ἑξήκοντα	1	60 stadia	The word stadia is the plural of “stadium,” a Roman measurement of distance equivalent to about 185 meters or a little over 600 feet. Alternate translation: “about eleven kilometers” or “about seven miles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
4346	LUK	24	14	m708	figs-explicit	πάντων τῶν συμβεβηκότων τούτων	1	all these things that had happened	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what these things means. Alternate translation: “how Jesus had been arrested and crucified, and how the women had said his body was no longer in the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4347	LUK	24	15	m709	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
4348	LUK	24	15	b3sl	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸς Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus himself	The word himself emphasizes the fact that it was truly Jesus who joined them as they walked. This was not a vision in which Jesus only appeared to be there. Alternate translation: “Jesus, risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4349	LUK	24	15	m710		ἐγγίσας, συνεπορεύετο αὐτοῖς	1	approaching, was going with them	Alternate translation: “caught up with them and walked along with them”
4350	LUK	24	16	q6nk	figs-synecdoche	οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν	1	But their eyes were being held so as not to recognize him	Luke uses one part of the men, their eyes, to speak figuratively of the capacity of the men themselves to recognize Jesus. Alternate translation: “But God prevented them from recognizing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
4351	LUK	24	16	m711	figs-metaphor	οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν	1	But their eyes were being held so as not to recognize him	Luke uses the term held figuratively, as if someone were physically holding back the eyes, to mean “restrained.” Alternate translation: “But God prevented them from recognizing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4352	LUK	24	16	m712	figs-activepassive	οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν	1	But their eyes were being held so as not to recognize him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “But God prevented them from recognizing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4353	LUK	24	17	xak8	figs-youdual	αὐτούς…ἀντιβάλλετε…περιπατοῦντες…ἐστάθησαν	1	them … you are exchanging … you are walking … they stood still	Since Jesus is speaking to two men, all of these expressions would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. (Your language might even put the adjective gloomy, which is plural in Greek, in the dual, since it describes the two men.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
4354	LUK	24	17	m713	figs-metonymy	οἱ λόγοι οὗτοι οὓς ἀντιβάλλετε πρὸς ἀλλήλους	1	these words that you are exchanging with each other	Jesus is using the term words figuratively to describe what the men had been saying using words. Alternate translation: “these things that you have been saying to one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4355	LUK	24	17	m714		ἐστάθησαν, σκυθρωποί	1	they stood still, gloomy	Alternate translation: “they stopped walking and looked sad”
4356	LUK	24	18	m715	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ εἷς ὀνόματι Κλεοπᾶς εἶπεν	1	Then, answering, one named Cleopas said	Together the two words answering and said mean that Cleopas responded to what Jesus asked him. Alternate translation: “Then one named Cleopas responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
4357	LUK	24	18	bqc9	translate-names	Κλεοπᾶς	1	Cleopas	Cleopas is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4358	LUK	24	18	qx7m	figs-rquestion	σὺ μόνος παροικεῖς Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ οὐκ ἔγνως τὰ γενόμενα ἐν αὐτῇ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις?	1	Are you alone visiting Jerusalem and have not known the things that have happened in her in these days?	Cleopas does not expect Jesus to tell him whether he is the only visitor to Jerusalem who does not know what has recently happened in the city. Rather, Cleopas is using the question form to show his surprise, since he expects that everyone would know about these events. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You must be the only person visiting Jerusalem who does not know what has just happened in the city!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4359	LUK	24	18	m716	figs-nominaladj	τὰ γενόμενα	1	the things having happened	Cleopas is using the participle having happened, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term things to show this, since the participle is plural. If your language does not use adjectives as nouns, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the events that have taken place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4360	LUK	24	18	m717	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτῇ	1	in her	Conventionally, Greek referred to cities with feminine pronouns. Your language may use a different gender. You could also use a noun. Alternate translation: “in it” or “in that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4361	LUK	24	18	m718	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις	1	in these days	Cleopas is using the term days figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at this time” or “recently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4362	LUK	24	19	aj5c	figs-explicit	ποῖα	1	What kind	This implicitly means, “What kind of things?” But by asking about the quality of the events, rather than just the fact of the events (“What things?”), Jesus is acknowledging that they must have been very special. Alternate translation: “What kind of things?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4363	LUK	24	19	m719	figs-verbs	οἱ…εἶπαν	1	they said	Since two men are speaking, this would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
4364	LUK	24	19	m720	translate-names	Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Ναζαρηνοῦ	1	Jesus the Nazarene	The term Nazarene is a name that refers to a person who is from the city of Nazareth. See how you translated it in 18:37. Alternate translation: “Jesus of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4365	LUK	24	19	m721	figs-idiom	ἀνὴρ, προφήτης	1	a man, a prophet	This is an idiomatic way of speaking about a person in an honorable way. Alternate translation: “a distinguished prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4366	LUK	24	19	m722	figs-metonymy	δυνατὸς ἐν ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ	1	powerful in work and word	The two men are using the term work figuratively to describe the things that Jesus did, and the term word figuratively to describe the things that Jesus said. Alternate translation: “who did great miracles and taught profound things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4367	LUK	24	19	x25r	figs-metaphor	ἐναντίον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ	1	in front of God and all the people	This expression means “while God and all the people were watching.” In the case of God, it means figuratively that God gave Jesus the power to do miracles and to teach profound things. In the case of the people, it means that the miracles and teachings of Jesus amazed the people when they saw and heard them. Alternate translation: “as God empowered him, to the amazement of all the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4368	LUK	24	19	m723	figs-hyperbole	παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ	1	all the people	This is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “great crowds of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
4369	LUK	24	20	m724	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	our	This is a reference to the Jewish leaders, and the two men likely recognize Jesus as a fellow Jew, so the word our would be inclusive here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
4370	LUK	24	20	e5zt	figs-metonymy	παρέδωκαν αὐτὸν…εἰς κρίμα θανάτου	1	delivered him to a judgment of death	The men are using the judgment of death, that is, the death sentence that the Romans passed on Jesus, figuratively to represent the Romans themselves. Alternate translation: “turned him over to the Romans, who sentenced him to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4371	LUK	24	20	m725	figs-synecdoche	καὶ ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτόν	1	and crucified him	The men speak as if their chief priests and rulers crucified Jesus themselves. They are speaking figuratively, describing all of the people who were responsible for the crucifixion of Jesus, including the crowds, Pilate, and the Roman soldiers by reference to the Jewish leaders, who set the process in motion by stirring up the crowds and persuading Pilate. Alternate translation: “so that he was crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
4372	LUK	24	21	ei9t	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς…ἠλπίζομεν	1	we were hoping	The men are speaking of themselves and likely their fellow disciples as well, but not of Jesus, so we would be exclusive here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
4373	LUK	24	21	ljb1	figs-metaphor	ὁ μέλλων λυτροῦσθαι τὸν Ἰσραήλ	1	the one who was going to redeem Israel	See how you translated the similar expression in 2:38. The word redeem means literally to “buy back,” for example, to buy someone’s freedom from slavery, but the men are using it in a figurative sense here. Alternate translation: “the person who was going to bring God’s blessings and favor back to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4374	LUK	24	21	m726	figs-personification	τὸν Ἰσραήλ	1	Israel	The men are speaking of all the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
4375	LUK	24	21	d52i	figs-idiom	ἀλλά γε καὶ σὺν πᾶσιν τούτοις	1	But indeed also with all these things	The men are speaking in an idiomatic way for emphasis. Alternate translation: “And besides all this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4376	LUK	24	21	sg3g	figs-explicit	τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν ἄγει, ἀφ’ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο	1	he is spending this third day since these things happened	By saying he is spending this third day, the men are referring to Jesus as if he were alive. However, they are actually saying how long he has been dead. They are going to tell how the women reported that his grave was empty, and they find it unbelievable that anyone who had been dead that long would have gotten up out of the grave. See how you translated the expression the third day in 9:22, and express this in the way that your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “the Romans put him to death on the day before yesterday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4377	LUK	24	21	xqc3	translate-ordinal	τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν ἄγει, ἀφ’ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο	1	he is spending this third day since these things happened	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “this is day three since these things happened to him” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “this is day two since these things happened to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
4378	LUK	24	22	a3j9		γυναῖκές τινες ἐξ ἡμῶν	1	some women among us	Alternate translation: “some women in our group”
4379	LUK	24	22	m727	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμᾶς	1	us … us	The men are speaking of themselves and their fellow disciples, but not of Jesus, so us would be exclusive in both instances here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
4380	LUK	24	22	du1v		γενόμεναι ὀρθριναὶ ἐπὶ τὸ μνημεῖον	1	having been at the tomb early	The men are using this expression to refer to the women, not to themselves. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here and continue it into the next verse. Alternate translation: “They went to his tomb early this morning”
4381	LUK	24	23	m728		καὶ μὴ εὑροῦσαι τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ, ἦλθαν	1	and not finding his body, they came	If you began a new sentence at the end of the previous verse, you can continue it here. Alternate translation: “but they did not find his body, so they came to us”
4382	LUK	24	24	m729		τινες τῶν σὺν ἡμῖν	1	some of those with us	Alternate translation: “some of the men in our group”
4383	LUK	24	24	m730	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	us	The men are speaking of themselves and their fellow disciples, but not of Jesus, so us would be exclusive here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
4384	LUK	24	24	m731	figs-explicit	εὗρον οὕτως, καθὼς καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες εἶπον	1	they found it thus, just as the women had indeed said	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the implications of this statement explicitly. Alternate translation: “they found that the body of Jesus was not in the tomb, just as the women had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4385	LUK	24	24	fkw9	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν δὲ οὐκ εἶδον	1	they did not see him	The pronoun him refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “they did not see Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4386	LUK	24	25	m732	figs-nominaladj	ἀνόητοι	1	foolish ones	Jesus is using the adjective foolish as a noun. ULT adds the term ones to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “you foolish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4387	LUK	24	25	m733	figs-youdual	ἀνόητοι	1	foolish ones	Jesus is speaking to two men, so the word “you” would be in the dual form if your language marks that form, if you choose to use that word in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
4388	LUK	24	25	vg3z	figs-metaphor	καὶ βραδεῖς τῇ καρδίᾳ, τοῦ πιστεύειν	1	and slow in heart to believe	The term heart figuratively represents the mind. Alternate translation: “who have such difficulty believing with your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4389	LUK	24	25	m734	figs-metonymy	καὶ βραδεῖς τῇ καρδίᾳ, τοῦ πιστεύειν	1	and slow in heart to believe	The word slow figuratively represents difficulty, since someone who has difficulty doing something will do it slowly. Alternate translation: “who have such difficulty believing with your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4390	LUK	24	25	m735	figs-hyperbole	πᾶσιν οἷς ἐλάλησαν οἱ προφῆται	1	all that the prophets have spoken	The term all is a generalization that refers specifically to what the prophets said about the Messiah. Alternate translation: “what the prophets said about the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
4391	LUK	24	26	n85k	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ταῦτα ἔδει παθεῖν τὸν Χριστὸν καὶ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ?	1	Was it not necessary for the Christ to suffer these things, and to enter into his glory?	Jesus is using the question form to remind the disciples about what the prophets said. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “The Messiah had to suffer these things in order to enter into his glory!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4392	LUK	24	26	m736	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1	and to enter into his glory	This is not a second thing that it was necessary for the Messiah to do. Rather, this is the result for which it was necessary for the Messiah to do the first thing. Alternate translation: “in order to enter into his glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4393	LUK	24	26	f8es	figs-abstractnouns	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1	to enter into his glory	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun glory with an adjective such as “glorious.” Alternate translation: “to receive a glorious position” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
4394	LUK	24	27	g4t7	figs-metonymy	Μωϋσέως…τῶν προφητῶν	1	Moses … the prophets	Luke is using the name Moses figuratively to refer to the part of Scripture that Moses wrote, and the term the prophets to refer to the part of Scripture that they wrote. Alternate translation: “the writings of Moses … the writings of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4395	LUK	24	27	m737		καὶ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν προφητῶν	1	and from all the prophets	The term beginning applies just to the writings of Moses. Jesus began with that part of Scripture, and he then continued teaching from the writings of the prophets. Alternate translation: “and then from all the writings of the prophets” or “and continuing with all the writings of the prophets”
4396	LUK	24	28	m738	figs-verbs	ἤγγισαν εἰς τὴν κώμην οὗ ἐπορεύοντο	1	they drew near to the village where they were going	The first they refers to Jesus and the two disciples, while the second they refers only to the two disciples, so they were going would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
4397	LUK	24	28	cdj2	figs-explicit	αὐτὸς προσεποιήσατο πορρώτερον πορεύεσθαι	1	he acted as if he would travel farther	This means that the two disciples understood from Jesus’ actions that he was continuing on to another destination. Perhaps he kept walking on the road when they turned off to enter Emmaus. There is no indication that Jesus deceived them with words. Alternate translation: “Jesus seemed to be heading farther down the road” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4398	LUK	24	29	m739	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between what it appeared Jesus was going to do and what the two disciples wanted him to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
4399	LUK	24	29	m740	figs-verbs	παρεβιάσαντο…ἡμῶν…αὐτοῖς	1	they urged … us … them	This verb, as well as these two pronouns, would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form, since they apply to the two disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
4400	LUK	24	29	pn4d	figs-ellipsis	παρεβιάσαντο αὐτὸν	1	they urged him	Luke is telling this story in a concise way, and he does not say what the two disciples urged Jesus to do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply that information from the context. Alternate translation: “they urged him to stay overnight in the house with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
4401	LUK	24	29	m741	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	us	The men are speaking of themselves but not of Jesus, so us would be exclusive here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
4402	LUK	24	29	s6ps	figs-parallelism	πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστὶν, καὶ κέκλικεν ἤδη ἡ ἡμέρα	1	it is toward evening and the day has already declined	These two phrases mean the same thing. The two disciples are likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the phrases in your translation. Alternate translation: “it is already getting dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
4403	LUK	24	29	m742	figs-explicit	πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστὶν, καὶ κέκλικεν ἤδη ἡ ἡμέρα	1	it is toward evening and the day has already declined	The implications are that the disciples are saying this out of concern for Jesus’ safety. Alternate translation: “it is already getting dark, and soon it will not be safe to travel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4404	LUK	24	29	m743	figs-metonymy	κέκλικεν ἤδη ἡ ἡμέρα	1	the day has already declined	The disciples are referring figuratively to the sun as the day, since day is when the sun shines. Alternate translation: “the sun is going down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4405	LUK	24	29	tgi6	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	3	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Because the two disciples urged Jesus to stay with them, he agreed. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4406	LUK	24	30	k6ud	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
4407	LUK	24	30	m744	translate-unknown	ἐν τῷ κατακλιθῆναι αὐτὸν μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	when he had reclined at the table with them	See how you translated this in 5:29. It was the custom in this culture for dinner guests to eat while lying comfortably around the table on banqueting couches. Alternate translation: “when they had all sat down together to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4408	LUK	24	30	ecm2		εὐλόγησεν	1	he blessed it	Alternate translation: “he gave thanks for it” or “he thanked God for it”
4409	LUK	24	30	m745	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	them	The pronoun them would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form, since it refers to the two disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4410	LUK	24	31	h4yr	figs-metonymy	αὐτῶν δὲ διηνοίχθησαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ	1	their eyes were opened	Here, eyes figuratively represents understanding of what one is seeing. Alternate translation: “God enabled them to understand what they had been seeing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4411	LUK	24	31	m746	figs-activepassive	αὐτῶν δὲ διηνοίχθησαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ	1	their eyes were opened	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God enabled them to understand what they had been seeing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4412	LUK	24	31	yev2	figs-idiom	αὐτὸς ἄφαντος ἐγένετο ἀπ’ αὐτῶν	1	he became invisible from them	Here Luke uses an unusual expression, saying that Jesus became invisible. It does not mean that Jesus remained in the room but could not be seen. Rather, it means that he left suddenly and so the two disciples did not see him any more. Alternate translation: “suddenly they did not see him any more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4413	LUK	24	32	m747	figs-verbs	εἶπαν…ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν…ἡμῖν	1	they said … our … us … us	This verb, as well as these three pronouns, would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form, since they all apply to the two disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
4414	LUK	24	32	inw4	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς Γραφάς?	1	Was not our heart burning, as he spoke to us on the way, as he opened to us the Scriptures?	The two men are not asking each other for information about what happened. Rather, they are using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “As he was talking to us as we traveled along and explaining the Scriptures, it was so exciting, it was as if we were on fire inside!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4415	LUK	24	32	m748	figs-metaphor	οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν	1	Was not our heart burning	The men are using the metaphor of a heart burning to describe their excitement at hearing Jesus explain the Scriptures. You could indicate this meaning in your translation and represent the metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “it was so exciting, it was as if we were on fire inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4416	LUK	24	32	m749	figs-explicit	οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν	1	Was not our heart burning	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate why the men found it so exciting when Jesus explained the Scriptures to them, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4417	LUK	24	32	m750	figs-possession	οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν	1	Was not our heart burning	If it would be unusual in your language for two people to speak as if they had one heart, if you decide to use this metaphor in your translation, you can make it plural, or dual if your language uses that form. Alternate translation: “Were not our hearts burning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
4418	LUK	24	32	m751	figs-metaphor	ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν	1	our heart	The men are using the term heart figuratively to mean the inner part of a person. Alternate translation: “inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4419	LUK	24	32	m752	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν…ἡμῖν	1	our … us … us	The men are speaking to each other about themselves, so these pronouns would be inclusive, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
4420	LUK	24	32	xy6p	figs-metaphor	ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς Γραφάς	1	as he opened to us the Scriptures	Jesus did not open a book or a scroll. The term opened figuratively means “explained.” Alternate translation: “while he explained the Scriptures to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4421	LUK	24	33	qi47	figs-verbs	ἀναστάντες…ὑπέστρεψαν…εὗρον	1	rising up … they returned … they found	These verbs would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form, since they describe actions of the two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
4422	LUK	24	33	ar2c	figs-idiom	ἀναστάντες	1	rising up	As in 24:12, this expression is an idiom that means to take initiative. It does not necessarily mean that the men had been sitting or lying down and then stood up. Alternate translation: “starting out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4423	LUK	24	33	m753	figs-idiom	αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	that same hour	Luke is using the term hour figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at once” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4424	LUK	24	33	m754	figs-activepassive	εὗρον ἠθροισμένους τοὺς ἕνδεκα καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς	1	they found the Eleven having been gathered, and those with them	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they found that the 11 apostles had gathered together with some other disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4425	LUK	24	33	dw85	translate-names	τοὺς ἕνδεκα	1	the Eleven	See how you translated this in 24:9. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4426	LUK	24	34	kyn4		λέγοντας	1	saying	This word applies to the apostles and disciples in Jerusalem, not to the two men who had just traveled back from Emmaus. Alternate translation: “and they told the two men”
4427	LUK	24	34	m755		ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord	Here the apostles and disciples are referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
4428	LUK	24	34	m756	figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord has been raised	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has raised the Lord Jesus from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4429	LUK	24	34	m757	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	and	The apostles and disciples use this word to introduce the reason why they know that Jesus has been raised from the dead. It is because Simon Peter has seen him. Alternate translation: “for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4430	LUK	24	34	m758	figs-activepassive	ὤφθη Σίμωνι	1	he has been seen by Simon	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Simon has seen him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4431	LUK	24	34	m759	translate-names	Σίμωνι	1	Simon	This means the same man whom Luke often calls Peter in this book. So that your readers will know that this is the same man, you could use both of his names here. Alternate translation: “Simon Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4432	LUK	24	35	m760	writing-pronouns	αὐτοὶ…αὐτοῖς	1	they … them	These pronouns refer to the two men who returned from Emmaus. They would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4433	LUK	24	35	fb1r	figs-ellipsis	τὰ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	the things on the way	Luke is telling this story in a concise way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more fully what this means. Alternate translation: “what had happened on their journey” or “how Jesus had joined them as they traveled and what they had talked about with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
4434	LUK	24	35	mnn2	figs-activepassive	ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς	1	how he was made known to them	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “how they recognized Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4435	LUK	24	35	y3f8	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου	1	in the breaking of the bread	Luke is using the breaking of the bread figuratively to represent something associated with it. Alternate translation: “at the time when he broke the bread” or “by the way that he broke the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4436	LUK	24	36	m761	writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν	1	they	The pronoun they refers to the two men who returned from Emmaus, so it would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form. You could also use a noun phrase instead. Alternate translation: “the two men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4437	LUK	24	36	rt8d	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς ἔστη	1	he himself stood	Luke uses the word himself to emphasize the surprise of Jesus actually appearing to this group. Alternate translation: “none other than Jesus himself stood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
4438	LUK	24	36	q7yl		ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν	1	in the midst of them	Alternate translation: “among them” or “in their group”
4439	LUK	24	36	pnl1	figs-idiom	εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	Peace to you	As the note to the similar phrase in 10:5 explains, this was an idiomatic expression, based on the Hebrew word and concept of “shalom,” that was both a greeting and a blessing. Alternate translation: “I greet all of you and I wish for God to bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4440	LUK	24	37	i2tu	grammar-connect-logic-result	πτοηθέντες…καὶ ἔμφοβοι γενόμενοι, ἐδόκουν πνεῦμα θεωρεῖν	1	being frightened and becoming terrified, they thought they were seeing a spirit	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “they thought they were seeing a spirit, and so they were frightened and became terrified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4441	LUK	24	37	m762	figs-activepassive	πτοηθέντες…καὶ ἔμφοβοι γενόμενοι, ἐδόκουν	1	being frightened and becoming terrified, they thought	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of the passive verbal form being frightened with an active form. Alternate translation: “they were afraid and became terrified, because they thought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4442	LUK	24	37	kf17	figs-doublet	πτοηθέντες…καὶ ἔμφοβοι γενόμενοι	1	being frightened and becoming terrified	These expressions mean similar things. Luke may be using repetition for emphasis. Alternate translation: “becoming very frightened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
4443	LUK	24	37	z4q5	figs-explicit	ἐδόκουν πνεῦμα θεωρεῖν	1	they thought they were seeing a spirit	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why they thought this. Alternate translation: “they thought that they were seeing a ghost, because they did not yet understand truly that Jesus was alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4444	LUK	24	37	q9rf		πνεῦμα	1	a spirit	In this context, the term spirit refers to the spirit of a dead person. Alternate translation: “a ghost”
4445	LUK	24	38	jj1h	figs-rquestion	τί τεταραγμένοι ἐστέ, καὶ διὰ τί διαλογισμοὶ ἀναβαίνουσιν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν?	1	Why are you troubled, and why are doubts arising in your heart?	Jesus is using the question form to challenge and reassure his disciples. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You do not need to be upset, and you do not need to have doubts in your minds!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4446	LUK	24	38	m763	figs-activepassive	τί τεταραγμένοι ἐστέ	1	Why have you been troubled	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “Why does my appearing here upset you” or, if you chose to translate the rhetorical question as a statement or exclamation, “My appearing here should not upset you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4447	LUK	24	38	m764	figs-metaphor	διὰ τί διαλογισμοὶ ἀναβαίνουσιν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν	1	why are doubts arising in your heart	Jesus is using the term arising figuratively to mean coming into consciousness. Alternate translation: “why are you starting to have doubts” or, if you chose to translate the rhetorical question as a statement or exclamation, “you should not be starting to have doubts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4448	LUK	24	38	m765	figs-explicit	διαλογισμοὶ	1	doubts	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate what the disciples were doubting. Alternate translation: “doubts that I have truly risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4449	LUK	24	38	m766		ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν	1	in your heart	If it would be unusual in your language for someone speak as if a group of people had one heart, you can make this plural. Alternate translation: “in your hearts”
4450	LUK	24	38	m767	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν	1	in your heart	As in 24:35, the heart figuratively represents the mind here. Alternate translation: “in your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4451	LUK	24	39	m768	figs-metonymy	ἴδετε τὰς χεῖράς μου καὶ τοὺς πόδας μου	1	See my hands and my feet	Jesus is figuratively telling the disciples to look at the nail marks from crucifixion by reference to where those marks are, in his hands and feet. Alternate translation: “Look at the nail marks in my hands and feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4452	LUK	24	39	m769	figs-rpronouns	ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι αὐτός	1	that I myself am	Jesus uses the word myself to emphasize that he genuinely is who he appears to be. Alternate translation: “and you will recognize that it is really me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
4453	LUK	24	39	a12n	grammar-connect-logic-result	ψηλαφήσατέ με καὶ ἴδετε, ὅτι πνεῦμα σάρκα καὶ ὀστέα οὐκ ἔχει, καθὼς ἐμὲ θεωρεῖτε ἔχοντα	1	Touch me and see, for a spirit does not have flesh and bones as you see me having	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since a ghost does not have a physical body, as you see that I have, touch me to determine that my body is real” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4454	LUK	24	39	m770	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἴδετε	1	and see	Here, see does not literally mean to look at something. Rather, it figuratively means to determine something. Alternate translation: “to determine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4455	LUK	24	39	tf2v	figs-merism	σάρκα καὶ ὀστέα	1	flesh and bones	Jesus is describing the human body figuratively by referring to two of its major components. Alternate translation: “a physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
4456	LUK	24	40	qm9p	figs-metonymy	τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τοὺς πόδας	1	his hands and his feet	As in 24:39, this figuratively means the nail marks from crucifixion in Jesus’ hands and feet. Alternate translation: “the nail marks in his hands and feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4457	LUK	24	41	m771	figs-doublet	ἔτι δὲ ἀπιστούντων αὐτῶν…καὶ θαυμαζόντων	1	And as they were still disbelieving and wonderingg	These two terms mean similar things. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “And as they were still finding it very hard to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
4458	LUK	24	41	m772	figs-explicit	ἔτι δὲ ἀπιστούντων αὐτῶν…καὶ θαυμαζόντων	1	And as they were still disbelieving and wondering	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what the disciples were disbelieving and wondering about. Alternate translation: “And as they were still finding it very hard to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4459	LUK	24	41	hr4f	figs-abstractnouns	ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς	1	from the joy	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun joy with an adjective such as “happy.” Alternate translation: “because they were so happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
4460	LUK	24	41	m773		τι βρώσιμον	1	anything eatable	Alternate translation: “anything to eat”
4461	LUK	24	43	tyh4	figs-explicit	ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ἔφαγεν	1	he ate it before them	Jesus did this to prove that he had a physical body, because a spirit or ghost would not be able to eat food. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly that this was the reason. Alternate translation: “he had them watch him eat it, to prove that he had a physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4462	LUK	24	43	j8qf	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ἔφαγεν	1	he ate it before them	This expression means “in front of them,” that is, “where they could see him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4463	LUK	24	44	m774	figs-metonymy	οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι μου, οὓς ἐλάλησα πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1	These are my words that I spoke to you	Jesus is using the term words figuratively to refer to what he said using words. Alternate translation: “It is just as I told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4464	LUK	24	44	tfk8		ἔτι ὢν σὺν ὑμῖν	1	when I was still with you	Alternate translation: “when I was with you before”
4465	LUK	24	44	q7x8	figs-merism	πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Μωϋσέως, καὶ τοῖς προφήταις, καὶ ψαλμοῖς, περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	all the things written about me in the law of Moses, and in the prophets, and in the Psalms	Jesus is referring figuratively to all of the Hebrew Scriptures by naming their main components. Alternate translation: “everything that the Scriptures say about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
4466	LUK	24	44	m775	figs-nominaladj	πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα…περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	all the things having been written about me	Jesus is using a participle, which functions here as an adjective, as a noun. It is plural, and ULT supplies the noun things to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “everything that is written about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4467	LUK	24	44	g76a	figs-activepassive	πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα…περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	all the things having been written about me	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “everything that Scripture says about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4468	LUK	24	44	m776	translate-names	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Μωϋσέως, καὶ τοῖς προφήταις	1	in the law of Moses, and in the prophets	Jesus is describing the first and second parts of the Hebrew Scriptures by reference to the people who wrote them. You could also use the proper names for these parts. Alternate translation: “in the Law and the Prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4469	LUK	24	44	m777	figs-synecdoche	καὶ ψαλμοῖς	1	in the Psalms	Jesus is using the name of the largest book in the third part of the Hebrew Scriptures, Psalms, to represent that entire part, which was known as “the Writings.” Alternate translation: “and the Writings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
4470	LUK	24	44	m778	figs-activepassive	δεῖ πληρωθῆναι	1	must be fulfilled	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. If you do that, it would be appropriate to put this phrase before all the things. Alternate translation: “God would make happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4471	LUK	24	45	qf61	figs-idiom	διήνοιξεν αὐτῶν τὸν νοῦν	1	he opened their mind	This is an idiom that means to enable people to realize and recognize things they could not before. Alternate translation: “he equipped their minds” or “he empowered their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4472	LUK	24	45	m779		αὐτῶν τὸν νοῦν	1	their mind	If it would be unusual in your language to speak as if a group of people had one mind, you can make this plural. Alternate translation: “their minds”
4473	LUK	24	46	cwr5	figs-activepassive	οὕτως γέγραπται	1	Thus it has been written	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “This is what the Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4474	LUK	24	46	m780	figs-synecdoche	παθεῖν τὸν Χριστὸν	1	the Christ would suffer	Jesus uses the word suffer to represent all of the things that the Scriptures said the Messiah would experience, including also betrayal and death. Alternate translation: “Someone would betray the Messiah, and he would suffer and die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
4475	LUK	24	46	e75f	figs-metonymy	ἀναστῆναι	1	rise up	Jesus speaks figuratively in this way of coming back to life, since it involves coming up out of the grave. Alternate translation: “come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4476	LUK	24	46	m781	figs-nominaladj	ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	Jesus is using the adjective dead as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4477	LUK	24	46	m782	figs-explicit	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the third day	See how you translated this in 9:22. Express this in the way that your language and culture reckon time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4478	LUK	24	46	r2zy	translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the third day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
4479	LUK	24	47	m783	figs-abstractnouns	κηρυχθῆναι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	repentance for forgiveness of sins would be proclaimed in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns repentance and forgiveness with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “it would be proclaimed in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem, that God will forgive those who stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
4480	LUK	24	47	w5j5	figs-activepassive	κηρυχθῆναι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	repentance for forgiveness of sins would be proclaimed in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “people would go and preach in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem, that God will forgive those who stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4481	LUK	24	47	lty6	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1	in his name	Here the name of the Messiah figuratively represents his authority. Alternate translation: “on his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4482	LUK	24	47	w1ha	figs-metonymy	εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	to all the nations	The term nations refers figuratively to the people who belong to various ethnic groups. Alternate translation: “to all the people in every people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4483	LUK	24	47	wiq7	figs-explicit	ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	beginning from Jerusalem	The word beginning is a participle that is plural. In context, it must refer to the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show the implications of this in your translation. This is really a command from Jesus. It may be good to make this a sentence of its own. Alternate translation: “You are to do this starting here in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4484	LUK	24	48	wp38	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς μάρτυρες τούτων	1	You are witnesses of these things	The implication is that because the disciples are witnesses of the things that happened to Jesus, they are the ones who should go and tell others about these things, from their own firsthand experience. Alternate translation: “You saw everything that happened to me, and now you must go and tell others what you saw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4485	LUK	24	49	m2lm	figs-explicit	τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	the promise of my Father	This implicitly means the Holy Spirit. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “what my Father promised” or “the Holy Spirit, as my Father promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4486	LUK	24	49	ynm2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Father	Father is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
4487	LUK	24	49	m784	figs-imperative	ὑμεῖς δὲ καθίσατε	1	But you stay	This is an emphatic imperative. Alternate translation: “But be sure that you stay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
4488	LUK	24	49	m785	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ πόλει	1	in the city	This implicitly means Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “here in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4489	LUK	24	49	c4iv	figs-metaphor	ἕως οὗ ἐνδύσησθε…δύναμιν	1	until you put on power	Jesus speaks figuratively of this power as if it were clothing that the disciples would put on. Alternate translation: “until you receive power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4490	LUK	24	49	l46b	figs-metonymy	ἐξ ὕψους	1	from heaven	Jesus uses the term heaven to refer to God figuratively by association, since heaven is the abode of God. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4491	LUK	24	50	bd6p	translate-names	ἕως πρὸς Βηθανίαν	1	as far as towards Bethany	Bethany is the name of a village outside Jerusalem. See how you translated it in 19:29. Alternate translation: “to a place near the village of Bethany” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4492	LUK	24	50	cm9a	translate-symaction	ἐπάρας τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ	1	lifting up his hands	This was something that Jewish priests did when they blessed people. Alternate translation: “lifting up his hands in spiritual authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
4493	LUK	24	51	dzr3	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
4494	LUK	24	51	clx9	figs-activepassive	ἀνεφέρετο εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν	1	he was carried up into heaven	Since Luke does not specify who carried Jesus up to heaven, we do not know whether God himself did this or one or more angels did it. If your language would have to specify who did the carrying, it may be better to say “went” instead, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4495	LUK	24	52	kzy4		προσκυνήσαντες αὐτὸν	1	having worshiped him	Alternate translation: “after worshiping him there”
4496	LUK	24	52	m786	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ χαρᾶς μεγάλης	1	with great joy	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun joy with an adverb such as “happily.” Alternate translation: “very happily” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
4497	LUK	24	53	m787	figs-ellipsis	διὰ παντὸς	1	through all	Luke is leaving out a word that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “through all hours” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
4498	LUK	24	53	wa3d	figs-hyperbole	διὰ παντὸς	1	through all	Luke means that the disciples were in the temple through all the hours that the temple was open. Even so, this is an overstatement to emphasize that they went to the temple every day. Alternate translation: “every day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
4499	LUK	24	53	edm3	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple	Only priests were allowed to enter the temple building. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
4500	LUK	24	53	pex4		εὐλογοῦντες τὸν Θεόν	1	blessing God	Alternate translation: “worshiping God”